MORAL, 
INTELLECTUAL, 
AND 
PHYSICAL CULTURE; 
OP, 
THE PHILOSOPHY OF TRUE LIVING. 
The highest and most profitable lesson is the true knowledge of ourselves. "When 
a man properly understands himself—mentally, morally, and physically—his road to 
hapuiness is smooth, and society has a strong guarantee for his good conduct and use- 
fulness. 
3Y 
Prof. F. G. V/ELCH, 
Instructor in the Department of Physical Culture in Yale College. 
NEW Y OEK: 
WOOD & HOLBROOK, PUBLISHERS, 
No. 15 LAIGHT STREET. 
1869. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 18G9, hy 
E. G. WELCH, 
In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States for the District 
of Connecticut. 
D. H. PRIME, PRINTER, 15 LAIGHT STREET, NEWYORK. PREFACE 
It has heen said, “To acquaint yourself with a subject, 
write a book upon itbut a discriminating public will 
say, “ Better not attempt to write upon any subject till you 
are master of it.” 
I make no apology for offering such a work as this to 
the public. The book must speak for itself. 
"When I inquire into the causes of the vast and unnatural 
mortality; when I see so many dropping from a College 
course, from necessity abandoning a useful and honorable 
career, because of broken down constitutions, nervous and 
weak bodies ; when I see narrow chests, sallow faces, dys- 
peptics, I feel constrained to do what lies in my power to 
stay this awful current. lam convinced that by knowledge 
of the important subject of Physical Culture, and care and 
attention thereto, these dread calamities may be avoided. 
Then, is it not of vital importance that we give our earn- 
est and early attention to a subject that will make us better 
ui; iy 
F REF A CE. 
beings—mentally, morally, and physically; a subject that will 
better fit us for fulfilling all the dxities and pleasures of 
life, one that will prolong and improve existence. “ A sound 
mind in a sound body,” what a grand achievement! The 
accomplishment of this will form a new epoch in the his- 
tory of our race. 
Practical knowledge of the suoject was for many years 
confined to a limited few, and gymnastic exhibitions re- 
mained in vulgar hands. The public mind has changed: 
now, every noted institution of learning has its special de- 
partment for the promotion of this science. Mark the won- 
derful success of those who have made it a specialty. Never 
before were teachers of this branch in such demand. Why 
is the supply so limited ? It is because they find no means 
for qualifying themselves. 
Works on “ Gymnastics” are common, but the exercises 
are put down without system or order, and with no regard 
to the rules of right living. While Ido not condemn others, 
I claim superiority for this work, inasmuch as it is syste- 
matically arranged, and treats extensively of the laws of 
health. 
I have had long ana varied experience as an Instructor, 
and have worked constantly and carefully to arrange my 
method of teaching systematically, with earnest regard to 
physical laws. PREFACE. 
V 
There are under my instruction, almost constantly, nearly 
two thousand pupils of both sexes. To the hundreds who 
have asked, “ Why don’t you write a book on this subject?” 
I reply, “ Here it is!” 
Yale College, October, 1869. 
F. G. WELCH. THE NORMAL INSTITUTE, 
rap c?‘ jjrj «g» Jh 
||raimnjg o| in |jio | mmz :j|pmastics, 
FOE THE 
AT THE 
GLEETWOOD LADIES’ SEMI A ART, 
West Brattleboro, Vermont. 
The Fourth Annual Session of this Institution will open about the 20th of July, 1870, 
to continue about eight weeks; during which time every member ot the class may so 
completely master the subject, both in theory and practice, as to he thoroughly quali- 
fied to teach the whole system, with all the recent improvements. To such as make 
these attainments, Diplomas will he awarded at the close of the Term. 
The direct results of Physical Culture are, erectness of form, symmetry of person, 
skill, activity, energy, endurance, precision, easy and graceful movements, and a 
healthy action of all the organs of the body ; and indirectly, strength and vigor of 
mind. Persons in delicate health and of sedentary habits are generally benefited by 
these systematic exorcises, and under the master’s watchful care, none are in danger 
from over-exertion. 
The class will be under the continued instruction of 
PROF. F. G. WELCH, 
Instructor in the Department of Physical Culture in Yale College. 
As last year, both ladies and gentlemen will be admitted into the class, and drilled 
with special reference to giving instruction in this important department ot Education. 
Any who desire the benefits of Physical Culture, but do not expect to teach, may also 
join the class. 
Terms—sso. This includes Tuition, Diploma, set of Apparatus, and a hook entitled 
“ Moral, Intellectual, and Physical Culture.” Board, $0 per week. 
The spacious and convenient Gymnasium connected with the institution, with its full 
supply of all necessary apparatus and piano, will be constantly used by the class. 
Glenwood is a place of summer resort, and a more delightful spot can not be found in 
blew England. 
There is now a great demand for Teachers in this new profession, and the time is not 
far distant when no teacher will be regarded competent to manage a school who can 
not teach Eight Gymnastics. All who are well qualified can secure employment. Per- 
sons who can give their exclusive attention to this, can, with far less labor, make a 
larger income than in almost any other branch of teaching. 
Teachers in other departments can, with this accomplishment, readily add to their 
salaries from $2OO to $5OO annually. 
The institution will be open for summer boarders from July 20. 
TESTIMONIAL. 
Copy of an Autograph Letter from Dr. Dio Lewis, Principal of the Normal Institute, 
Boston, Mass., and Inventor of the whole System. 
“Me. F. G. 'Welch is a graduate of the ‘ normal Institute for Physical Education,’ 
and a capital Teacher of the New Gymnastics. It is rare that I have an opportunity to 
introduce to the public a gentleman of so much intelligence and moral worth. 
Wherever he may teach, he will find hosts of friends and admirers, and he will deserve 
them. Very Respectfully, DIO DEWIS.” 
DeferencesPresident Woolsey, Yale College ; President Smith, Dartmouth 
College ; Da. Dxo Lewis, Boston, Mass. 
ISF* Applications should be made early to F. C. WELCH, 
Yale College, New Haven, Conn. INTRODUCTION. 
Although of the least interest to any except those inter- 
ested in Physical Culture, I will, for obvious reasons, place 
ray system of Gymnastics as Part I. 
Gymnastics is becoming a science. Who can doubt the 
need of boohs on a subject hitherto so little known, and of 
such vital importance as to materially affect the weal or woe 
of our race ? 
That such a thing should be made to interest, should be 
systematized, and arranged in accordance with the laws of 
health, is apparent to all. This department will contain all 
the exercises pertaining to the varied apparatus of the Gym- 
nasium, how to build and equip a Gymnasium, a silent in- 
structor, giving forty weeks exercises systematically ar- 
ranged, a great variety of exercises that may be performed 
at home without the aid of apparatus, and an essay on 
Training. 
I have avoided “ wood cuts but little attention is 
paid to them, and they would make the book altogether 
too large. 
Gymnastic language is difficult to explain. I believe in IN TROD UCTION. 
brevity liere, and have endeavored to reduce all to an alpha- 
bet, so that what at first may seem difficult will soon 
become easy. 
Part 11. will contain Dr. Dio Lewis’s new system of 
Light or Musical Gymnastics. I believe this to be the most 
complete work ever published on this subject. It is given 
here with the full consent and best wishes of my friend Dr. 
Dio Lewis, the inventor of the whole system. Long and 
varied experience as a teacher in Gymnastics, has enabled me 
to collect a great amount of facts and information which I 
think will prove acceptable to all interested. 
Beside the system, this department will contain an essay 
on the various systems of Gymnastics. The whole system 
given in Shorthand, is so briefly and simply expressed 
that all may learn it without the least difficulty. 
Over twenty Marches are here described. These are the 
most interesting in any system of Gymnastics, and are always 
deservedly popular. Most teachers find difficulty in invent- 
ing marches. It is to be hoped these will prove a help to 
all, and supply the demand. Percussion, a most valuable 
remedial agent, is here thoroughly treated, giving several 
sets of Mutual Help Exercises. Also a variety of exercises 
for amusement and profit, to be performed during resting 
spells or for variety. 
Music, the best pieces and books recommended. This de- 
partment will also save a great deal of trouble that teachers 
and musicians often meet with, and will greatly enhance the 
interest and profit of the exercises. IN TROD UCTION. 
An Essay to Teachers, in which will be found information, 
which teachers so much need, and can not otherwise get 
without experience. 
Hints and Suggestions to Teachers and Pupils, invaluable 
to both. 
Part 111. will, in an interesting and profitable manner, 
treat of Health and the Philosophy of True Living. Pew- 
people care for such advice. If we recommend them a booh 
on the Laws of Health, they will call it quackery, a catch- 
penny, or humbug. They prefer to get sick and take “ doc- 
tor’s stuff,” and pay large bills, rather than inform them- 
selves on a subject of such vital importance, even the laws of 
life. They can not appreciate the efforts of an honest man 
who would simply prove himself a benefactor to them. 
It is my custom, when reading a book, to write out those 
extracts which I wish to retain. I have quite a number of 
these note books. Prom them all 1 have gleaned the best 
and choicest thoughts. Part IY. of this book is composed 
chiefly of these ; beautiful extracts from our best writers, 
past and present, treasured thoughts, the daily reading of 
which will greatly aid right living. Barren, indeed, is the 
heart and intellect which will not receive mental and moral 
culture from these. The whole will conclude with a selec- 
tion of Proverbs of all Nations. 
Por much that is contained in Parts ITT, and IY. I am 
indebted to others. Their name is “ legion,” so I can not 
give them the credit due. Besides, much of it was collected X 
INTRODUCTION. 
■without a view to publication, so I did not note the au- 
thors. In some cases, I have abridged and altered materially; 
for this reason I have avoided quotation marts. lam will- 
ing to be called plagiarist. I make no pretensions to liter- 
ary merit or fame, and do not seek or deserve either. Char- 
itable readers, in all works, regard the writer’s aim. My 
pupils have constantly asked me to write. Considering the 
importance of the subject, and the paucity of writers upon 
it, my conscience has at length constrained me to grant 
their request. 
In all, I have had an honest purpose for the mental, moral, 
and physical weal of mankind. Whenever I have found a 
subject treated better than I could write upon it, I have in 
some way made use of it. WTho, in reading, troubles him- 
self to know where the idea originated ? So long as it is 
good, and worthy perusal, what matters it ? 
Very little is known by the people at large on the subject 
of Physical Culture, and what is known is very lightly ap- 
preciated. Scarcely any subject can be presented to the 
community in which they take so little interest as that which 
immediately concerns their health, until they are overtaken 
with disease. Most diseases are created by ignorance upon 
this subject. They charge their sufferings to Providence, 
and drug themselves to death! 
It is not only a matter of expediency that we obey law 
in this respect, but a matter of duty. The laws which govern 
our constitutions are divine ; and to their violation there is 
affixed a penalty, which must sooner or later be met. And 
it is as truly a sin to violate one of these laws as to violate IN TROD NOTION. 
one of the Ten Commandments. Many seem to think that 
they have a right to treat their own bodies as they please; 
forgetting that God will hold them under obligation to 
physical as well as moral law, and that every infringe- 
ment will meet with its legitimate and very appropriate 
reward. 
If we transgress physical law, we must endure the inflic- 
tion of a physical penalty. He who is guilty of transgress- 
ing the laws of his own animal economy can not escape, his 
sin is sure to find him out. Though he may pass on for 
a while without arrest, yet, sooner or later, he will find 
himself overtaken, tried before Nature’s court, and con- 
demned. 
Notwithstanding the Fall, the laws of physical life are 
perfect; and if obeyed, they will defend os to the last, 
PnnvEimox is betteh than Core. 
By studying this subject, the Laws of Life and Being, we 
treat the Creator with that reverence and respect which will 
secure divine approval. When we degrade the physical, we 
degrade the moral nature, too. Physical impurity is incom- 
patible with moral purity. 
“ The soul that sinneth, it shall die.” This principle 
grasps every human being. Conscience arraigns, condemns, 
and executes in moral and physical vice. Escape is utterly 
precluded. “ Thou art the man I” You and I are amenable 
for every sin we commit, that is, for all the transgressions of 
the laws of our being. Aye, and punished, too ! Ignorance is 
ao apology. Nature imperiously commands all who do not 
know, to learn, and equally proffers instruction to saint and INTRODUCTION. 
sinner, sage, and savage. Her laws are as palpable as the 
noonday sun. 
It is the bonnden duty of every person to take care of the 
Body, and develop it as well as the Mind; consequently 
gymnastic exercise should form an essential part of educa- 
tion. So long as man possesses a body, and requires for his 
earthly existence a bodily life, so long ought Gymnastics to 
form a principal object of man’s cultivation. Institutions for 
Physical Culture are springing up in all parts of our coun- 
try. Our great and good men are giving them aid and in- 
fluence. Especially are Presidents of Colleges, and Princi- 
pals of Schools doing all they can to aid in the good work. 
Students will hereafter graduate not only with clear heads 
but with sound bodies. 
I venture to express a hope that this work may foster a 
taste for Mental, Moral, and Physical Culture, to the end 
that Mind, Heart, and Body, may all be improved. 
Who does not wish to be healthy and beautiful ? to have 
a fine form ? Who does not prefer strength to weakness ? 
Who would not substitute grace of motion for awkwardness, 
remodel the ill-formed body and homely features into symme- 
try and beauty, and postpone indefinitely the infirmities and 
deformities of age. Beauty and strength casketed in a 
rounded, complete, and admirable physique, stand among the 
highest ambitions of the woman or the, man. A perfect 
form is the universal vanity, and “ How well you are look- 
ing,” is everywhere among the most pleasing of compli- 
ments. 
We all want to be physically perfect, because we want IN TROD UCTION. 
that our presence should awaken attention, deference, per- 
haps admiration. 
In a word, who does not desire to he healthy, strong, 
graceful, and beautiful ? And who, desiring these qualities, 
can need other inducements to give his attention to any one 
who shall honestly and earnestly essay, in however imperfect 
a manner, to instruct him in reference to the means of ob- 
taining them. All good works that we do in this world in- 
spire us with a love that is pure in thought, beautiful in ex- 
pression, and moral in tendency. 
Living right, and reaping the consequent reward, is, as a 
general rule, within the reach of all who will inform them- 
selves. Whoever defrauds himself in this, can have no con- 
solation but in the contemplation of his own folly and de- 
served punishment. Are health of body, vigor of intellect, 
and elevation of soul worth securing ? Are a few groveling 
sensualities and degrading vices worth more than soul and 
body? Are those depraved gratifications of the mouth 
worth more than a sound constitution and a well balanced 
soul ? 
In view of these facts, which the eye of every observing 
and reflecting mind can see, the question instinctively arises : 
“What is the true source of human happiness, and how is 
it to be sought, for such a boon Heaven has made attain- 
able ?” The question is easily answered. Let Wisdom utter 
her winning voice, let her mark out the path. “ Her ways 
are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace.” The 
keeping of the divine law, wherever that law may be writ- IlVTli OD TJCTION. 
ten, whether relating to the body or the soul, “is the be- 
ginning of wisdom,” and whoever keeps within the plain 
limits of that law, will find, amid all the annoyances of a 
fallen world, his way happy and joyous ; but whosoever 
steps over that line, will find ultimately that every step thus 
taken has been productive of pain. “ Good understanding 
giveth favor, but the way of the transgressor is hard.” TABLE OF CONTENTS, 
PART I. 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
I. How to Build a Gymnasium 3 
11. The Gymnasium H 
111. Exercises with Parallel Bars 16 
IY. Exercises on Horizontal Bar 22 
Y. Exercises with Bings, Ladders, etc 27 
YI. Exercises with Weights, Botes, etc 32 
YII. Eorty Weeks Exercises 35 
VIII. The Home Gymnasium 60 
IX. Training 63 
X. Indian Club Exercises 59 
PART 11. 
THE DIO LEWIS SYSTEM OE GYMNASTICS. 
I. Gymnastics 71 
111. Shorthand 95 
11. The Dio Lewis System 75 
IY. Marches 101 
Y. Percussion 109 
VI. Miscellaneous Exercises 112 
YII. Music 118 
YIII. Address to Teachers 121 
IX. Hints and Suggestions to Teachers and Pupils 131 
(xv) CONTENTS. 
PART 111. 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
I. Health 139 
11. The Body 153 
HI. Physical Culture 166 
IY. Bathing 184 
V. Am and Ventilation 187 
YI. Pood—Eating and Drinking 192 
VII. Sleep 214 
YIII. Fashion 219 
IX. Beauty 224 
X. Amusements and Excesses 228 
XI. Man 242 
XII. "Woman 248 
XIII. Husband and Wife 2-54 
XIY. Parents and Children 257 
XY. Religion 263 
XYI. Education 281 
XVII. Manners 292 
XVIII. Character 296 
XIX. The Physician and Medicine 320 
XX. Voice Culture 824 
XXL Hints and Rules 828 
PART IV. 
MENTAL AND MOEAL CULTURE. 
I. General Readings 343 
11. Proverbs of All Nations 408 PART I. 
THE GYMNASIUM. I. HOW TO BUILD AND EQUIP A GYMNASIUM. 
If. THE GYMNASIUM. 
TIL PARALLEL BARS. 
IY. HORIZONTAL BAR. 
Y. RINGS, SPRING BOARD, HORSE, DUMB BELLS, AND 
LADDERS. 
YI. CHEST WEIGHTS AND PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 
YII. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
VIII. THE HOME GYMNASIUM. 
IX. TRAINING. 
X. INDIAN CLUBS. I. 
HOW TO BUILD AND EQUIP A GYMNASIUM. 
The Building—The Apparatus, and How to Supply the Building 
•with it. 
This is a day ox progress. Nearly every city, town, col- 
lege, school, and society is rearing its gymnastic hall and sup- 
plying it with apparatus. The many letters of inquiry re- 
ceived, and the great demand for knowledge on this subject, 
have led me to offer the suggestions presented in this volume, 
and, though subject to modification, I have tried to make 
them quite explicit. I would advise no party to attempt to 
build or to equip a gymnasium, especially to equip, without 
the superintendence of an experienced person. 
In a college, where money is freely given (and it is freely 
given for such purposes when asked for), and the building is 
to become a permanent fixture and ornament, the architecture 
may be as costly as the money furnished will make it. But 
this lavish expenditure is by no means necessary. Let the 
interior of the building and the apparatus be the first objects 
of consideration. The exterior of the building may be plain. 
A college or school gymnasium need not be supplied with 
all the equipments of a gymnasium where persons are 
trained for theatrical and circus exhibitions or taught to per- 
form useless gyrations and dangerous feats. If there is a 
hall to commence with, a few hundred dollars will do much 
toward supplying apparatus, but several thousands can be 
profitably expended. Gymnastic apparatus is much more 
expensive than the inexperienced may imagine. 4 
TRR GYMNASIUM. 
But I was about to speak of the building and its exterior. 
If you are commencing to build a gymnasium, put the work 
into the hands of an able architect; but you may offer sug- 
gestions to him. Let the building be square, or nearly so ; 
an area of one hundred feet, if possible. All the room you 
can secure will be needed. Let the material be of brick or 
stone ; the foundation very firm, and the walls secure. The 
windows should be abundant and mostly in the upper part of 
the building, ten feet from the floor. By this arrangement 
those exercising will not be exposed to draughts of air. The 
windows should bo easily adjustable. The hall should be as 
light and well ventilated as it can be made. There should 
be ventilators in the top and near the floor of the building, 
for pure air is absolutely essential during exercise. The 
beams overhead should be large, strong, numerous, and 
firmly placed. 
I would recommend galleries for the sides or ends. Gym- 
nastic exercises are interesting to spectators, and participants 
work much better and with more profit 'with such an 
incentive. 
The floor should be made of the best quality of oak boards, 
free from knots, cracks, and splinters ; they should be so 
closely put together as to allow of no space between them to 
admit the dust, which will prove hurtful to those exercising. 
The floor of a gymnastic hall should be as good as a ten-pin 
alley floor. Let arrangements be made for lighting with gas, 
for students, and nearly all others, find the evening the most 
convenient time for exercise. 
Bath rooms and bowling alleys are essential, the former 
absolutely so. There should be instructor’s and janitor’s 
rooms; a room for boxing, fencing, etc. The dressing rooms 
may be up stairs. There should be clothes hooks on either 
side the whole length of the hall. 
Most gymnasiums are very poorly heated in the cold sea- 
son, for which reason they are uninviting in winter, the time TEE B TITLE IN G. 
5 
they are most needed. The heat should be equalized over 
all parts of the hall. Stoves and furnaces are inadequate for 
this purpose, and the only efficient means is by steam, which 
is the cheapest and best heat. The same boiler and apparatus 
will answer for heating water for baths. Let steam pipes be 
placed all around the hall, a few feet above the floor. 
Though we can trust the building to the architect, we can 
not trust the supplying of our gymnasium with apparatus ex- 
cept to a practical gymnast. If this important matter be 
neglected, most of the apparatus will be likely to be useless 
and have to be altered, at almost as great an expense as the 
first cost. I can not too strongly urge upon all interested 
the employment of experienced supervision. I speak thus 
from having seen the many blunders of carpenters in this re- 
gard. Making gymnastic apparatus, and putting it in its 
place, requires the skill of one fully acquainted with its use, 
as the slightest variation in measurements is likely to render 
some pieces of apparatus both dangerous and useless; besides, 
none but the modern practical gymnast knows what is best 
for a modern gymnasium, for much of the old style of appa- 
ratus has been replaced by new, of a different and much su- 
perior kind. 
I will now proceed to describe all the apparatus necessary 
for a complete gymnasium, giving my opinion of its uses and 
measurements. 
hirst in importance come the Parallel Bars. Every gymna- 
sium should contain two sets: one for adults, and one for 
youths. They generally extend lengthwise of the gymnasium, 
5 feet from the walls, and they should be 20 feet long. 
The best wood of which to make nearly all the apparatus, 
Unless otherwise specified, is Southern pine. The larger set 
should rest 5 feet from floor; 16 inches broad inside ; handles 
3 inches wide, 4 inches high, with rounded tops; cletes 
every 6 feet, strongly braced with iron braces from the 6 
THE G TMNA 81 U3l. 
outside. The smaller set should be 41 feet high, 14 inches 
broad inside; handles, 3 inches wide, 3 inches high, with 
rounded tops. 
Rowing Weights.—They should run across one end of the 
gymnasium : one immediately bach of the other, so the row- 
ers can sit in order, as in a boat. This gives opportunity for 
a number to row at the same time, which inspires emulation 
and presents a fine appearance. If they are put up for a 
crew of rowers, there should be six, and all the weights 
should be of quite the same caliber; I think 45 pounds 
the best weight. If they are put up for general use, they 
should vary, commencing at 50 pounds and each one de- 
creasing 5 pounds. 
The weights should be of iron, and made to run in a 
groove to prevent swinging and to facilitate an easy motion; 
they should run downward from the floor. The seats should 
be one foot square, and six inches from the floor, covered 
with hair and leather, or carpet cushions ; the distance from 
inside of seat to inside of stretcher, 2 feet. The stretcher 
should be 15 inches long ; 2 inches wide on top, and 4 inches 
wide at bottom, beveled ; distance from outside of stretcher 
to inside of pulley, 11 inches; distance from outside of 
stretcher to next seat in front, 1 foot, in which space is 
placed the pulley block. All pulleys should be of brass, and 
the new patent kind, which contain several small pulleys 
within a pulley. The pulleys should be 5 inches across, and 
1 inch wide; the rope iof an inch thick, and 5 feet in length, 
which is the length of the fall of the weight. The handles 
should be of black walnut, 1 foot long, 11 inches thick, with 
a small groove in the centers for rope. 
Spring Board.—Stretcher, 111 feet long; 4 inches wide, 
21 inches thick in center. They should taper one inch to 
the ends, that is, the ends should be 3 inches wide, and 11 
inches thick. There are, of course, two of these, upon TEE APPARATUS. 
7 
which are placed eight boards, eacb 4 inches wide, and i 
of an inch in thickness. These boards rest on another pair of 
stretchers 38 inches long, and 14 inches in thickness, 
which are firmly bound to the top of long stretchers by iron 
bands. There should be three cletes underneath the boards, 
equally distant apart, to hold them firmly together. Tour 
ends of the stretchers should rest on blocks, 15 inches thick 
in center, and 18 inches high ; an iron rod runs through the 
center of this and the center of the end of the stretcher. 
Pubber should be placed over and under each one. The 
spring board should be made of ash. I once made one a lit- 
tle smaller than this to save room and spoiled it. 
Chest Weights.—A complete set should consist of a box of 
six pairs, three on either side. The smallest weighing 10 
pounds; each one graduating to 10 pounds higher. The 
weights should run in grooves to prevent swinging, and 
should be boxed up out of sight; rubber above and saw- 
dust below, to prevent noise and wear. Same kind of pulley 
and pulley box as Ho wing Weights, 17 a inches apart, and 
should fall 44 feet. 
Stationary Horse.—Make 15 inches in diameter; 44 feet 
long, with rounded ends; 28 inches from floor to under part 
of horse. Handles 20 inches apart, made of iron; |of an inch 
thick,_ covered with leather. 
Horizontal Ladder.—Place 8 feet from the floor; and extend 
across the gymnasium lengthwise or crosswise; 19 inches 
Wide, inside to inside ; rounds 1 inch in diameter, and 14 
inches apart. 
OUique Ladder.—Same measurement; from which may fall, 
in center, Perpendicular Bars. But this kind Ido not like. 
Perpendicular Lars.—These must not be long, thick, bun- 
gling, and loose in their places ; but 10 feet is long enough; 8 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
2 k inches in thickness, firmly set and stationary; 15, 16, 17, 
and 18 inches apart. There should he about four sets, 
measuring as above. 
Spools.—At one end, from lower corner on one side to up- 
per corner on the other, Spools, 15 inches long, should slide 
on If inch rope; ropes 13 inches apart. These should be 
constructed in apparatus to make them firm, tight, secure. 
Hanging Side Rings.—These should extend the whole length 
of the gymnasium on one side, hanging from beams overhead, 
about 7 feet apart; rope, 1 inch thick ; rings of iron, fof an inch 
thick and 7 inches across from inside to inside. They should 
be well covered with good leather, and hang 10 feet from 
the floor. 
Single Rings.—Same measurement, and 17 inches apart. 
There should be two sets: one 6J feet, the other 6 feet from 
the floor. 
Single Trapeze.—Hope 1 inch thick; crossbar 20 inches 
long, Ik inches thick in center, tapering, and balls on end; it 
should be adjustable by leather straps. 
Rouble Trapeze.—Outside one, crossbar of iron 2 inches 
thick, 5 feet long; rope If inches thick, 10 feet from floor. 
Inside one, placed in center of outside one ; rope 1 inch thick ; 
crossbar of iron 2k feet long, hanging 5 feet above lower 
bar. 
In both Single and Double Trapeze, all ropes 6 or 8 inches 
above crossbar should be quilted with soft cloth. 
Single Swing.—This is made the same as the Single Trapeze ; 
except that, instead of the crossbar, there should be a seat 
20 inches long and 6 wide; it should come within 30 inches 
of the floor. 
Sand Bag.—The bag should be stuffed two-thirds full 
with sand and sawdust—one part sand, two parts sawdust. THE APPARATUS. 
9 
Hang bottom of the bag 3 J feet from the floor, swing on 
two ropes wide apart. 
Spirometers.—One of Barnes’s and one of Lewis’s. 
Tight Rope.—Lope 2 inches thick ; from floor to ceiling, 
made tight as possible. 
Double Parallel Bars.—Such a useless contrivance that it is 
not worth explanation. In the same category would I place 
the Slack Rope and Inclined Board. 
Horizontal Bar.—lt should be of lance wood, hickory, or 
ash; 7 feet long ; perfectly plain and smooth; Ik inch in 
thickness; 2 inches square at the ends, which should be iron 
bound. 
Indian Clubs.—Let every gymnasium be well supplied with 
good ones ; trust no turner to make them, but get the patent 
shape, it is much the best. I like them made of black walnut, 
but maple will do. They should be well seasoned. Bor sizes, 
I would recommend: one of 25 pounds; three of 20 pounds; 
two of 18 pounds; four of 15 pounds; four of 12 pounds; 
four of 10 pounds; four of 8 pounds; four of 6 pounds; two 
of 5 pounds; two of 4 pounds, and two of 3 pounds. These 
should be kept in a stand or in a box 5 feet long, 8 feet high, 
and 3 feet wide. 
Lifting Machine, or Portable Gymnasium.—l prefer to all 
others that invented by Dr. G. B. Winship, of Boston, Mass. 
It is more easily adjusted, and far less dangerous, as it employs 
tne harness, thereby avoiding the necessity of handling heavy 
weights, and calls into harmonious action, at the same time, 
nearly every muscle of the human body. It is a concentrated 
gymnasium in itself, as it embraces all the necessary appara- 
tus sufficient to maintain good health. The same machine 
serves as a Bowing Weight and Chest Weight. It is 8 feet 
long, 4 feet wide, and 6 feet high. As a means of strength- 
ening and developing, it is far superior to any gymnastic ap- 10 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
paratus I have vet seen. As it becomes better known, its in- 
troduction into hospitals, asylums, medical offices, academies, 
colleges, private residences, and all gymnasiums will surely 
follow. 
There should be three good mats: one the width of the 
length of the horizontal bar, under which it should be placed; 
another about the same size, at one end of the spring board 
for jumping; one quite small, for adjusting to different 
places. They should be made of No. 1 canvas, one foot in 
thickness ; stuffed with hedgeled husks. I have tried every 
thing else, and find this the most satisfactory. 11. 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
Remarks—Rules for the Gymnasium—Suggestions regarding the Use 
of the Gymnasiurif. 
An Instructor is of the first importance in a gymnasium. 
Evil, rather than good, is apt to result without a competent 
guide; and he should not only be qualified to teach the uses 
of all the apparatus, but he should be well versed in Physi- 
ology, Hygiene, and a student of this “ wonderful house in 
which we live,” to give proper advice on all matters that may 
come before him. Besides an instructor, a “manual” may be 
ased. In this booh will be found nearly all the uses of all 
the apparatus. It is intended to assist the instructor as well 
as the class. 
In the proper place I will explain the different uses to 
which the apparatus may be put, the exercises of each, the 
value of each piece of apparatus, and its exercises. I may 
with propriety say here, that to secure all the benefits which 
a course of training in gymnastics is capable of imparting, a 
well-appointed gymnasium and a judicious teacher are re- 
quisite ; and in such an institution there is nothing prejudi- 
cial to virtue, morals, or Christianity, but, on the other hand, 
all these may and should le promoted. We naturally love 
those things which have cost us time, labor, money. May I 
not then be pardoned for claiming originality here ? Long 
bave I faithfully, zealously, enthusiastically labored in this 
cause. Thousands of my pupils can testify to this. Others 
may have many of the same exercises, perhaps better ones, 12 
THE G YMNA SIUM. 
but for most of these I claim originality, and wholly for the 
systematic arrangement of the same, wherein I think I may 
claim superiority, for I know of no other teacher who has 
ever used any system in heavy gymnastics. To this I owe 
much of my success. 
I shall use no “ cuts” in this work, but will endeavor to 
make all explanations as brief as possible ; for in gymnastics, 
as in many other things, multiplicity of words darken counsel. 
For the benefit of those organizing a gymnasium, I will 
here subjoin a copy of our rules, from which some may wish 
to take suggestions : 
Circular.] RULES FOE THE GYMNASIUM. 
Tho Gymnasium will be open daily in term time from 8 a. m. till 10 
p. m. It will be closed during the vacations. 
Smoking, spitting on tho floors, marking or otherwise disfiguring any 
part of the building, and the making unnecessary noise in tho building 
are forbidden. 
The Gymnasium is for the use of those connected with the College. 
Clothing removed from the person should either be hung on the hooks 
provided in the main hall or in the dressing room up stairs. All books 
and other articles found will be taken in charge by Mr. Welch, from 
whom they may be obtained. 
Those exercising in tho main hall should wear light shoes or slippers 
and be careful not to touch any part of tho apparatus with boots or 
heavy shoes. 
Handle the weights with care, not permitting them to strike violently 
as they rise or fall. 
Replace all movable apparatus after using it. 
Do not walk or run on the ten-pin alleys, nor drop the balls heavily 
upon them. 
Turn the gas low on leaving the alleys. 
It is for the interest of all who use the Gymnasium that the above 
rules be strictly enforced. 
SUGGESTIONS REGARDING THE USE OF THE GYMNASIUM 
The best time for exercise, is in the middle of the forenoon, or toward 
evening; at other times, at noon, or in the evening, it should not be SUGGESTIONS FOR ITS USE. 
13 
continued up to the immediate time of eating, or retiring, and should be 
more moderate. It should never come just after a meal. 
Exercise daily if you can. If this is not convenient, two or three 
times a week will accomplish much good. 
Observe system and regularity. Exercise with one or more compan- 
ions if you can, as it will greatly enhance interest and progress. Class 
system is better still. 
Avoid abrupt transitions; avoid draughts of air, and too violent, ex- 
cessive, or too long-continued exercise ] you defeat the object if you ex- 
ercise to exhaustion; cease when you feel a pleasant fatigue. 
Exercise should he pleasant and agreeable, so as to relax the mind. It 
is easy to manufacture an interest, and this is especially awakened by 
conscious improvement; it is desirable, therefore, to see to it that pro- 
gress is made in spite of occasional discouragement. 
Exercise with care and caution, commencing with the lighter and ele- 
mentary exercises. 
On each occasion of taking exercise, begin gently, and gradually in- 
crease in vigorous efforts, and diminish gradually to the end. 
Economize breath; keep the mouth closed. Give as much exercise to 
lungs and vital parts as possible, as their vigorous training will do more 
good than the exercise of all other parts of the body. TJsethe Spirometer 
on entering and leaving the Gymnasium. An equal distribution of exer- 
cise to the different parts of the body will prove more interesting and 
beneficial, and give greater powers of endurance. 
Dress should ho light and easy, so as not to impede the movements of 
the body; nothing should he carried in the pockets. 
Yary the exercises frequently, so as to call into action various sets of 
muscles. Strengthen the weaker part. Avoid extremes and excesses; 
live simply; abstain from the use of stimulants and medicine. Wash 
the whole body daily in soap and water that the skin may he kept soft 
and clean, and thoroughly perform its work. 
It is somewhat difficult to lay down minute rules, as different persons 
desire and require a different regimen. A few hints regarding the use 
of each set of apparatus may prove of use to some. 
•As a good incipient exercise, let the body through the perpendicular 
bars 50 times; hands level with shoulders, feet at right angles, touching 
foot of bars; going forward, keep the body straight; going hack, bend 
ln small of hack as much as possible; work slowly. 
Horizontal Ladder.—Walk across with hands, skipping one, two, or 
three rounds; catch in center of round, keep feet close, legs straight, 
hand drop to side each time. Jump across, both hands, same way. 14 
THE GYM NA SI EM. 
Draw up to the chin on end round as many times as possible, palms 
toward face. 
Spring Board.—Good as horseback riding. Jump lightly on one foot 
(hall of foot) 10 times; other same; alternately and simultaneously, 
each 50 times. Forward and hack 50 times; passing feet 50 times; 
sidewise 50 times. Jump as high in the air as possible, lighting on both 
feet; continue as long as agreeable. Use spring board daily ; it is very 
profitable, especially for persons of sedentary habits. 
Side Rings.—Simple and interesting ; good for grip. In going across, 
observe same directions with regard to feet, legs, and hands, as on 
Horizontal Ladder; let body turn half way round each time of letting go 
the ring. 
Rowing Weights.—Profitable, as they exercise all muscles of the body. 
Keep the mouth closed and head erect; breathe after each stroke. 
Commence with light weight, gradually increase to heavier, and also in 
number of times of pulling. 
Hand Weights.—Valuable for back,legs, shoulder muscles, and flexors— 
use variety in these. Occasionally put your back to the weights as well 
as the face; also put the feet in the handles, for the strengthening of 
the legs. 
The Lifting Machine gives condensed exercise. If you have but a few 
minutes fn which to work, use this. It is valuable if prudently used, 
but great caution is necessary. Adjust the handles according to size of 
person ; put the heels as near together as possible, hips forward, chest 
out, shoulders back, head erect, knees bent; straighten the body and lift 
very slowly. Just as you lift, inflate the lungs full. Commence with 
very light weights, and let the increase be very gradual. 
Spirometer.—Very beneficial; it strengthens and increases the lungs 
and chest; deepens the voice, and makes it purer ; improves respiration, 
purifies the blood. Use it frequently. 
Single Rings.—Very good for back, shoulders, flexors, arms. Turn 
over and back several times at half arm; the same with stiff arms and 
legs; get into the rings with hands far over; describe swaying circle 
with the feet on the floor. 
Spools. Throw the spool up to the top with either hand, making it 
slide rapidly on the rope. Go to the top on the spools, which should he 
under the arms; hold on with the hands; swing the legs which should 
be kept stilt, and slide up. Slide down, same position, putting toes on 
backward. 
The Indian Clubs afford a great variety of very useful and graceful 
movements, strengthening the wrists and fingers, and giving fullness to SUGGESTIONS FOR ITS USE. 
tie chest, shoulders, and hack muscles, etc. It will he well to ask more 
particular direction in their use from the instructor. 
Foxing, -when free from rowdyism and vulgarity, is one of the most 
useful, interesting, and exhilarating of exercises to the mind and profita- 
ble to (he body ; employing every limb and muscle; giving at the same 
time readiness of hand, quickness of eye, presence of mind, courage, in- 
dependence, confidence, while it tests and improves the patience and en- 
durance. It teaches how to use the weapons which nature has given 
and tends to do away with all other. 
Running.—A capital exercise, very beneficial to the whole system. It 
dilates, strengthens, and increases the size of the lungs; expands the 
chest, improves respiration; makes the blood circulate freely and puri- 
fies it; opens the pores. While running, keep the mouth closed, the 
head erect, the shoulders far back, the chest out, the fists tightly clenched 
and placed high on chest with knuckles upward, elbows high and far 
back. Commence with a slow walk, gradually quicken the pace to a 
slow run, then a rapid run, and gradually diminish speed in the same 
"way. Practice often, increasing the distance each time. 
The use of the Horizontal Ear is attended with more or less danger, 
and should therefore be left till one has made considerable progress In 
the others. It affords a large variety of exercise. 
Parallel Bars.—The most profitable apparatus of all, bringing into ex- 
ercise more especially' the vital parts; here are 100 systematic exercises, 
each one helping to perform the next as in the Indian Clubs. In the 
use of these, and also the Horizontal Bar, you would accomplish more 
under the direction of the teacher. 
Gratuitous instruction is furnished in the use of all the apparatus by 
the undersigned. Systematic exercise is necessary for the best mental, as 
well as the best physical condition, and the Gymnasium, with its varied 
apparatus in good order, furnishes all the means requisite for securing 
such exercise. WELCH. 111. 
EXEECISES WITH PAEALLEL BAES. 
First Series: Straight-arm Movements—Second Series: Leg Move- 
ments—Third Series ; Dips—Fourth Series : Promiscuous Exer- 
cises—Fifth Series : Somersaults—Seventy-five Exercises. 
These are first in importance, because tire most profitable. 
Do not climb, but jump on the bars with a quick spring. 
Eor obvioug reasons, I have arranged the exercises into sets 
or series. 
First Series.—Straight Arm Movements. 
1. Walk across, arms straight, body stiff, forward. 
2. Walk across, arms straight and body stiff, backward. 
(Walk slowly, short steps, with hands.) 
3. Hop across, arms straight, body stiff, forward. 
4. Hop across, arms straight, body stiff, backward. (In 
above exercises simply slide along, scarcely lifting hands from 
bars.) 
5. Jump across, with swing, arms straight; body stiff, 
forward, (Keep the legs close together; do not bend the 
knees when either forward or back ; jump when legs are for- 
ward and level with bars.) 
6. Jump across, with swing, arms straight, body stiff, 
backward. (Allow body to swing back level, then jump back- 
ward.) 
7. Jump across against swing, arms straight, body stiff’ 
forward. (Jump when feet are back and body level.) PARALLEL EARS. 
17 
8. Jump across back-ward. (Let legs bang down and take 
care of themselves.) 
9. Jump across forward, running along on bands, taking 
three or four steps. (Jump when feet are back and body 
level.) 
Second Semes—Leg Movements. 
1. Jump across forward, throw legs over either side 
astride. 
2. Same as No. 1, only backward. 
3. Throw legs over either side alternately, forward. 
4. Same as No. 3, backward. 
5. Come to knees or shins, forward only. 
6. Come to feet, stand straight, fall and up again, forward 
only. 
7. Scissors. Turn around, throw legs over astride, forward 
and backward. 
All this series may be performed either straight arm or 
with dip, according to strength of pupil. 
Tuimj Semes.—Lips. 
1. Jump, with swing, dip, come to straight arm, forward. 
2. Same as No. 1, backward. 
3. Jump against swing; or, when feet are back, dip, come 
to straight arm. 
4. Same as No. 8, backward. 
5. Swing, jump, keep half arm, all the time forward. 
6. Same as No. 5, backward. 
7- Swing, dip, jump when feet are either forward or back- 
ward two jumps. 
8. Walk across, half arm, forward. 
9. Walk across, half arm, backward. 
10. Grasshopper. Jump across, half arm, forward. 
11. Same as No. 10, backward only. (Bend feet up so 
that body is at right angle.) 18 
THE O YMN AST UM. 
12. Spider. Walk along, reaching as far as possible, for- 
ward. 
13. Spider. Walk along, reaching as far as possible, back- 
ward. 
14. Ladder. Straight arm, slide along gradually, bending 
arms till you get clear down; then, in same way, gradually 
up again. 
15. Steam Engine. Jump, dip ; then jump straight arm; 
puff like an engine, go across bars so. 
1. Raise up from full dip to straight arm, body straight. 
Fourth Series.—Promiscuous Exercises. 
2. Raise up from half dip to straight arm, body ob- 
lique. , 
3. Erom, end of bars, straight arm, swing and dip for- 
ward. 
5. Stand between bars, half way between upright posts; 
let body dip forward, catch hands on posts, come back, 
catch hands on outside of bars, bending loav in small of 
back. 
4. On bars same way, swing, dip forward. 
6. Stand between bars, turn half somersault, feet in air; 
walk along on hands, jump same way. 
7. Stand on outside of bars, hands on one nearest to you; 
jump up, throw feet to opposite bar inside, push body back, 
and, with swing, come up stiff arm on the bar on Avhich the 
hands rested. 
9. Stand at end of bars, hands on, jump on, legs astride, 
hands behind. 
8. Half Grapevine Twist, on outside of bar. 
10. Same as last, only, instead of letting legs come astride 
of bar, bring them together and let them come through 
bars ; finish with somersault. 
11. Walk across bars on hands ; raise right knee as high 
as possible Avhen you move right hand; left the same. PARALLEL EARS. 
19 
12. Walk along on bars ; when you lift right band throw 
nght leg over; left same, alternately. 
13. On ends of bars, hands on; knuckles to ward sides, raise 
UP several times. 
14. German Sausage. Sit on one bar, feet under opposite 
l)ar) rest on insteps, let body down backwards several times. 
Vary if strength permits, by lifting in same way dumb bell 
°r club. 
15- Stand on floor outside of bars, by strength of hands and 
ai'ms; bring body up so as to fall between bars ; then quickly 
1° outside on other side without touching. 
19. Walk on hands on bars with legs spread in front of 
hands and resting on arms. 
17. Same as last, only knees bent and feet behind hands. 
18. Hang on end of bars in form of letter L; turn over and 
back without touching floor. 
19. On bars, straight arm; turn half round quickly and 
catch bars. 
20. Hands on in front of body, sitting on bars; swing, 
dip, let legs go astride in front of where hands were. 
21. Hands on end, raise back slowly as high as possible 
and go over. 
22. Walk across bars forward and back, hands inside of 
bars, knuckles toward inside. 
23. Grasshopper Spring. Swing, dip, jump as far as pos- 
sible. 
~ across bar on back, roll off backward, come to 
25. Lie across bar on front, throw body over by pushing 
ands, which are on opposite bar, come over on to feet. 
‘ lwo persons try one forward dip, other backward 
movements, or any other exercise; one forward, 
ier backward, both at same time, 
-balance on shoulders, feet in air; then alternate from 
°ne side to the other of bars. 20 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
28. Balance on bars, feet in the air, and the legs perfectly 
straight. 
30. Lay on bars lengthwise, suspended by hands and feet; 
let body through, raise up again. 
29. Same as last, and walk on hands. 
31. Swing, dip, come to feet, jump again ; turn half som- 
ersault by rolling over backward on the bars, come to feet 
again. 
Fifth Seeies.—Somersaults. 
1. Stand between bars, hands on outside, throw legs over 
on outside of bars, come to sitting posture on bars. 
2. Sit on bars, roll over on shoulders, and come to sitting 
position on bars. 
3. Sit on bars, roll over and let legs come through bars. 
4. On hands, swing over, turning complete circle, legs com- 
ing through ; always keep legs together. 
5. Arms straight, swing, turn somersault, bend arms as body 
drops through. 
6. Eoll over on shoulders, come to legs, sitting ; go whole 
length of bars this way forward, then backward. 
7. Sit on astride of bars, dive body down forward between 
bars, come to same position as first. This takes considerable 
swing, and requires legs to hold on firmly. 
9. Stand between bars, throw legs over forward, come to 
straight arm on bars. 
8. Same as No. 7, backward. 
10. Straight-arm Somersault. Balance straight arm, let 
body fall through bars, keep body steady and straight, legs 
together. 
11. Sit on bars facing and near the end, hands on in front 
of body, curl over by raising back till you turn a complete 
somersault and alight on floor. This is the way to learn to 
turn a somersault off end of bars. Always have a mat upon 
which to alight, as it is very injurious to strike on the floor; PARALXJEL BARS. 
21 
alight on balls of feet always, and bend knee as you touch 
floor. 
12. On end facing ends, feet hanging through, turn somer- 
sault off on floor. This may conclude nearly any exercise on 
bars, and is very pretty. 
13. Straight arm somersault off end of bars. IY. 
EXEECISES ON HOEIZONTAL BAE. 
First Series: Bar Low—Second Series : Bar High—Eighty-three Ex- 
ercises. ■ 
Eiest Series.—Bar Low, 
1. Vault without using hands. 
2. Vault with one hand. 
3. Vault with both hands. 
4. Double Vault. Get on bar by hands, then vault over. 
5, Vault through both hands, keeping hands on the bar. 
6. Eepeat No. 6, and come to a sitting position on the 
bar. 
7. On bar by hands, swing over by hands, catching toes at 
either end of bar and holding on by them; first come to floor 
on feet, afterward come to same position and continue. The 
knees should be kept perfectly straight, and the legs spread 
out as far as possible. 
8. Hands on, jump ; put feet on bar, let body go under: 
hanging on as long as possible with both feet and hands; 
then spring as far as possible. 
9. Hand Spring. 
10. Hands on, knuckles toward body; balance at half arm, 
body perfectly horizontal; after which, swing body over bar, 
turning hand spring. 
11. Balance on bar, feet in air, body perpendicular. 
12. Walk under bar, bending in small of back. 
13. One hand one way, the other opposite; jump over, HORIZONTAL BAR. 
catch, small o£ bach on bar; turn over backward, forming 
complete circle, body stiff. 
14. Lie on bar lengthwise, body stiff, fold arms and bal- 
ance. 
15. Lie under bar, right leg over to hnee, left toe under, 
body straight, fold arms and balance. 
16. Sit on bar, throw legs over to either side alternately, 
keep legs together. 
17. Sit on bar, back straight, legs out on bar crossed; fold 
arms and balance. 
18. Stand on bar with one foot, fold arms, sit down on bar 
and rise again. 
Encircling. 
ID. Sit on, hands on outside legs, go forward. 
20. Sit on, hands on outside legs, go backward. 
21. Sit on, hands on inside legs, go forward. 
22. Sit on, hands on inside legs, go backward. 
Try the above four also with spring from the floor. 
23. Sit on, bands on outside, raise body in air, go forward, 
turn round bar quickly, spring; come to feet on other side 
without touching body to bar. 
24. Encircle bar forward and backward, elbows outside 
legs. 
25. Same as last, only elbows between legs. 
Second Seuies.—Bar High. 
1. Get on bar in various ways. 
2. Double Vault. 
3. Hang by toes, bead down. 
4. Hang by beels, bead down. 
5- Half Giant. Swing, encircle bar forward, without touch 
ing. 
6. Shin cat, slowly. 24 
THE G TMN ASI JIM. 
7. Skin cat with, spring. 
8. Back horizontal. 
9. Bront horizontal. 
10. Sit on bar, hands on, knuckles forward; let body 
down as far as possible ; raise, continue. 
11. Half Grapevine Twist. 
12. Bull Grapevine Twist. 
18. Swing on bar, jump as far as possible. 
14. Swing on bar, turning on either side ; letting go, rapidly 
catch hold again. 
15. Hang by knees, swing body, let go, come to feet. 
16. Swing with hands, throw legs over outside of hands ; 
let go, and with one swing come to feet. 
17. Repeat last exercise, only keeping hold by knees till a 
sitting position on bar is come to. 
18. Lie on bar crosswise, body stiff, fold arms; balance, 
lying on back. 
19. Repeat last exercise, lying on stomach 
20. Bronx No. 18 fall over back, catch in knees, and hold 
so, swing off, or drop off quickly, or let go one leg, then the 
other. 
21. Breast up, hands either way. 
22. Sit on, one knee over ; hang on by hands, encircle for- 
ward and back. 
28. Same as last, only clasp hands over knee, arms under 
bar. 
24. Up on bar, hands on, encircle forward, body stiff. 
25. Turn through hands, catch insteps on bar, arch back. 
26. Swing, throw one leg through hands to knee ; sit on 
bar so, then encircle bar. 
28. Sit on bar, encircle in back, body stiff; do this with 
swing. 
27. Same as last, only bring both legs through. 
29. Same as last only without swing, curling body over 
slowly. HORIZONTAL BAR. 
25 
30. Draw body up to chin, let go one hand, remain in this 
position. 
31. Upon bar, straight arm; let body down slowly to chin, 
rise again slowly. 
32. Sit on bar, hands on, knuckles backward; let body 
down slowly, hold back horizontal, half arm; then slowly 
down to full arm, 
33. Bar to neck, one hand one way, the other opposite ; 
spring on to bar sidewise, come to sitting position. 
34. Swing on bar, throw feet up, breast up with swing. 
35. Same as last, without swing. 
36. Balance on bar, half arm; then with one arm, elbow 
m at stomach, other out straight. 
37. Best on bar, one hand at one end, one foot caught in 
instep at other end ; revolve around bar in this position. 
38. Swing, breast up, with spring ; come to straight arm 
on bar, encircle once, down, and swing again, encircle, and 
thus continue. 
39. Waterfall. Sit on, bar .in knees, hold on tightly, swing 
backward, turn somersault and come to feet 
40. Same as last, only perform complete circle, turn round, 
catch hands on bar, straight arm. 
41. Same as No. 39, only perform complete circle; come 
to sitting position on bar. This may be continued. 
42. Blag. Best on hands on bar, knuckles toward body ; 
raise body to the horizontal, go over, come to same position. 
43. Bull Giant Swing, backward. Same as last exercise, 
only continue, keeping arms perfectly stiff. 
44. Encircle bar, two persons locked. One rests on bar, 
straight arm; the other puts his legs between the other’s 
body and arms, and each being so, round they go, revolving 
on stomach and hands. 
45. Breakneck. Sit on bar, fold arms, fall over backward, 
throwing feet in air, and light on feet. 
46. Flying Leap. Swing on bar, let go when body is for- 26 
THE G YMNA S1 UM. 
ward, turning complete somersault in air; alight on feet, about 
ten feet from bar. 
47. Hindoo Grind. Body banging on elbows, bands bigh 
up on side of body, body stiff; encircle backward or forward. 
48. Double Hindoo Grind. Same as last, only two persons 
locked in arms. 
49. Jump, catcb bar; swing, throw legs oyer outside or 
inside of bands; come to sitting position on bar. 
50. Swing, one band one way, the other opposite; throw 
opposite leg over to knee, come to sitting position on bar, or 
go over on other side. 
51. Hands on bar, palms toward body; bring feet under 
bar and over bead, kick out, bring bar into small of back ; 
then to sitting position on bar. 
52. Snap off. Body banging by knees, bead down ; bang 
perfectly still, snap off quickly by throwing feet over, come 
to feet. 
63 Stand on bar in center, spring off backward; turning 
back somersault, alight on feet. 
54. Swing on bar by knees, let go forward and come to 
feet. 
55. Sit on bar, spring off backward quickly, without swing; 
turn somersault and come to feet. 
56. Full Giant Swing, arms straight. 
67. Double Giant Swing, twm persons. 
Many of those exercises set down with the Bar Low, may be 
performed with the Bar High, when one has become expert in 
exercises with the low bar. Y. 
EXERCISES WITH KINGS, LADDERS, ETC. 
Single Eings: Thirty-two Exercises—Spring Board Horse: Eleven 
Exercises—Horizontal Ladder—Oblique Ladder. 
1. Turn over, alight on floor. 
2. Turn over and hack. 
3. Turn over in sockets. 
Single Kings. 
4. Turn over, without bending knees or arms. 
5. Turn and hold back horizontal. 
6. Erom back horizontal turn over backward, without 
bending knees or arms. 
7. Hold on rings, throw feet over outside of arms; let go 
hand and catch quickly before feet come to floor. 
8. Split, catching hold both rings, which are brought 
together ; throwing legs over outside of arms quickly, let go 
hands and alight on feet. 
9. Hold of rings, which are hanging naturally ; draw up 
with spring, throw legs over outside of arms ; let go, come 
to feet. This is done by simply raising back when legs are 
over arms. 
10. Repeat last, and catch both hands on rings before feet 
touch the floor. 
11. Getting into rings, overhold. 
12. Getting into rings, without overhold. 
13. Getting into rings, raise up to straight arm ; then 
gradually let down to half arm; push one arm out to the hor- 28 
. THE G YMNA SI UM. 
izontal and draw back ; then the other and draw back ; then 
simultaneously. 
14. Hold front horizontal. 
15. Hang by toes ; draw body up by strength of toes ; 
swing by hanging on by toes. 
16. Turn over, catch toes in rings; swing in that position. 
17. Eoll in and out without swing. 
18. Side horizontal. 
20. Hands hold of rings, feet on floor; let the body, front 
part out, body arched, describe a circle ; ten times either way. 
19. Front horizontal, from overbold above. 
21. Same as last, only feet off floor; let the lower part of 
the body describe a circle either way. 
22. Draw up to chin with one arm; do this by strength of 
two fingers only. 
23. With a swing, jump over rope placed at a distance across 
uprights. 
24. Take a swing, when at forward end turn forward som- 
ersault, alight on feet. 
25. Draw up with one hand, the other holding on to wrist; 
gradually let the left drop lower till it gets down. This is 
the preliminary to No. 22. 
26. Simple swing, with push. 
27. Swing, by pushing self with feet, turning round each 
time ; let two persons try this in a race, one hold of either 
ring. 
28. Swing, with legs through to knees. 
29. Swing, with arms through to elbows and armpits. 
30. Swing, keeping self going by feet in air, and drawing 
up at either end by strength of arms. 
31. New York Swing, throwing feet out. 
32. Graceful Swing. Eolling in and out at either end 
with somersaults. SBRING BOARD HORSE. 
29 
Most of the exercises on this apparatus are given in the “ Cir- 
cular.” Beside those there given, it is used to give the spring for 
vaulting over the horse or a rope placed upon two uprights, 
which should always set at one end of spring hoard. This 
valuable piece of apparatus should be often used; it is the 
kest, and about the only means of giving exercise to the mus- 
cles of the feet and legs. 
Spring Bovim. 
The Germans consider this a very valuable piece of appa- 
ratus, having nearly three hundred exercises for it. X can not 
imagine where they find them. X do not value it in any 
respect, and leave it out of all the gymnasiums I fit up. It 
is clumsy, dangerous, and useless; much of the apparatus 
How in use brings the same muscles into exercise in an easier 
and better way. Bor those who wish to use it, I subjoin a 
few of the best exercises. 
House. 
1. Jump over, left hand on the handle ; back with right 
hand. 
2. Jump over, both hands on, letting go as you vault. 
3. Both hands, keep hold while yon jump over and back. 
X. Sit on one end of horse, both hands on handles ; swing 
legs off and bring them around till you sit on oilier side; 
jump back again. 
5. Itepeat No. 4 only sitting astride. 
6. Back horizontal. Hands on, palms dorm; let body 
slide over, and when body is straight under horse, balance ; 
come back. 
X. Xlands on pummels or handles; balance body, straight 
arm; one leg over in this position; change position of legs 
several times, alternately, without touching them to horse. 
8. Hands on, stand on floor; jump over, by putting legs 30 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
outside of arms, alighting on other side. Do this also from 
hanging on to the horse, feet off floor. 
9. Get on the horse by hands on pummels ; by strength of 
arms, gradually bring body oyer, so that the stomach rests on 
the right elbow ; let go other hand, extend it in front, and 
balance in this horizontal position. 
10. From the last, bring body round, grasping other pum- 
mel with left hand, and gradually raise body to perpendicular 
position, and balance feet in air. 
The full hand spring may be performed on the horse by 
standing on floor, hands on, and going over same as on Hori- 
zontal Bar. This is a good place to leave off. 
11. Finish the last by half hand spring. 
Dumb Bell. 
Since the introduction of the Indian Club, the Dumb 
Bell has almost entirely gone out of use, as it should. 
I speak now of the iron bell, presently I shall describe 
over fifty beautiful exercises with the wooden bell. I place 
no value on the iron bell. The only exercise worthy of 
recommending is for a bell weighing from 25 to 50 pounds. 
Pick off the floor without bending knees, curl and raise from 
shoulder, curl down again and replace in same way ; then 
take up with other hand, and so on alternately. Perform very 
slowly. 
Hoeizoxtal axd Oblique Laddees. 
These cost a great deal of money, and take up a great deal 
of room ; are somewhat dangerous, tear the flesh and blister 
the hands. The Side Pings afford similar exercise, only su- 
perior and more interesting ; for which reasons I condemn the 
use of all ladders, and do not countenance them. The ex- 
orcises on Horizontal Ladder and Side Pings I have described 
in “ Circular.” 31 
OBLIQUE LADDER. 
Oblique Ladder.—Walk up hand over hand, taking hold of 
each round; same, skipping one round; same as last, two 
jumping up. Go up a little ways and hold horizontal. 
Walk up with feet on outside ; first, by assistance of hands; 
afterward, with arms folded. Y I. 
EXEECTSES WITH WEIGHTS, HOPES, ETC. 
Chest Weights : Ten Exercises—Perpendicular Tight Pope—Slack 
Eope—Peg Post—Perpendicular Bars—Spring Board. 
Chest Weights. 
1. Sit on the stool, which is placed the length of the legs 
from the box, either hand hold of weight, feet on stretcher, 
pull alternately. 
2. Sit on the stool, placed close to hack stretchers of box, 
against which lean your back, pull both hands simultane- 
ously; first under, letting them go back over; then pull 
over and let them go back and under. 
3. Standing two or three feet from box, perform the last 
exercise. 
4. Back close against back stretcher, hands over shoulders; 
pull out slowly and let down easily; pull out under, let back 
over head. 
5. Back close to stretcher, both hands crossed over chest, 
bend body forward as low down as possible. This should be 
done quite slowly. 
6. Position same as last; pull weights, stiff arm, under; 
describe half circle in letting them back, stiff arm. 
7. Stand left side toward weight, two feet or so from weight 
box ; with right hand pull out sidewise, till the arm is straight; 
back slowly. 
8. Same as No. 7, on opposite side. 
9. Stand a couple of feet from box, facing same; with GENERAL EXERCISES. 
either hand, one hand at a time, pull first under, then over ; 
then, oyer and under. 
10. Stand on stretcher of box ; hold on back stretcher; put 
one foot in pulley,- feet down—let up gradually; other foot 
same. Also, stand on floor and pull with, foot sidewise. 
Gradually increase size of weight and number of times 
pulling. Handle the weights easily and gracefully. Never 
let them drop with a noise. 
GENEEAL EXEEOISES. 
Perpendicular Tight Eope. 
Go up as far as possible, hand oyer hand, without touching 
hody to rope. Good for grip. 
Peg Post. 
Esed much in the same manner as the above. 
Get astride, good hold, swing; turn half somersault at 
either end; keep yourself in motion by this process. This is 
a dangerous nuisance. 
Slack Eope. 
Perpeedtctjear Bars. 
Heels together near bars, toes apart, hands a little lower 
than shoulder; let the body go through; then for a change, 
hands lower down, bend back forward and come back to first 
position. 
Sprieg Board. 
1- Stand on side edge, jump in air, come down sitting on 
board, and spring to standing position again. 
Stand on one side of board, jump over and sit down on 
opposite edge ; spring to standing position again. 34 
THE G YMN A SIUM. 
3. Repeat the first exercise liere given, only let the body 
turn round as you come up to standing position. 
4. Stand on board in center, spring up in air, come down 
on board sitting, either legs together or astride; come to 
standing position again. 
All feats of “ Tumbling” I leave for circus performers ; so 
I will not here give any description of them. 
FnEKrcn WhnsTLE.—A TricJt. 
1. Two persons lie on mat opposite ways, lock arms, and with 
other hand lock fingers ; on each count (1, 2, 3) let each per- 
son raise leg nearest the other, and on 3, lock and see which 
will pull the other over; other leg kept flat down. 
2. Two persons, back to back, arms locked; one throws 
the other over his head, making him turn a somersault and 
light on feet. VII. 
EOETY WEEKS EXBECISES. 
Exercises Systematically Arranged for each Day of tire Week, using the 
Apparatus herein, described. 
In Yale College, where I am the instructor and give the 
most of my attention to the subject, gymnastic exercise is vol- 
untary. Quite a different course it will he seen is here given, 
hty plan of instruction, usually, is nearly as follows: Eirst, I 
endeavor to impress upon the minds of all the importance of 
regular and systematic exercise, and especially during their 
collegiate course, adding such suggestions as may be needed 
during their progress. X show each person from six to twelve 
exercises, enough to make an interesting variety, and also to 
give exercise to all the muscles. I give practical illustrations 
of them, having each person perform under my direction and 
criticism, and as soon as they get these well learned they 
ash for more. When they come to me for new exercises, I 
require them to go through those first given, making needed 
criticisms, and then give them as many more as I think they 
ueed. I vary the exercises of each individual to suit his tastes, 
wants, strength, constitution, etc., as nearly as I can. In 
about a year, the patient and persevering worker acquires a 
ready skill in the chief exercises of the varied apparatus in 
the gymnasium, becoming possessed of a beautiful and syste- 
matic variety of about five hundred exercises. 
I generally change each person’s exercise once a week. I 
therefore propose here to lay down forty sets of exercises 
(there being forty weeks in the student’s year), commencing 36 
THE G YMNAST UM. 
with necessary preliminaries, and gradually adding a variety 
of interesting exercises requiring strength as they progress. 
I will make them suit all persons as nearly as I can judge. 
Much the same course may be pursued in classes. 
Before commencing these exercises, it may be well to look 
over the “ Suggestions regarding Exercise,” before given. 
Wishing to be brief as possible in this department, I will 
simply refer to the piece of apparatus, giving only the numbers 
of the exercise, to which reference may easily be had. I will, 
however, give a few general directions, viz.: Use the Spirom- 
eter daily; Bowing Weights, daily, increasing ten times 
each week; run as often as twice a week ; use Spring Board 
daily. Exercise moderately and slowly, especially with 
heavy weights; be gentle at all times ; avoid draughts of air. 
TFbrJc while in the gymnasium; avoid playing and fooling; 
keep your eyes open for accidents. 
Eiest Week. 
1. Perpendicular Bars : as a good incipient exercise, go 
through these 50 times. Yary, by bending low in small of 
back. 
2. Pun around Pace Course 5 times. 
8. Pull up Powing Weights 50 times. 
4. First four exercises on Spring Board. 
5. Nos. 1, 2, and 3 of Single Club exercises. 
Second Week. 
1. Perpendicular Bars, 55 times. 
2. Powing Weights, 60 times. 
3. Spring Board, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, and last. 
4. Parallel Bars, Nos. 1 and 2. 
6. Walk around Pace Course 5 times, as rapidly as possible, 
without bending knees. 
6. Indian Clubs, Nos. 1, 2, 8, 4, and 5. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
37 
Thxrd "Week. 
1. Eun around Eace Course 8 times, commence with a 
Walt, gradually hasten to a run. 
2. Indian Clubs, Nos. 1} 2, 3, 4, and 5. 
3. Eowing Weights, 70 times. 
4. Spring Board. 
5. Parallel Bars, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
6. Horizontal Bar, vaulting. 
Bounin: Week. 
1- Perpendicular Bars, 60 times. 
2. Eowing Weights, 80 times. 
3. Enn, 10 times. 
4. Clubs, Nos. 1 to 6. 
5. Parallel Bars, Nos. 1 to 6. 
6. Side Eings. 
1. Eowing Weights, 90 times. 
2. Clubs, Nos. 1 to 7. 
Birin Week. 
3. Parallel Bars, all the first series. 
4. Walk rapidly around Course, 10 times. 
5. Single Eings, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
6. Spiring Board, six exercises. 
7. Perpendicular Pope. 
Sixth Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, second series, Nos. 1 and 2, with as many 
of first series as you please. 
2. Eun 12 times around Course. 
3. Horizontal Bar, Nos. 1 to 5. 
4. Side Eings, forward and back. 
5. Single Trapeze, swing. 38 
TEE G YMX A SIU 31. 
6. Indian Clubs, Nos. 1 to 9. 
7. Spring Board, Nos. 1 to 8. 
8. Powing Weights, 100 times. 
Seventh Week 
1. Single Rings, first five. 
2. Parallel Bars, second series, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
3. Spring Board, Nos. 1 to 8. 
4. Clubs, all the single exercises. 
5. Horizontal Bar, Nos. 1 to 7. 
6. Perpendicular Bars, 70 times. 
7. Peg Post. 
Eighth Week 
1. Powing Weights, 110 times. 
2. Walk and run. 
3. Parallel Bars, second series, first six. 
4. Clubs, 1, 2, and 3 of alternate exercises. 
5. Side Pings, forward and back. 
6. Chest Weights, 1 and 2. 
Ninth Week. 
1. Single Kings, Nos. 1 to 7. 
2. Parallel Bars, all of second series. 
3. Spring Board. 
4. Horse, first four. 
5. Perpendicular Tight Pope. 
6. Curling Dumb Bell. 
7. Pun. 
8. Clubs, all five alternate exercises. 
1. Powing Weights, 130 times. 
2. Walk around Course. 
3. Horizontal Bar, Nos. 1 to 10. 
Tenth Week. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
4. Horizontal Ladder: draw up as many times as possible, 
after which, go across grasping each round. 
5. Spring Board. 
6. Continue, Alternate Club exercises. 
7. Parallel Bars, selections from first two series 
Eleventh Week. 
1. Chest Weights: pull up, sitting, 100 times. 
2. Single Pings, Nos. 1 to 10. 
3. Clubs: all alternately, and No. 1 Double Club ex- 
ercise. 
4. Spring Board. 
5. Peg Post. 
6. Go up on Spools. 
7. Across on Side Bings. 
8. Pun. 
Twelfth Week. 
1. Bowing Weights, 140 times. 
2. Horizontal Ladder: go up on outside, hands and feet. 
3. Side Pings. 
4. Selections from first two series of Parallel Bars, 
together with first dip. 
5. Clubs: all the single exercises. 
6. Spring Board: sitting down on side edge, spring to 
feet; jumping over sidewise, sit on opposite edge; spring to 
feet. 
Thieteexth Week. 
1- Parallel Bars: first four of first three series. 
2. Side Pings: go across and back twice. 
Horse: all the various ways of horse, vaulting 
gracefully. 
4. Clubs : first two double. 40 
THE G YMNA SI UM. 
5. Chest Weights : back to stretcher, cross handles over 
chest, bend upper part of body down as low as possible. 
6. Walk and run. 
Fourteenth Week, 
1. Rowing Weights, 150 times. 
2. Oblique Ladder: hands on rounds outside, body above 
hands, feet on outside of ladder; push yourself up as far as 
possible, hand over hand. 
3. Horizontal Bar; from Nos. 10 to 15, with the Double 
Vault. 
4. Clubs : alternate all, and first three double, 
5. Parallel Bars, second series. 
6. Perpendicular Tight Pope. 
7. Spring Board, all. 
Fifteenth Week. 
1. Perpendicular Bars, 80 times. 
2. Perpendicular Bars, climb up. 
3. Horizontal Ladder : hands on one round, palms toward 
face ; draw up to chin as many times as possible. 
4. Parallel Bars, Dips Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
5. Walk and run a mile. 
6. Jump rope. 
7. Horizontal Bar, Nos. 10 to 17. 
8. Side Pings. 
Sixteenth Week. 
1. Clubs, Double, first set of four. 
2. Chest Weights, first four. 
3. Horse, Nos. 4 to 8. 
4. Oblique Ladder: go up hand over hand, inside. 
5. Spring Board. 
6. Rowing Weights, 160 times. 
7. Peg Post. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
41 
8* Parallel Bars, first series. 
9- Rapid walk, 10 times round. 
1* Horizontal Bar, Nos. 15 to 20. 
“• Brencli Wrestle. 
Seventeenth Week. 
B Oblique Ladder; walk up outside, body straight, arms 
folded. 
3. Percussion. 
5- Single Pings, Nos. 10 to 15. 
0. Parallel Bars ; raise and lower body as many times as 
possible. 
P Dumb Bell; raise from floor with one hand, put down 
an(f raise with other. Do not bend the knees. 
Eighteenth Week. 
1. Lowing Weights, 170 times. 
2. Walk around Race Course. 
3. Clubs, alternate, and first set Double. 
4. Horizontal Bar, Nos. 20 to 25. 
5. Side Pings, several times across. 
6. Parallel Bars, third series, Nos. 1 to 7. 
7. Spring Board, all. 
8. Horse, side horizontal. 
9. Perpendicular Pope. 
Nineteenth Week. 
1* Parallel Bars, first series. 
2. Single Pings, Nos. 15 to 29. 
3- Spring Board. 
4. Clubs, Double, first six. 
5. Perpendicular Bars, 90 times. 
Horizontal Bar, vaulting. 
*• Jump rope. 
8. Pun. 42 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
Twentieth Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 180 times 
2. Horse, Nos. 8 to 11. 
3. Side Rings. 
4. Heavy Dumb Bell. 
5. Spring Board, vaulting over, 
6. Parallel Bars, selections. 
7. Sand Bag. 
8. Horizontal Rings. 
9. Single Club, all. 
Twenty-first Week. 
1. Perpendicular Bars, 100 times. 
2. Parallel Bars : swing forward from end, and raise to 
straight arm. 
3. Horizontal Ladder: walk across, skipping one round 
4. Inclined Plane, |>ush up. 
5. Run one mile. 
6. Horizontal Bar, Bar High: double vault, breast up; 
Half Giant Swing, forward; skin the cat. 
7. Clubs, Double, first two sets 
Twenty-second Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 190 times. 
2. Perpendicular Bars, bend low in back. 
3. Oblique Ladder, jump up inside. 
4. Horse, hand spring. 
5. Side Rings. 
6. Parallel Bars, Dips Nos. 7 to 10. 
7. Horizontal Bar, hand spring. 
8. Boxing. 
9. Chest Weights, Nos. 7 to 10, forty weeks exercises. 
43 
Twenty-third Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, second series. 
2. Spring Board. 
3. Clubs, alternate. 
4. Single Bings, Nos. 20 to 25. 
5. Ten Pins. 
6. Peg Post. 
7. Sand Bag. 
8. Perpendicular Bope. 
0. A. long walk in tlie open air 
1. Bowing Weights, 200 times. 
2. A rapid walk. 
Twenty-fourth Week. 
8. Horizontal Ladder : go across, skipping two rounds. 
4. Oblique Ladder: hang by back of neck. 
5. Side Bings. 
6. Parallel Bars, third series, Nos. 10 to 13. 
7. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, first five. 
8. Spring Board; jumping up, sitting down and springing 
to feet again. 
1. Parallel Bars, all of the third series. 
2. Spring Board, all, hopping. 
Twenty-fifth Week. 
3. Clubs, Single, first ten. 
4. Single Bings, New York Swing. 
5. Chest Weights, all. 
0. Sand Bag. 
7. Walk. 
8. Swing in Single Trapeze. 
9. Inclined Board, draw up. 44 
THE GYMHA S1 JIM. 
Twenty-sixth Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 210 times. 
2. Perpendicular Bars, climb to top. 
3. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 1 to 8. 
4. Side Rings: throw body over the back hand each time 
5. Clubs, Double, first ten. 
6. Spring Board, selections. 
7. Horse, selections. 
8. Boxing. 
1. Perpendicular Bars, all. 
2. Parallel Bars, selections from the three first series. 
3. Horizontal Bar, selections from all on Bar Low. 
4. Spring Board, selections. 
5. Clubs, selections. 
6. Chest Weights, selections. 
7. Running. 
Twenty-seventh Week. 
Twenty-eighth Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 220 times. 
2. Side Rings. 
8. Spring Board, vaulting. 
4. Horse, selections. 
5. Horizontal Ladder, draw up. 
6. Sand Bag. 
7. Dumb Bells. 
8. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, the first ten. 
9. Ten Pins. 
Twenty-ninth Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, fourth series, Nos. 1 to 5. 
2. Perpendicular Bars, all. 
3. Clubs, Double, first three sets. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
45 
4. Horizontal Bar, vaulting. 
5. Oblique Ladder, jump up. 
6. Hand Spring, on mattress. 
7. Spring Board, hopping. 
8. Single Pings, Nos. 25 to 30. 
Thirtieth Week. 
1. Powing AY eights, 240 times. 
2. Perpendicular Bars, bend low in back. 
3. Horizontal Ladder: walk across, skip two rounds. 
4. Side Pings. 
6. Inclined Board. 
6. Spring Board, selections. 
7. Chest AYeights, selections. 
8. Running. 
Thirty-first Week. 
1. Indian Clubs, all to No. 12 of Double. 
2. Powing Weights, 250 times. 
3. Perpendicular Bars. 
4. Spring Board, Nos. 1 to 8. 
5. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 10 to 15. 
6. Side Pings. 
7. Single Pings, Nos. 25 to 30. 
8. Ten Pins. 
Thirty-second Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, fourth series, Nos. 5 to 10. 
2. Selections from Chest Weights. 
3. French Wrestle. 
4. Horizontal Pings. 
5. Sand Bag. 
6. Peg Post. 
7. Horizontal Bar, Bar Low, selections. 46 
THE G YMNA SIUM. 
8. Dumb Bells 
9, Boxing, 
1. Rowing Weights, 270 times. 
2. Parallel Bars, fancy. 
3. Horizontal Ladder, selections. 
4. Perpendicular Bars. 
5. Spring Board. 
6. Single Clubs. 
7. Side Rings. 
8. Swing. 
9. Oblique Ladder, run up with arms folded 
Thiutt-thiex) Week. 
Thiety-eoeeth Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, second series. 
2. Perpendicular Bars. 
3. Inclined Board. 
4. Spools, throw up. 
5. Single Rings, selections. 
6. Alternate Clubs. 
7. Chest Weights. 
8. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 1 to 12. 
Thiety-eiexh Week. 
1. Bowing Weights, 285 times. 
2. Spring Board. 
3. Side Rings, throw body over. 
4. Horse t hand spring, and side horizontal. 
5. Single Rings, Nos. 30, 31, and 32. 
6. Oblique Ladder. 
7. Peg Post. 
8. Boxing. FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
47 
Thiexy-sixiu Week. 
1. Parallel Bars, fourth series, first fifteen exercises. 
2. Walk fast, knees stiff. 
3. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 12 to 15. 
4. Chest Weights. 
5. Spools; under arms, go to top, turn around, slide down. 
6. Hand Spring: on Mattress, on Horse, on Horizontal 
Bar. 
7. Ten-Pins. 
Thiexy-seyexih Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 300 times. 
2. Single Rings, selections. 
3. Clubs, Double, first fourteen. 
4. Parallel Bars, fourth series, first twenty exercises. 
5. Perpendicular Rope. 
6. Spring Board. 
7. Inclined Board. 
8. Horizontal Ladder, selections. 
Thiety-eighth Week, 
1. Parallel Bars, fourth series, Nos. 20 to 31. 
2. Rowing Weights, 325 times. 
3. Single Rings, selections. 
4. Clubs, Double, first four sets. 
5. Side Rings. 
6. Spools, all. 
7. Dumb Bells. * 
8. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 12 to 20. 
9. Chest Weights, selections. 
Thiexy-xinih Week. 
1. Rowing Weights, 350 times. 
2. Horizontal Bar, Bar High, Nos. 20 to SO. 48 
TEE GYMNASIUM.. 
3. Parallel Bars, fourth series, from No. 20 to end. 
4. Single Pings, Graceful Swing. 
5. Spring Board. 
G. Horizontal Ladder. 
7. Oblique Ladder. 
8. Swing, in single Trapeze. 
9. Boxing. 
1. Powing Weights. 
2. Parallel Bars. 
3. Horizontal Bar. 
4. Single Pings. 
Portietu Week. 
5. Spring Board. 
6. Side Pings. 
7. Chest Weights. 
8. Single Trapeze. 
9. Clubs. 
10. Spools. 
11. Oblique Ladder. 
12. Perpendicular Poles. 
13. Horizontal Ladder. 
14. Peg Post. 
15. Perpendicular Pope. 
16. Sand Bag. 
17. Horizontal Pings 
18, Dumb Bells. 
19. Horse. 
20. Inclined Board; Boxing ; Ten-Pins; Punning. 
I have to acknowledge, with some regret, the want of skill 
with which the “ Forty Weeks Course” has been arranged. 
Knowing the imaginary independence of students, I have 
felt it would not be read. 
I have sought to give variety, and the exercises being ar- FORTY WEEKS EXERCISES. 
49 
ranged in their proper places systematically, if used as here 
set down, will perhaps he as well as any, and save thinking. 
Had I explained each exercise in its proper place, it would 
have required a book in itself. The book is already much 
too large, so that I must necessarily make the gymnastic de- 
partment as brief as possible. Choose from each week your 
daily exercises, and vary to suit year taste. yiii. 
THE HOME GYMNASIUM. 
Twenty-five Exercises, to fie Performed without the Aid of any Appara- 
tus. 
Those who may not find it convenient at all times to fre- 
quent the gymnastic hall, may find some of the following 
exercises beneficial. 
1. Jumping the Hope. This simple exercise needs no ex- 
planation, The only danger is in continuing it too long. 
2. Walk on tiptoe, knees perfectly straight, and muscles 
contracted. 
3. Sit on heels slowly, and rise. 
4. Sit on one (either) foot; the other leg stretched out in 
front and kept straight; it must not touch the floor. 
5. Elex either foot, kicking the thigh; singly, alternately, 
and simultaneously. 
7. Warming hands as does the coachman, by a vigorous 
folding and clasping around the body. 
6. Sit down, arms folded; rise without using arms. 
8. Swing back arms from the horizontal. 
9. Hands on hips, thumbs in front, swing elbows back. 
10. Touching floor with tips of fingers, fists, or palms of 
hands, knees being kept stiff. 
11. Lay a broomstick on the floor, rest the edge of the 
knees upon it, balancing by the aid of thumbs and fingers, 
which are kept close to knees; lean body over, and with WITHOUT ATTAItATUS. 
51 
mouth, pick up a pencil or piece of wood from the carpet. 
Let the pencil be placed about eighteen inches from the 
broom. 
12. Two persons stand with their backs against each other, 
arms locked, lift one another on thigh by turns. 
13, Eest the elbow on a table or piano, flex arm; let a 
person attempt to straighten it by grasping your hand, his 
arm in .same position as yours. 
Id. Two persons sit on the carpet opposite each other, 
feet braced against one another’s; with a cane, stick, or broom 
handle in hands, both holding on to it, resting over toes, pull; 
see which will raise the other to his feet. 
15. Lay flat on the back, body extended across three chairs; 
half the head on one, heels on another, thighs on another; with 
the hands remove the center one out from under the body, 
lift it over and place under again on opposite side. 
16. Hold a chair at arm’s length by grasping front round. 
Hold a flat-iron, or any other weight, at arm’s length. 
17. Percuss all parts of the body, especially the chest, 
stomach, bowels, small of back. It is better to lie in a pas- 
sive state, and have a person do it for you. The manner of 
percussion will be explained in another place. 
18. With either foot, charge diagonally forward or back- 
ward about three feet. 
19. Same as last, only do not step quite as far, and sway 
forward and backward. 
20. Same as Ho. 18, throwing head back, chest out; inflate 
lungs, hold breath, and percuss chest. 
21. Describe a circle of eight parts with either foot, singly; 
then alternate, stepping about three feet each time; first, 
straight forward, then diagonally forward, straight at side, 
diagonally backward, straight backward, diagonally round, 
clear round, cross in front. 
22. Bend body as far as possible forward and back, side- 
wise, and twisting around. 52 
THE G YMNA S1 ITM. 
23. Thrust arms straight out in front, raise ninety degrees, 
bring forcibly back to chest. 
24. Hop straight up and down on toes; right foot, left 
foot alternately, simultaneously, forward and back, crossing 
feet, high in air. 
25. Inflate the lungs with pure air to their full capacity, 
and hold breath as long as possible. Increase time each 
day. Percuss chest, when lungs are full; do this five minutes 
each morning before breakfast. 
As I intend to give Dr. Dio Lewis’s complete system of 
New Musical Gymnastics, I will not here add more; but 
refer the reader to that department. IX. 
TRAINING. 
Training is simply Physical Education—The Old and New Methods— 
Eules for Correct Training. 
Ix these clays of boat racing, ball matches, and pedestrian 
trips, much is said and done about training. With proper 
judgment and care, an excellent thing; but so commonly is it 
used unwisely, that, for the most part, it is apt to prove very 
injurious. The reasons chiefly are these; Gymnastics, for a 
long time, was confined to rude and vulgar hands (I am 
thankful that it is rapidly getting into a higher sphere, and 
receiving much attention from the most learned and best of 
the land) ; training was for a long time confined to men who 
belonged to the brutalized sporting fraternity—men who were 
more noted for immense “muscle” and “prize-fights,” than 
for any intellectual culture, or any knowledge of Physiology, 
Anatomy, or the Laws of Health. Is it reasonable to suppose 
that such men are capable to take “ training charge” of those 
bodies, so delicately and wonderfully constructed ? So far as 
my observation has extended, their system is at war with the 
laws of health. Those whom they generally have under 
their care seemingly thrive, but who are these men? 
Great, strong Irishmen, tough as iron, able to bear any 
amount of “killing treatment.” 
Por this class Ido not write; but more especially for stu- 
dents and persons of culture. Do not employ such persons 
for trainers; for, in their ignorance, they will give you the 
same treatment which they give to their “bull-dog fighting 54 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
men,” and your bodily health, mind, and constitution -will be 
sure, sooner or later, to receive injury from it. Yery briefly, 
their system is something' like this : To walk and run an 
hour or more before breakfast; to eat largely of rare meat to 
the exclusion of almost every thing else ; to drink tea, beer, 
and other stimulants ; to exercise in a severe way from four 
to six hours daily. Is this not the worst kind of quackery ? 
When persons go into training under such a system, they 
must make a business of it to the exclusion of every thing else. 
To “go into training,” we need not give up every thing else, 
and live like the dog or beast; for such a system kills many, 
and is more apt to injure all than to do one positive good. 
Training is simply physical education; it consists in puri- 
fying and strengthening the body. It is usually for a special 
purpose. But why should we wait for a special purpose ? I 
contend that we should keep in training all the time, even 
though we have no object in view. 
But to go into training*, some will ask, what is necessary ? 
My definition is simply: regard strictly and chiefly those 
laws relating to bodily health—Exercise, Diet, Sleep, Best, 
Air, Bathing, Clothing—that we may have sound minds and 
bodies; the powers of endurance, strength, a good and enjoy- 
able appetite, healthful digestion, sound slumber, cleanliness— 
which makes us feel that health is a good thing and living 
a real blessing. In all these there is no cause for any special 
self-denial. 
But there are some who need more special and stringent 
training ; for instance, those wTho train for the annual “ Uni- 
versity races.” To lay down specific rules which apply to all 
I deem dangerous; for what will be beneficial for one may 
prove quite injurious to another. Persons while training 
generally eat too much. It is true that a person “in condition” 
has a good appetite, and can digest a great quantity of food, 
and the system seemingly demands itbut so much is not 
necessary, for when a large quantity is eaten, instead of add- TRAINING EXERCISES. 
ing to, it detracts from bodily power, tire force of bis whole 
system going to digest wbat bas been eaten. While in 
training, I consider two meals a day sufficient, and better 
than, three. The best times for these may be about 8 o’clock 
and 8. When so much bodily strength is called upon, the 
stomach and energies of the system must have time for rest, 
and the powers of the body time to recuperate. Eat less than 
usual; not entirely of meat, but fruits, vegetables, and some 
farinaceous food (the latter always of coarse flour). Avoid 
stimulants of every kind, even tea and coffee, pastry, condi- 
ments, rich or fatty food of all kinds. JEat slmvly, masticate 
thoroughly ; take plenty of time for this important function. 
Be cheerful while at the table. Perform no severe labor, 
either mental or physical an hour before or after each meal. 
A very large proportion of the diseases which affect humanity 
may be traced to excesses and irregularities in food and drink, 
and to over-exertion of the body. 
Trainers generally perform too much worhc, and take too little 
rest. I think four hours work daily should be the maximum, 
and full eight hours for sleep, beside which two hours daily 
for rest. A short walk or gentle run before breakfast may be 
beneficial for some. Let a week’s experience be the test. 
Exercise in the gymnasium from about 101 till 12 a. m. 
Then take a short nap and rest. 
In the afternoon a walk and run of some length in the open 
air. 
Toward night a row around the course, perhaps. 
Spend the evening in recreation and amusement. 
Retire regularly at 9 o’clock, and sleep as long as possible. 
The most stringent regularity in all things is of the highest 
importance. 
Bathe daily in cold water; let the bath be of short duration, 
and after thoroughly drying the skin with the Turkish towel, 
or brush if you can hear it, work till you produce a healthful 
glow over the whole body. 56 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
I recommend as a most excellent thing Percussion and 
Manipulation. It may be performed mutually with a fellow 
laborer, by an assistant, or individually. It is one of the 
best means for strengthening and toughening the muscles 
and nerves, rests the body, tabes away all soreness and 
lameness, beside being excellent for digestion and circulation. 
How to perform those movements will he found in another 
part of this wort. 
Take no medicine. Practice the strictest temperance in all 
things. Eschew tobacco in every form. 
Eat the best quality of food. 
Keep the extremities warm and the system open. 
Wear flannel next the skin. 
Keep the mind cheerful and happy, seek all the amuse- 
ment you can. 
It is astonishing how rapidly and thoroughly health, 
strength, and happiness improve under even a very limited 
process of training. We are so greatly in love with our appe- 
tites that few of us are willing to try, to deny ourselves in the 
least; hut those who do try are never sorry, nay, so greatly 
are all their powers of body, mind, and soul improved, that 
they can never be persuaded to give it up. It has a peculiar 
charm, in that it increases our happiness, our powers of en- 
durance—relieving the mind, and promoting good spirits, so 
that once established it is never abandoned. 
As what I have said on this subject differs somewhat from 
what is generally laid down as the laws of “ training,” I may 
be pardoned for briefly stating my own experience during six 
months of my most severe exercise. 
I first read all the works on training I could find, and ob- 
serving different writers at war with one another, and nearly 
all contrary to the laws of health; I cast all aside, determined 
to invent a system of my own. Like the rest, it had its errors. 
In what I have laid down the errors have been left out. I 
do not recommend it to any. I only know it agreed with me, TRAINING EXERCISES. 
57 
and only give it in justification of what I have written on this 
subject. 
I was always in the gymnasium in the morning two and 
one-half hours. I did not tvorlc all this time, but was invent- 
ing exercises, which was my chief business at that time. At 
noon I slept and rested an hour. In the afternoon, I had over 
an hour’s severe drill in “ boxing,” preparing myself to teach. 
Also over an hour in the gymnasium of Dr. E. B. Winship of 
Boston, the “ Strong Man.” On getting home I would lie down 
to rest for a short time. In the evening, again in the regular 
gymnasium for about one hour and a half, in class drill. There 
was one very serious error in this part of my training; I 
worked altogether too long and too severely. My only ex- 
cuse for this is, that at this time I was very ambitious and 
desirous of getting all the knowledge I possibiy could of gym- 
nastics. No consideration wrould induce me to attempt half 
as much again. 
I ate two meals daily, and abstained wholly from animal food. 
My food consisted chiefly of fruits, farinaceous (coarse) flour, 
and a few vegetables. I ate very little, and drank nothing 
bat wrater. This is a strange system of diet, and very a many 
will laugh at it. Let them ; as I said before, Ido not rec- 
ommend it; it happened to agree with me. In the evening 
class, after finishing, I was fresh and ready to go through 
the exercises again, while most wnre completely exhausted, 
although they had trained for years. I retired at 9 r. m., 
was extremely temperate and regular in all my habits, took 
plenty of sleep, and used the cold bath daily on rising. I never 
use tobacco or liquor in any form. Had it not been for the 
exhaustion caused by overwork, I would have been extremely 
well and happy under this regimen. X. 
INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES. 
General Remarks—Principles—Single Club Exercises—Alternate Club 
Exercises—Double Club Exercises. 
These are among the most beautiful and interesting of the 
exorcises in the gymnasium. They combine poetry of motion, 
ease, and grace. They afford a great variety, and are at all 
times of interest, because always capable of being improved. 
He who has seen Club exercises well and gracefully performed, 
can not help but admire them. They are truly fascinating. 
As to their relative value, it seems to me nothing can give 
more. They give exercise to the muscles about the vital 
parts, strengthen the forearm and fingers, develop the bi- 
ceps, and give that beautiful rotundity about the shoulders 
and chest so desirable. They will straighten crooked 
shoulders and stooped necks about as quickly as any gymnas- 
tic work. They are so simple, so admirably systematized, 
that all can easily master them. The commencement may be 
attended with some discouragement, but a little persever- 
ance overcomes all, and all persons will be astonished at 
their rapid and easy progress. Those who have tried them 
are enthusiastic in their praise. Justly have they entirely 
superseded and taken the place of the other apparatuses, be- 
cause so superior to them. If you wish to become discouraged 
in the start, commence with the Double Clubs, and try some 
of the more difficult exercises, even any of them. I speak 
of this because I have known so many to do this—so ambi- 
tious are they, that they become dissatisfied unless they can INDIAN CLUB BXBBCIS ES. 
59 
use the two clubs before they have learned bow to use one, 
and try to perform some of the most difficult exercises. 
If you wish to master the whole series and enjoy their 
practice continually, he content with small beginnings at first, 
and remember that there is no excellence in any thing with- 
out labor. If you commence with the principles and master 
them, and then work systematically, you will find your work 
pleasure. 
Do not be afraid of being awkward. Do not imagine you 
can get along without aid ; ask your teacher to show you, 
and he will, often in a minute, make simple what may have 
troubled you for a week. Commence with a light club at first, 
if you please. Many have met discouragement by attempt- 
ing too early to use too heavy clubs. Ido not believe in heavy 
clubs. To adapt the club to your strength, take one in your 
hand, extend the arm sidewise, and, if you can by the strength 
of your wrist raise it from horizontal to a perpendicular po- 
sition, it is of the right size. As your strength increases, let 
the size of the club also increase. 
Holding the Chib.—Grasp the handle firmly, close to the 
ball, extending the thumb along the shank, which you wall 
find enables you to control its movements. In most of the 
half arm and side circle movements, the grasp must be a 
little relaxed to facilitate the perfect circle; then grasp firmly 
again. 
Position.—Feet a short distance apart, body and head 
square and erect. Do not allow the body to turn sidewise, or 
bend forward or backward; to prevent this, great care is 
necessary. 
To readily comprehend and execute the exercises about to 
be described, it becomes absolutely- necessary to commence 
with first principles, and learn these thoroughly. The vari- 
ous figures, and apparently difficult and complicated move- 60 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
merits are, for the most pari, combinations of these principles, 
which may be easily and readily learned, after which all will 
be very easy. 
PRINCIPLES. 
1. hull arm outer front circle. 
2. Full arm inner front circle. 
3. Half arm outer back circle. 
4. Half arm inner back circle. 
6. Full arm side circle, front. 
6. Full arm side circle, back. 
7. Half arm side circle, front. 
8. Half arm side circle, back. 
These are so simple that a child can readily understand 
and learn them. Thoroughly master these, and learn their 
names or “ the alphabet,” and you have the foundation of all 
the Club exercises. They are all combinations of these 
movements. 
Single Club Exercises. 
1. The Inner Back Circle. Club in right hand, front of 
face; carry it upward and backward over the opposite 
shoulder ; let it drop downward, describing a circle. 
2. The Outer Back Circle. Exactly the reverse of No. 
1 ; describe a circle in opposite direction. In all back circles the 
hand is kept in and back, as close to the shoulder as possible. 
3. Side Moulinet. Same as No. 2, only Club drops imme- 
diately in front, describing front side circle. 
4. Full arm circle, in front from the body, combined 
with No. 2, or Outer Back Circle. 
5. Full arm circle, in front across the body, combined 
with No. 1, or Inner Back Circle. 
6. First two ; then as club comes up from circle, hold hori- 
zontal a moment; then bring it over the head, and let it (imp 
in front. INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES. 
61 
7. No. 2, or Outer Back Circle ; then a half arm circle in 
front, from the lodij. This requires the elbow to be raised 
high in air, and wrist much bent. 
8. Bull arm half circle, sidewise; stopping half-way 
bring elbow in as far as possible ; then thrust back over 
shoulder, with arm straight and wrist bent. 
10. Bull Arm Circle, in front; then full arm circle back; 
when the club goes back, bend body a little. 
9. No. S, or Side Moulinet; then full arm side circle, front. 
Remarks.—ln the Single movements, use one hand in each 
exercise until a little tired ; then the other in the same way. 
Do not neglect the loft because a trifle more awkward and 
weak; for this reason alone, it needs more exercise than the 
right. In single exercises, I use a club weighing ten pounds, 
which I think is heavy enough for almost any person. 
Alters a.te Exercises. 
1, Half outer circle, in front, catch in other band; let it 
drop back of that shoulder, keeping arm straight; bend wrist, 
relaxing hold a little ; then swing back, catch in other hand, 
let drop in same way as before. 
2. No. 2 of Single, or Outer Back Circle ; then outer front 
circle; catch in other hand and do the same. 
4. Inner back circle ; then inner front, or No. 5 of Single; 
then let it swing out to side horizontal; then bring to shoulder, 
describing outer back circle, or No. 2 of Single ; same other 
hand. 
8. Combination of Nos. 1 and 2, respectively. 
5. Inner back circle; inner front, straight arm back, and 
outer front circle, or combination of whole; same other 
hand. 
The Alternate movements are, for exercise, more beneficial 
than either Single or Double exercises. I use these more 
than all the rest; in performing which 1 now employ a 62 
TRE GY ME AS IV if. 
twenty pound club. Use as large a one as the strength will 
allow, and the performer will do well. Most persons prefer 
a club weighing about fifteen pounds. 
1. Eull arm outer front circles, alternately. 
2. Eull arm inner front circles, alternately. 
3. Eull arm outer front circles, simultaneously. 
4. Eull arm inner front circles, simultaneously. 
Double Club Exeecises.—First Set. 
Second Set. 
5. Half arm side circles, front, simultaneously. 
6. Half arm side circles, bach, simultaneously. 
7. Half arm side circles, one front, other bach; opposite 
directions, simultaneously. 
8. Half arm side circles, one bach, other front; opposite 
from last, simultaneously. 
Third Set. 
9. Eull arm front side circles ; both one way, alternately. 
10. Eull arm bach side circles; both one way, alternately. 
11. Eull arm circles; one front, other bach; going in op- 
posite directions at same time. 
12. Same as last, in opposite directions. 
Fourth Set. 
13. Stand sidewise, right foot a little forward of left; from 
position, let both clubs swing bach simultaneously in bach 
side circles to horizontal; from this position perform half 
circle to horizontal in front; draw elbows in at sides, letting 
the clubs then go up and drop bach, keeping arms straight; 
then, from half arm, perform outer front circles simultane- 
ously ; then down to first position and continue. 
14. From position bring both clubs down across the body 
in front; let them go up at side and turn front side circles ; INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES. 
63 
then go up straight arm ; then perform back side circles, 
down across body and same on other side. 
15. While one club performs half arm front side circle, the 
other performs the full arm front side circle. This is No. 9 
of Single Clubs, performed simultaneously in an alternate 
manner. 
16. Full arm outer front and outer back circles, simultane- 
ously ; same as No. 10 of Single made Double 
17. Same as last, only every other time make each back 
circle a half arm circle. 
Fifth Set. 
18. Inner back circles, alternately. 
19. Outer back circles, alternately. 
20. Inner back circles, simultaneously. 
21. Inner back circles, simultaneously; then front side 
circles, half arm, simultaneously. 
22. Inner back circle with one club, while the other per- 
forms front side circle, half arm; then change, simultaneous 
movement. 
Sixth Set. 
28. While one club describes outer back circle, the other 
describes outer front. This is No. 4of Single made 
Double. 
24. While one club describes inner back circle, the other 
describes inner front. This is No. 6 of Single made 
Double. 
25. Simultaneously, inner back right hand, outer back left 
hand, and while the right hand describes inner front, the 
loft describes a half circle outer back. Make the bade circle 
once and a half round. 
26. Inner back right hand, inner back left, inner front 
right; inner front left. This is an alternate motion. 64 
THE G YMN EL SI EM. 
27. Inner back circle with, right hand, outer front circle 
with left hand. As the clubs come up, extend them obliquely 
from the shoulder, haying both arms straight, and poise them 
there for a moment. 
Seventh Set. 
28. Same as last, only outer back circle with right hand, 
inner front circle with left hand. Hold them steadily for a 
moment, and be sure to get them parallel. 
These last two may bo called the “ Club Statuette.” 
29. Extend left arm horizontal at side, right half arm hori- 
zontal over head, describe with left, outer front circle; with 
right, inner back; then on other side hold in horizontal and 
repeat. Stop between each exercise when both are horizon- 
tal, and poise the clubs there for a moment. 
30. Same as last, only inner front with left hand, outer 
back with right. 
These last may be called the “ Horizontals.” Practice 
these till you can get both exactly horizontal, and poise 
them there for a time. The four exercises of this set 
are among the most beautiful of all the Club exercises. 
Eighth Set. 
31. Double outer back circle, simultaneously with single 
outer front circle. 
32. Double inner back circle, simultaneously with single 
inner front circle. 
33. Double inner back circle, left; single outer front circle, 
right. 
34. Double inner back circle with right; single outer front 
circle, left. INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES. 
65 
Ninth Set. 
35. Bring both clubs together down across the body, and 
when at side horizontal, let them turn side circles simultane- 
ously. 
36. Same as last, only bring one quietly, the other slowly, 
letting the one in advance turn two side circles, while the 
other turns one. 
Tenth Set. 
37. From position bring both clubs down in front across 
body, describing complete circle ; then same bact, half arm. 
39. Windmill. Same as last, only one is brought in ad- 
vance of the other, half way; while one club is up, the other 
is down. 
38. Same as last, on opposite side. 
40. Windmill on opposite shoulder. 
Eleventh Set. 
41. From position bring both clubs together down across 
body, describing a complete circle front; then same back; 
then front side circles, simultaneously; then repeat all on 
other side. 
42. Inner and outer front, same back, both simultaneously; 
then cartwheel, or full arm forward with one and back with 
the other; then No. 4of Single. 
43. Inner and outer back, left shoulder, simultaneously ; 
then, simultaneously, front side circles ; then inner and outer 
front circles, simultaneously. 
44. Same as last, starting over right shoulder. 
Twelfth Set. 
45. Head circles, inner. 66 
THE G YMNA SI EM. 
46. Head circles, outer. 
The above are made half arm over head, clubs describing 
' o 
horizontal circles over head. 
47. Head circles, inner full arm. 
48. Head circles, outer full arm. 
Clubs start in the above from down in front. 
Thirteenth Set. 
49. Figure Eight. Full arm inner front circles ; then half 
arm inner back circles, both simultaneously. 
50. Inner and outer back, simultaneously ; inner front and 
outer back, simultaneously ; inner back and outer front, sim- 
ultaneously. 
51. Windmill; then with leading club perform two front 
side circles, while the other performs one ; or combine wind- 
mill and No. 36, respectively. 
For Double Club exercises, clubs weighing five or six pounds 
each are sufficiently heavy. If larger, many of them can not 
be gracefully performed. 
After performing each exercise, with both clubs describe 
the outer side circles simultaneously, and at the close of each 
set, let the clubs rest on the floor a minute in order to give 
the fingers and wrists a little rest. If you would be deeply 
interested in the Club exercises, try each time to do a little 
better than the last time, and ease, grace, precision, and ele- 
gance will surely follow. If you hold the clubs perpendicular, 
let them be exactly so; if horizontal, exactly horizontal. 
Describe the circles and sweeps to the side, or to the front • 
be careful that they are perfect, and do not swing too fast • 
rapid motions are inconsistent with grace. If these exercises 
are performed rapidly, they can never be well learned or well INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES. 
67 
executed. Besides, there is just as much profit in slow move- 
ments as in rapid. 
A large mirror will be a valuable assistant in correcting 
awkwardness and exhibiting defects. Get the aid of an in- 
structor, if possible, and under his eye you will make very 
rapid progress. PART 11. 
THE DIO LEWIS SYSTEM OE LIGHT 
OE MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. I. GYMNASTICS —THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS AND 
THEIR RELATIVE VALUES. 
11. THE DIO LEWIS SYSTEM. 
111. SHORTHAND. 
IV. MARCHES. 
V. PERCUSSION. 
VI. BEAN BAGS, RINGS, ETC. 
VII. MUSIC. 
VIII. ADDRESS TO TEACHERS. 
IX. HINTS AND SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS AND 
PUPILS. I. 
GYMNASTICS. 
The Different Systems of Gymnastics and their Relative Values. 
Mx position lias required me to obtain a knowledge, both 
theoretical and practical, of all the gymnastic systems extant. 
I have not space to explain all; but will simply classify them 
under two heads, viz. : the Heavy Gymnastics, the use of all 
the apparatus pertaining to a complete gymnasium ; and the 
Light Gymnastics, known as the “Dio Lewis System” or 
“ Musical Gymnastics.” Believing in the prudent use of 
both, I yet have my preferences, which may vary under 
different circumstances. Lor a college, city, town, or com- 
munity, if it be possible, I think it well to have a gymnasium, 
fully supplied with all necessary apparatus; for, to suit all, to 
obtain any groat strength, to train for any particular pur- 
pose, this is entirely necessary. But even then, the Light 
should be taught in connection with and as a preparation to 
the Heavy. It should be taught on all occasions, and, if there 
can be but one, this should have the preference. After long 
practice, study, experience, and observation in both, I feel 
constrained to give my opinion in favor of Light Gym- 
nastics. 
The Dio Lewis System is the most complete ever yet de- 
vised ; admirably systematized and self-regulating; the 
strong, the weak, the old, the young, both sexes, all, can 
practice it with most amusement, pleasure, and profit. It is 
especially adapted to the wants of woman, but sufficient to 72 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
preserve and maintain the health of the strongest of men. 
Coupled with the influence of music, it is more elevating, en- 
nobling, refining, producing cheerfulness, and taking away 
fatigue. In relation to health, strength, and general bearing, 
Light Gymnastics are better than dancing, or any other 
means of exercise. A ready use of all the muscles, ease, 
grace, self-possession, a proper walk and carriage of the body, 
are no small accomplishments, and these are the results of 
Dio Lewis’s system. They develop the chest, strengthen the 
lungs, and improve the voice; they strengthen the muscles 
that support the spine, correct constipation, help digestion, 
warm the extremities, give tone to the muscles about the hips, 
and vigor to the whole being. 
A cheerful hall, good apparatus, good music, an efficient 
teacher, regular and sufficient time for daily practice are 
necessary. More often, however nay, almost invariably, it is 
practised in the close and hot school-room, with insufficient 
space. Young ladies are not allowed to wear the gymnastic 
costume, it is immodest (so say the old-maidish preceptresses) 
and takes too much time to change. Buddy shaped and 
clumsy apparatus is a little cheaper than the proper kind ; so 
it is generally purchased, no matter if it does seriously tire 
the young ladies. Any miserable old piano, one not fit for 
practicing the scale upon, must do for gymnastics, with a care- 
less musician just worthy the antiquated instrument, drum- 
ming over and over again a few worn-out pieces of music— 
or, as is often the case, no music at all. As to the teacher, 
he has been through a “ course” of twelve lessons, in a pub- 
lic class with nearly a hundred others. 
I do not exaggerate, when 1 say the above state of 
things is not at all unusual. I have had ample oppor- 
tunity to see it, and very often the features presented 
are very much worse. Is this just or right? Is it any 
wonder that young ladies and gentlemen get tired and sick 
of gymnastics, and that parents complain ? But gymnastics GYMNASTICS. 
always receives the blame ; not tbe old-fogyisb trustees, prin- 
cipal or teachers to whom it belongs. 
Ought not such an untoward state of things to be changed ? 
Then, ye who have the power, change it. Parents, do not 
send your children to any school unless physical culture is 
made a regular branch, and if you desire this as a specialty, 
as many do, before placing your children in any school, see 
that ample provision is made for this hind of culture ; that 
there is an efficient teacher of the new school, who teaches in 
the modern way, and has life and enthusiasm; that there is a 
proper gymnastic hall, amply supplied with good and service- 
able apparatus ; that the piano and musician are both good, 
for herein lies half the interest of the student. See also that 
it is made a daily requirement. Most firmly do I believe in its 
being made obligatory; the reasons are obvious. Those who 
most need it will be most lihely to shirk it. Taught as I 
have directed, it can never become burdensome or do injury 
to any one. Do that which is lawful and right, ana custom 
will soon render it delightful. 
There are in our country hundreds of boarding schools 
where gymnastics are advertised as a specialty, and that daily 
practice is required. They make great ado about what “ large 
things” they expect to do in this “most important, and much 
neglected branch of education.” And what does it all mean? 
They have a farcical exercise about twice a week, of about 
fifteen minutes duration; and even from this the slightest 
excuse- exempts one from practice. Is this right ? Is it not 
day-light wickedness, meanness, falsifying, and imposition ? 
Some of the first ladies’ colleges and boarding schools in the 
land, some mixed schools, and some boy’s schools are guilty 
of this sin. 
I have heard many parents say that for this, more than for 
all else, they sent their children to a school of the above class; 
but if they knew how they were imposed upon they would 
speedily withdraw their patronage. With a little effort, 74 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
parents could find out the state of things at these schools, and 
the way to remedy it would he for them to demand what is 
right, or withdraw their patronage. 'Many teachers are 
willing and anxious to teach gymnastics, hut, alas ! they do 
not get proper remuneration. Ample provision is made for 
teachers in all other departments; hut this, at present, is 
sadly neglected. It will not he so long. People are being 
educated and led to see the vast importance of physical com- 
bined with mental training. Whoever teaches gymnastics is 
expected to teach several other branches, or do the menial 
work of an institution, and get half the pay of others. All I 
can say is, Teachers, make your demands; if not met, refuse 
to teach! 
To practice Heavy Gymnastics without proper direction is 
injudicious and dangerous. If an efficient teacher is wanting, 
there is sure to he discouragement; for what profit or interest 
is there in taking hold of an inanimate apparatus, without 
knowing its use. * A good teacher obviates this difficulty, 
and makes the exercises interesting, and inspires the pupil 
with life and enthusiasm. 
Teachers should he qualified to teach both systems; for 
some desire and must have the Heavy, and others are able to 
practise the Light only. Class system at regularly appointed 
intervals is altogether best. If it is impossible to procure a 
teacher, let several get together and appoint a leader from 
their number, for practising in companies greatly enhances 
interest and profit. Be very careful not to overdo; never 
exert all your strength, but increase it a little daily. IT. 
THE DIO LEWIS SYSTEM. 
General Principles—Position—Free Gymnastics—Various Movements— 
Bean Bag, Wand, Dumb Bell, Ping, and Club Exercises. 
I claim no originality here, so far as the system goes. Eor 
obvious reasons, I have scrupulously hept to the system. 
Most gladly do I accord the credit of its invention to Dr. Dio 
Lewis, as one eminently deserving all praise, as one who has 
done more for the cause of Physical Culture, and the physi- 
cal welfare of men and women, than any other person. 
Thousands venerate his name, and will continue to do so 
through coming generations. 
I trust my own suggestions and additions may prove ac- 
ceptable. My position as instructor in three of our first 
Colleges, Principal of a Normal Institute for Physical Cul- 
ture, and in teaching thousands of both sexes, not only gives 
mo the right, but enables me to assert and suggest many 
things from experience. 
General PRINCIPLES 
Position.—Heels together; toes out, so that the feet may 
form a right angle ; head erect; shoulders and hips drawn 
back ; chest forward ; hands naturally at sides, unless other- 
wise specified. 
Time.—The system of numbering in those exercises intended 
to accompany music, viz., Free Gymnastics, Wands, Dumb 
Bells, Rings, and Clubs (with the exception of the Free 
Gymnastics, Shorthand, and the Anvil Chorus in the Dumb 76 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
Bell exercise), is this, each number extends through what 
may be called one strain of 4-4 music, or eight accented and 
eight unaccented beats, or what in marching would be eight 
steps with the left foot and eight steps with the right; and 
time is kept by counting the numerals from one to eight for 
the heavy beats, and for the light beats the syllable “and.” 
EREE GYMNASTICS. 
The exercises under this head are performed without ap- 
paratus, and are arranged in three series of equal length, and 
a chorus, so that when a class shall have become sufficiently 
proficient, each of the three series may be performed at the 
same time, by different portions of the class, and the chorus 
by the class all together. 
The hands are to be firmly clenched, unless on the hips or 
otherwise specified. All thrusts are from the chest, unless 
otherwise specified. 
Eiest Semes.—-Hand Movements. 
1. Thrust right hand down from the chest twice ; left twice • 
° # 7 y 
alternate twice ; simultaneous twice. 
2. Repeat No. 1, thrusting out at side 
3. Repeat No. 1, thrusting up. 
4. Repeat No. 1, thrusting in front. 
5. Right hand down once; left once; drum beat (right a 
little in advance of left) once ; simultaneous once ; same out 
at sides. 
6. Repeat No. 5, thrusting up and in front. 
7. Right hand down once ; left once; clap hands ; same out 
at sides. 
8. Repeat No. 7, thrusting up and in front. TEE ElO LEWIS SYSTEM. 
77 
Foot Movements. 
9. Hands on hips ; divide a circle about the body, with a 
radius of from two to three feet, into eight equal parts, by 
stepping forward, diagonal forward, at side, diagonal back, 
etc., with right foot, keeping left knee straight and the feet 
at right angles, except last two steps, bending right knee 
each step. 
10. Eepeat No. 9 with left foot. 
12. Charge diagonal forward with right foot, advancing 
with three steps, bending right knee, left straight; same on 
the left side ; same diagonal back on right side ; same left. 
11. Same movement, alternating right and left. 
13. Eepeat No. 12. Feet movements always performed 
quite slowly, with very slow time. “ Music in the Air” is best. 
Body Movements. 
14. Hands on hips; twist upper body half round to right, 
then to left, alternately, stopping in front on unaccented 
beats. 
15. Bend upper body to right and left. 
16. Bend forward and back. 
IT. Bend body to right, back, left, front; then reverse, 
bending to left, back, right, front; repeat, becoming erect only 
on last beat. 
Mead Movements. 
18. Same as 14, except that the head alone is moved. 
19. Same as 15, except that the head alone is moved. 
20. Same as 16, except that the head alone is moved. 
21. Same as 17, except that the head alone is moved. 
Miscellaneous Movements. 
22. Arms extended in front, thumbs up, raise hands about 
a foot, and bring forcibly to shoulders. 78 
MUS IGA L G Y UNA'S TICS. 
23. Arms liorizontal in front; raise right hand to perpen- 
dicular oyer head twice; left twice ; alternate twice, and sim- 
ultaneous twice. 
24. Thrust hands down, out at sides, up, in front, twisting 
the arms at each thrust; repeat. 
26. Thrust hands to floor, not bending knees; then over 
head, rising on toes, opening hands at each thrust. 
25. Repeat No. 24. 
27. Hands at sides ojien ; swing them over head, clapping 
them, at same time stepping right foot to left, and left foot to 
right, alternately. 
28. Stamp left foot, then right; then charge diagonal for- 
ward with right; bend and straighten right knee; at same 
time throwing arms back from horizontal in front. 
29. Repeat No. 28 on left side. 
Second Series.—Hand Movements. 
1. Thrust right hand down and up alternately. 
2. Repeat No. 1 with left hand. 
3. Alternate, right going down as left goes up, and vice 
versa. 
4. Simultaneous, both down, then both up, etc. 
5. Thrust right hand to right and left, alternately, twisting- 
body when thrusting to left. 
6. Thrust left hand to left, and right, twisting to right. 
7. Thrust both hands alternately to right and left, twisting 
body. 
8. Thrust both hands to right four times, to left four 
times. 
Foot Movements. 
9. Hands on hips; kick diagonal forward with right 
foot, three times, stamping floor on fourth beat; same with 
left. FREE GYMNASTICS. 
79 
10. Kick diagonal back three times with right foot, same 
with left. 
11. Repeat No. 9. 
12. Repeat No. 10 
Arm Movements. 
13. Hands down at sides; raise stiff right arm forward over 
head four times ; left four times. 
14. Alternate four times ; simultaneous four times. 
15. Raise stiff right arm sideways oyer head four times; 
left four times. 
16. Alternate four times; simultaneous four times. 
17. Arms extended in front; swing them back horizontally. 
Shoulder Movements. 
18. Hands at sides ; raise right shoulder four times ; left 
four times. 
19. Alternate four times; simultaneous four times. 
Miscellaneous Movements 
20. Hands down at sides; open hands and spread fingers 
four times ; out at sides four times. 
21. Hands up ; open four times ; in front four times. 
22. Mowing movement from right to left, and left to 
right. 
23. Hands on hips ; throw elbows back. 
24. Bend body down diagonal to right, and thrust right 
and left hands down alternately as near the floor as possible, 
four beats; same, bending diagonally to left side. 
25. Repeat No. 24. 
26. Swing arms around in front, clasping shoulders, right 
hand above, then left above alternately. 
27, Hands on hips ; stamp left foot, then right foot; charge 
diagonal forward with right, sway the body, bending right' 
an ;1 left knees alternately. 80 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
28. Repeat No. 27, diagonal forward on tlie left side. 
29. Repeat diagonal back on the right side. 
30. Repeat diagonal back on the left. 
Timm Series.—Attitudes and Percussion. 
1. Hands on hips ; stamp left foot, then right; charge diag- 
onal forward with right foot; inflate the lungs. 
2. Remaining in the attitude, percuss the upper part of the 
chest. 
3. Repeat No. 1, diagonal forward left. 
4. Repeat No. 2. 
5. Repeat No. 1, diagonal back tight side. 
6. Percuss the lower part of the chest. 
7. Repeat No. 1, diagonal back, left side. 
8. Repeat No. 7. 
Hand Movements. 
9. Hands clasped behind the back; raise and thrust down. 
10. Hands down at sides, thumbs out; twist hands half 
round, four beats; hands out at sides, thumbs back, twist 
hands half round. 
11. Hands above the head, thumbs in, twist hands half 
round ; hands in front, thumbs out, twist hands half round. 
12. Palms together in front, slide right and left hand for- 
ward alternately, elbows straight. 
Shoulder Movements. 
13. Hands down at sides; describe forward circle with 
right shoulder four times ; left four times. 
14. Alternate four times ; simultaneous four times. 
15. Repeat No. 13, making backward circle. 
IG. Repeat No. 14, making backward circle. FRJEJS GYMNASTICS. 
81 
Ann Movements. 
17. Fists in arm-pits ; thrust right hand down four times ; 
left four times. 
18. Alternate four times ; simultaneous four times. 
19. Fists upon the shoulders ; thrust right hand up four 
times ; left four times. 
20. Alternate four times ; simultaneous four times. 
21. Fight hand down from arm-pit and left up from shoulder 
four times; left down from arm-pit, and right up from shoul- 
der four times. 
22. Alternately right down and left up, and left down and 
right up one strain. 
23. Simultaneous, both down, then both up one strain. 
24. Hands down at sides; raise right hand to horizontal in 
front, four times ; left four times. 
25. Alternate four times; simultaneous four times. 
26. Hands over head; sway body to right and left alter- 
nately. 
Attitudes. 
27. Hands on hips, stamp left foot, then right; charge 
diagonal forward with right, looking over left shoulder. 
28. Fepeat No. 27, diagonal forward left foot. 
29. Fepeat No. 27, diagonal back right. 
30. Fepeat No. 27, diagonal back left. 
Music—Tanlcee Boodle [always.) 
1. Fepeat No. 1, first series. 
Cironxrs. 
2. Clap hands. 
3, Percuss chest. 
4. Hop on right foot, eight times ; left eight times. 
5. Fepeat No. 2, first series. 82 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
6. Clap hands. 
7. Percuss chest. 
8. Leap right and left foot alternately eight times, both to- 
gether eight times. 
9. Repeat No. 3, first series. 
10. Clap hands. 
11. Percuss chest. 
12. Leap right and left foot alternately in front and back 
(long step) one strain. 
18. Pepeat No. 4, first series. 
14. Clap hands. 
15. Percuss chest. 
16. Crossing feet one strain. 
BEAN BAG EXEECISES. 
These exercises are performed by couples, partners stand- 
ing from six to ten feet apart, facing each other, unless other- 
wise specified. 
The bag should be made of strong cloth, strongly sewed, 
and should be from eight to twelve inches square, inside of 
seam ; should be about two-thirds filled with beans, or other 
grain, and should be entirely free from dust. 
1. Throw from chest with both hands. 
2. Throw from chest with right hand 
3. Throw from chest with left hand. 
4. Bag behind the head, throw over the head with both 
hands. 
5. Same with right hand. 
6. Same with left hand. 
7. Partners standing right side toward right, throw with 
both hands. 
8. Same with right hand. 
9. Same with left hand. BEAN BAG AND WANE EXEECISES. 
83 
10. Left to left, throw with both hands. 
11. Same with right hand. 
12. Same with left hand. 
13. Bag behind the back, throw over head with both 
hands. 
14. Same with right hand. 
15. Same with left hand. 
10. Throw with right, left behind the back, grasping right 
elbow. 
17. Same, throwing with left. 
18. Back to back, throw over head with both hands, catch- 
ing in same position. 
19. Throw bag from right elbow ; catch with both hands. 
20. Same from left elbow. 
22. Two bags; throw at same time with right, catch with 
left. 
21. Throw bag with feet; catch with both hands. 
23. Same, except throwing with left, and catching with 
right. 
24. Throw with both hands at the same time, catch with 
both. 
25. Three bags ; throw with right, catch with left. 
26. Three bags; throw with left, catch with right. 
In these exercises the hands are placed upon the hips, un- 
less occupied in holding the wand. The wand is held at the 
right shoulder. First signal, pass the wand over in front, 
grasping it with the left hand, so that the wand becomes 
horizontal in front of the body. Second signal, raise the 
wand until the arms become horizontal in front of the body ; 
place the hands so as to divide the wand into three equal 
parts. Third signal, bring the hands back to sides. 
WAND EXEECISES. 84 
M UBl GAL G YMNA BTI CS. 
1. Eaise the wand to chin four times, keeping elbows 
high, last time carry it above the head; bring wand from 
above the head to chin four times. 
2. Bring wand from above the head to the floor four times 
without bending knees or elbows; to back of the neck four 
times. 
3. Bring wand from above the head to chin, and back of the 
neck, alternately, four times each. 
4. Wand above the head; on first heavy beat, carry right 
hand to right end of wand; second, carry left to left end ; 
then carry wand back of the head to hips six times, keeping 
elbows straight. 
5. Carry wand from above the head to front as near the 
floor as possible, and back of the head to hips, four times 
each. 
6. Carry wand from above the head to right and left sides 
alternately, bringing it to a perpendicular position; elbows 
straight. Do this on half time. 
7. First heavy beat, let go of the wand with the left hand, 
placing end of wand upon the floor, between the feet; second, 
place it diagonally forward on the right side, the length of 
the arm; charge the right foot to the wand six times ; keep- 
ing right arm and left leg straight, and wand perpendicular, 
and still. 
8. Vice versa on left side. 
9. Eepeat No. 7, with longer charge, and the charging 
foot remaining stationary, the knee bends and straightens. 
10. Vice versa on left side; turning the left hand thumb 
down on first beat; bring wand into position for No. 11. 
11. Arms horizontal in front, wand perpendicular, bring 
hands to chest eight times, elbows high. 
12. Arms and wand same position, bring wand to right 
shoulder and left, alternately, four times each. 
18. Hands upon front of chest; point the wand diagonally 
forward, right and left alternately, 45 degrees. TV AND EXERCISES. 
85 
14. Pointing wand diagonally forward, right and left first 
strain, and diagonally backward second strain, charge diag- 
onally forward right, diagonally forward left, diagonally back- 
ward left, diagonally backward right, diagonally forward 
left, diagonally forward right, diagonally backward right, 
diagonally backward left; four strains in all, first two wand 
points forward, last two wand points back. Move on half 
time. 
15. Wand horizontal over head, right hand front, left 
back ; reverse, twist half time through half a strain. 
16. Wand the same, right face ; bend over, bringing the 
wand to a perpendicular on right side, right hand up, four 
times. 
IT. Same movement on left side. 
19. First heavy beat, place left end of wand upon the floor 
at the feet; second, place it directly in front, the length ot* 
the arm; charge right foot to the wand three times, left three 
times. 
18. Same movement, alternately, right and left. 
20. Charge right foot backward four times, left four times. 
21. Eight foot forward and back, same step, four times, left 
same. 
22. Eest first halt of strain; last half charge right foot 
forward, same time left back, left forward, right back, etc. 
23. Face the front, carry the wand from perpendicular in 
front of right shoulder, left hand up, to perpendicular in front 
of left shoulder, right hand up, four times ; fourth time carry 
it from front to back of left, then carry it from back of left to 
back of right four times, fourth time from back of right to 
front of right. 
24. Carry wand around the body from front of right to 
trout of left, back of left, back of right, front of right, repeat, 
then reverse. 
25. Carry the wand from front of right to back of left four 
times ; from front of left to back of right four times. 86 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
26. Eight face ; place left end of wand upon the floor, 
charge with right foot to the right side, back, to the left side 
behind the left leg, same in front of left leg; vies versa left. 
27. Same movement as No. 26, right and left alternately. 
28. Face the front, wand in front of chest, right hand down, 
bring left down, right down, etc., four beats; same movement, 
wand behind the center of the back. 
29. Wand back of center of head, charge diagonally for- 
ward right foot, raising right end of wand 45 degrees, then di- 
agonally forward left, raising left end of wand 45 degrees: 
This is done the first half of strain during the last half charge, 
in same manner only turn the body more sidewise, keeping 
wand straight over head. 
30. Wand down horizontal in front, on first beat thrust 
perpendicular on right side, next beat same on left, so on 
through half strain. Last half in same manner, only charge 
right and left every time the wand is raised horizontally left. 
31. First half of strain same as first half of last exercise ; 
last half throw wand horizontally over the head on every 
charge. 
In the attitudes of these exercises the bells are first brought 
to the chest, and then, unless otherwise specified, are placed 
upon the hips. 
DUMB BELL EXEECISES. 
Eutsx Seuies.—First Set. 
1. Bells down at sides and in same horizontal line, palms 
front, turn out ends in four times. Attitude.—Charge right 
foot diagonally forward, looking over right shoulder ; head, 
shoulders, hips and left heel, in diagonal line. 
2. Elbows on hips, bells forward and in line, turn out ends 
in four times. Attitude.—Charge left foot diagonally forward, 
look over left shoulder. DUMB BELL EXERCISES. 
87 
3. Bells extended at sides and parallel, palms up, turn 
four times. Attitude.—Charge right foot diagonally bade, 
and look over right shoulder. 
4. Bells extended up, palms front, turn four times. Atti- 
tude.—Charge left foot diagonally back, and look over left 
shoulder. 
Second Set. 
5. Bells at chest, thrust down, out at sides, up, and in 
front. Attitude.—Twist body to the right, knees straight, 
bells extended up over head. 
6. Eepeat No. 5, except twist body to the left. 
7. Bells down at sides, bring right foot to arm-pit twice, 
left twice, alternate twice and both twice. 
8. Bells on shoulders, thrust right up, left up, both twice. 
Attitude.—Stand on toes, bells over head and parallel. 
Third Set. 
9. Bolls extended in front, palms up, turn four times. 
Attitude.—Charge right foot diagonally forward, and look at 
left bell, which is extended. 
10. Eight bell up, palm in front, left bell out at side, palm 
up, turn four times. Attitude.—Charge left foot diagonally 
forward, and look at right bell, which is extended. 
11. Left bell up, right bell out at side, turn four times. 
Attitude.—Charge right foot diagonally back, both bells over 
head. 
12. Arms obliquely up at sides, palms up, turn four times. 
Attitude.—Charge left foot diagonally back, both bells over- 
head. 
Fourth Set. 
13. Bells on chest, thrust right hand down, then up, then 88 
M US ICAL G YMJVA STJCS. 
left down and up. Attitude.—Twist body to the right, thrust 
right arm obliquely up, left obliquely down, palms up. 
14. Thrust right down, left up, left down, right up, then 
both down, both up, ■ Attitude.—Same as Attitude No. 13, ex- 
cept twisting to left, etc. 
15. Thrust right in front, left front, both front twice. Atti- 
tude.—Long side charge with right foot, left resting on toe, 
bells above the head, arms, head, shoulders, hips, and left 
heel, in same oblique plane, bells parallel. 
16. Bells out in front and vertical, swing both 00 degrees 
to right and back, left and back, repeat. Attitude.—Same as 
Attitude No. 15, except on left side, etc. 17. Wing. 
18. Bells in front, bring forcibly to chest four times. Atti- 
tude.—Arms folded, bells on chest, bend body back. 
Second Semes.—First Set. 
18. Stamp left foot, then right, charge at the side with 
right foot, right arm obliquely up, palm up, loft obliquely 
down, palm down, bend and straighten right knee twice; 
vice versa on left side. 
19. Bells down and parallel at sides, swing right bell up, 
forward over head twice, loft twice, alternate twice, simultane- 
ous twice. 
20. Side charge to right, right bell up, left on shoulder, 
sway the body as in No. 18 ; vice versa on left side. 
21. Bells down at side, swing right bell up sideways over 
head twice, left twice, alternate twice, simultaneous twice. 
22. Side charge to right, both bells over head, sway the 
body twice ; vice versa left. 
23. Hands clasping bells together, describe circle over 
head from right to left, and from left to right, alternating. 
Second Set. DUMB BELL EXERCISES. 
89 
Third Set. 
21. Stamp left, then right, long diagonal charge to right; 
position as in Attitude of No. 15, bring bells to shoulder and 
thrust up ; vice versa left. 
25. Bells vertical and parallel under chin, throw elbows 
bach horizontally. 
Fourth Set. 
26. Stamp left foot, then right, place right diagonally for- 
ward a little, swing bells forward, over head, bach 90 
degrees, then touch floor; vice versa on left side. 
27. Stamp left foot, then right, charge directly sidewise 
right, right bell upon hip, left at side; swing left up over 
head. 
* 28. Same, charging sidewise with left foot. 
29. Bells extended in front and vertical, swing arms bach 
horizontally. 
Fifth Set. 
30. Stamp left foot, then right, charge diagonally forward 
right, bells over head, bring to shoulder and return; vice versa 
left. 
81. Elbows on hips, arms vertical at sides, twist four beats, 
then from chest thrust forward alternately two beats, and 
simultaneously two beats. 
32. Charge diagonally bachward with right foot, bells as 
in No. 30; vice versa left. 
Sixth Set. 
33. Grasp armful horizontally with right arm twice, left 
twice, alternate twice, simultaneous twice. 
34. Twist body to right, then left, swinging bells over 
head. 90 
MUSI a A L G YMNA S TICS. 
35. Thrust bells to floor, then thrust them up, standing on 
toes. 
36. Bells on shoulders, thrust right out at side, palms up, 
twice; left twice, alternate twice, simultaneous twice. 
37. Bells from shoulder to chest, thrust forward, raise over 
head, return to front, touch floor, bach to front, etc. 
Seventh Set. 
38. French Sword. Stamp left, then right, then mark 
time two beats with right, then charge right two beats, right 
arm extended, left in curve over head. 
39. Same on other side with left, eight beats. Alt. 8 beats. 
Eighth Set. 
40. Thrust left bell diagonally backward up 45 degrees, 
right bell upon hip, advance right foot diagonally forward 
with four stamps, turning left bell each step; vice versa left. 
41. First strain charge diagonally forward right and left 
alternately, thrusting left and right bells diagonally bach; 
second strain charge at side right and left alternately, arms 
in same position as in No. 18, two beats, then arms as in 
No. 22, two beats. 
Ninth Set. 
42. Bells on chest, thrust right bell forward, swing right 
arm back in horizontal plane, half strain; same left. 
43. Alternately eight beats, turn body to right, right arm 
extended, swing clear round to left; then, left arm extended, 
swing round to right, continue eight times. 
Tenth Set. 
44. Side charge to right, right arm extended, bell vertical, 
left bell swung vertically over in circle twice, bending right 
and left knees alternately; vice versa left. BING EXERCISES. 
Axvm Choeus. 
1. Left bell in front, right back of neck, swing right bell 
over head to front, striking left bell left swings down and 
back to position behind the neck, right remaining in front; re- 
peat same, swinging over left bell; same, swinging right boll 
down by side, striking left from nnder instead of over ; same 
left. Repeat over one strain, underneath one strain. 
2. Anvil twice over, twice under; charge diagonally for- 
ward right and left twice each, swinging bells up from sides, 
striking them over head. 
3. Repeat No. 1. 
4. Rej)eat No. 2, except charging diagonally backward. 
5. Repeat No. 1. 
6. Swinging arms in horizontal plane, striking bells front 
and back twice each, then swing in perpendicular plane, 
striking bells twice over head and once down behind the 
body. 
7. Repeat No. 1. 
8. Same movement as No. 44, of second series striking 
bells together. 
9. Repeat No. 1. 
10. Same movement as No. 8, alternately. First, strike over 
one strain, then under one strain, then for the first four beats 
of each exercise, twice over and twice under, the other four 
taken in performing the four charges. 
RING EXERCISES. 
These exercises are performed by couples. Partners stand 
at commencement about three feet apart, facing each other, 
gentlemen holding a ring in each hand. 
1. On first beat the ring in right hand is presented in a 
Exest Seeies.—First Set 92 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
vertical plane, and grasped by right band of partner; second, 
right toes are placed together; third, left feet step hack, and 
left hands are placed upon hips, ring is turned into a horizon- 
tal plane, turn the ring the other side up and hack, the re- 
mainder of the number. 
2. Same movement, except left for right, and vice versa. 
3. Same as No. 1, except both hands hold rings. 
4. Same as No. 3, except left toes are together. 
Second Set. 
5. First, turn back to back ; second, place left feet together; 
third, charge out with right, turn rings through number. 
G. First, place right feet together; second, charge out with 
left, turn rings. 
7. First, turn face to face; second, raise arms above the 
head, bend down and touch rings to floor, not bending knees, 
twice ; arms above the head, bring them down to sides alter- 
nately two beats, simultaneous two beats. 
Third Set. 
8. First, turn back to back ; second, left face, place hands 
on shoulders, thrust up, out at sides, down twice each. 
9. Thrust up, out, down, once each through eight beats. 
Fourth Set. 
10. First, left face; second, turn face to face ; third, place 
left foot inside of left of partner ; fourth right foot back and 
right hand to right shoulder, left to partner’s right shoulder, 
pull back and forth. 
11, Same with right feet together, etc. 
12. Best first half of strain; last half, right foot and hand 
forward same time, left back, left forward, right back, 
etc. RING EXERCISES. 
93 
Fifth Set. 
13. First, back to back, charge diagonal forward right and 
left alternately. 
Sixth Set. 
14, First, face to face ; second, left foot inside left of part- 
ner’s ; third, right feet step back, lady sways down toward 
gentleman, then back to position, gentleman sways down 
toward lady, etc. Eings oyer head, arms stiff. 
15. Same with right feet together. 
Seventh Set. 
16. First, back to back, charge up and down the ball al- 
ternately, twice each, alternately right feet at same time, left 
same. 
18. First, back to back; second, right face ; third, step 
about two feet apart, raise outside arms and inside arms al- 
ternately and simultaneously, change on five. 
17. First, face to face, charge same as No. 16. 
Second Series.—First Set. 
19. First, left face ; second, turn face to face; third, spring 
apart, placing right feet pointing toward each other, left back 
at right angles with right, right hands grasping rings, charge 
with right feet to right side of partner, stopping suddenly at 
horizonal plane wdien coming to position. 
20. Same, using right for left, and left for right. 
21. Same, holding rings in both hands, and charging right 
and left alternately, right foot to left side of partner, left to 
right. 
Second Set. 
22. First, approach; second, turn back to back; third, place 94 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
left feet together ; fourth, step out with right, touch shoulders, 
arms horizontal. 
28. Same, using right for left, and left for right. 
Third Set. 
24. First, face to face; second, left face, swing up outside 
and inside arms alternately, turn face and body each lime. 
25. First, back to back, swing over outside and inside arms 
alternately, twice each, simultaneously three times. 
26. First, turn face to face with outside arms ; second, back 
to back with outside arms ; same with inside arms, etc. 
Fourth Set. 
27. First, left face ; second, left feet together; third, swing 
hands over head and step forward with right foot, bend and 
straighten right knees. 
28. Same movement with right feet together. 
Fifth Set. 
29. First, face to iace, step alternately right feet diagonally 
forward to left of partner, and left feet to right. 
QUARTETTES. 
Given in another place. 
CLUB EXERCISES. 
1. Raise right club from side, to horizontal in front once, 
lert once, both twice. 
2. Same order of movements from horizontal in front to 
perpendicular. 
3. Same, from sides to perpendicular. 
4. Same, from sides to horizontal at sides. 
5. Same, from horizontal at sides to perpendicular. CLUB EXERCISES. 
95 
7. Clubs horizontal in front, turn right club over on to arm 
once, left once, both twice. 
6. Same, from sides sideways to perpendicular. 
8. Same movement, clubs horizontal at sides. 
9. Arms horizontal in front, clubs horizontal at right angles 
with arms, large ends out, turn large ends in, right once, 
left once, both twice. 
10. Same movement, with arms horizontal at sides. 
11. Bring the clubs to the shoulders in front, large ends 
up, reverse, carry them, over back of shoulders, again front, etc. 
MUTUAL HELP EXEECISES. 
Given in another place. 111. 
S HOE THAN D. 
Remarks—Free Gymnastics—Wanda—Dumb Bells—Anvil Chorus—• 
Kings. 
In- teaching my Normal classes, where there is much 
mental as well as physical work, both for pupils and teacher, 
experience has led me to invent and adopt the following 
Shorthand, which I have found of great importance and 
convenience. It saves much trouble, is interesting to the 
pupil, is easily learned and readily retained. Herein is the 
whole system in a nutshell, and I feel assured that every 
person who studies Gymnastics will find it useful. 
EEEE GYMNASTICS 
Eiest Seiues. 
JYo. of 
Strains. 
1. Hands . 4 
2. Feet 6 
3. Hocly 4 
4. Head 4 
5. 17 Humt Bells 1 
JSfo. of 
Strains. 
6. Gluts 1 
7. Twisted thrusts 2 
8. Touching floor 1 
9. Steps with clapping hands... 1 
10, Swaying, swinging arms 2 
Second Seeies, 
1. Hand movements, down and 
np 4 
2. Hand movements, at sides 4 
3. IHcks 4 
4. Eaising arms 4 
5. Swinging tack arms 1 
G. Eaising shoulders 2 
7. Open hands 2 
8. Mowing movement i 
9. Eltows tack ;.. .. 1 
10. Sawing movement 2 
11. "Warming hands i 
12. Charges and swaying 4 SHORTHAND. 
97 
Third Series. 
No. of 
Strains. 
1. Attitudes and percussion 8 
2. Clasped thrusts 1 
3. Twisting hands 2 
4. Palm slide 1 
5. Rolling shoulders forward 2 
6. Rolling shoulders backward.. 2 
No. of 
Strains. 
7. Thrusting from arm-pits .... 2 
8. Thrusting from shoulders ... 2 
9. Combination 3 
10. No. 1 Clubs ’ 2 
11. Mast movement 1 
12. Attitudes 4 
WANDS 
First Set, 
Fifth Set. 
No. of 
Counts. 
No. of 
Counts. 
Signals 4 
Up to chin 4 
Down to chin 4 
Down to floor 4 
Back of neck 4 
Forward and back of neck 8 
Right and left hand out 2, back 6. 8 
Forward and back 8 
Sidewise 8 
Short steps 24 
Resting and hopping 8 
Sixth Set. 
Rotary 24 
Seventh Set. 
Long side steps 24 
Eighth Set. 
Diagonal charges, right and left. 16 
Diagonal swaying, right and 
left 16 
Thrust to chin 8 
Shoulder arms 8 
Ready for charges ° 
Seeoncl Set. 
Turning in front 4 
Turning in back 4 
Ninth Set. 
Diagonal charges, wand oblique. 4 
Diagonal charges, wand over 
head 4 
Third Set. 
Tenth Set. 
Charges 82 
Fourth Set. 
Turning over head 4 
Indian canoe 12 
Inverted thrusts 4 
Diagonal charges, wand oblique. 4 
Inverted thrusts 4 
Diagonal charges, thrusts over 
head 4 98 
MUSICAL G YMN A S TICS. 
DUMB BELLS. 
First Series. 
First Set. 
JYo. of 
Counts. 
1. Bells at side. Attitude, diag- 
onally forward, right 8 
2. Forearms in front. Attitude, 
diagonally forward, left 8 
3. Arms extended at side. Atti- 
tude, diagonally back, right . 8 
4. Arms extended over head. At- 
titude, diagonally back, left. 8 
Second Set. 
5. Thrusts all round, twist to 
right 8 
6. Thrusts all round, twist to 
left 8 
7. Bells to the arm-pits, singly, 
alternately, and simultane- 
ously 8 
8. Bells from shoulders. Atti- 
tude8 on toes 8 
Third Set. 
9. Arms horizontal in front. At- 
First Sot. 
IVo. of 
Counts. 
titude, diagonally forward, 
right, left hell extended 8 
10. Eight arm perpendicular, left 
horizontal. Attitude, diago- 
nally forward left, right bell 
extended ... 8 
11. Left arm perpendicular, right 
horizontal. Attitude, diago- 
nally back, right, both hells 
extended 8 
12. Bells half way. Attitude, di- 
agonally hack, left, both bells 
extended 8 
Fourth Set. 
13. Single thrusts, twist to right. 8 
14. Alternate and simultaneous 
thrusts, twist to left 8 
15. Forward thrusts, long side 
charge to right 8 
16. Swaying bells, long side 
charge to left 8 
17. Wing.. 8. 18. Waking up., 8 
Second Series. 
First Set, 
1. First charge 8 
2. First exercise 8 
3. Second charge 8 
4. Second exercise 8 
5. Third charge 8 
Second Set. 
6. Bells clasped 8j 
j Third Set. 
7. Long diagonals 8 
8. Bells vertical in front 8 
' Fourth Set. 
9. Moor charges 8 
10. Side charges 8 
11. Arms hack from horizontal.. 8 SHORTHAND. 
99 
Fifth Set. 
No. of 
Counts. 
12. Short diagonals, forward and 
hack 18 
13. Power’s exercise between.... 8 
Sixth Set. 
14. Armful 16 
15. Swing hells and twist body.. 8 
16. Sitting charge 8 
17. Shoulders ® 
18. Front floor charge 8 
I 
Seventh Set. 
No. of 
Counts. 
19. French sword 24 
Eighth Set. 
20. Stamping and stepping 24 
Ninth Set 
21. Twisting body, and swinging 
hells, or No. 42 16 
Tenth Set. 
[22. Anvil g 
Anvil Chores, oh Third Series. 
1. Anvil over 8 
2. Anvil under 1 8 
3. Anvil, two over and two under 4 
4. Forward diagonals 4 
5. Anvil. 4 
6. Backward diagonals 4 
7. Anvil 4 
8. Striking hells 4 
9. Anvil 4 
10. Regular anvil to right 4 
11. Anvil 4 
12. Regular anvil to left 4 
13. Anvil 4 
14. Regular anvil, alternately... 4 
15. Anvil, charges all around. 
EIJSTGrS. 
TTrst Series. 
First Set. 
1. Eight hand, right foot 8 
2. Left hand, left foot 8 
3- Both hands, right foot 8 
*• Both hands, left foot 8 
Second Set. 
5. Turn, left feet together, step 
out right 8 
6* "With right feet together, step 
out left 8 
Third Set. 
7. Turn, rings down to floor, 
right and left side 4 
8. Swinging rings; alternately 
and simultaneously 4 
Fourth Set. 
9. Turn, double and single 
thrusts 16 100 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
Fifth Set. 
No. of 
Counts, 
10. Turn, pulling 8 
11. Resting and hopping 8 
Sixth Set. 
12. Diagonal charges 8 
Seventh Set. 
No. of 
Counts. 
13. Sinking 16 
Eighth Set. 
14. Side charges 16 
Ninth Set. 
15. Side arching 8 
Second Series. 
Tenth Set. 
16. Long steps 24 
Eleventh Set. 
17. Shoulders 16 
Tivclfth Set. 
18. Picture frame 8 
19. Toilette 8 
20. Hopping 8 
Thirteenth Set. 
21. Temptation and Resistance.. 32 
Fourteenth Set. 
22. Arching 16 
Fifteenth Set. 
23. Crossing feet 8 
Sixteenth Set. 
24. Quartettes 8 IT. 
MARCHES. 
Regular Marches, rapid and slow—Combinations—Egyptian Pyramid— 
Virginia Eeel—Coquette—Auld Lang Syne, etc. etc. 
The Regular March.—Slow. 
March; couples, single, zigzag, toes, heels, right heel, left 
toe, left heel, right toe, without bending knees, bending 
knees, toes outward, toes inward, arms folded, arms folded 
behind, hands clasped back of head; bending sidewise, right 
and left, one hand over head; pulling, pushing, stepping 
sidewise; in couples, fours, eights ; wind in regular circle. 
The Regular March.—Rapid. 
March; couples; chasse; leap short steps; leap long steps; 
skip sidewise and clap hands; skip sidewise and clap those of 
partner’s; chasse; chasse, right hand high ; chasse, left hand 
high; chasse, both hands high; leap both forward ; leap both 
backward; leap one forward and one backward ; leap one for- 
ward, changing; leap two skips to right, two to left; skip 
right hands joined, encircle ; leap in fours, facing ; leap in 
fours, backward; leap in eights, forward; leap in eights, 
backward. 
March; single file ; zigzag; in circle, wind up and unwind ; 
loap, body leaning forward, arms folded ; march in couples ; 
1 a arch in couples, hands touching, keeping as far apart as 
possible ; run the gauntlet; skip through, march down on 
outside, come up in center in same, and repeat in opposite 102 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
direction ; march, in couples ; chasse in couples ; march, in 
fours and eights; leap in fours and eights ; leap in fours and 
eights, either side two steps; hands joined, turning, chasse to 
seats. 
Combination March.—Slow and Quid: together. 
Choose partners ; march ; chasse ; single file ; on heels ; on 
toes ; right heel and left toe ; left heel and right toe, march 5 
march without bending knees; march bending knees ; march, 
long diagonal step with right and left; march, same, only 
two steps quicker ; march in couples, through center, and di- 
vide at upper end ; meet and chasse ; divide; meet at lower 
end; join hands, pull; same, and push. 
March; join hands, fingers interlaced, push same with 
other hands; leap, short and long steps; skip; march in 
couples ; first couple to right, second to left; march in fours; 
first four to right, second to left; march in eights ; divide in 
same manner; leap in singles, couples, fours, and eights; in 
couples, march ; run the gauntlet; chasse ; in couples, march 
round the hall; in couples, through center, divide, meet at 
lower end; chasse to seats. 
Sicilian Circle March. 
Form couples; then in fours, facing each other, form a 
ring encircling hall. 
1. Four hands round, and on last of strain swing partners. 
2. Ladies change, gentlemen change. 
3. Fight and left. 
4. Ladies join hands, gentlemen same, cross hands, swing 
half round and back. 
5. Forward and back, pass through to next couple. 
Bow to every new couple, then go through the above 
changes until you get back to first couple; other changes 
may be added at option of teacher. MARCHES. 
103 
Egyptian Pyramid Mae.ch. 
Form a pyramid ; first, one person ; behind him two per- 
sons ; behind them three persons ; and so on until all are 
taken. All are at one end of hall in center. Eight face all; 
first one march off, when he gets to end of first couple they 
follow, and so on till all are in a single line. Then, in 
couples, go through with as many changes of the Eegular 
March as the teacher chooses. Then form pyramid again at 
side of hall in center ; march oli in same way ; use different 
changes. Form pyramid at lower end of hall in center; 
march off in file again, using still different changes. Form 
pyramid at opposite side of hall in center; march off in file 
again; use different changes j classes to seats. 
Tun Baeance Maech. 
Couples; down center, up at sides by partners separating, 
and when opposite each other, stand still; mark time four 
beats, then all, with hands joined, leap to center and back ; 
forward again with hands still joined, swing partners one 
and a-half round and change sides ; repeat the whole again, 
and leave partners in original places. 
First couple at end of line, ehasse through center 5 then 
rest, and march till at end; then follow on ; divide at upper 
end of hall, march clown and ehasse to seats. Before this, 
however, join in fours; then gentlemen join hands, ladies 
same ; cross hands, go half round and back. 
All the changes of the Sicilian Circle March may be intro- 
duced in this march. 
Yieginia Peel Maech. 
In companies of seven couples each, in lines seven feet 
apart, lady at the head and gentleman at the foot, each go 
half way through crosswise, meet and bow and return; their 104 
MUSICAL G YMMA S TIC S, 
partners do the same, next join right hands and encircle ; re- 
turn, partners same; next left hand; encircle, partners 
same; next both hands; and next go round one another, 
each to right and return, partners same ; then with your 
own partner reel once and a-half round; leave lady to 
be turned by opposite gentlemen while you turn opposite 
lady; reel with partner in center, and go through all in same 
manner; then chasse up through center, march the gentle- 
man round and down the outside ; lady same with her side ; 
meet at end, chasse up through center, followed by all; with 
partner alone go back through center, running gauntlet and 
stop at foot; next couple follow; then go through same in 
couples. 
Coquette March. 
Couples ; march down center ; first couple to right, second 
to left; march up sides ; meet at lower end, change partners 
and chass6 ; march round to same position again ; change to 
original partners ; chass6 through center, down at side ; add 
other changes ad infinitum. 
Another Maech. 
March in couples; single file ; march so in a circle around 
the room, and add attitudes and exercises ad infinitum. 
Auin Lang Syne March 
Partners ; form in circles, ladies to right of gentlemen, 
right hand to partner ; right and left all around. The music 
in this march is, of course, always £CAuld Lang Syne,” and 
those who march should sing it as long as they have breath. 
At first the music is very slow, indeed, and it gradually in- 
creases till it becomes as fast as possible. MARCHES. 
105 
Another March.—Knee Movements. 
Position erect, single. Flex leg on thigh alternately; 
stand still at first, then advance; do this all the time. 
Second Movement.—Flex thigh or knee on abdomen, or bring 
knee to horizontal; then advance, alternately; same by flex- 
ing left thigh on abdomen, and right leg on thigh. 
Indian War Dance. 
Couples ; march through center; separate and march down 
on either side of hall, and when partners are opposite, halt 
and face each other; arms folded in front, head down, and 
body leaning over; on first half of strain, approach each 
other, leaping in this position ; on last half, leap back again, 
leaning backward as far as possible and clapping hands over 
head. 
Introduce heel-and-toe polka step in any of the marches. 
Introduction March. 
Choose partners; march in couples round hall, either in a 
square or circle ; at signal of teacher (“change”) lady stands 
still and gentleman passes on to lady in front, to whom 
he introduces himself and entertains till the command 
(“ change”) comes again, when the same process is repeated 
till original partner is found. March with each partner 
oriCG around the hall. By these movements all become 
acquainted. 
Diagonal March. 
Single file; first position : feet at right angles, body erect, 
march forward with left foot in line of heel, bending knee of 
leS Put out, other foot remaining in firm position and knee 
n°t bent; then same with right foot; march same wray back 
Ward. 106 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
Basket Maech. 
Form two squares round hall, ladies inside, gentlemen 
outside ; hands joined all; gentlemen sweep hands over ladies 
heads, and lock like a basket; then heads forward, sides for- 
ward, all forward; skip, leap, etc. ; then swing partners to 
places. 
Class march in two files on either side of room, halting at 
the head of the room and marking time ; No. 1 of file one 
marches diagonally across the space between lines, crossing to 
opposite corner; when in middle of space, No. lof file two 
does the same, and so on until all have come down; all are 
marching meanwhile, or marking time with feet. This may 
be done with twos, fours, eights, sixteens, etc. 
Diagonal Platoon Maech. 
Mainspeing Maech ; oe, Winding in a Ciecle. 
Single file; either with or without apparatus (if with 
Wand it should be on right side, shoulder arms) ; wind up 
like a mainspring, by leader going into a circle and keeping 
near to outside ring all the time ; then unwind. All that each 
person has to do is to keep two feet from the person in front, 
and follow on, avoiding contact with any. 
Lanciees’ Geand -Eight and Leet Maech. 
Choose partners; march, forming circle round hall in 
single file ; ladies to right of gentlemen, right hand to part- 
ner, right and left all around, to music of the Landers’. 
Wheel Maech. 
Couples; couples march through center; first couple to 
right, second to left, join in fours at other end of hall; march 
down sides; then join in eights; when thus joined, the MARCHES. 
107 
upper end of hall is reached ; in a body march round in cir- 
cle ; those on other edge with long steps, inner very short; 
after going round once, outer line drop off and march round, 
away from the body ; afterward, next line, following on and 
going on inside of first line; continue so till body is broken 
up, each forward line marching a little slower, and when all 
have come to sides again, join arms and form another circle 
in same way; do this at either end, and either side of hall. 
Eing March. 
Join hands, with rings, in one circle, if a small number ;if 
large, in two, three, or four circles, one outside the other. 
The circles will move in opposite directions. At the com- 
mand of the teacher march, reverse; chasse, reverse ; run, 
reverse ; march, hop on right foot, reverse ; hop on left; hop 
on both toes, reverse ; stand still; stamp alternately left and 
right feet, keeping time to music, and close in evenly to the 
center ; immediately stamp, and move evenly together back- 
ward, until again extended in circles ; raise rings as before; 
close in to center, hopping on right foot, back on left; hop to 
center with alternate feet, and back on both ; march. 
Many of the changes in the Eegular March may be here 
introduced. 
Single Wand March. 
Wand on right shoulder, under arms, back of neck, thrusting 
up, charge down in front and thrust out in front, down on left 
shoulder, over the head, hands far apart, back on every beat, 
same as exercise; hold back stiff, and march. Wind in circle, 
wand shoulder arms. 
Couples, one before the other; join by hands hold of 
auds, which rest on shoulder; thrust up two each, alter- 
Double Wand March. 108 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
nately two, simultaneously two. Then from shoulder at side ; 
the same to horizontal; then from perpendicular over head ; 
forward thrusts the same ; then from down at side, raise to 
perpendicular in same manner ; wand crossed over head, leap 
through center ; wand together over head, leap through, side 
by side. T. 
PERCUSSION. 
Remarks—Mutual Helps—Couplets—Triplets, etc. 
Ip not the best, it should be valued among the best of ex- 
ercises. It is especially of value to the afflicted, but sure to 
benefit all. I strongly recommend it. It is well to conclude 
each lesson with percussion, as it removes all soreness and 
lameness of muscles, and imparts a healthful glow to the 
whole system. It is often the case that the blood becomes 
morbid and settled in certain parts ; percussion will bring it 
to the surface. It strengthens, rounds, and hardens the mus- 
cles and keeps them in excellent condition. Beside the exer- 
cises which I shall here give, the whole body should be per- 
cussed, especially the stomach, lungs, liver, and small of the 
back. The spine of nervous persons should receive very 
much percussion. 
It is told of a certain doctor in England who advertised to 
cure dyspepsia and all its attendant evils, that he used to 
take his patients through a long labyrinth, up and down 
stairs, through intricate mazes, till he came to a small room, 
where he made the patient take oath upon the Book, that he 
would never divulge his secret, and then, after extracting 
a large fee, he would knead the bowels and percuss them. 
He had great success and became wealthy. 
MUTUAL HELP. 
Couplets. 
1. Percuss shoulders. 
2. Percuss small of back. 110 
MUS 1C A L G TMNA S TICS. 
3. Percuss either side, one at a time. 
4. Percuss chest. 
5. Arms carried down from horizontal. 
6. Arms carried up horizontal. 
7. Draw hands up to arm-pits. 
8. Draw hands down from over head. 
9. Percuss right arm. 
10. Percuss left arm. 
11. Percuss low in small of bach. 
12. Percuss low on sides, both together; then hold on and 
shake sides. 
13. Eight arm out at side, draw in to chest. 
14. Left arm out at side, draw in to chest. 
15. Body stiff, lower 45 degrees. 
16. Body stiff, lower 45 degrees right sidewise. 
17. Body stiff, lower 45 degrees left sidewise. 
18. Up from horizontal to resist. 
19. Out from horizontal to resist. 
20. Pall, body perfectly stiff, partner catches head. 
TjElpxets.—First Series. 
1. Middle person steps forward, arms by side, draw to 
arm-pit, while right and left resist. 
2. Middle steps back, arms extended forward, draw to 
chest and straighten. 
3. Middle forward, arms up, draw to shoulders and 
straighten. 
4. Middle forward, arms horizontal by side, bend forearm 
with elbow drawn back. 
5. Middle forward, arms forward, sweep in horizontal 
plane. 
6. Eight and left should make long and decided charges 
and positions, sinking very low; front foot very near middle’s 
back, far back, arms straight. PER C USBION. 
Second Series. 
1. Middle forward, arms clasped back of neck, draw elbows 
back. * 
2. Middle forward, arms up right and left, step by side of 
middle, arms carried to horizontal in front. 
3. Middle forward, arms horizontal at side, right and left 
clasp hands back of middle’s neck; middle falls back, sus- 
tained by his neck only. 
4. Middle forward, arms horizontal at side, right and left 
seize hands and wrist of middle ; middle arches body forward 
and returns. 
5. Middle forward, arms horizontal at side, right and left 
seize hands and arm-pits; middle sits low ; right and left re- 
sist, change hands to top of shoulders, when middle rises. 
Third Scries. 
1. Middle forward, arms horizontal at side, bends hands to 
shoulders with elbows down. 
2. Middle forward, arms horizontal in front, right and left 
at side, draw hands to chest, elbows down. 
3. Middle forward, body bent low in front, right and left 
percuss all over back. 
4. Middle forward, hands clasped on back of neck, right 
and left seize elbows, turn head right and left sides. 
5. Middle backward, arms horizontal in front, right and 
left seize and carry arms to perpendicular in front. VI. 
MISCELLANEOUS EXEEOISES. 
Exercises on Bean Bags—On Bings—For Strengthening the Back—For 
Warming the Hands—Changes and Hints—Double Free Gymnastics, 
etc. etc. 
BEAN BAGS AGAIN. 
These bags are made as stated on page 82. Tlie throwing 
and catching them in certain ways, which requires shill 
and presence of mind, affords not only a good exercise of 
the muscles of the arms and upper half of body, but culti- 
vates a quickness of eye and coolness of nerve. These exer- 
cises will always be popular in the gymnasium, and should 
be variously used. The bag should be occasionally emptied 
of its beans and washed. Never let the bag drop on the 
door ; and always throw very quickly, without retaining hold 
a moment. If a bag should drop, however, do not stop to pick 
it up till the game is over. Any one dropping a bag is ruled 
out of the game till all but three bags are down. 
Eerst Exercise. 
Stand in two rows, lengthwise the hall, facing one another, 
about six feet apart; let No. lon first row throw one bag to 
No. 1 on second row, who throws to No. 2 on first row, who 
throws to No. 2 on second row, and so on till all have camrht 
them immediately back. 
This may be varied by taking any number of bean bags 
and passing in same manner, one at a time. As soon as one bean bags again. 
113 
is thrown, be ready to receive the next. Again, have two 
sets of rows, and, with the same exercises, see which will come 
out first. 
Secoxd Exercise. 
Stand in rows as before, only facing end of hall; the head 
one in each line, at the given signal, passes the bag over his 
head bach; the other takes it and immediately passes it on 
to the next, till it gets to the end of the row ; the teacher 
declaring who is victor, or the person at the end of the line, 
when it reaches the end first, to hold up the bag, which is the 
signal of victory. All about face, and throw back in same 
manner. 
Yary this exercise by passing a number of bags in same 
manner, one at a time and immediately following each other. 
The bags rest in chairs before the leaders and are equally di- 
vided. 
There Exercise. 
Chairs or benches placed on either side of the room length- 
wise ; two popular persons, known to most of all present, sit 
at either end of each line of chairs; then choose sides, till all 
in the hall are chosen; take seats as chosen, along in the line ; 
let the bags be equally divided and placed in chairs, close to 
the leaders ; at the signal of teacher pass one bag at a time 
to next person, and keep on passing till all get down to the 
end, when they are started back in the same manner. The 
leader who gets the last bag first holds it up in triumph as the 
signal of victory. 
Fourth Exercise. 
Stand in threes ; keep three bags going to the right; catch 
with left, throw with right. 
Any number may perform the above in same manner, using 114 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
one bag for each person. Keep all the bags going as rapidly 
as possible. 
The Third Exercise especially cultivates coolness of nerve 
and presence of mind, and yet is very exciting and interesting, 
and always popular. Those with cool and steady nerves, and 
those who are very nervous may be easily detected. 
THE KINGS AGAIN. 
1. First count, join hands with neighboring couple by pre- 
senting hand holding ring ; second, outside couple pass under 
the raised ring of the other couple; and on third count, posi- 
tion, rings on shoulders; then thrust all hands up through 
strain, singly, alternately, simultaneously. 
Qtjahtettes. 
2. Stamp right foot, then left, charge right opposite to nose ; 
sink rest of strain, hands' arching over head; same other 
foot. 
8. Throw up end hands once, then side once, then both 
together twice ; then alternately, then simultaneously. 
4, Charge ends, charge sides, charge in front of nose, either 
foot; do this twice ; when you charge ends, throw end hands 
up straight; when side, side hands up; when in front, all 
up together. 
Repeat the whole. 
EXERCISES FOR STRENGTHENING THE BACK. 
1. Stand perfectly erect, arms folded; a person behind 
puts his hands on back of head of the first and lets him down 
four times and back slowly ; change. 
2. The same, only let down once while counting four, or half 
a strain of music; other half, back very slowly, indeed ; 
change. VARIOUS EXERCISES. 
115 
3. Let down, right side the same. 
4. Let down left side the same. 
5. Stand as in No. 1 ; a person behind slaps front person’s 
back once ; slaps his hands ; then allows him to fall back, 
keeping perfectly stiff; then, with clasped hands, he catches 
him in back of neck, lets him down nearly to floor and raises 
him to position again. 
VARIOUS EXERCISES. 
Laughable. 
At one end of the hall place two clubs on the floor, about 
fifteen or twenty feet apart; at the other end of the hall, op- 
posite to each club, stands a person blindfolded. The teacher 
counts one, two, three, at which signal each one turns round 
rapidly three times, and then, immediately goes for his club, 
blindfolded, and returns it to the position where he stood at 
the start. 
Running after Clubs. 
At one end of hall, place six clubs in two rows of three 
each, about fifteen feet apart; in the center, and. back of 
these, place one club ; choose sides; the first two chosen, at 
the signal of teacher, run as fast as possible for the first clubs 
in their rows, and run back and place them where they stood; 
then away hastily after the next in the row, bringing it and 
placing it with the other; then for the next, in the same 
manner ; then both scramble for the last. Remember and be 
sure to leave each club standing. Next two try the same. 
Waiming Hands.—Music, Polled Time. 
Couples facing one another, two feet apart; “ one,” slap 
Hpper part of limbs; “and,” slap .hands in front; “two,” 
slap right hands ; “ and,” slap hands together ; “three,” slap 116 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
left hands; “ and,” slap hands together; “four,” slap both 
partner’s hands at once. Keep repeating, keeping time to 
music. 
“ Bean Porridge” may be performed in the same manner. 
Changes and Hints. 
On the floor in two rows ; one row performs one set of 
Bells, or any of the exercises in any series, while the other 
row looks on and criticises. Each one criticises the person op- 
posite to him. Then the row that criticised, perform the same 
set, while they are criticised. 
All on the floor in any number of rows, with Bells, for in- 
stance ; first row do Exercise No. 1; second, No. 2; and so on, 
till back to first row again, who do the next exercise in turn, 
till the whole series is performed. An excellent method for 
memorizing the order of any of the exercises. 
Whole class on the floor in a circle, arm’s length aj)art; 
commence anywhere, one person does No. 1 of any series of 
exercises, the next No. 2, and so on, clear round the class, till 
all the exercises have been performed. 
As a change, let each one in same manner repeat the Short- 
hand order of any of the exercises. 
Any one who fails in either of the above exercises is to be 
seated; continue till all are seated but one. 
Amusement. 
Eorm trios of ladies and gentlemen separately; two per- 
sons make the “ arm chair,” by crossing hands, and carry 
the third one once around the hall; alternate, so that each 
will have a ride. 
Let one gentleman be carried by three others, one of whom 
clasps his hands around the head; the other two take each 
one foot; the person carried folds his arms and keeps back, 
legs and the whole body perfectly stiff; alternate, so that all VARIOUS EXERCISES. 
117 
"will be carried. Let four persons carry one in same manner, 
one for each, foot, one for each arm. 
Yabiety. 
All on floor in rows, each line numbered, and perform 
different exercises. 
Divide class in three parts, one part performs first series of 
Free Gymnastics; second part, second series; third part, third 
series ; chorus, all perform together. 
Wands and Dumb Bells may be performed both together in 
same manner, by same music. 
Choose sides ; one from each side performs any exercise; 
vote the victor each time; heep on so till but one victor is 
left, who tabes the prize. 
Double Free Gymnastics. 
Stand face to face, right hand clasping left of partner ; 
arms bent up from elbows. In these exercises, call the hands 
and feet next the platform, right hand and right foot. 
1. Down right two, left two, alternate two, simultaneous 
two ; repeat out at side, above and forward. 
2. Eight down one, left one, drum beat one, simultane- 
ous one; repeat out at sides, above, and forward. 
3. Eight hand raise up, and left remain down; charge 
right foot, then left, vice versa on other side. 
4. Step right foot back two, left two, alternate two, simul- 
taneous two. 
5. Charge as in No. 3, only raise left hand in charging to 
right, and vice versa. 
0. Each step sidewise with right foot, left arm extended, 
then the reverse. 
7. Engine motion. 
8. Both hands over head, charge outside, then inside, feel 
toward platform ; then same in other direction. Til. 
MUSIC. 
Music for the various Exercises—Polkas, Schottisches, Waltzes, Quick- 
steps, Marches, etc. etc. 
It is said that “music hath its charms.” It certainly has 
in Gymnastics, and in the Dio Lewis system it is an indispen- 
sable aid. It gives greater impetus; adds amusement and in- 
terest, especially to invalids, and recreation to all. Exercise 
without music is both dull and stupid. The best music for 
this system is produced from the piano; let the piano, the 
musician, and the selections always be the best, and you 
can not fail to have success in this respect ? Get the best music 
at any cost; never consent to teach with poor. Select music 
which is distinctly marked, and which may be easily under- 
stood. It need not be difficult; simple music is better. In 
playing, the accented note is touched with much force, to ac- 
cord with and mark the leading motion of the exercise. 
For Free Gymnastics, polka and schottische time is best. 
Some marches are also good. 
For Dumb Bells, marches and waltzes. 
For Wands, marches. 
For Bings, waltzes. 
For Marching, slow and quick marches and galops. 
For Bean Bags, marches and waltzes. 
For Percussion, any thing rapid. 
The following list will contain the best music for gymas- 
tics. MUSIC 
119 
Gejteeal Music. 
Last Smile, Hail Columbia, Marching Along, 
Music in the Air, Prairie Flower, Drinking Song in Lu- 
Spanish Retreat Quick- Faust, cretia Borgia, 
step, Brightest Eyes Galop Somnamhula, 
Agnes Sorelle Quadrille, (quick march), Tvanhoe, 
Gen. Hooker's March, Storm Galopade, Bonnie Doon, 
Soldier’s Chorus, Fanciers, McDonald Reel, 
Mar-de Gras Quadrille, Caledonia and Colum- Kingdom Coming, 
Haste to the Wedding, hian Quadrilles, Perfect Cure, 
Garryowen, Star Spangled Banner, Hoppity Rickity, 
The Girl I left behind Red, White, and Blue, Forty Thieves, 
me, Snatch Fleeting Pleas- Flick Flock, 
Mrs. McCloid’s Reel, ares, Gloriosa, 
Fisher’s Hornpipe, 0 dear, what can the Tear of Gratitude, 
Yankee Doodle, matter bo, Bal Klang, 
Marsailles, Tramp, Tramp Galop, Downfall of Paris. 
I would mention as the best books containing Gymnastic 
music, the Welcome Guest, Circle of Brilliants, Home Circle, 
vol. I. 120 
M USI CAL G YMNA STI CS. 
Polkas, Schottisch.es, Quicksteps, etc., eoe Free Gymnastics, 
Bags, and Peecussion. 
Polkas. 
Brigand, 
Banjo, 
Syracuse, 
Rival, 
Banquet, 
Baden Baden, 
Bohemian, 
Bobolink, 
Sultan’s. 
ScJiottisches. 
National, 
Crystal, 
Rochester, 
Rainbow. 
Rosalie, 
Old Zack, 
Quicksteps. 
Soldier’s Joy, 
Elizabeth, 
Light Guard, 
Hornpipe, 
May Queen, 
Bunker Hill, 
Money Musk, 
Ocean, 
Storm March Galop, 
Woodup, 
Webster’s, 
Herculean. 
Waltzes 
eoe Rings, Bells, 
and Wands. 
Mabel, 
Aurora, 
Amelia, 
Henrietta, 
Merry Sleigh Hide, 
II Bachio, 
Affection, 
Hungarian, 
Giraffe, 
Ocean Telegraph, 
Fairy, 
Katy Did, 
Laughing, 
Blossom, 
Milwaukee, 
Copenhagen, 
German, 
Silver Bell, 
Empress, 
Grasshopper, 
Grand, 
Merry Sleigh Bells. 
Maeches eoe Bells, 
Wands, Maeches, etc. 
Wedding- March, Congress, Lucia, 
Webster’s Funeral, Lincoln’s Funeral, Norma, 
Pest, Grant’s, Sultan’s 
Signal, Polish Liberty, Grand Russian, 
Grant’s, Sultan’s Band 
Bonnie Blue Flag, Highland, Fredonia. yiii. 
AN ADDRESS TO TEACHERS. 
Advice Physiology, Anatomy, Hygiene—Cultivation of Good Habits 
and Manners—-Tire Hall, Piano, Musician, Eeceptions, etc. etc. 
Every teacher has his or her own peculiar method of 
teaching ; from this I would not wish to deter any. The 
great number of letters I have received ashing advice, and 
the long and varied experience in the system here published, 
are the excuses I offer for saying much to teachers. The 
Normal pupils whom I prepare every summer will accept 
this as my usual annual address to them. 
The first requisite for a successful teacher in any particular 
branch is to thoroughly master that which he would teach. 
In some studies one can cheat a little or make some prepara- 
tion just before going to class ; not so in Gymnastics, for you 
must teach practically. Unless you are a good gymnast, you 
can not gain the respect of your pupils, nor teach properly. 
You must not only be a graceful performer, but must have 
sufficient knowledge in the theory of Physical Culture, to be 
ready to give directions at all times. 
Erom the first, so thoroughly master the “order” that you 
feel perfectly sure of all the exercises, so that failure would 
be impossible ; and get sufficient practice to enable you to per- 
form each and every exercise with ease and in a graceful 
manner. Secondly, it becomes the duty of every teacher in 
this important branch of education to acquaint himself or 
herself with all possible knowledge pertaining to Physiology, 122 
ADDRESS TO TEACHERS. 
Anatomy, Hygiene, both, of body and mind, the general laws 
of health, and the proper ways of living. You will most cer- 
tainly be often questioned concerning these things, and if you 
do not know how to give ready answers, you wall not only 
become often embarrassed, but you can not teach in an efficient 
and successful manner. 
. Keep yourself in “ conditionthat is, live as becomes an 
exemplar of health. Be temperate in all things, and let your 
moderation be known to all men. Combine with these, the 
accomplished lady or gentleman. Such should be the aim of 
all who would teach. 
The teacher ’ should avoid affectation, pompousness, cold- 
ness and stiffness above all things, and cultivate kindhearted- 
ness, grace, and courtesy. Be natural; be patient, be mild— 
the mild power wins wonderfully; be humble, social, cheer- 
ful, agreeable, gentle ; at the same time, be dignified. Gentle- 
manly and lady-like deportment and a good address, together 
with a good heart, are of the greatest importance in a class. 
Without these failure is pretty sure to follow; with them, 
even though there is much else lacking, failure is impossible 
and success is certain. 
Courtesy has a wonderful power and charm. Endeavor, at 
all times to maintain a courteous bearing toward all, and you 
will surely be respected by all. Courtesy does not consist in 
being very civil to your favorites, or to those who are blessed 
with good looks, a graceful bearing, the cultured and refined 
only, but moye especially those who are not blessed with 
these eminent qualities. See that they are not neglected ; 
show them all the favor you can ; put them forward and see 
that every thing is done for their enjoyment. None will un- 
derstand me to mean by this that culture and refinement is 
not deserving of respect, and that rudeness is to be tolerated ; 
very far from it. The one is everywhere and at all times 
eminently deserving of favor and respect; the other as much 
to be shunned and avoided. Many there are, who have not MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
123 
been blessed with, privileges and circumstances to favor the 
things of which I here speak ; all can not shine, some will 
be modest and humble. I mean that these should not be 
neglected, as they are very apt to be. They need especial 
help and favor; the others will get it naturally. 
The effect of personal influence is wonderful, and nowhere 
can it be practiced to better advantage than in the social 
gymnastic class, with a company of ladies and gentlemen. 
Address, manners, politeness, and other qualities of which 
i have spoken, are very important points to cultivate in the 
class as well as in the teacher. If the teacher is proficient in 
this respect, his or her influence will be greatly felt in the 
quick promotion of the class, for such qualities are wonder- 
fully contagious. Allow no rudeness of any kind, and let 
the class frown down every thing that pertains to it. 
Endeavor at all times to be perfectly cool and gentle. If 
you get out of patience, angered, excited, discouraged, or in a 
hurry, your class will do likewise, become discouraged, wea- 
ried, and will soon lose their interest. 
Show no annoyance at the most awkward or ungraceful 
movement or blunder; some are born to be graceful, some 
can not become so; remember your blunders when you com- 
menced. 
Do not hasten to do too much, to get through all the exer- 
cises at one course; four courses or six months time is none 
too long to go over the whole system, and if you are one of 
a “ Normal Class” make it your business to practice daily. 
Do not think your class will get out of patience with you, if 
several exercises in every series are not shown them every 
time you come together; they will be much better satisfied 
■with you and what you do for them, if you endeavor to have 
them each time thoroughly understand and master what you 
show. Festina lente. Policy in some things is just; for in- 
stance, it is proper that we should do all in our power to in- 
fluence people kindly incur favor. In all kinds of teaching 124 
MUSICAL G YMJSfASTICS. 
it becomes necessary to consult policy and pocket. The 
teaching of gymnastics by public classes pays the best, though 
there is more risk, more necessary expense, and more diffi- 
culties in getting the people together for such purpose. But 
do not be deterred by this ; you must meet with difficulties in 
whatever you undertake. Difficulties often make the man or 
woman. 
When you enter a place for the purpose of teaching gym- 
nastics, the first best thing to be done is to get favorably in- 
troduced. To do this, get, if possible, letters of introduction 
to two or three of the best known and influential citizens of 
the community—ministers, doctors, lawyers, or others. If 
you have no letters, introduce yourself, stating your object, of 
which you have no cause for shame or timidity, for yours is a 
noble mission. Show your diploma, if you have one—if you 
have not, you ought not to teach—it will be a good letter of 
introduction. If agreeable to them, show a few exercises, se- 
lecting a few of the more striking attitudes ; endeavor to get 
them favorably impressed toward you and your cause, so that 
they will speak a good word for both. Get their families in- 
terested in your behalf; they will spread the news for you. 
Announce that at such a time, in such a place, you expect to 
give a select exhibition. Have several hundred complimen- 
tary tickets printed, which you will have distributed among 
those persons whom you would like to have come, and who 
would be likely to patronize you. Supply these new friends 
with tickets for themselves and their friends. From the di- 
rectory, or by inquiry, learn all the resident notable persons, 
to whom send tickets ; find out a few young persons who go 
much into society, and are popular and well acquainted ; give 
each of these a quantity of tickets to distribute among their 
friends ; or get from them the names of those who would be 
likely to attend, and send them tickets through the postoffiee. 
Eefined and influential persons are mostly interested; 
coarse people seldom trouble themselves with classical gym- 
nastics. Keep your classes select as possible. address to teachers. 
125 
In some places, judicious advertising may assist you, but if 
you cau possibly get along without it, do so ; it seldom does 
good and may do harm. If you take the means I have ad- 
vised, it will become generally known among those who 
Would be most likely to help you. If you deem it best to ad- 
vertise, try ana get all the editors to become members of your 
class, and thus exchange with them. You will find this per- 
haps a good plan; for, by this means, they may occasionally 
give you a “ puff.” v 
Give your exhibition ; announce when you will begin, 
what you intend to do—length of course, price of tickets, 
which then should be ready. If you can say something of 
the merits and claims of the system, and Physical Culture in 
general, it will be well. If it be possible, appoint a committee 
of three ladies and three gentlemen who will take the whole 
matter into their own hands; who will sell the tickets, secure 
the hall, musician, piano, etc., thus relieving you of much 
trouble and keeping out the rabble. 
To form a class, people, hall, piano, and musician are all 
necessary ; get the best of all these. In regard to securing 
the first, I have already said sufficient. 
Ai Hall.—Concerning this you are likely to be imposed 
upon; hall owners are not apt to be the most amiable or 
bindhcartcd people in the world, and generally demand ex- 
orbitant prices. They will take all they can get, and take 
little if they can’t get more. You are not to have a u min- 
strel troupe,” nor a “theater,” nor a “ballet troupe.” You 
to have a school, and consequently, ought not to be charged 
more than one-fifth or one-sixth as much as the others. 
Besides, these others are transient, generally using a hall one 
evening only, while you wish to make a permanent engage- 
ment, occupying it twice a week. 
Bor instance; a hall that rents for thirty dollars a night, 
ought to be secured for your purpose for five dollars a night. 126 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
A hall that rents for ten dollars a night, should he rented to 
you for two dollars. Do not rent a hall for “so much a night,” 
but by the month, or, for the course of twelve lessons; two 
dollars and fifty cents per night is a very fair rate for almost 
any good hall; you can very often secure one for much less 
money. 
A Piano.—Get one as good as possible, with a loud and 
ringing tone. A good piano wall rent for twenty to thirty 
dollars per quarter, sometimes less, varying in price according 
to the peculiarities of the place in which you teach. If you 
can, rent it at first for half a quarter (one course occupying 
this time, six weeks) with the privilege of keeping it longer 
if you wish to do so. 
A Musician.—Get the best at any price. More depends on 
good music than upon any thing else; it is more than half to 
most students. Good music will incite much interest and keep 
the class together, while poor music will drive many away, no 
matter how good the teacher. You will be lucky, if you 
secure a musician for one or two dollars per night; some de- 
mand much more, some will play for less. 
Two lessons per week are much the best; more than two 
will tire many; less, will induce a loss of interest. One hour 
and a half is sufficiently long for each lesson. Have long- 
periods for resting; during which time, cultivate, promote, 
and encourage the social element among all, remembering 
that the chief object generally is the meeting together of 
ladies and gentleman for a social and pleasant pastime. 
During these periods of rest, often introduce games elsewhere 
spoken of in this department. 
Dive dollars per course, for each person, may generally be 
considered the best price for tickets. In some places you 
may be obliged to charge less. Sometimes it may be best to 
say to your committee something like this: “Say to those ADDRESS TO TEACHERS. 
127 
whose names you solicit, if the class numbers thirty, the 
tickets will be $5 each; if forty, 8-1 each; if fifty, $3 each.” 
This will often add numbers. Or, say to your committee, 
“If you choose to secure hall, piano, and musician, pay all 
expenses, assume all responsibility, and pay me ten or fifteen 
dollars per night, I will do the teaching.” 
In whatever place you go, seek first to get all the scholars 
you can; they are generally available and make a salary 
sure. Besides, they give you influence, which will help very 
much toward your public class, and will take but little 
time, leaving you ample for outside work. It is very difficult 
sometimes to know what to charge schools. The only rule I 
can offer is, “ Get all you can.” A friend and classmate 
writes me: “I have secured for next year three schools, 
daily, at three dollars each, making nine dollars per day, and 
I expect to make more than this rate by my evening classes 
and other teaching.” A fair price for schools may be ; Per 
week, one lesson, $3 ; two lessons, 85 ; three lessons, |6 ; 
and so on at this rate. My custom has ever been to do 
my whole duty faithfully; to do the very best under all cir- 
cumstances, and demand good pay. Yery often, according to 
our. demand for services are they appreciated. Don’t work for 
“nothing!” You will find plenty who are selfish enough to 
wish and to expect that you will, especially if you are a 
woman. Have nothing to do with such at any price. “ The 
laborer is always worthy of his hire,” and your cause is emi- 
nently worthy. 
It might perhaps be well to advertise to teach invalids or 
children in private families; for which I would charge the 
same as for schools, as it takes the same amount of time. 
Pemember you are engaged in a cause which gives you the 
right to strain every nerve, and to do all in your power 
for good. Be careful, however, not to overwork, and thus, 
by defeating the whole object of your mission, prove a bad 
example to the cause. 128 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
You will be much questioned regarding dress ; in another 
place I will give a circular, from which you can give such di- 
rections or suggestions as you may deem necessary. [Re- 
member that, whether you are a lady or a gentleman, your 
dress will be taken as a pattern or sample for most of your 
classes. It will become you, therefore, to dress tastefully and 
well; as plainly and neatly, but as richly as you can pos- 
sibly afford. The ladies’ or gentleman’s gymnastic costume is 
becoming to almost any person. 
I do not deem it a good plan, as a general thing, to allow 
spectators, except now and then for some members of the 
class who may bring with them one or two,friends. A much 
better plan is the 
Monthly Reception.—The teacher will then issue tickets 
(.gratis, always), sending as many as he or she likes, and 
giving to each member of the class as many as may be 
desired for their friends. This will keep the reception 
much more select, and will be much better appreciated, 
saving you besides much trouble. It will be admissible to 
pattern such occasions something after the style of an exhi- 
bition. 
There is great danger of the teacher exercising too much; 
he should be careful about this. He can accomplish much 
more by criticism, and it is difficult to exorcise and criticise at 
the same time. The teacher should be able to do every exer- 
cise perfectly, but should keep this acquirement as a reserved 
force. It would be well if he could engage an assistant, or 
some one whom he could keep ahead of the class to lead 
while he gave directions. Sometimes there is danger of the 
teacher becoming lazy and negligent; because there are so 
few ahead in the class, it is deemed a sufficient excuse for 
becoming very slack and inefficient in his or her own 
exercises—especially is this the case when a teacher does not 
have practice in classes. Do not shame yourself and the ADDRESS TO TEACHERS. 
129 
cause by sucb a course. Daily practice is a duty to yourself 
and others, whether you teach or not. Strive to improve 
every time you practice, whether in public or in private. 
There is always room for improvement in Gymnastics ; hence 
one of its greatest charms—it always interests the mind. 
Indulge competition ; choose sides; have as great a variety 
as possible ; appeal to the judgment of the individual. Say 
little, and let that be said in as concise and simple a manner 
as possible ; always speak to the point. 
I strongly recommend every teacher to get a good knowl- 
edge of Elocution—Yocal Gymnastics. You will need it very 
much. Exercising and speaking at the same time is difficult 
and hurtful, especially if you are not acquainted with the 
proper mode of speaking. If you can qualify yourself to 
teach Yocal Culture in connection with Gymnastics, your 
teaching will be much more valuable, acceptable, and profit- 
able. 
Gymnastic Apparatus.—You will be expected to furnish it 
for the class, but they will, of course, expect to pay for it. 
Require that each person be supplied with a set of apparatus 
at the commencement of the class, and receive payment in 
advance, for such little things are apt to be forgotten. Black 
walnut is much the best material of which to make gymnastic 
apparatus ; is most durable and ornamental, less liable to dis- 
coloration, improves by wear, and costs but little more than 
inferior wood. Always charge a fair profit on any apparatus 
you may furnish ; for even then you will have done well if 
you receive the money you expended for them, without men- 
tioning the trouble incurred. 
Bells should be made of three sizes: for gentlemen, 3J 
inch lobes ; for ladies, 3 inch lobes ; for children, 2i inch 
lobes. The handles should be in length what the lobes are 
in diameter. If your class consists of gentlemen only, get 130 
M US ICAL G YMNA S TICS. 
gentlemen’s sizes only ; if of ladies only, get lady’s sizes, and 
so of children. 
Wands for ladies should be four feet long, and three-quar- 
ters of an inch in diameter; for g;entlemen, four and a half 
feet long and seven-eighths of an inch in diameter. 
Rings, all the same size, made of three pieces of wood 
together, cross grain, five inches across on the outside, 
and three-quarters of an inch in diameter. 
Clubs, except the Indian Club, are now obsolete ; the exer- 
cises for which are not embraced in this system, but will be 
found in my system of Heavy Gymnastics, in Part I. 
Bean Bags are made from the best ticking, ten inches 
square, with a half inch seam, and filled two-thirds full 
of small beans, 
I recommend the Dio Lewis and the Barnes Spirometers 
for every class. 
Do not trust an inexperienced workman to make your ap- 
paratus. Many persons have condemned the whole Gymnas- 
tic exercise, in consequence of using bungling apparatus. All 
apparatus, either Light or Heavy, of superior styles, may be 
ordered through me. 
It is one of the easiest things in the world to teach gym- 
nastics. Allow your mind to run over the whole category of 
teaching, and you will need no reminder of the relative 
merits and demerits of teaching in this new profession. It is 
one of the best paying institutions extant, and the demand 
for teachers was never better, and is sure to increase. In- 
structors are now popular and desired in all parts of the 
United States, and success is almost sure to attend the earnest 
and persevering efforts of those well qualified to teach. IX. 
HINTS AND SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHEES AND 
PUPILS. 
The Care of Teachers and Attention of Pupils—Elevating Influence of 
Gymnastics—Directions for making the Gymnastic Costume. 
This system of Gymnastics regulates itself. All movements 
should be made with dash and great precision, exactly on 
time and steady. All stepping should be of the same length, 
with both feet. Always bring heels together. In all arch- 
ing, bend from the hips. 
In warm weather, a weariness and lassitude hangs upon us 
most of the time. Exercise, especially in this system, is the 
best remedy to drive it away and keep it at a distance ; there- 
fore, exercise in warm weather is good. The teacher should 
endeavor to have his eye rest over the whole class; discover 
the excellencies and faults of each member, and speak of 
them; select those who are wearied, allow them to do some- 
thing of interest to their minds and of rest to the body. 
Never get in a hurry ; there is plenty of time for every thing. 
In exercising with the Eings, they should be held loosely; 
should neither be pulled or pushed; positions should always 
be easy, graceful, steady, and firm. 
It is an easy thing to move, but difficult to learn to 
stand still. A wise man is steady and still; a fool, always 
moving. 
The class will be much better taught by taking a green 
and awkward person, allowing all to criticise his perform- 
ance. 132 
MUSICAL GYMNASTICS. 
Choose sides and indulge competition often. 
Exercise at all times in a careful, easy manner, with study, 
and with the assistance of the brain and judgment, ever 
enhances interest. 
Say what you wish to say in an easy, simple, direct, and 
forcible manner; be concise, brief, and to the point. Say no 
more than necessary. 
The mild power is great in Gymnastics, as in all things 
else. 
A gymnastic class should be like the militia, at all times 
obeying the voice of their leader. Keep the class in readi- 
ness always ; lose no time, and keep up the general interest; 
then the time will pass quickly, profitably, and pleasantly. 
Introduce games and dancing. 
Work for a prize. 
As a teacher, be natural, easy, graceful, simple, and digni- 
fied, Avoid, above all things, affectation. 
Ladies are as successful in teaching Gymnastics as gentle- 
men. This system of Physical Culture has done very much 
to elevate woman, mentally and physically. 
In exercising, keep the mind a little in advance of the 
muscles ; this imparts a healthful influence. 
Let the class do all they can without being told. 
The reason why there is so much interest in this system, is 
on account of the great variety, the almost constant and 
pleasing change, and because there always is, or should be, 
an aiming at perfection. The pupils should constantly be re- 
minded to study to be a little more accurate, and to do a little 
better each time of practice. The interest will then ever be 
fresh, and the performance greatly improved. The reason the 
soldier always returns with interest to his few exercises in 
military tactics, is because he always tries to improve, and can 
and does improve. 
In walking, keep the chin close to neck, and then, of ne- 
cessity,all other parts of the body will be in proper position. HINTS AND SUGGESTIONS. 
133 
Music may be stopped by a “ hist,” or, better, by simply 
turning the head toward the musician, or raising the'hand. 
Have some kind of march every time you meet; it is in- 
teresting to all. 
After each exercise, to sit down without additional clothing 
and to wait for the leader’s call to the next series, is to se- 
cure a cold, lameness, and sore muscles. Every person 
should therefore take into the gymnasium a shawl, a cloak, 
or an overcoat, and while resting and chatting be wrapped 
up in it. 
Ladies should wear two pairs of stockings ; one, of woolen 
or a pair of leggings, to draw on whenever they don the short 
dress. 
While the class is exercising, all the windows should be 
lowered at the top, and closed as soon as the teacher says 
“Best.” Let a person be appointed for this duty. 
The more I teach Gymnastics, the more am I convinced 
that the less noise made the better will the exercises be per- 
formed and the more acceptably to all. 1 would have every 
thing practiced as silently as possible, omitting even the 
stamps. Dust will then be avoided, the teacher’s orders will 
be heard and obeyed, the music noted and appreciated. 
There will be better deportment; more grace, skill, and 
gentleness ; more interest, and better work. I endeavor now 
to teach every thing without noise. 
As a teacher, never allow your interest to lag in the 
least. When you lose interest, it is time for you to give up 
teaching. 
At all times do the best you can; never allow the least 
carelessness in yourself; show study in your work ; show, by 
your every performance, that you are seeking improvement, 
and you will find it wonderfully contagious in the class Let 
the class be ever so awkward, and unacquainted with Hie 
exercises, you should always seek to be graceful in every 
exercise. 134 
MU S1 CAL G YMNA STI CS. 
The more I practice this admirable system, the more I love 
it. 1 consider it vastly superior to all other systems of Gym- 
nastics. Its capability of improvement; its excellence, grace, 
gentleness ; its variety and ever returning interest; its refin- 
ing and elevating influence ; its accompanying music, all give 
mo a permanent love for it. 
The Ladies’ Gywxastic Costume. 
Ihe following are the directions for making the Ladies’ 
Gymnastic Costume as usually worn. The costume made 
thus has become the standard mode. 
Essentials.—To secure the greatest freedom of motion, a 
loosely fitting waist and short skirt are essential. 
Material.—The texture of the costume should be woolen, or 
the waist, sleeves, and drawers be lined with flannel. 
Trimmings.—The material usually chosen for the dress, is 
of dark or solid color, permitting the use of bright colors for 
trimmings. The style to meet the taste of the wearer. 
Style.—The Garibaldi waist is usually adopted, though a 
yoke may be preferred by some wearers. 
Waist.—The waist should be made long enough under the 
arms to allow the arms to bo stretched upward to their 
utmost extent; length of shoulder short; armholes large. 
Belt.—The waist, at the belt, should measure four inches 
more than the body, to allow the free use and expansion of 
the respiratory organs. 
Sleeve.—The sleeves should be closed at the wrists, and 
long enough to permit the arm to be fully raised. 
Shirt.—The skirt should be made so as to reach to within 
tea inches of the floor. 
Fullness.—Skirt usually should measure from three and 
one-half to four yards around the bottom. 
Drawers.—The pants are made very full—not less than SIN TS ASS SUGGESTIONS. 
135 
three-fourths of a yard in breadth—and of the same material 
as the skirt; to be drawn in with an elastic band at the 
bottom, falling over a la Zouave. 
Underskirt.—The underskirt is usually made of moreen, 
corresponding in color to the material of the dress, and 
should in all cases be supported from the shoulder by sus- 
penders, or a loosely fitting underwaist, to which the drawers 
should also be buttoned. All the bands about the waist to 
be three inches larger than the form. 
Boots.—High Congress, laced or buttoned gaiters should 
be worn, well fitted, but not so tight as to compress the foot. 
Hose.—Thick, heavy hose should invariably be worn. 
Supporters.—Since Nature, un abused, has provided a suf- 
ficient number of supports for the body, without depending 
upon artificial aids, the disuse of whalebones, or stays, is 
strongly recommended, and the cultivation of wasp-waists 
which is invariably accompanied by a displacement and con- 
traction of the vital organs, is emphatically discountenanced. PART 111. 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. IT. THE BODY. 
I. HEALTH. 
111. PHYSICAL CULTUEE. 
IY. BATHING. 
Y. AIR AND VENTILATION. 
YI. FOOD—EATING AND DRINKING. 
YU. SLEEP. 
VIII. FASHION. 
IX. BEAUTY. 
X. AMUSEMENTS AND EXCESSES. 
XI. MAN. 
1 11. WOMAN. 
XIII. HUSBAND AND WIFE. 
XIY. PARENTS AND CHILDREN. 
XV. RELIGION. 
XVI. EDUCATION. 
XVII. MANNERS. 
XVIII. CHARACTER. 
XIX. THE PHYSICIAN AND MEDICINE 
XX. VOICE CULTUEE. 
XXI. HINTS AND RULES. 
138 1. 
HEALTH. 
The Healthy 3lan is the Happy Man—Study and Health—Miscellane- 
ous Health Notes—Hints and Suggestions, etc. 
Behold the infinite perfection of our bodies, the variety and 
power of their functions ! Be astonished at their almost an- 
gelic capabilities of enjoyment! Who can contemplate this 
highest work of divine mechanism without overflowing won- 
der and gratitude ? And was such a structure made to be 
abused ? Shall we impair, vitiate, or break down functions 
perfect in themselves, laden with all the enjoyments of life V 
Shall we cherish rich earthly legacies, yet abuse a divine 
legacy which is perpetually bringing forth from its exhaust- 
less storehouse every enjoyment, actual and possible, of life ? 
Shall we love earthly donors the more, the greater their gifts, 
and not worship with our whole souls the Author of that life 
so infinitely above all other bestowments ? Life, oh how 
precious I Its wanton waste, how infinitely foolish and 
wicked! Let others do as they list, but let my great concern 
be to occupy this heaven-conferred tenement, and to guard 
against its injury with argus vigilance. God forbid my doing 
or allowing the least thing to impair its efficacy, or neglecting 
any means of enhancing its capabilities. This, my sacred 
duty, my paramount obligation to God and my own soul, let 
me study, let me fulfill! Oh thou Bestower of this “ pearl of 
great price,” grant or deny whatever else thou wilt, give me 
intellect to know, and the inflexible determination to practice 140 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
the laws and conditions of health and life—an end which may 
this book go forth to promote I 
Health, life, is a sum of money in bank, the interest of 
which, economically used, will support you. But you spend 
foolishly and draw on the principal. This diminishes the in- 
come, and you draw the often er and the larger drafts, until 
you exhaust all and become bankrupt. Every cold or rheu- 
matic affection induced; every instance of over-eating, over- 
working, and straining; every imprudence, whatever injures 
health, is a draft on Life which Health cashes and charges at 
a thousand per cent, interest. Every abuse of health, en- 
feebles your powers for the remainder of your life, and has- 
tens death! 
11l health is an interdict on happiness; it spoils the taste 
for wholesome food; it shrinks from all embracing and vivi- 
fying atmosphere ; it shudders at the touch of water ; it re- 
fuses the consolation of forgetfulness in sleep; it annoys and 
torments its victim, until he grapples with it and ousts it 
from his system, saying, “ Get behind me, blue devil!” This 
he must do, or it will hasten him to his narrow bed in the grave- 
yard. This he can do in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, 
if he has resolution, grit, perseverance, common sense, and 
good advice with courage sufficient to follow it. It is his 
duty as well as his privilege to be healthful; for he has no 
right to allow his life to be a failure; no right to set the bad 
example of sickness; no right to die before his time, and 
leave undone the good he might have done but for his indis- 
position. 
But Nature, long trespassed upon and abused, at length 
casts down the wretch ; searches every vein ; makes a road 
of every nerve for the scorching feet of pain to travel upon ; 
pulls at every muscle; breaks in the breast; builds fire in 
the brain ; eats out the skin, and casts living coals of torment 
on the heart. What are hot pincers to the envenomed claws 
of disease ? What is it to bo put into a bed of snakes and HEALTH. 
141 
slimy toads, and feel their cold coil or piercing fang, to the 
creeping of a whole body whose every nerve is a viper, 
every vein a viper, and every muscle a serpent; when the 
whole person in all its parts, coils and twists upon itself in 
unimaginable anguish ? I tell you, there is no inquisition 
so horrid as that which the Doctor looks upon ! Every year, 
in every town, die wretches scorched and scaled with agony. 
Milton’s picture of the “ Lazar House” will not be out of 
place here, 
Numbers of all diseased ; all maladies 
Of ghastly spasm, or racking torture, qualms 
Of heart-sick agony, all feverous kinds, 
Convulsions, epilepsies, fierce catarrhs, 
Intestine stone and ulcer, colic pangs, 
Demoniac frenzy, moping melancholy, 
#\nd moon-struck maidens pining, atrophy. 
Marasmus and wide wasting pestilence, 
Dropsies and asthmas, and joint-racking rheums. 
Dire was the tossing, deep the groans ; 
“ wherein were laid 
Despair tended the sick, busiest from couch to couch ; 
And over them triumphant Death his dart 
Shook, hut delayed to strike, though oft invoked 
With vows, as their chief good and final hope.” 
Of this “monstrous crew,” there is not one but called 
Intemperance father—intemperance in one form or an- 
other. 
Ho, youth! ho, all! be entreated to consider the infinite 
value of health, of life ; and the proportionate importance of 
its preservation and augmentation. Gain whatever yon may 
by impairing health, you become an infinite loser; but lose 
what you may in its preservation and restoration, you gain 
more than to acquire fortunes, and even crowns and worlds ! 
Be your aims what they may, if you would succeed, preserve 
first your health. To get rich, preserve your health; to 
enjoy life, preserve your health ; to do good, preserve your 142 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IS. 
health ; to attain any hind of eminence or greatness, preserve 
your health ; to secure any or all the legitimate ends of life, 
physical, intellectual, or moral, preserve your health ! 
It could be reasonably supposed that, to some, health seems 
as a looking-glass which reflects upon them their abuses, 
their faults and vices, their errors and debaucheries, so afraid 
are they to hear or read any thing that would change their 
course of living. How foolish that men will run on in willing 
ignorance, stupidly blind to all that is for their weal! It 
may with propriety and truth be said that nineteen cases out 
of twenty, if not ninety-nine out of one hundred of the ills 
which annoy mankind, especially those of a chronic character, 
might be avoided. As a general rule, we may just as well bo 
in the enjoyment of good health as to be groaning under dis- 
ease and pain. Great effort should be made by those who 
care for health to preserve the nervous system in a perfectly 
healthy state. 
Miscellaneous Health Holes. 
More than half the misunderstandings which ripen into angry 
discussions, and quarrels, and war—personal and national— 
may be traced to the distorted impressions made upon sickly 
minds in unhealthy bodies. Por lack of unclouded vision, 
they can not see the fair and beautiful proportions of truth, 
justice, and true piety. Sickness never fails to warp’the 
judgment, to dim the fancy, to vitiate the taste, to impair the 
passions, and to make the mind the medium of faint and 
imperfect ideas of civilization, of culture, of politics, of life. 
.Recreation.—By so diversifying one’s employments during 
the day, devoting some part to sleep, some to devotion, some 
to labor, some to study, and some to amusements, all of them 
become recreations. 
Those who look on music, dancing, riding and walking, 
rural sports and social enjoyments as frivolities, have left un- REAL TR NOTES. 
143 
learned one of the great lessons of life. That recuperation 
of body and mind that comes from enlivening recreations 
is a thousand times more profitable than that which comes 
from inertia and dullness. 
It matters little where we are, so we are in good health, and 
our dietetic, and other habits are correct. During three years 
of travel the author was exposed to epidemic diseases, pesti- 
lences, filthiness, the burning sun of South America and of 
Africa, in which latter place he suffered all hinds of priva- 
tions, and he owes his life and general good health to 
temperance and abstemious habits. 
Study and Health.—When the health of severe students 
gives way, the fact is almost always traceable to irregularity 
of meals, inadequate sleep, neglect of out-door and a proper 
amount of general exercise and suitable recreation. Let 
these be duly attended to, and scarcely any amount of pure 
thinking will act injuriously upon the system or diminish 
the prospects of longevity. 
The right balance of the mental organs very much depends 
on a right condition and action of the physical system. * If 
such a course be taken as will excite unduly the animal por- 
tion of our being, the standard of intellect is depressed. 
It is on established rule among the Jesuitical students, to 
arise from their studies once every hour and take light exer- 
cise for five minutes. They are excellent scholars, and enjoy 
good health. This rule would be found beneficial for all 
students and persons of sedentary habits, in that it would 
produce mental stimuli, and perhaps prevent a multitude ot 
evils. Even a little exercise gives great power of endurance 
to the mind for study. 
Under a proper regimen, our enterprising young men of New 
England may go to New Orleans, to Liberia, or anywhere 
else they may choose, and stay as long as they choose, 
and yet enjoy good health. Nay, there is reason to believe 144 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
that a person living according to all the Creator’s laws, 
physical and moral, could hardly receive or communicate 
disease of any kind. 
Half a dozen Rales for good health and happiness : 
1. Abstinence from all intoxicating drinks, under any and 
all circumstances. 
2. Abstinence from the use of tobacco. 
3. Eat to live, do not live to eat. 
4. Avoid excesses of all kinds. 
5. Wash the whole body with soap and water daily, so that 
the skin will be kept soft and clean and thoroughly perform 
its work. 
6. Cast physic to the dogs. 
Simple Rid and Healthy Children.—Children who grow up 
on plain food seldom relish compounds and condiments. 
Those, too, who have held their appetites in subjection to 
their intelligence usually come to enjoy simple food better 
than any other, after a little self-denial in starting. Bad 
dietetic habits often spoil the appetite as well as digestion. 
Any pleasure indulged in to excess- ends in privation and 
pain. 
Continued Health.—lt was the celebrated Dr. Abernethy, I 
believe, who left at his death a sealed envelope said to con- 
tain the secret of his success as a physician. UjDon being- 
opened it was found to contain simply the following prescrip- 
tion; “To insure continued health and a ripe old age, keep 
the head cool, the system open, and the feet warm.” 
A person in perfect health feels strong, full of vigor and 
power; he relishes his meals; is unaffected by the wind or 
weather ; goes through his daily duties with ease, and feels 
himself always cheerful, happy, and contented. 
JEscercise should be regular and daily; it should be pleasant HEALTH NOTES. 
145 
and agreeable ; it should relax the mind, for it strengthens the 
mind : 
“ The wise for cure on exercise depend ; 
God never made his work for man to mend.” 
The mind can not accomplish any thing, unless the body has 
good health. 
There is a constant change going on in the system, by which, 
in a certain time, all the matter composing the body shall 
have been given off and new matter supplied. The time for 
this change is generally estimated to be once in about seven 
years. This is probably the maximum. It is reasonable to 
suppose that it could not be alike in all, but varies in different 
persons, according to constitution, occupation, etc. We think 
it may more appropriately be set at from two to seven years. 
Colds and Coughs.—Who, in our section of country, has not 
had a cold ? While we live in such a variable climate, and 
with incorrect habits, they will be avoided with difficulty; 
but with care regarding food and drink, bathing, due atten- 
tion to clothing, an adequate amount of sleep, and pure air 
for respiration night and day, they will be less frequent. 
We are apt to regard them as trivial—nothing could bo 
worse; they are the most prolific sources of disease, and a 
cold is a serious disease of itself, carrying off its thousands 
yearly. How many of our great men have died either from 
the effects of a cold, or a cold been the precursor of the dis- 
ease that produced death! We have daily warnings in the 
newspapers, as well as by observation, to do all in our power 
to avoid them. 
It is a common maxim among the uneducated, to “ feed a 
cold and starve a fever it would have been nearer the truth 
in this form: “Teed a cold and have a fever.” Starving 
loth is the best cure. We have just one remedy for a cold, 
and if used in time it will prove infallible. The moment it is 
found you have in any way exposed yourself so as to induce 146 
THE HOUSE JFE LIVE IN. 
cold, go to bed at once and take an immediate sweat. A cold 
closes the pores; bnt by sweating and forcing open these 
channels this disease-breeder mnst succumb and disappear. 
Stay in bed and fast, or, eat only a little toast, and drink an 
abundance of water till well. 
The best cure for a cough is to stop coughing. 
Fainting.—Always place the person in a recumbent posi- 
tion, in a cool place, where the air circulates freely, and 
sprinkle the face with cold water. If kept in an erect posi- 
tion, he will be apt to die. 
Nostrums and dosing I would urgently advise all persons 
to let alone. If sick, learn the cause of your ailment and 
the remedy will be easy ; but if unable to do this, then go 
to a good physician (always being sure to get the best) in 
whom confidence can be placed, and obey his directions. 
There is nothing so dangerous to health as self-dosing and 
physicing. 
The copious breathing of pure air is absolutely essential to 
health and physical beauty. We may just as safely eat 
poisoned food as breathe poisoned air. Unfortunate, indeed, 
are those who are forced to imbibe poison daily in both these 
ways. 
Fxercise.—We can not stretch out an arm or foot, or walk, or 
run, or leap, without freshening the life-currents of the sys- 
tem, sending new flashes of electric -warmth along the nerves 
and muscles ; and scattering a cloud of those blue and black 
devils that buzz around the ears of poor sedentary students, 
stayers at home, and women imprisoned in nurseries and 
amid their household cares. 
Girls should not go to school till six years old, and then the 
physical rather than intellectual cultivation should be at- 
tended to. They should be trained to do something about the 
1 iou.se concerning the laws of health, and how to care for the 
sick. HEALTH NOTES. 
147 
A pure atmosphere, proper diet, cleanliness, and exercise 
are the best requisites for a healthy body and a sound 
mind. 
.Early Rising begets good health. With the head cool, the 
skin clean, the extremities warm, the bowels regular, and a 
clear conscience, a man would live for ever, almost. 
Nightcaps are most unwholesome and uncleanly contriv- 
ances, and should be discarded altogether. They keep the 
head unnaturally warm, shut out the fresh air, and shut in 
those natural exhalations which should be allowed to pass off, 
and thus weaken the hair, and render it more liable to fall 
out. Ladies may keep their hair properly together during 
repose by wearing a net over it. 
Red Linen, we believe, should be changed daily. Where 
this is not convenient, the linen and bedclothes should be 
well aired every morning. Clothing worn at night should 
not be worn in the daytime. 
Sensual and Spiritual Appetites.—There is no doubt that a 
man, while he resigns himself to the brutish guidance of 
sensual appetite, has no relish at all for the refined spiritual 
delights of a soul classified by grace and virtue. The 
pleasures of an angel can never be the pleasures of a hog. 
We contend that a man having once advanced himself to a 
state of superiority over the control of his inferior appetites, 
finds an infinitely more solid and sublime pleasure in the de- 
lights proper to his reason, than the same person had ever 
conveyed to him by the bare ministry of his senses. 
Eree Living.—Dr. George Cheyne, an eminent London 
physician, by free living in the early part of his life became 
so corpulent that his weight exceeded 448 pounds. He 
abandoned distilled and fermented liquors, meat, and over- 
eating, and lived upon vegetables, milk, and water. This 
course reduced his weight to 140 pounds. After a few years, 148 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IH. 
he relapsed into free living, and became as corpulent as 
before, Again he reduced himself by vegetables, milk, and 
water; did a large professional practice, wrote a number of 
books, and lived to the age of 72 years. 
Bread and Milk.—Ephraim Pratt, who died at Shaftsbury, 
Mass., in 1804, at the age of 117, ate no animal food, drank 
no alcoholic drink, and for the last forty years of his life lived 
mostly on bread and milk. 
Large feeding and idleness are followed by cutaneous eruptions, 
and other diseases. The physic of short allowance and plenty 
of work will soon set things to rights, and is the only remedy 
one needs. Stuffing and fretting, Dr. Abernethy used to 
tell his pupils, are the true causes from which spring all 
human disases. 
All unnecessary cookery is an abuse—a moral and physical 
abuse—involving a useless waste of health, money, and 
time. 
“Pies, cakes, and sweetmeatsf says Peter Parley in his “Eire- 
side Education,” “should be absolutely interdicted. These 
things are universally known to be poisonous to children, and 
those who give them are conscious that they are purchasing 
the momentary smile of satisfaction, at tire risk of after sick- 
ness, and perhaps of incurable disease.” Saleratus is another 
direful poison. 
Mankind must abandon flesh, condiments, narcotics, gluttony, 
and fermented liquors, and substitute farinaceous food, cold 
water, and a light diet; and mankind must learn how to 
eat 4o live, before the attainment of exalted destinies 
and the powers of which human nature is capable can be 
expected. 
The Lord sends Food., and the Devil sends Cooks.—Very few 
have any conception of the amount of table enjoyment we HEALTH NOTES. 
149 
should take, if our appetites were unperverted. An. un- 
natural appetite, and consequent disordered digestion, rob 
civilized life of that real luxury of the palate proffered by Na- 
ture, but bartered away for the spurious and inferior grati- 
fication of modern cookery. 
Temperance and Physical Culture give intellectual health, 
strength, and loveliness, and great truth and power to use 
these blessings. 
Temperance is corporeal piety ; it is the preservation of divine 
order in the body. It is the harmony of all the mem- 
bers thereof,. the true symmetry and right proportion of 
part with part, of each with all, and the worship of God 
with every limb of the body. 
Two-thirds of the crimes, and more than half of the follies of 
the world are committed under the influence of intoxication. 
And yet men will continue to put an enemy into their 
mouths to steal away their brains! 
A draught of alcohol, a quid of tobacco, or a cigar, will greatly 
increase the pulse. A single cigar, by the fever it excites, 
will add from fifteen to twenty beats per minute. These 
stimulants produce a diseased action and excitement of the 
heart and arteries, and thus induce a feverish motion of the 
pulse. 
To avoid cholera live temperately, sleep in upper rooms, eat 
regularly, keep the body healthful, retire early, sleep well, 
and avoid exhaustion by mental or corporeal exertion. Cul- 
tivate hope and confidence, and avoid all depression. 
“ Left off Doing.'’'I—Capt. Jacob Parson sailed for many 
years all over the globe, visiting some of the sickliest climates 
in the world, without becoming sick. “ What did you do to 
prevent sickness?” said a gentleman to him. “I left off 
doing,” was his answer. “ I ate no meat, and drank nothing 
stronger than water.” 150 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IH. 
Worn out Two Armies.—Dr. Robert Jackson, a distinguished 
physician of the British Army, says : “ I have wandered a 
great deal about the world, and never followed a prescribed 
rule in any thing; my health has been tried in all ways, and 
by the aid of temperance and hard work, I have worn out 
two armies in two wars, and could probably wear out another 
before my period of old age arrives. I ate no animal food, 
drank no wine, or malt liquor, or spirits of any kind.” 
Sir Isaac Newton, when solicited to use snuff or tobacco, de- 
clined, replying that he “would make no necessities for 
himself.” 
The man who can live long under the use of tobacco and 
rum, can live longer without them. 
The Doctor brings medicines, and medicines bring the 
Doctor. 
The lest medicine, and the best nurse in the world is one that 
prevents rather than cures sickness. Good nursing cures 
more patients than physicians. Every doctor should be a 
good nurse. 
All attainable health is a duty; all avoidable sickness a 
sin. 
Health is a sign of sense and virtue. Sickness sometimes 
the want of these. 
Have an object in life and let that object be a noble one, 
for this is highly conducive to health. 
It must never le forgotten that cheerfulness is an essential 
ingredient in all beneficial exercises, and mental relaxation 
in agreeable society should be sought as often as due atten- 
tion to business and other important affairs permit. 
Treat nature well and properly in all respects. If we would 
reach a high position in morals or piety, we must live HE ALTS EOTES. 
151 
for it. So, too, if we would have firm and enduring health, 
we must live for that. 
The great secret of health is thus summed up: Moderation 
in eating and drinking; short hours of labor and study; 
regularity in exercise, relaxation, and rest; cleanliness; 
equanimity of temper, and equality of temperature. These 
are the great essentials to that which surpasses all wealth— 
health of mind and body. 
The health and well-being ox all the organs of digestion 
and nutrition greatly depend upon the daily evacuation of the 
bowels. Regular habits in this respect should be formed 
and carefully preserved. Never delay when nature prompts 
to this duty, for such delays tend to produce constipation. 
There is no rule of health more important than this, and its 
neglect is productive of the most series consequences. 
Fanny Fern on Health.—Fanny Fern thinks it ought to 
be considered a disgrace to be sick, adding: “I am 55, 
and I feel half the time as if I was just made. To be sure 
I was born in Maine, where the timber and the human race 
last; but I don’t eat pastry, nor candy, nor ice cream. I 
own stout boots, have a water-proof cloak, but no diamonds. 
Igo to bed at 10 o’clock and get up at 6. 1 clash out in 
the rain because it feels good on my face. I don’t care for 
my clothes, but I will have air; and after I am buried, 1 
warn you, don’t let any fresh air or sunlight down on my 
coffin, if you don’t want me to get up.” 
A good story Dr. Dio Lewis tells illustrative of the happy 
feeling produced by good health. Going early one cold morn- 
ing to the depot from the Sherman House in Chicago, he saw 
ahead of him a man warmly muffled, dancing about, leading 
the Doctor to suppose that he was either an escaped luna- 
tic or under the effects of delirium tremens. Upon reach- 
ing him ho found the man looked perfectly sane and 152 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE luY. 
well. He accosted him, asking, “ Why do you frisk about in 
such a manner?” “By jolly, I feel good!” was his laconic 
reply. The man was probably in such an excellent state of 
health as to be overflowing with good spirits. Is it not de- 
sirable to feel well ? Is it not worth all the care we can 
bestow upon the body, when it is capable of producing so 
much real solid happiness ? 11. 
THE BODY. 
Recklessness in Bodily Habits—The Human Skeleton—Physiology— 
Position of the Body—College Students and Graduates—The Nerves 
—The Head and Feet—The Lungs—The Stomach, etc. 
The body “fearfully and wonderfully made,” is “the soul’s 
garment contextured in the loom of Heaven,” to be worn by 
us during our existence on earth. Were it a thing that we 
could put on and off at pleasure, it might not matter so much 
how we used it. If when it became worn, or defiled, or tat- 
tered, we could change it for a new and better one, then a 
man might be excused though he were not careful to preserve 
its newest gloss; but since there is to ns no other, and no 
possibility of a substitute, should the present one, from any 
cause, lose its beautiful seemliness and be rendered vile and 
loathsome ? Surely, it is the part of wisdom to watch it in- 
cessantly against every thing likely to soil or to mar it, that, 
chaste and pure, and free from spot, wrinkle, or blemish, 
it may serve the purposes for use and adornment for which it 
was designed. It would be a shame in any man to take his 
coat of broadcloth, bought with money, and rend it or drag- 
gle it in the mire ; but would you treat more vilely that 
mystic garment of flesh—God-given and worthy of God— 
which is an inseparable and vital part of yourself, and which 
you must carry about with you as long as you live ? would 
you blotch it, and brand it, and put upon it every possible 
stain, stigma, and sign of dishonor ? How unnatural thus to 
hate your own flesh; to plague and punish it; to rack it with the 154 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
agonies of poison ; to bite it with serpents, and sting it with 
adders! Amazing infatuation! By your habits of daily 
tippling, or nightly debauch, or excess, you kindle a fire that 
can never be quenched; you sap the foundation of health 
and sow a harvest of woe to embitter every moment of your 
future existence, for fearful is the power of disease. 
At every beat of the adult heart, about two ounces of blood 
are forced into the aorta. This is more than a gallon a min- 
ute, a hogshead an hour, or twenty-four hogsheads in twenty- 
four hours. We are therefore justified in saying that a 
quantity of blood equal to the whole mass in the living body 
passes through the heart nearly every three minutes. Is 
there not something most amazing in the consideration that 
a little handful of tubes of delicate structure can bear to have 
a hogshead of blood forced through them every hour for a 
period of seventy, eighty, or a hundred years, and not wear 
out ? Why, at this rate a man’s heart, in his whole lifetime, 
would carry through it a quantity of blood equal to six hun- 
dred thousand hogsheads ! It would make an artificial pond 
or lake one thousand feet square and five feet deep. 
Wonders at home, by familiarity, cease to excite astonish- 
ment ; but it often happens that many know but little about 
“ the house we live in”—the human body. We look upon a 
house from the outside as a whole or unit, never thinking 
of the many rooms, the curious passages and its ingenious in- 
ternal arrangements ; nor do we pause to reflect on the won- 
derful structure of the man, the harmony and adaptation of 
all his parts. 
In the human skeleton, about the time of maturity, there 
are 240 bones ; the muscles are about 400 in number ; the 
length of the alimentary canal is about 32 feet. The amount 
of blood in an adult averages full one-fifth of the body’s en- 
tire weight. The heart is about 6 inches in length, 4 inches 
in diameter, and beats about 70 times per minute, 4,200 THE EOET. 
155 
times per hour, 100,809 times per day, about 30,792,000 times 
per year, 2,575,440,000 times in tliree-score years and ten; 
and at eacb beat, 2 k ounces of blood are drawn out of it, 175 
ounces per minute, 656 pounds per hour, and 7 J tons per day. 
All the blood in the body passes through the heart in the 
space of three minutes. This little organ, by its ceaseless 
industry, 
“ In the allotted span 
The Psalmist gave to man,” 
lifts the enormous weight of about 400,000,000 pounds. 
The lungs wall contain about one gallon of air, at their 
usual degree of inflation. We breathe on an average 1,200 
times per hour, inhaling 600 gallons of air, or 14,400 gallons 
per day. The aggregate surface of the air-cells of the lungs 
exceeds 20,000 square inches, an area very nearly equal to 
the floor of a room twelve feet square. 
The average weight of the brain of an adult male is three 
pounds eight ounces. The nerves are all connected with it 
directly, or by the spinal marrow. These nerves, together 
with their branches and minute ramifications, probably ex- 
ceed 100,000,000 in number, forming a “body guard” out- 
numbering by far the greatest army ever marshaled! 
The shin is composed of three layers, and varies from one- 
fourth to one-eighth of an inch in thickness. Its average in 
an adult is estimated to be 2,000 square inches. The 
atmospheric pressure being about fourteen pounds to the 
square inch, a person of medium size is subjected to a pres- 
sure of 40,000 pounds. Each square inch of skin contains 
8,500 sweating tubes, or perspiratory pores, each of which may 
be likened to a little drain-tile one-fourth of an inch long, 
making an aggregate length of the,entire surface of the body 
of 201,166 feet—or a tile ditch for draining the body almost 
forty miles long. Man is marvelously made. Whoever is 
eager to investigate the curious, to witness the wonderful 
works of our omnipotent wisdom, need not wander the wide 156 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
world round to seek them, but examine himself. “ The 
proper study of mankind is man.” 
Physiology 
The study of physiology should be made universal; it 
teaches the construction of the human frame, and how life is 
sustained in our bodies ; it teaches us how our health may 
be preserved, and how, by a neglect of the laws of nature, it 
may be destroyed ; it teaches us what kind of food, air, 
habits of living, will promote the health and strength of 
the body and the mind; it teaches us how our bodies are 
warmed, and why they are warm when the atmosphere 
around them is extremely cold ; it teaches us the cause of all 
our ails, aches, pains, and by what habits of living they may 
be avoided; it teaches us what care is necessary to preserve 
our teeth, and the senses of sight, hearing, feeling, tasting and 
smelling; it teaches us how our lives may be prolonged, and 
how we may, by the blessing of God, attain a healthy and 
cheerful old age ; it teaches us that we can not possess correct 
moral feelings, or a sound mind, unless we keep our bodies 
in a healthy state ; and it teaches us why it is better to con- 
tract good habits than those which are sure to give pain and 
shorten life. 
To every school there should be attached a medical man, 
or a man fully acquainted with Hygiene, Physiology, and 
the Laws of Health and Life, as one of its instructors, who, 
by spending a few hours a week in instructing its classes in 
this interesting and all-important branch of education, would 
exert an influence for good in the matter of public health 
which would soon be felt over the length and breadth of the 
land. Why it is that this subject does not receive more at- 
tention, especially in schools, is beyond reason; but it will not 
be so long, for those which have taken it up and made 
a specialty of it have met with the highest success and will 
for generations to come. STUDENTS AND GRADUATES. 
Position of the Body. 
Ah upright position in either sitting or walking favors a 
healthy action of all the various organs of the system, and it 
gives, besides, a gracetul and dignified appearance to the hu- 
man form. 
How very distressing and yet how common it is, to see 
curved and deformed spines. The habits of children, es- 
pecially of girls, if not corrected in time, create a fearful fre- 
quency of this spinal defect. 
College Students and Graduates 
Why is it that so many college graduates, at the conclusion 
of their course, find themselves utterly incapable of perform- 
ing any function of the mind; chiefly from a want of exercise 
while in college, studying at improper times, and sometimes 
from dissipated habits ? Many a one has, in this way, broken 
irrecoverably his constitution. With too little exercise at the 
right time, and with too much mental labor at the wrong 
time, he has ruined himself for life or gone to a premature 
grave. Many a one has gone through with a regular course 
of education, prepared his mind for usefulness, but by having 
neglected the laws of his body, neglected to keep up a proper 
balance of action between bis physical and intellectual powers, 
he has rendered himself totally unqualified to fulfill his call- 
ing in life. His mind, though well disciplined, cannot act in 
this life without a body. The bodily energies are so deranged 
and weakened as to hold the intellectual faculties in a state 
of imbecility and weakness. The influence of this course is 
also very injurious to the stomach. Hundreds and thousands 
of students and professional men have, in this way, brought 
upon themselves dyspepsia with its long train of untold 
sufferings. 
What single influence can do more to arrest the deteriora- 158 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
tion of our times than connecting with our educational insti- 
tutions some regular system of exercise ? The Gymnasia of 
Germany, within the past few.years, have been doing a great 
work for that part of Europe; and if in the United States, 
from the Primary to the College and University, calisthenic 
and gymnastic exercises were made indispensable and obliga- 
tory, and if in every city, gymnasia should be established at 
the public expense, for clerks and others who lead an in-door 
life, what an improved aspect would the coining generation 
present. 
The Nerves. 
Healthy nerves render us happy ; disordered nerves miser- 
able. Do nothing to derange them, and they will never disor- 
der themselves. The two general directions are: first, keep the 
skin clean and active by bathing, and secondly, give them 
action. Exercise is as requisite to them as to the muscles or 
lungs, or to any portion of the body. Avoid mental excite- 
ment, anxiety, and trouble. Avoid occasions of sad feelings 
and vexations. 
The Head and Feet. 
There is undoubtedly much loss danger from exposing 
the head than the feet. Thin shoes and thin stockings are 
deadly foes to health and beauty. Many people are in the 
habit of bundling up the neck with furs, keeping the head 
and neck very warm, and are usually complaining of head- 
aches, sore throats, and coughs. As a rule, take good care of 
the feet, and the head will take care of itself. Nature has 
provided a good covering for the head, but since fashion and 
changeable weather necessitates our wearing something on 
the head, lot it always be as light as possible, admitting 
thorough ventilation. 
To secure due warmth to the feet, wash and rub them 
often. Few things are more promotive of health than the THE LUNGS. 
159 
daily ablution of tbe feet. It will nearly double the health 
of every person who practices it, as well as unspeakably en- 
hance his serenity of mind; 
A good foot bath is most healthful and excellent. I 
recommend it daily in this manner: Let the feet remain in a 
basin of cold water for some time; then wash thoroughly and 
wipe dry, after which, with a crash towel rub till a circula- 
tion is produced. 
Some persons are troubled with an unpleasant odor from 
the feet. Persevere in using the following recipe and a sure 
cure will result: Wash the feet thoroughly, morning and 
evening, with soap and warm water; wipe dry and’produce cir- 
culation with the brisk rubbing of a crash towel. If this 
does not prove efficient—it is sure to, if tried perseveringly— 
put a little chloride of lime in the water. 
The Hair.—Nature furnishes the best and an abundance of 
oil; use no other. Wash the hair once a week in pure cold 
water; this will make it more abundant, keep it and the 
scalp clean, and effectually keep off headaches and dullness. 
Use a brush daily. Avoid fine-tooth combs. Have the hair 
cut at regular seasons. Do not allow the barbers to put any 
thing on it. 
The Brain.—Allow the free passage of blood to that organ 
which needs more than all others—the brain. 
Tub Lungs. 
The lungs of a well-developed adult occupy the space of 
a hundred and fifty to three hundred cubic inches. They 
consist largely of air-cells, so minute that some anatomists 
have stated their number as high as six hundred millions 
in both lungs. 
Heading aloud, speaking, singing, vocal training, the spirom- 
eter, gymnastics and all proper exercise of the lungs will 
strengthen them. Their full and frequent inflation is espec- 160 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
ially advantageous. Many people die for want of Ireath. If 
we only half breathe, we only half live. If we breathed more 
we would have consumption less. 
The Stomach. 
The stomach is a curious organ ; it can not get out of order 
without affecting the whole system. It needs great care. 
There are some curious facts regarding its size; ordinarily, it 
will hold about a pint and a half; but the Liverpool coal- 
heavers will drink a gallon of ale at a draught. I have heard 
of persons eating a whole quarter of sheep; of one who ate 
twenty-seven pounds of lamb, and I have seen stomachs that 
would hold quite a peck. Sometimes they are very small— 
made so by habitual light eating, or so hereditarily. A woman 
in New Haven can take only a table spoonful at a meal; this 
she does once every three or four hours, and in this way she 
lives. A gill will fill the stomach, yet it will hold a quart or 
more. By this we see that it is capable of great distension 
and contraction. 
As a general rule, keep the stomach in proper action, and 
the whole system will be right. If, on the approach of any 
disturbance in the stomach, total, or partial abstinence from 
ordinary food be rigidly adhered to for a day, the stomach 
may free itself from its causes of oppression. If, instead of 
resorting to emetics, cathartics, and physics, as is frequently 
done, the person affected would cease all ordinary eating, 
and live on mere gruel, or some other plain, simple food, till 
the stomach could have time to clear itself from obnoxious 
mucous coatings, and gather up its electric vigor, the whole 
difficulty would come to an end, and a protracted sickness, 
severe drugging, a large bill, and perhaps a premature 
grave, might be avoided. The better way, however, would 
bo to live at all times in such a manner—temperate in all 
things—that no disorder of the stomach or other functions 
could arise. Prevention is better than cure in all cases. WEIGHT OF THE BODY. 
161 
We eat altogether too much. Avoid the use of all condi- 
ments, stimulants, etc., as they are enemies to the stomach 
and destructive to its tone and healthy action. 
Children should never be tempted to eat more than their 
stomachs can readily digest; and mothers should remember 
that the stomachs of their children are neither so large nor 
so strong as their own; consequently, they should not eat 
so much, nor the same kinds of food as older persons. Many 
mothers by continually stuffing make gluttons of their chil- 
dren, but more destroy their health and undermine their 
constitution. • 
Weight of the Body, 
The following table shows what a person should weigh ac- 
cording to his height, made from an average of 3,019 perfectly 
healthy men, viz.: 
A man 5 feet 2 inches high, should weigh 120 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 4 inches high, sh'ould weigh 130 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 5 inches high, should weigh 136 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 6 inches high, should weigh 140 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 7 inches high, should weigh 145 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 8 inches high, should weigh 155 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 9 inches high, should weigh IGO pounds. 
A man 5 feet 10 inches high, should weigh 168 pounds. 
A man 5 feet 11 inches high, should weigh 172 pounds. 
A man 6 feet high, should weigh 175 pounds. 
Best. 
If tfiose wbo labor hard, mentally or otherwise, would 
bold up and rest just as soon as they find their health break- 
ing, they would last much longer, work much better and 
easier when they do work, and enjoy life improvingly. 
Nature is the best “medical adviser,” she rings an alarm bell 
in season, and sends her best practitioner first of all—his 
name is Dr. Prevention, who charges less and works more 
successfully than Dr. Cure. 162 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Do not eat when weary or fatigued, but first lie down and 
rest; by this means, you will feel better and accomplish more 
work. 
Bodily Deeoemities. 
When the body is strong, healthy, and active, the mind is 
cheerful and elastic, and capable of noble deeds; but when 
the former is sickly and diseased, the latter is languid and 
depressed. The stronger the body the more it obeys, the 
weaker the body the more it commands. 
• In inducing disease or deformity, we necessarily fight against 
Nature, while in promoting health and cultivating beauty, wo 
cooperate with her, throwing ourselves, as it were, into the 
current of her tendencies. Treat Nature right in all respects 
and she will abundantly reward the effort by her very best 
exertion to restore and maintain health, longevity, happiness, 
contentment, a peaceful mind, a calm soul. 
The legs of infants are often made permanently crooked, by 
being required, under the injudicious training of unwisely 
ambitious parents, to support prematurely the weight of the 
body. Nothing is gained, and often much is lost, by inter- 
fering with nature. 
Compression should not be permitted about any part of the 
body, especially the vital parts, the neck, waist, feet, and 
ankles. Wear well-fitting boots, for tight boots are a 
foolish and senseless abomination. 
To cure a crooked spine, general and local exercise, Swedish 
Movements, carrying a weight on the head, and cold baths, 
all are commendable. 
All skirts worn by ladies should be suspended from the 
shoulders. The least compression of the organs about the 
region from where the skirt hangs is productive of evil. 
Carefuly avoid all tightness of dress to any part of the 
body. Tight lacing—gracious ! NOTES ON THE BO BY. 
163 
Intermarriage.—Official documents show that seventeen 
families who married cousins had ninety-five children, forty- 
four of whom were idiots; twelve others were scrofulous or 
puny; another was a dwarf; another was deaf, so that more 
than one-half were deformed. Surely, they can not be wise 
who, in marrying cousins, run such fearful risks. The very 
sight of a deformed child is a living torture to any mother’s 
heart, and only the grave for one of them can end the 
torment. 
To mould the manly or the womanly form into symmetry 
and grace; to tint the cheeks and lips with Nature’s own 
color, or to give to the hair or beard the silky softness 
which the highest beauty demands, are not impossibilities. 
You have only to practice the principles laid down in this 
work. 
Notes on the Body. 
It is not possible to effect moral reform without physical re- 
form. Moral purity is as incompatible with physical impurity 
as intellectual power with physical weakness. 
More than all else our people need to know the construc- 
tion of their own bodies, the nature of different kinds of 
food, and the laws that should regulate their selection. For 
the want of this, how many of the young in our land are 
following a course which, in multitudes of cases, leads to 
disease and death. 
Better is the poor man, being sound and strong of constitution, 
than a rich man that is afflicted in body. Health and good 
estate of body are above all gold, and a strong body above in- 
finite wealth. There are no riches above a sound constitu- 
tion, and no pay above the gladness of the heart. Health is 
the most precious boon of life. 
Air-Cells.—M. Bochoux has calculated that there are as 164 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
many as 17,790 air-cells grouped around each terminal bron- 
chia ; and that the total number of air-cells in the lungs 
is not less than 600,000,000. What wonderful mechanism! 
Blood courses through all of these, and unless made pure by 
breathing pure air, it will become putrid and destroy them. 
Clear Shin.—lf persons would have health, and a pure, clear 
sMn, they must allow their lungs to receive the air freely, 
their liver a chance to cleanse the blood, and their bowels an 
opportunity to become cleansed. Unless they will do this, 
they can not long maintain a clear sldn and a healthful feeling. 
Costive bowels alone are ruinous to a healthy body, a cheerful 
mind, a clear skin. 
The Skeleton.—The genius and skill of man has never yet 
succeeded in constructing a machine so beautiful in its perfect 
adaptation to its uses as the human skeleton ; nor can the 
wisest of mortals suggest an improvement in its structure. 
Who can contemplate this highest piece of divine me- 
chanism without overflowing wonder and gratitude ! 
The Pores.—According to Erasmus Wilson, the channel in 
the skin, or total length of pores through which the excre- 
tions exude, is estimated to be twenty-eight miles long. Two and 
a half pounds is exhaled during the day. 
The Throat.—Do not bind or cover the throat either by 
night or by day, or in cold weather; accustom it to exposure. 
Light.—Sun-light is absolutely essential to the perfect 
development of the human body. 
Peclclessness in bodily habits tends to recklessness in 
moral character. Those things which fret and derange the 
stomach, tend to corrode the finer feelings of the heart. 
In certain forms of chronic disease, such as dyspepsia, constipa- 
tion, and in some cases of local pains, a due attention to diet, 
air, exercise and other hygienic influences, with no medica- 
tions, are all that will be required for a healthy body. NOTES ON THE EOEY. 
165 
Mortality.—From the bills of mortality which are anunually 
produced in the civilized world, we learn that on an average, 
one-half of the human race die before they reach the age of 
five years, aud one-half of the remainder die before they 
reach the age of twenty-five, thus leaving but one in four to 
share the chance of lasting from twenty-five to old age! 
God and Man.— 
The first physicians hy debauch were made, 
Excess began, and sloth sustains the trade. 
By chase, our long-lived fathers earned their food; 
Toil strung the nerves and purified the blood: 
But we, their sons, a pampered race of men, 
Are dwindled down to three-score years and ten; 
Better to hunt in fields, for health unbought, 
Than fee the doctor for a nauseous draught; 
The wise, for cure, on exercise depend; 
God never made his works for man to mend. 111. 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
Physical Perfection —Gymnastics give Strength, Grace, Health, and 
intermarries Soul with Body—Lifting to gain Strength—Exercise— 
Walking Running Dancing Swimming —Labor—Longevity— 
Miscellaneous Notes. 
Physical Pekfectiox. 
The injunction, “ Bo ye perfect,” was not pronounced in 
mockery; and, if moral perfection be within the range of 
human capability, physical perfection, surely, must also le 
attainable. 
Beauty, whether in plants and animals, or in man and 
woman, is the grand external sign of goodness of organization 
and integrity of function ; and the highest possible beauty 
can indicate nothing less than perfection in these particulars. 
In the proportion, therefore, that we approach physical per- 
fection we become beautiful, the “ idea of beauty, being,” as 
the learned Dr. Pritchard truly says, “ synonymous with 
health and a perfect organization.” 
Physical goodness and beauty will always be found to bear 
a strict relation to each other, the latter being everywhere 
the sign or symbol of the former. This relation was well un- 
derstood by the ancient Greeks, who placed beauty next to 
virtue, and made it an object of worship ; and a French wri- 
ter declares that the true object of all religion is the pro- 
gressive development of beauty, since that tends to unite man 
with God by making him like unto himself. Great artists have 
demonstrated in such works as Venus de Medici, the Apollo EEYSICAL CULTURE. 
167 
Belyidere, and the Greek Slave, that there are possibilities 
for the 'human form which it has not yet very generally 
reached. 
Physical Culture. 
Gymnasiums and physical culture gave to Greece the finest 
race of men the world ever saw. Give us good public gym- 
nasiums and it would be a dead-shot to our houses of refor- 
mation, our institutions for the insane, and our one thousand 
and one quackeries in medicine and benevolence. It would 
cost one-half less to furnish and sustain public gymnasiums 
than it would for taking care of culprits made so for want of 
such institutions. Wherever there are people enough to 
sustain a church, a schoolhouse, and a postoffice, there are 
enough to sustain a gymnasium, and they should have one. 
No town, no city, no school is complete without its gymnastic 
hall, where both sexes can be trained in the use of their 
bodies. Society will never be properly constituted until it be 
constituted on the basis of spiritual and physiological law. 
Gymnastics are valuable to all persons, but especially to 
students, clerks, sedentary artisans, and still more particularly 
to those, who, in addition to sedentary habits, perform inex- 
haustible intellectual labor. Gymnastic culture makes whole 
men. A healthy soul can live only in a healthy body. Plato 
calls him a cripple who cultivates his mind alone, suffering 
his body to languish through inactivity and sloth. 
Gymnastics act on the courage, producing independence and 
presence of mind. No man can possess great courage with a 
narrow chest, and half-developed lungs. Gymnastics produce 
cheerfulness, and regulate the fancy and imagination. They 
also diminish a predisposition to those moral faults which un- 
dermine health and bodily purity. Sooner or later we must 
think about this subject. Is not the body worth all the care and 
labor we bestow upon it ? Is it not the temple of the soul ? 
The intellect is naught without it. Other things being THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
equal, tlie greater the capacity, the strength, the power, the 
endurance of the body, the greater will he the mind in these 
respects. Is it not a duty devolving upon the old and the 
young of both sexes to take every possible means to preserve 
and improve these bodies of infinite perfection, of such varie- 
ties of power, of such capacities of enjoyment ? 
The Greeks laid physical culture at the foundation of their 
whole system of education, and Plato, and Aristotle, and all 
their great philosophers lectured and taught in gymnasiums. 
Their whole system was based on the idea that a perfect 
education must embrace the whole man, body as well as soul. 
What was the result? We find that the “golden age” of 
Grecian history was just when the greatest attention was 
given to physical culture. It gave them philosophers, orators, 
poets, and sculptors that have never been excelled. It gave 
them, too, martial courage and prowess that made them for a 
long time the most formidable nation in the world. We, too, 
must have physical exercise and training, regular and syste- 
matic, with our intense mental culture. We must have pub- 
lic gymnasiums. We must have physical exercise introduced 
into all our schools and colleges as a required duty. The 
wise men of the world have generally been men of fine physi- 
cal development. Purnish our young people with good gym- 
nasiums as places of resort, and they would avail themselves 
of such privileges with joy. And would not this be a profit 
and lasting benefit to them, physically and morally ? 
Exercise is as essential as breathing itself. Without it, 
there can be no healthy and beautiful growth. No person 
can enjoy health, nor attain any degree of personal beauty 
without more or less active daily exertion. 
The women of our country are suffering incalculably for 
the want of proper exercise for their muscles. It has been 
my privilege to teach gymnastics to a great many women ; 
and when I have seen the vast need, the great improvement, 
the wonderful change for the better, I feel constrained tc PHYSICAL CULTUPP. 
169 
advocate physical culture for •woman whenever and wherever 
I find opportunity. lam of the opinion, that the girl, the 
woman, needs exercise as much as the boy, the man. Not the 
same kind, for when the woman acts like the man she loses 
his respect and love. The young girl may with propriety en- 
gage in out-door sports. When she grows up, she will, of 
course, change. The Dio Lewis system is happily systema- 
tized so that both sexes may with propriety join in all the ex- 
ercises, and they are greatly enhanced in interest and profit 
by such union. 
Especially ought physical culture to become a branch of 
education in schools, very especially where there are young 
ladies. There is every thing to invite the opposite sex to out- 
door sports, while for girls and young ladies almost eveiy 
kind of sport is debarred from them in consideration of being 
immodest and unladylike. While society labors under such 
delusion, it should provide some means of exercise for girls, 
especially school-girls, whose habits are sedentary, and whose 
school duties require nearly all their time. Physical de- 
velopment is very necessary for girls and young ladies, for 
they become the mothers of the next generation, and sound 
physical health with its many blessings are needed by them 
above all other things. 
In the spring of 1867, a fine gymnasium was completed in 
Hanover, N. H., for the use of the students of Dartmouth 
College. It was built and furnished entirely by the munifi- 
cence of George H. Bissell, Esq., of New York City. Its cost 
was about $30,000. The results have far surpassed the ex- 
pectations of those who had hoped for the best, and effectually 
silenced those who had predicted its failure and lamented that 
the money was not expended for something more “useful.” 
Before its erection, quite a number of the students were ab- 
sent from college on account of sickness, and this was then 
always the case. Now there is scarcely ever a case of sick- 
ness. At the last Commencement (1867), the College Phy- 170 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
sician sent in a lengthy report to the Trustees specifying its 
good results. lam informed by the President and Professors 
that the scholarship is much improved, with many other im- 
portant changes for the better. 
Much the same could be said of Yale. These things I 
know to be facts, as I have charge of this department in both 
colleges, so also of the Wesleyean University, Middletown, 
Conn. The same results follow in other colleges and in- 
stitutions where physical culture is made a feature of edu- 
cation. 
It will-not be many years before every educational institu- 
tion will have this important branch introduced, or else be- 
come obsolete. It needs to be rung in the ears of every 
educator, as with the peal of a trumpet, that the body can not 
be neglected with impunity. I might cite several prominent 
educational men who have told me that their success was 
more due to the introduction of physical culture into their 
schools than to any thing else. 
While on this subject, in connection with schools, I must 
be allowed to state my convictions of the necessity of its being- 
made a requirement in both schools and colleges. There 
may be some instances where this may prove impracticable, 
but almost universally it should be adopted and strictly 
carried out. If not, gymnastics is likely to prove a farce and 
a failure. Those wdio need it most will otherwise neglect it 
most. Students use reason in this matter, when they see that 
a thing is for their good; although e\er so disagreeable at 
first, they will soon learn to love it. That which is beneficial, 
lawful, and right, custom wall soon render delightful. Let 
no student be so silly as to say he has no time for it; exer- 
cise manufactures time, and he who neglects his body is a 
fool, unfit to improve his mind, and Dame Nature will soon 
convince him ot the fact. If made a requirement from the 
outset no trouble is likely to arise. I would like to say much 
more regarding obligatory exercise, but dare not occupy the PHYSICAL C ULT CUP. 
171 
space, yet would refer lo those institutions where it is made a 
requirement. 
The following most excellent address was delivered by 
Theodore Tilton before a Calisthenie class, which we extract 
from The Herald of Health, published at Hew York City, by 
Drs. Wood & Holbrook: 
“ I look at your exercises with great delight. ‘ The glory of 
young men is their strength,’ saith the Scripture. ‘To bo 
weak is to be miserable,’ says Milton. A friend of mine who 
visited the Shakers said to one of those strange folk: ‘ Why 
do you exercise in this odd way, seeing that the Apostle de- 
clares, “Bodily exercise profiteth little?”’ ‘Ah!’ replied 
the Quaker, ‘it is just that little which we are after.’ How, 
my friends, a little bodily exercise, judiciously taken, is better 
than a good deal immoderately pursued. One of the most 
perfect of human arms was the arm of Ole Bull, the violinist. 
Every muscle was brought into easy and harmonious exercise 
by drawing his bow. Ho blacksmith eoidd compare arms 
with him as to symmetry and true beauty of physical develop- 
ment. So lam not a believer in heavy dumb-bells; not a 
believer in the prize-fighter’s exhaustive training; not a be- 
liever in over-much shuddering in a cold bath ; not a believer 
in any extravagant, high-pressure exercises. I believe my 
only extravagant notions are in the direction of the negro. 1 
totally disbelieve in some of the wise maxims which I used 
to read in the family almanacs when I was a boy—the notion, 
for instance, that men engaged in intellectual, employments 
ought to be spare eaters. Speaking for myself, I believe in 
eating a good deal. And, moreover, I believe in eating the 
fat of the land. There is a mischievous notion, also, in favor 
of six hours sleep. The world would be the better if there 
were a general habit of sleeping nine hours. If a man, when 
he is awake, wants to be wide awake, then let him sleep 
sweetly a whole night long. ‘Blessings on the man who in- 172 
TILE HOUSE WE LIVE LET. 
vented sleep!’ Charles Lamb, you know, believed there 
was such a thing as sunrise ; he thought the balance of proof 
favored that conclusion ; but, as for himself, he never saw 
the thing done. Now, I believe that people who go to bed 
early ought to get up early, but people who go to bed late 
ought to sleep late. ‘ Lie who would thrive must rise at 
5,’ says the proverb. But what if he be the night-editor 
of a daily paper, who don’t go to bed till 3 in the morn- 
ing ? I)r. Gumming, of London, once preached a sermon from 
the text, ‘The night cometh when no man can work.’ Lie 
took the ground that never should candles be lighted; that 
human labor should begin and end with the day ; that all the 
hours of darkness are for sleep. Well, this is amiable non- 
sense. But the great fact remains that intellectual men wear 
themselves out for want of sleep more than from any other 
cause. I have great respect for my friend Horace Greeley’s 
habit of sleeping in church whenever the sermon is dull. 
Per]mps my creed is somewhat heretical, but I believe in danc- 
ing ; I believe in ten-pins; I believe in billiards. Ball- 
playing is good, but croquet is better. Ball-playing is 
selfish—it is a boy’s game, a man’s game. But croquet is for 
boys and girls, for men and women. It is a civilizer. The 
game of croquet, if it shall come to be generally adopted in 
this country, as it already promises to become the national 
game of England, will produce a visible effect on national 
manners. I believe in the union of the sexes—in society, in 
schools, in games, in trades, and in politics. Next to Satan 
and Beelzebub, the two great enemies of mankind, are the 
dyspepsia and the headache. Keep clear of them ! I thank 
God that I have thus far been an artful dodger of both. But 
think of our afflicted, illustrious friend, John G. Whittier, 
who is never half a day without a headache—who can never 
write more than fifteen minutes at a time ! It seems to be 
true of him at least, as Shelley has said, that RJIYSICAL CULTURE. 
173 
“‘ Poets learn in suffering 
"What they teach in song.’ 
“ The first essential of liuman happiness is good health. 
X do not say that happiness is the noblest condition of the 
mind, but I do say that health is the noblest condition of the 
body. We ought to strive for this good health, plan for it, 
achieve it. I hold to the doctrine of equal rights. We all 
have an equal right to drink of God’s perennial fountain of 
fresh air, to brighten our faces in his daily glory of the sun, 
to nourish our bodies with the unending bounty which his 
harvests provide. No idea in the Scripture is more striking 
than that the human body is the temple of the Holy Ghost. 
Let ns, therefore, beware how we profane this sanctuary of 
our mortal flesh. The best of gifts is a sound mind in a sound 
body. Nothing yields me greater pleasure than to see a truly 
handsome man—except, indeed, a truly handsome woman. 
uGo on, therefore, with these beautiful exercises. Add 
roses to your cheeks. Add sparkle to your eyes. Add merri- 
ment to your blood. Then I will add a prophecy; Yenus 
and Apollo shall one day return again to the earth!” 
The practice of gymnastics to be profitable to the body, 
must be interesting to the mind. This may easily be done in 
various ways: choose interesting exercises, and strive to im- 
prove to do a little better each time. Always practice with 
one or more companions—if possible in a class and by class 
system. As I have elsewhere directed, let a captain be 
chosen from among the number (who should be better drilled 
than any other in the class) ; then with a manual for your 
guide, if you have no instructor, let the captain carry you 
through the various exercises. Let there be as much interest 
and emulation as possible, and let him stand first in the class 
who, as the result of superior care and attention to the cap- 
tain’s directions, shall deserve such an honor. The captain 
should have extra drill, and the class should practice much 174 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
on the preliminary exercises until they shall attain strength 
and confidence for the more severe exercises. 
The Dio Lewis system of Light Gymnastics is more com- 
plete than any other yet devised, and better suited to the 
wants of woman, whether weak or strong, sick or well. It 
is for girls what military drill is for boys, in relation to 
health, strength, and general bearing. These exercises are 
better than dancing to give ease, self-possession, and a ready 
use of all the muscles. They develop the chest, strengthen 
the muscles that support the spine, improve the gait, and do 
for the whole body what dancing does for the head and toe. 
Besides, they improve the voice, strengthen the lungs, 
help digestion, correct constipation, warm the extremities, 
give tone to the muscles about the hips, and perfect all 
the muscles of the body. Muscles, like mind, are developed 
by use, by activity. 
In a well-conducted gymnasium, there is nothing unfa- 
vorable to religion and good morals; to piety, purity, or 
charity. 
Plato was as much distinguished in his day as a gymnast, 
and for his wonderful development of manly beauty and 
strength, as he has since been as a philosopher and a 
scholar. 
Linux a to ga ix Hthexgth. 
' Dr. G. B. Winship, of Boston, the Strong Man, who lifts 
nearly three thousand pounds, when he first commenced his 
career was asked to write something in the form of “ rules” 
for guiding one to become strong and healthy. I give below 
some of them : 
Sleep in a room facing the sun, keep a window open every 
night of the year. General ablution once a week in winter, 
twice in summer. Pest ten hours out of every twenty-four, 
sleep eight. Never allow the temperature of a heated room to WALKING. 
175 
reacli seventy degrees, sixty-five is a good temperature. 
Eat nothing that has been cooked in brass, copper, etc. 
Drink no water from lead pipes, use the food that experience 
has proved to be congenial with your constitution. Avoid 
intoxicating drinks of all kinds, tobacco in all forms, and 
stimulants of every description. Never over-fatigue mind or 
body ; stop before your strength begins to diminish. Prac- 
tice lifting as the most strengthening of all exercises, and most 
conducive to health; but proceed with the utmost caution, 
increasing the weight very gradually, so as never to strain 
the muscles. Never lift quite as much as you can lift, nor 
continue one moment after you are tired. Never get up 
early, unless you go to bed early; have your sleep out. Wear 
light covering about the neck, and let all parts of your dress 
be loose and easy. 
These are simple rules, by following which Young Amer- 
ica may train himself into a Samson, and rise superior to 
dyspepsia, with all its attendant effeminacies of mind and 
body. 
Walking. 
Of all exercises walking is the most simple and easy. And 
yet it is a rare accomplishment to walk well. No person can 
walk with a dignified, honorable, and executive mien without 
feeling a mental and moral elevation; while he who walks 
with carelessness, dangling of the limbs, bent trunk, head 
down, and loose, irregular gazing, is degrading to the person 
who so carries his body and disgusting to lookers on. The 
one is to be sought, the other avoided. To walk well is no 
small or mean accomplishment, and is well worthy our effort. 
It is also of considerable utility, for the able pedestrian is in- 
dependent of illy-ventilated and crowded horse-cars and stage- 
coaches. Besides, he enjoys the scenes and scenery through 
which he passes and is able to dispose his time as he pleases. 
In relation to health, walking accelerates respiration and cir- 176 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IN. 
culation, increases the temperature and cutaneous exhalation, 
and excites appetite and healthful nutrition. 
When we rise to walk, the whole body—the trunk, the 
head, and extremities—should he thrown into a universal 
tension, which general vigor will bring all the muscles up 
to that state which instantly fits them for action. The erect 
position in walking is all important; not only is it valuable 
to the corporal system, but it begets an erect habit in the mind 
and heart. Keep the shoulders back and down, and chin 
drawn close to the neck. To make your walks in the highest 
degree profitable, cultivate a love for the beautiful, as mani- 
fested in nature—in hills, rocks, birds, flowers, and insects, and 
pursue, if leisure permit, such studies as Botany, Geology, 
Mineralogy, and Ornithology, so that your spirit will always 
accompany your body, animating and invigorating it at every 
step. Those who would add the beauty of graceful movement 
must be careful to correct any inelegance of gait to which 
they may be addicted. A little careful and systematic prac- 
tice is all that will be found necessary to effect this. 
Bunking. 
This is an exercise of more than ordinary value ; and if 
properly conducted and attended to will be productive of in- 
finite benefit to the whole system. It expands the chest, di- 
lates the lungs, fills them with air and makes us breathe 
fuller and deeper, making the blood circulate freely, and pro- 
ducing a healthful and pleasant glow over the whole system. 
It is a health-giving and strength-giving exercise. It im- 
proves respiration, purifies the blood, and strengthens the 
lungs. While running, keep the mouth closed, the head 
erect, the shoulders far back, the chest out, hands tightly 
clenched and placed high on shoulders with knuckles upward 
and elbows far back. Commence with a slow walk, gradually 
quicken pace to a rapid run, decrease gradually in the same 
way. Practice often and increase distance each time. DANCING AND SWIMMING. 
177 
Dancing, 
Mr. Beecher once said of dancing ; “ Many people have a 
strong prejudice against dancing. Why, there is no more 
harm in it than there is in walking. Dancing may he carried 
on under circumstances that make it bad, and then it is sin- 
ful. Promiscuous dancing that leads to improper familiari- 
ties, dancing in crowded assemblies, dancing where the air 
is vitiated, dancing at late hours, these are in their nature 
unwholesome. The condition in which dancing is often 
carried on makes it sinful. But I think that in the house- 
hold it has its appropriate place. It is both graceful and 
beautiful as an exercise. And if a man asks me, “ Would you 
recommend it to the young Christian in your congregation ?” 
I should not hesitate to say, Certainly, in the family circle. 
If a person wants to know the truth, he will find no difficulty 
in making the proper demarkation in this regard.” 
Swimwing. 
Swimming has always justly been held in very high esteem, 
and has ever been found to be a most delightful and invigorat- 
ing exercise. It is one of the most effective of bodily exer- 
cises, and gives a healthful action to the muscles and respira- 
tory organs. As to its usefulness, there can not be the least 
doubt; for how often does it enable those who are masters 
of it to save their own or other’s lives. It is one of the most 
beneficial exercises that can be taken in summer. The best 
time for the strong and healthful is before breakfast or in the 
middle of the forenoon. Never enter the water when the 
body is overheated or exhausted, neither just before or after 
eating. 
In striking out, keep the head and neck upright, the chest 
inflated, drawing the legs up, and again stretching them out, 
extending the arms forward in unison with the legs. Tho 
back should be drawn in, and the head thrown well back. 178 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
The hands must be placed in front of the breast, the fingers 
pointing forward and kept close together, with the thumbs to 
the edge of the forefingers. In the stroke of the hands, they 
should be carried forward to the full extent, but must not 
touch the surface of the water. They must next sweep to the 
side about as low as the hips; and then be drawn up again 
by bringing the arms toward the side, bending the elbows 
upward, so as to let the hands hang down while the arms are 
raising them to the first position. 
To learn to swim should be considered a duty by all. 
Exercise is a necessity; it prolongs life and greatly im- 
proves living; it better fits us for our duties; without it we 
do not more than half live. He only who exercises suffi- 
ciently knows the joy of living well, of good health, 
good appetite, good digestion, refreshing sleep. It causes 
the blood to circulate quickly, freely, and equally, and will 
drive away discontented feelings and promote cheerfulness. 
It increases respiration, thus bringing a larger quantity of 
that “ elixir of life,” oxygen, to purify and vitalize the blood. 
It rounds and hardens the muscles, and educates them into 
ever-ready, faithful, and efficient servants of the will. It 
limbers the joints and strengthens every part of the system. 
It invigorates the mind and renders it more active and 
efficient in all its operations; in short, it is one of the great 
natural agents which will enable man to reach that state of 
physical, mental, and moral perfection for which he was 
designed by his Creator. 
Exekgise. 
Exercise should be regular and daily, pleasant and agree- 
able. It should relax the mind ; it may easily be made to in- 
terest. Class system being the best, practice in a class 
under a teacher if you possibly can—if this is impracticable, 
practice with a few companions, with a leader, as elsewhere 
advised. Choose interesting exercises, and strive to improve. EXERCISE. 
179 
Do not be easily discouraged , practice makes perfect, and you 
may easily accomplish in time whatever you undertake. 
Too great ambition has discouraged many a hot aspirant. 
You must be content to work gradually, else you can never 
succeed. Preliminary exercises are as necessary to the 
gymnast as the fundamental rules to the mathematician. 
Seek aid from the instructor; he can keep you from be- 
coming discouraged. If instruction is not worth asking for, 
it is not worth having. With suggestions from a teacher, 
you will make more progress in a term of three months than 
you would without,in a college course of four years. There 
should be a competent instructor in every gymnasium. 
Do not be afraid of being awkward; nor need you imagine 
every eye rests upon you, for probably no one looks at you. 
Do not let your exercise be too violent, excessive, or too 
long continued. Commence at all times with light and gentle 
exercise; increase gradually, so as to have the heaviest 
portion in the middle, and leave off with gentle exercise. 
If you can not visit the gymnasium daily, twice or thrice 
a week will accomplish much for yon. Give as much ex- 
ercise to lungs and vital parts as possible, as their vigorous 
training does you more good than the training of all other 
parts. 
In all exercises seek to gain an equal development, that 
you may have the greater powers of endurance and thereby 
be more beautiful. 
When we strengthen the physical nature, we do not nec- 
essarily become brutal, animal, passionate, destructive. 
This is the perversion of physical culture. Proper and sys- 
tematic physical culture refines, elevates, and ennobles, adds to 
our courage, zeal, and health, and thereby to our happi- 
ness. 
The best time for exercise is in the early forenoon or late 
afternoon ; if practiced at noon, or in the latter part of the 
evening, it should be very moderate. Do not practice too 180 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
soon either before or after a meal. In college, after the noon 
recitation seems to be a favorite time, which wall not be 
objectionable, if five or ten minutes is allowed to elapse 
between exercise and eating. Let your exercise be light 
on all such occasions. 
The open air is the best place to take all kinds of exercise, 
but wrhen this is impracticable, as it generally is, the gym- 
nasium, supplied with its various apparatus, furnishes the 
next best place. It is far better to depend upon a gym- 
nasium ; for then it will not be neglected, and will be more 
regular and systematic. 
The exercise dress should be light and easy, so as not to 
impede the movements of the body, and nothing should be 
carried in the pockets. 
Exercise should always be commenced and finished gently, 
avoiding all abrupt transitions. They should be frequently 
varied, so as to call into action alternately various sets of 
muscles. 
"When heated or perspiring from exercise, do not stand 
still, or sit, or lie down, but walk about for awhile, till the 
circulation of blood becomes slower and the body cooler, and 
carefully avoid currents of cold air, as well as copious drinking 
of cold water. 
There is no objection to a bath after exercising, provided 
the body is not exhausted or fatigued. Perspiration is, in 
itself, no objection to bathing. 
It is by moderate and prolonged, rather than violent and 
fitful exertions, that organs, parts, or muscles of the body 
are developed and strengthened. There is as much profit 
in slow as in rapid movements. 
Let all exercise be proportionate to the age, sex, and 
strength of the person. Beginning moderately feel your 
way along to more severe and difficult feats. Exercise the 
weaker parts most frequently to invigorate them. Exercise 
as much with the left hand as with the right, avoid extremes. EX Eli Cl EE. 
181 
The various out-door athletic games—base-ball, cricket, 
croquet, etc.—need only be mentioned with a word of hearty 
commendation. Play with care, however—not too long at a 
time, and never to exhaustion ; great caution is needed in all 
these games. Boxing and fencing, although the prize-fighter 
and the duellist have sometimes degraded them to unworthy 
and bloody uses, are arts both noble and manly. Many a 
broken constitution would be saved, and many a premature 
grave would be robbed of its victim by exercising a short 
time each day. 
The active exercise of the muscles is highly conducive to 
the well being of many other important functions. The blood 
is assisted in its course; accumulation in the internal organs 
is prevented; the important processes of digestion, respira- 
tion, accretion, absorption and nutrition are promoted, and 
the health of the whole body immediately influenced. The 
mind is greatly exhilarated. If all this depends upon exer- 
cise, it is certainly of no slight importance. 
Activity is the law imposed upon every organ of the body. 
Absolute rest, except that required by toil, Nature abhors as 
she does a vacuum. 
Exercise is required in order to complete the changes 
which the blood undergoes while passing through the lungs 
and skin, and by means of which it supplies the necessary 
material to the brain required by excessive mental applica- 
tion. 
Exercise is chiefly needed to bring up the physical stamina 
of Young America, The stock is good ; the trouble is in the 
rearing, training, and feeding. 
The broken constitutions of most of those who go from the 
farm and workshop to college, or to some sedentary occupa- 
tion, are caused mainly by violating the laws of health. 
They continue to eat as before, but fail to take exercise; 
hence, the ennui, headaches, debility, nervousness, dyspepsia, 
and kindred diseases of our literary and sedentary classes and 182 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
students. Study does not make them invalids, but is actually 
promotive of health, and longevity; they are enfeebled by 
overtaxing their stomachs, while they starve their muscles 
for want of action. 
Laboe 
He who does not work can enjoy only a lower degree of life 
and its pleasures, muscular inaction, deteriorating, diseasing, 
and vitiating the entire man or woman. Idleness is un- 
natural. Action is natural and pleasurable in its very nature. 
Most great men labored hard in youth. Be your occupation 
what it may, pleasure or business, mental discipline or pro- 
fessional attainment, work hard and daily from two to six 
hours—and you will accomplish more study, dispatch more 
business, and perform and enjoy more in whatever you engage, 
ten to one, than by perpetual application. Ashamed to work! 
Would you be above your Maker ? Away with the dogma 
that labor degrades. It elevates and ennobles. Its influence 
upon mind and body is most beneficial. The honored of 
earth are its laborers. Nothing is mean which nature re- 
quires, but very worthy of universal commendation. “Idle- 
ness is the parent of vice,” while labor is the great cause of 
moral purity. Those who live without some useful occupa- 
tion should be despised and dishonored. The industrious are 
Nature’s aristocracy. 
Practical industry, wisely and vigorously applied, never 
fails of success. It carries a man onward and upward, brings 
out his individual character, and powerfully stimulates the 
action of others. 
Longevity 
Nothing is more advantageous to a man than long life. 
We little know the real value of life, not even of a few years 
of healthy life. When we behold the startling large per 
centage of infant mortality and premature deaths, and the L ONGE VITY. 
183 
average of human life, we are almost led to suppose that man 
is a failure. Instead of “ three-score years and ten” the 
average is now, in America, about forty-three years; in 
France, forty-two ; in Great Britain, forty-fiye. Even this 
shows a great increase in longevity. , The married live longer 
than the single; large men live longer than small ones; 
more women than men become old, but men only attain the 
highest point of longevity. Three-fourths of mankind die, 
however, before they reach an adult age. The conditions 
upon which longevity depends are mainly these ; A sound 
physical constitution; a judicious physical education ; sim- 
plicity, wholesomeness, and regularity of diet; the efficient 
action of all the nutritive and restorative functions; sufficient 
pleasurable exercise in the open air; adequate rest and sleep ; 
immunity from harrassing cares, anxieties, and excesses of 
every kind; in connection with a constant moderate activity 
of body and mind. No idler ever reached a great age, or 
happiness or enjoyment. If you would live long, you must 
not live fast. IV. 
BATHING. 
Bathing increases a Man’s Self-Respect—Cleanliness is next to Godli- 
ness—The Best Method of Bathing. 
The health, vigor, and beauty of the body, and the elas- 
ticity, cheerfulness, and enjoyment of the mind, are as 
effectually secured by the use of the bath, as by any one 
method known to man. Men needs, in truth, to be born of 
water, in order to be rid of many of the physical ills and 
evils to which he is exposed, and thus be enabled to secure 
the pleasure of both body and mind which he is capable of 
enjoying, and which it is both his right and his duty to 
enjoy. 
Bathing would do much to rid the world of both vice and 
crime, for to be clean increases a man’s self-respect; so 
that, in many instances, he would be ashamed to do those 
deeds of darkness which his very filth had engendered. It 
would bo more effectual, too, for the preservation of health 
and removal of disease than all the drug shops in the land. 
“ Cleanliness is next to Godliness,” and may certainly be 
ranked as a virtue. Filth is as sure a sign of vulgarity, as 
cleanliness is of gentility. Bathing is valuable not only to 
cleanse, but to invigorate the whole system, to keep the skin 
in working order, to harden the system against feeling and 
taking cold. In summer it keeps us cool; in winter it keeps 
us warm. To the enlightened mind, no arguments seem 
necessary to induce one to bathe. 
The number of square inches of surface on a man of or- HAIRING—BEST METHOD. 
185 
dinary bulk and height is 25,000; the number of pores, 
7.000. the number of inches of perspiratory tube, 
1.750.000, that is, 145,830 feet, or 48,611 yards, or nearly 
28 miles. 
From these tubes exudes a secretion which should be 
carried away by water and friction, else serious consequences 
result. In the light of these facts every one will see the 
necessity of bathing often. A daily bath for those who can 
bear it is advisable, but there are those who can not bathe so 
often. Each one must be his own judge. 
The sponge bath is the easiest and most simple, so much 
so that its explanation is unnecessary. A hot bath once a 
week, and a shower bath occasionally, is recommended. 
JBe sure to produce a friction of shin and circulation of 
Mood after every lath, else you expose yourself to serious mis- 
chief. 
The best time for bathing is on rising in the morning or 
in the middle of the forenoon. A bath should never im- 
mediately precede or follow a meal. A warm, or tepid bath 
may be taken at night. 
The Best Method oe Bathing, 
The best mode of taking the bath I have yet discovered is 
as follows; Pour a gallon of water into a basin and place it 
on a rubber mat or piece of oil cloth or canvas to protect the 
carpet, so that you can use water abundantly; get a pair of 
mittens made of old toweling or of any coarse material; put 
them on the hands, they will soak much water and avoid 
throwing it about the room, and will take the soap readily, 
but some will object, and exclaim, “ If soap is used, it will 
wash away the oil so necessary to the skin.” True, the 
secretory ducts send out through the seven million pores 
of the skin an oil which is very essential to the health 
of the body; true, the soap will wash it away, but it should 
be washed away so that Nature may furnish a fresh supply ; 186 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Nature’s resources are inexhaustible, and the more this oil is 
washed away the more freely will it he supplied, and this is 
quite essential, for it gives the glands exercise and keeps the 
pores open and in a healthy state. If you are convinced that 
soap is good, use it freely all over the body with the mittens; 
after this change the water, and with a large sponge rinse 
away the soap till the body is clean. This bath thoroughly 
cleanses, makes the skin become fair, soft, plump, and 
like that of a child, yet impervious to cold or colds. The 
whole operation takes only two minutes, and can not be 
thought, therefore, to be too long. I have long tried it, and 
with great benefit. Y. 
AIE AND VENTILATION. 
BreatLo fully, breathe deeply, breathe Free Air—Let Air bo thy Com- 
panion in its Purity through Life. 
Aik. 
Air is the first and last demand of our lives. Active life, 
the vital union of body and spirit, and all the powers and 
susceptibilities of our earthly being are only maintained by 
the action of air in our systems—air which we inhale inces- 
santly, day and night, from birth to death. There is an 
awful life-import in these never-ceasing, rhythmic move- 
ments of inspiration and expiration, this tidal flux and reflux 
of the gaseous ocean through animal mechanism. 
In breathing, the air is drawn in by the nostrils, and, 
passing through the bronchial tubes, is received into the air- 
chambers, where it is brought into contact with the venous 
blood, to which it yields a portion of its oxygen and receives 
carbonic acid in return. It is by this process, and by this 
alone, that our blood can be purified and re-vitalized. It 
comes to the lungs in dark and turbid tides, meets the air 
freighted with the life-giving element, casts off its poisonous 
load (to be taken up and carried on by the same willing 
messenger), and is thrown back in crimson streams to the out- 
most boundaries of the vital domain. It is this oxygenated 
or vitalized blood that imparts the hues of health to the 
human skin, and the fair one who desires to have rosy cheeks 
and ruby lips on any other terms than the copious breathing 188 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
of pure air, must buy them at the shop of the chemist, and 
renew them every time she makes her toilet. 
Every time we breathe a certain portion of air is deprived 
of a large part of its oxygen, and rendered by that loss alone 
unsuitable for respiration. A single person will deprive two 
hogsheads of air of its blood-purifying qualities, and saturate 
it with poisonous gases in one hour. In the light of this fact, 
consider what must be the effects of the in-door life of our 
people, and especially of our women. 
, The air becoming poisoned, so poisons all the unbreathed 
air in the room that it is plain to be seen how very soon 
the air is rendered unfit for respiration, and hence the ncr 
cessity at all times for free circulation. 
Think of our crowded work-rooms ; of family gatherings 
around the sitting-room stove ; of evening parties in unven- 
tilated parlors, where the lights which make every thing so 
brilliant rapidly hasten the deteriorating process which res- 
piration has commenced; and of two persons sleeping by 
night in a close seven-by-nine bed room! “ Close bed rooms,” 
says Dr. Hall, “make the graves of thousands” The occa- 
sional opening of the door gives us now and then a breath of 
fresh air in the rooms during the day; but this is denied in 
our rooms by night. 
It is probably known to most all that while in a quiescent 
state there is the most need of pure air; consequently, 
where you sleep, be sure there is means for the circulation 
of air in your room from without. 
One gas jet consumes as much of the life-giving properties 
of air as one human being. Is it a wonder that pale cheeks, 
sallow complexions, cutaneous eruptions, dyspepsia, scrofula, 
and consumption prevail ? It can not be otherwise. 
To live through the long winters that prevail in the north- 
ern parts of our country and maintain good health in un- 
ventilated or illy-ventilated rooms is utterly impossible. 
Beauty fades, and the cheek loses the roseate tinge which VENTILATION. 
fresh, air alone can give, and tody and brain alike sink into 
imbecility. If you would acquire and preserve health and 
beauty, do not forget that pure air must be constantly 
supplied for respiration, and that unventilated rooms are en- 
tirely unfit for human occupants, and absolutely fatal, not 
only to health and beauty, but to life itself. Every thing 
which vitiates the air should be, so far as possible, excluded 
from our rooms, and especially from our sleeping apartments. 
Even flowers should not be permitted in any room where 
there is not a free circulation of air. The leaves of plants 
give off oxygen, but flowers absorb it. A rose placed under 
a bell-glass very quickly destroys the vitality of the air, so 
that a candle will not burn under it. 
Constant streams of effete animal matter exhale from every 
living body and help to poison the air. The breath of dis- 
eased persons is particularly noxious. The odor of the air at 
the top of a ventilator of a crowded room is of so obnoxious 
a character that it is dangerous to be exposed to it for the 
shortest time. If the room be provided with no means of 
ventilation, as is too often the case, this foul and deadly air 
must be breathed over and over again by those confined 
within. The mere thought of it is sickening. When will 
people get out of darkness and prejudice, and get into light 
and pure air ? 
Solar light although almost entirely unnoticed by physio- 
logical and hygienic writers, has a great and striking effect 
upon the human physical system. Without it, in fact, 
nothing like perfect bodily development, health, or beauty 
can possibly exist. 
Yextilaiiox. 
No one should sleep without a free change of air. The 
offensive smell of sleeping rooms in the morning is owing to 
the repeated breathings of the same air until its vitality has 
become destroyed and the impure exhalations from the body, 190 
THE ROUSE WE LIVE IH. 
pent up in a close room where the air can not renovate itself. 
It is all folly for people to talk of being so feeble that they 
can not bear a window open in the night. Every one can 
bear air enough to sustain healthy breathing ; and ail notions 
to the contrary are foolish and wicked. Keep the window 
open at all times in winter as well as summer. Your life de- 
pends on it. Ten cubic feet of air per minute to each indi- 
vidual in an apartment should be admitted in order to main- 
tain its atmosphere in a state tit for healthy respiration. 
In sickness no sanitary influence is of more value than 
pure air. In all cases, medicine is impotent compared with 
pure air. 
Pure air is a prime necessity. Bad air—air deprived of its 
proper proportion of oxygen, surcharged with carbonic acid, 
and other poisonous gases—has killed thousands of strong- 
men. The copious breathing of pure air is absolutely essen- 
tial to health, beauty, and general good feeling. 
School teachers who have young children under their 
charge should allow them to go into the open air every hour, 
and the windows of every school room, indeed of almost any 
room where there any persons breathing, should be opened at 
the end of every hour for about five minutes. 
If every child ten years old should be made to realize the 
importance of pure air, the window will be left open winter 
and summer, and in the morning the bed thrown open. 
Pure fresh air refreshes the body, rendering it strong and 
healthy, while it imparts a degree of composure and serenity 
to the mind, excites the appetite, renders the digestion of food 
more perfect, and induces sound and balmy sleep. While 
foul air renders the system weak and unhealthy, the mind 
depressed and gloomy, fever and other diseases of the most 
malignant character are very liable to be generated. The 
state of atmosphere best adapted to support life is pure, con- 
taining few foreign substances, neither too dry nor too moist, 
too warm nor too cold, and in a constant state of circulation. VENTILA TION. 
191 
Man subsists more on air than on his meat and drink. 
The reasons, then, for its being pure and plenty are obvious. 
Ventilation is a subject of immense importance. We should 
spend several hours daily, cold or warm, in the open air, 
coupled with much bodily activity. This would give firmness 
of every nerve and energy of thought. YI. 
FOOD—EATING- AND DEINKINO. 
Animal Food—Vegetarianism—Fruit—Rules for Eating—Mastication 
and Digestion—Food and Generosity—Gluttony—Abstemiousness— 
Stimulating Drinks—Tea and Coffee—Water—Simple Diet—Notes 
on Diet, etc. etc. 
Animal Food 
If I speak the convictions of my conscience, if I toll the 
best results of experience, reading, and observation, if I follow 
my esthetic taste, I shall speak in favor of vegetarianism, 
and decry animal food; but if I speak the truth, I must con- 
fess that I eat it, simply because I have not the opportunity 
to choose my food, not because I prefer it or think it best. 
Several times I have abstained wholly from flesh and always 
found my health mentally and physically better. 
When I go into actual training, I abstain wholly from flesh, 
although trainers generally eat meat exclusively. As this is 
so unusual for persons in training, I may be permitted a little 
egotism, and say that I have on this diet led my classes, and 
when through with my exercises felt strong and vigorous 
and ready to go through with the same again, while most of 
the class were exhausted. In the remarks I have to make on 
this subject, my reasons for this will be stated. Ido not at- 
tempt to regulate the food of my readers, and to say what 
they shall or shall not eat; but as I consider this a matter of 
much importance, I shall speak at length upon it. Perhaps 
it would not be best for every one to give up meat eating, but ANIMAL FOOL. 
193 
certain it is we use too much animal food, and most people 
are better without it. It is certainly sufficient to eat it 
once a day. 
To consider man anatomically, lie is decidedly a vegetable- 
eating animal. He is not constructed like a flesh-eating 
animal; be lias not claws like tbe lion, tbe tiger, or tbe cat; 
but bis teeth are short and smooth like those of the horse, the 
cow, and the fruit-eating animals. Man is naturally a vege- 
table-eating animal; how then can he possibly be injured by 
abstinence from flesh ? A man, by way of experiment was 
made to live entirely on animal food, and having persevered 
ton days, symptoms of incipient putrefaction began to be 
manifested. 
How many there are who have made vegetable diet an ex- 
periment for a life-time, and thrive well! Many of my 
friends are vegetarians, they are better every way for it. 
Look at vegetarians as a class, look at communities and so- 
cieties of those who wholly eschew flesh ; are they not better 
every way, mentally, morally, and physically, than a com- 
munity of flesh-eaters? Are they not peaceable, orderly, 
quiet; noted for their mildness, gentleness, kindness, broth- 
erly love; noted for a desire to help humanity with freedom 
from disease, drugs, doctors, houses of correction, and other 
pests ? Eating much flesh tends to diminish mental activity. 
How wrong then for those who devote themselves to study to 
indulge largely in the use of meats ! There can be no ques- 
tion but that the use of flesh tends to create a grossness of 
body and spirit. The objections then are three-fold—intellec- 
tual, moral, and physical. Its tendency is to depreciate 
moral sentiment, check intellectual activity, and to derange 
the fluids of the body by stimulation. It is not essential to 
physical energy and strength. 
The slaughtering of animals is a horrid business, a perfect 
outrage on every feeling of humanity, every sentiment of 
right. To keep the feet of calves, and of sheep, tied together 194 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
in the most painful posture possible ; to tumble them into 
carts on top of one another; to bang them about as if they 
were so many boxes and barrels; keep them for days together 
without a morsel of food, and then, after this living death, to 
haul them up by the hind feet, puncture a vein in the neck, 
and thus let them hang in excruciating torture, faint from 
loss of blood and struggling for life, enduring all the agonies 
of death for six or eight hours, while being pelted with 
might and main to beat out the blood and render the meat 
tender, extorting a horrid groan with every blow till tardy 
death at length ends their lives. Such perpetrations on 
reckless, unoffending brutes is a little worse than any thing 
else except human murder, yet this is but the legitimate fruit 
of flesh eating. Hear the piteous wail of these wretched ani- 
mals on their passage from the farm yard to the slaughter 
house; see their upturned eyes rolling in agony ; witness 
their desperate struggles, and hear the terrible bellowings of 
the frantic bullock who apprehends his fate as he is drawn 
up to the fatal bull-ring ; or even look at the awful expression 
of all amputated heads as seen in market houses or carted 
through the streets, and then say whether the slaughter of 
animals is not perfectly abhorrent and appalling. 
Do you say the flesh-eater is not the hitcher, not responsi- 
ble? The consumer is the virtual butcher. On him the res- 
ponsibility rests, because he both requires the slaughter and 
directs its kind, time, manner, quantity, every thing. The 
butcher kills by proxy. Were there no demand for meat, 
there would be no butcher. 
Yegetaeiakxsm. 
Vegetable products contain all the materials of nutrition 
required by the human constitution. In every period of his- 
tory it has been known that vegetables alone are sufficient for 
the support of life, and that the bulk of mankind live upon 
them. VE GETA It IA MS M. 
195 
In a three years tour of travel I had ample opportunity 
to observe the habits of those who abstain entirely from 
meat; in character, disposition, and physique they were far 
superior to any flesh-eaters, more noble, moral, and religious; 
more mild, gentle, peaceable, and humane; more healthy, 
strong, vigorous, athletic, and long-lived. Ot thousands and 
thousands of Kaffirs of the east coast of Africa I never saw 
one deformed, or otherwise than perfectly erect and of ex- 
cellent figure. They would live to be over a century in age, 
and not only look young, but do the work of a young man. 
Many times I have seen them, one by one, take a bag of salt 
weighing six hundred pounds from the ground, put it upon 
their heads and carry it down an embankment and place it 
on board a vessel, unaided and without fatigue. The native 
women of Brazil carry a bag of sugar weighing three or 
four hundred pounds, in the same manner. The Kaffirs live 
mostly on ‘'mealies,” or corn; the Brazilian women mostly 
on fruit. 
Pausanias declares that the earlier athletes, who contended 
in the public games of Greece, ate no animal food. Look 
through the world—those nations whose people live mostly 
on vegetable, fruit, or farinaceous diet are noted for peace, 
gentleness, and happiness. 
One traveler states that he saw at Calcutta, Himalayans 
whose strength equaled that of three Europeans. They could 
grasp a man with one hand on his chest, another on his back, 
and hold him in the air at arm’s length so tightly that he 
could not escape. Yet these men never ate any animal food, 
nor drank any stronger drink than water. 
Sir John Sinclair remarks that “ an entire diet of vege- 
table . matter gives to the disposition a gentleness, softness, 
and mildness of feeling directly the reverse of that ferocity 
of mind and fierceness of character which form the leading 
feature of all carnivorous animals; it has also a particular 
influence on the powers of the mind, producing liveliness of 196 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
imagination and acuteness of judgment, in an eminent de- 
gree.” 
It enables all, who try, to have more perfect control over 
their feelings and passions. The experience of all time shows 
that for students the vegetable is the best, and the fact is 
what we should expect from a knowledge of physiology. 
The amount of nervous power in the constitution is limited, 
and the larger the amount of this given to digestion the less 
will there be left for the operations of the mind. Now it is 
notorious that a dinner of flesh causes a greater dullness and 
stupidity in digestion than one of vegetable food; and large 
consumers of meat dinners are not, as a general thing, noted 
for their intellectual activity. A majority of the ancient 
philosophers, it is said, were vegetable eaters, and when, if 
ever, was the human intellect more fully developed than in 
Plato and Pythagoras ? The immortal Newton always, 
when writing any treatise, abstained entirely from animal 
food. 
Good digestion, clean stomachs, pure blood, soft flexible 
skin, lithe step, sparkling eye, ruddy lip and cheek, cheerful 
spirits, are the result of temperance and abstinence from ani- 
mal food, tea, coffee, and stimulating drinks. Nothing can 
be plainer than that vegetable food is more economical than 
animal food or mixed diet. When I speak of vegetable diet, 
I moan all edibles not strictly animal. 
The animal spirits become more cheerful, buoyant, and 
uniformly pleasurable, mental and bodily labor is endured 
with much less fatigue, and both intellectual and corporal 
exertion is more vigorous and efficient under vegetable diet. 
It has the happy effect of filling the mind with joy and 
spreading delight through all its faculties. 
Persons who think they can not possibly subsist on a 
vegetable and farinaceous diet forget that nine-tenths of the 
whole mass of mankind are necessarily confined to this diet. 
It is the great antidote and universal remedy of distempers FT UIT 
197 
acquired by excess, intemperance, and a mistaken regimen of 
meats and drinks. 
A vegetarian is less liable to colds, the most prolific source 
of disease. He can work or study soon after eating without 
detriment, and his head is more clear at all times. 
Animal food is unfavorable to the intellectual powers. It 
destroys reason and makes the mind more dull. But the 
senses, the memory, the understanding and the imagination 
have often been observed to improve by a vegetable diet. 
This food has also a beneficial influence on all the powers of 
the mind, and tends to preserve a delicacy of feeling and 
acuteness of judgment. It greatly improves all the senses, 
the looks, features, form, strength, evenness of temper, 
appetite. 
Bruit. 
Fruit is among the best articles of food. It relishes better 
than any thing eaten because it is the most wholesome. It 
prevents or removes constipation, and often acts like a charm 
upon both body and mind. Eaten with good bread, nothing 
is equally palatable or wholesome. This never clogs the ap- 
petite or stomach, but keeps the bowels open, head clear, 
passions cool, and the entire man healthy and happy. Try 
the experiment, and it will be the experiment of a life-time. 
Food fit for the gods! How much better would we be morally 
and physically if we ate more fruit and less meat. Great 
caution and prudence is required. Never eat it before nor 
after its time ; eat it in as natural a state as possible, masti- 
cate it well. Fruit comes exactly in the season it is wanted. 
Eat in the early part or middle of the day, never in the eve- 
ning. Fruit is rated as “ gold in the morning, silver at neon, 
lead at night.” It should be eaten as a part of the meal, never 
when we have eaten sufficient of other things, nor between 
meals. It may constitute a whole meal, and a most whole- 
some one, especially for breakfast. Choose such as are 198 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IN. 
moderately sweet or gently acid. Always clroose the ripest 
and eat in accordance with the laws of life and health. 
Preserve the best fruit, it is cheaper in the end. 
Pules eok Eating. 
Meals should be regularly timed. A good rule for the 
time of meals is: breakfast at 7 o’clock; dinner at 1; supper at 
T. Three meals a day are sufficient for all classes of persons 
under all circumstances, and of all ages. For persons 
having weak stomachs, or of sedentary habits, two meals a 
day are preferable. Avoid eating between meals, and res- 
olutely reject what does not agree with you. After a meal 
rest awhile, to allow the gastric juice time to incorporate 
itself with the contents of the stomach. At meal-time 
always have pleasant surrounding circumstances. 
Never eat when you have no appetite. Want of appetite 
is equivalent to the most authoritative command to eat 
nothing. 
Food should be adapted to climate, season, and occupation. 
Let all dishes be nutritious, but plain, simple, and whole- 
some. Avoid condiments, highly-seasoned viands, and greasy 
food. If you eat flesh, partake sparingly of it, especially in 
summer. 
Eat moderately and slowly, for your health’s sake ; rapid, 
gross, and immoderate eating is as vulgar as it is unwhole- 
some. Man knows not how to enjoy a tithe of the gustatory 
pleasure appended to eating. Let nothing hurry you at or 
from the table. People usually eat more than Nature re- 
quires. Health depends vastly on the amount we eat. 
Take upon your plate all, except dessert, you intend to eat, 
and do not fill the plate again. It is recorded of President 
Jefferson that he was accustomed to remark, “No man, 
when he comes to die, ever repents of having eaten too little.” 
It should be remembered that our bodies are nourished 
not by what we oaf, but by what we digest. As soon as found MULES FOR EATING. 
199 
that any article of food injures you in any way or promotes 
had feeling, discontinue its use at once, and you will very 
soon lose all relish or appetite for it. 
In meat and drink observe the rules of Christian temper- 
ance and sobriety ; consider your body only as the servant 
and minister of your soul; and only to nourish it so it may 
best perform an humble and obedient service. You spend a 
far greater amount on your palate than Nature requires. Sit 
down to a plain meal of bread and apples. Yon will enjoy 
it better than Yitellius did his thirty thousand different kinds 
of game at a meal. And this will not keep your wife drudg- 
ing, half suffocated with the burnt smoke of the greasy 
kitchen, but give her time to cultivate her intellect, and edu- 
cate her children. 
Only plain, simple, and substantial food is demanded by a 
natural appetite. Such alone can promote health in the best 
possible manner. Such alone contains nutrition in the most 
natural proportions, precisely meeting the wants of the sys- 
tem, promoting health, strength, vigor, and most favorable to 
long life and physical happiness. 
If you put improper food into the stomach it becomes dis- 
ordered and the whole system is affected. Vegetable matter 
ferments and becomes gaseous, while animal substances are 
changed into a putrid, abominable, and acrid stimulus. 
Now, some people acquire preposterous noses ; others, blotches 
on the face and different parts of the body ; others, inflamma- 
tion of the eyes—all arising from irritations of the stomach. 
The fashion of dining after dark, supping at midnight, and 
going to bed in the morning, is one that democratic Ameri- 
cans, who pretend to despise every thing foreign and aristo- 
cratic, should utterly repudiate. 
If any one would cultivate a quiet and unruffled temper, 
let him carefully abstain from every unnatural appetite. In- 
temperance of any kind will deaden the native acuteness of 
the perceptive organs. 200 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IK. 
Two Meals a Day.—lf persons who have little exercise and 
out-door air would eat hut twice daily, they would enjoy life 
more, feel happier, accomplish more in either mental or phys- 
ical labor, and have many long years of happy exemption 
from the ordinary ills of life. The stomach would have time 
for rest, for recuperation, and would thus be able to perform 
its parts more thoroughly, making purer blood, permitting 
better sleep, and securing a vigorous appetite for both meals. 
Try it for ten days, taking the second meal seven hours after 
the first, and abandon the practice if you will. 
Food has been so cheap iu our country that all classes 
have acquired a habit of over-eating, particularly of meats, 
and the consequence is a grand national complaint of dys- 
pepsia. 
It is an established fact that a man partakes of the nature 
of what he eats. Gross food is inimical to health or beauty 
of body, or to clear thought; light food and moderation in 
diet is a great helper to spiritual and intellectual advance- 
ment. 
Mastication and Digestion. 
What a set of bolters Americans are ; how few among ns 
eat properly or take sufficient time to masticate our food. 
Wre literally eat and run, and run in eating. Many persons 
seem to think that hurrying their meals to save time is econ- 
omy ; their business drives them and they hurry the time of 
their meals into the smallest possible compass. This is 
miserable economy! In order to derive nourishment from 
food, it must be well digested ; hence, it must be well masti- 
cated. Time curtailed in eating is worse than hiring money 
at ten per cent, a month. If we can not spare time to eat, we 
had better not eat at all. Thousands by careless, reckless 
eating have found there selves the victims of dyspepsia and 
all its attendant evils. The digestive organs may bear the 
abuse awhile, without giving signs of trouble, but the penalty DIGESTION. 
of that broken law must sooner or later come, and it is most 
sure to come in the form of a broken constitution. 
The following table will show the length of time required 
in the digestion of different articles as shown by experiments 
made by Dr. Beaumont on Alexis St. Martin, whose 
stomach was exposed by a gun-shot wound. The figures 
against each article show the hours and minutes required for 
the stomach to perform its portion of the digestive process; 
Vegetable Food. 
Animal Food. 
Apples, sour, mellow 2' 
Apples, sweet, mellow P3O 
Beans, boiled 2-30 
Bread, wheat 3 30 
B-ead, corn 3T5 
Cora cake, baked 3- 
Apple dumpling 3- 
Potatoes, Irish, boiled 3'30 
Potatoes, Irish, baked 2-30 ! 
Bice, boiled 1' 
Sago, boiled 1 '4O 
Tapioca, boiled 2- 
Par-snips, boiled 2’30 ! 
Cabbage, boiled 4-30 
Cabbage, raw 2-30' 
Milk, raw 2‘lsj 
Cheese 3-301 
Beef, lean, fresh, rare, roasted..3’ 
Beefsteak, broiled 3- 
Beef, salted 3'36 
Beef, fresh, lean, fried 4 • 
Beef, corned, boiled 4‘15 
Codfish, cured, boiled 2‘ 
Chicken, fricasseed 2-45 
Duck, domesticated, roasted.... 4- 
Duck, wild, roasted 4-30 
Eggs, boiled hard 3-30 
Eggs, boiled soft 3- 
Mutton, fresh roasted 3.15 
Oysters, raw 2-55 
Oysters, stewed 3-30 
Pork, fat and lean 5 15 
1 Yeal, fresh and boiled 4- 
jMeal, fresh and fried 4-30 
With due thankfulness to Dr. Beaumont as a scientific 
man, and for his discoveries, which may be important, I have 
never placed much reliance on this table. There is a vast 
difference in stomachs, some seem capable of digesting almost 
any thing and in a short time, while others are very weak 
and delicate and require a long time to digest a little. Both 
the foregoing and following tables are good arguments 
against animal food. 202 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
Nutrition. 
The following table made from the highest European 
authorities will show the proportion of nutrient properties 
belonging to different articles used in ordinary diet. The 
figures against each article show the amount of nutrition in 
every one hundred parts: 
Vegetable Food. 
Wheat, about 85 
Baaley, about 83 
Eye, about 83 
Oats, about 79 
Oatmeal, about 93 
Eice, about 90 
Peas, about 93 
Beans, about 92 
Potatotes, about 25 
Animal Food. 
i Beef, about 25 
1 Veal, about 25 
i Mutton, about 25 
I Lamb, about 25 
i Chickens, about 22 
i Codfish, about 20 
■ Oysters, about 13 
! White of eggs, about 20 
i Yolk of eggs, about 46 
Temperance 
Temperance is of two kinds; moderation in the use of 
right things, and total abstinence from wrong things. Tem- 
perance, in the use of bread, is moderation; temperance, in 
regard to strong drink, is total abstinence. To be temperate 
in religion is to serve God with a steadfast zeal, which is ac- 
cording to knowledge ; to be temperate in regard to fanaticism 
is to let it alone. We may be intemperate in the quantity of 
food. Gluttony buries the soul in gross sensualism. Un- 
timely eating, through its derangement of physical action, re- 
tards and diminishes spiritual zeal. All irregularity in eating 
embarrasses our spiritual emotions and intellectual energy 
by disturbing vital functions. A dyspeptic stomach and a 
torpid liver are the enemies of God and the opponents of 
religion. Let those know who indulge in any false, sen- 
sual, and exciting luxury, that they are receiving an article ABSTEMIOUSNESS ANE GLUTTONY. 
203 
into the flesh and fluids of the body which inflames the whole 
circulation of fluids, corrupts the flesh, and tends to prostrate 
the native energies of the soul. 
“Be temperate in all things’' is the first great condition of 
goodness and talent. To present our bodies a living sacrifice, 
holy, acceptable unto God, is our spiritual sacrifice ; whereas 
to disorder the body by any violation of the laws of health, is 
to deprave the mind. Moral purity is as utterly incompatible 
with physical impurity, as intellectual power with physical 
weakness. 
Abstemiousness. 
Basting promotes piety, clearness of thought, free and easy 
circulation, and happy feelings, while fullness produces sinful 
desires. One and all, try abstemiousness—the well, that 
they may retain and enhance health ; invalids, that they may 
banish feebleness and maladies, and again enjoy the blessings 
of health ; the literary, that they may augment mental effi- 
ciency ; laborers, that they may increase working ease and 
capability, and, above all, the sedentary, that they may ward 
off the impending evils of confinement within doors. 
Nature requires but little, and it is wonderful how much 
our happiness, our vigor of mind, our worth in society depends 
on the quantity and quality of what we eat. Let us look into 
the matter a little. 
Gluttony. 
On an average, we eat at least from two to three times 
more than is necessary. We cripple mind and body by over- 
eating. The less we eat the more we think and are capable 
of performing. Shall we fetter the immortal mind by in- 
dulging appetite ? “I tell you honestly,” says Dr. Abernethy, 
“ what I think is the cause of the complicated maladies of the 
human race. It is their gormandizing, and stimulating, aufl 204 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
stuffing1 their digestive organs to excess, thereby producing 
nervous disorders and irritation.” Another eminent medical 
writer says ; “It is the opinion of the majority of the most 
distinguished physicians, that intemperance in diet destroys 
the bulk of mankind.” “Most of all the chronic diseases, 
the infirmities of old age, and the shortness of life generally, 
are owing to repletion.” The world over, great eaters are 
exceedingly stupid and indolent. 
Dyspepsia. 
Follow the rules laid down in this work and you will never 
have it, but if you are already a sufferer some of the fol- 
lowing suggestions may prove valuable : First, remove the 
causes which produced it. Live in a natural, regular, and 
abstemious manner. Eat as little as you can to sustain na- 
ture, and live as plainly as possible; avoid every thing rich, 
drink nothing but water, and little of that. “ Live on six- 
pence a day, and earn it.” Keep the mind cheerful all the 
time. Seek amusement, and enjoy it. Exercise much in the 
open air. Percuss the stomach and abdomen daily, and 
avoid all medicine. Persevere in this manner, and cure is 
certain. 
Food axd Generosity 
Men are most generous after a meal. If it be necessary 
to ask a favor of a morose or tigerish man, seek an interview 
immediately after dinner; if a charity is to be solicited from 
a creature who carries a miser’s soul within his encasement 
of flesh, see him immediately after dinner. At any other 
time than after a full meal he would resist, and succeed 
probably in warding off every motive; but while the nerv- 
ous energies are taxed with the digestive effort, he can not 
rouse himself so well to meet the emergency. He will rather 
grant the favor asked than annoy himself with the effort 
necessary to repel the invader. STIMULATING BRINKS. 
205 
Stimulating Blinks. 
In my mind there seems to be but one side to this ques- 
tion. How, by any possibility, a man can drink that which 
intoxicates, sell it, take it even as a medicine, or how any 
physician can order it, in the light of what we daily see, 
hear, and read, is to me one of the greatest of mysteries. To 
my mind it seems a question of magnitude and importance— 
a subject which should call forth the most strenuous efforts 
of minister, physician, teacher, writer, and those who love law 
and order, that it may be blotted from the face of the earth. 
A vast amount of good has been accomplished, but yet.how 
vast is the field of labor that remains. Why weary in a 
cause so worthy, so noble ! Intemperance is a monster so 
hideous, so destructive, so deadly, it has become the greatest 
evil in the world. The subject, the cause, is not worn out, 
nor will it ever be so long as men are so foolish and wicked 
as to drink and traffic in the deadly poison which is building 
up the cause of evil more than any other. It does not 
yet appear that reformers have hit upon the right course to 
entirely overthrow it, but we should continue to do all in 
our power to accomplish it, feeling that we can not work in 
vain. I believe rum to be not only the most prolific source 
of evil, but that it is the father of all wickedness. If there 
is a class of men who deserve to be despised and contemned 
by all, and merit the punishment of a just God, it is that 
class to which belong all who have any thing to do with 
liquor. All such are guilty in a greater or lesser degree. He 
who ruins men’s souls by selling it in large or small quan- 
tities is said to be the most potent agent of him who destroys 
men’s souls and bodies; the physician who prescribes it for 
his patient digs premature and drunkard’s graves for thou- 
sands of innocent people ; the man who in any way counte- 
nances its use, the man who drinks a little occasionally, but 
does not tipple, as Henry Ward Beecher has said, “the THE 110 US E WE L IVE IX. 
man who drinks for the sake of drink is a drunkard, whether 
he reels or not.” The moderate drinker—alas ! where is mod- 
eration ? who will define it ?—there is hut one definition: 
“anywhere from a glass to a barrel! ” All these will bring 
upon themselves, their families and friends, misery and un- 
happiness here and hereafter. Is it not therefore dangerous ? 
It is extremely selfish to drink, and rum is entirely unneces- 
sary in any and every calling in life. 
Liquor is man’s greatest vice and plays upon his weakest 
points. If you gain the mastery over this vice you thereby 
achieve a glorious success. Intemperance has no virtues. 
It is a deceitful, treacherous, monstrous vice. It destroys 
the life, health, and happiness of millions. It begets disease 
and shortens life. It clouds and perverts reason and in- 
tellect, prompts to evil, wastes iime and property, exposes to 
temptation, sears conscience, indisposes to good, injures re- 
ligion, is a curse to the Church and the world, and grieves 
the spirit of God. 
With the use of spirituous liquor are associated, in its 
whole history, profanity, Sabbath desecration, idleness, acci- 
dents, thefts, violence, brutality, gambling, manslaughter, 
murder, suicide; it destroys labor, property, health, and life 
beyond all calculation; loads with heavy taxes; fills the 
work house, infirmary, lunatic asylum, jail, grave ; converts 
its manufactures and sellers into useless, noxious drones, and 
sends forth from their pest-houses of destruction widows and 
orphans, beggars, madmen, prostitutes, thieves, murderers, 
drunkards beyond number and without end. In proportion 
to the consumption of liquor is the amount of beggary and 
misery, of madness and crime, of disease and premature 
death. The whole history of liquor is evil, evil continuallv. 
Alcoholic drinks diminish muscular power. The strongest 
and healthiest men are water drinkers. The best and oldest 
physicians have abandoned its use altogether. If your phy- 
sician orders it, go to a better one. S TIM VIA TIN G I) TIMES. 
207 
The finer moral sentiments are superseded at the wine table 
by indelicate and impure association; which flow out in ri- 
baldry and bacchanal song. Lord Byron made the following 
note of a party where wine was, as usual, freely circulated: 
“ hirst silent, then talky, then argumentative, then disputa- 
tious, then unintelligible, then altogethery, then inarticulate, 
and then drunk !” 
Its influence on the mind is not that of perversion only, hut 
of ultimate prostration. Many a vigorous and educated in- 
tellect has been reduced to imbecility or idiocy by distilled and 
fermented liquor. What a wreck of intellect is exhibited in 
delirium tremens ! The miserable victim is pursued by im- 
aginary serpents, wild beasts, and devils. 
Sidney Smith thus writes of himself after discontinuing 
the use of wine : “I not only was never better, but never half 
so well; indeed, I find that I have been very ill all my life 
without knowing it. Sweet sleep—if dreams at all, pleasant 
ones. Understanding and intellect greatly improved. Do 
more with less fatigue. I can see better without wine and 
spectacles than when I used both. The stomach is now quite 
at rest; no heartburn, no pain, no distraction.” 
There is but one remedy for intemperance, namely, total ab- 
stinence from all that can intoxicate! This is simple, safe, and 
certain. This only will cure. “It is good neither to eat 
flesh, nor drink wine, nor any thing whereby my brother 
stumbleth, or is offended, or is made weak.” When nature 
requires drink, there is nothing so delicious or healthful to a 
pure, unadulterated taste as water. 
The sin of drunkenness expels reason, drowns memory, dis- 
tempers the body, defaces beauty, diminishes strength, cor- 
rupts the blood, inflames the liver, weakens the brain, turns 
men into walking hospitals ; causes internal, external, and in- 
curable wounds ; is a witch to the senses, a devil to the soul, 
a thief to the pockets, the beggar’s companion, a wife’s woe, 
the children’s sorrow ; makes man become a beast and a self- 208 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IN. 
murderer, while drinking to other’s good health he rohs his 
own. The root of all evil is drunkenness. 
Oste Yeae’s Rijmselling. 
Carefully compiled statistics show that sixty thousand lives 
are annually destroyed by rum; 
One hundred thousand men and women are yearly sen- 
tenced to prison for intemperance ; 
Twenty thousand children, for the same reason, are every 
year sent to the poor-house ; 
Three hundred murders are annually committed under the 
instigation of rum ; 
Four hundred suicides annually occur through rum drink- 
ing; 
Two hundred thousand orphans are bequeathed each year 
to public and private charities in consequence of rum ; and 
Two hundred million dollars are paid annually to achieve 
these results. 
Tea ani» Coefee. 
I shall waste little space on these drinks; they have 
caused more sots, more intemperate drinkers, than have more 
stimulating drinks; for devotees are wedded to these cups more 
strongly, and more difficulties stand in the way of reform. Tea 
and coffee injure all who drink of them. They cause sick- 
ness, expense, loss of time, and always impair mental and 
physical efficiency. They weaken the stomach, impair diges- 
tion, cause dyspepsia, take away the appetite, poison the 
blood, injure the skin, destroy beauty, ruin the teeth, reduce 
muscular strength, and debilitate the whole system. They 
both contain strong adulterations and poisons, which cause 
sickness sooner or later, and premature death. If you will 
have warm drinks, cocoa is far preferable, and a healthful 
drink in comparison to tea and coffee. Warm water, milk, 
and sugar is a good substitute. WA TEE 
209 
"Water. 
Notwithstanding water is so good, so healthful, so valu- 
able, so necessary, we often err in its use; that is, we take 
too much, and at improper times—either when it is too hot 
or too cold, or drink it too rapidly. If our other habits are 
right, we need little drink of any kind. Our excess in the 
use of water is only a habit, and a useless one. At meals, 
while eating, we should drink nothing; after eating, a few 
swallows of water may be taken with advantage, but more 
is injurious. Between meals it is entirely unnecessary and 
hurtful; it weakens the stomach and retards digestion. If 
iced, we should take but very little, and that sipped very 
slowly. The food we eat, being mostly composed of water, 
furnishes nearly all the fluid that nature requires. Support 
Nature and let Art go begging. Water is my only drink. I 
have tried all others, and return to this as the most health- 
ful, satisfactory, and all that is necessary; it is the only fluid 
called for by the system. It is the best and the only drink 
that God has made for mankind, and the only one that will 
quench thirst. Of all the productions of Nature or Art, it 
comes nearest to that universal remedy or panacea so much 
searched after by mankind, but never discovered. 
Dr. James Johnson, an eminent physician of London, and 
an eloquent writer, remarks as follows : “ The water-drinker 
glides tranquilly through life, without much exhilaration or 
depression, and escapes many diseases to which, otherwise, 
lie would be subject. The wine-drinker experiences short 
but vivid periods of rapture, and long intervals of gloom ; he 
is more subject to disease. The balance of enjoyment, then, 
turns decidedly in favor of the water-drinker, leaving out 
his temporal prosperity and future anticipations ; and the 
nearer we keep to his regimen the happier we shall be.” 210 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Simple Diet. 
A proper system of diet quadruples tire pleasures of appe- 
tite, makes tire intellect muck more clear, produces cheerful 
and happy feelings, drives away all aches, and enables us to 
do our work, both mental and physical with most pleasure 
and effect. 
No assumption in dietetics is more gratuitous than that va- 
riety of food is essential to health. I am acquainted with a 
young man who lived twelve weeks on Indian-corn bread and 
water solely, had a high state of health, and was in full 
flesh at the end of that time. 
“ I once indulged,” says Marmontel, “in living for six 
weeks on milk, at Compiegne, when in full health. Never 
was my soul more calm, more peaceful than during this reg- 
imen. My days flowed along in study with an unalterable 
equality; my nights were but one single sleep. Discord 
might have overturned the world, it would not have shaken 
me.” 
Hart, in his “Diet of the Diseased,” gives several instances 
of who lived for many years wholly on cow’s 
milk. • Caillie states that some African tribes make milk their 
sole fare. Some of the Arabs who range the great desert 
of Sahara are said to live altogether on milk, and to attain 
to a great age. 
Xenophen, in bis famous “Eetreat,” says that he found a 
tribe near the Euxine who lived on boiled chestnuts. The 
children, he remarked, were so fat and chubby that they were 
“nearly as thick as they were long.” 
Many of the ancient Christians, driven by persecution from 
the ordinary dwelling-place of man to retired cells and cav- 
erns, are said to have lived on bread and water only, and 
many of them attained a great age—some of them 120 
years. NOTES ON EIET. 
211 
Notes on Diet. 
“ I recommend” says Lord Bacon, “rather dieting forcer- 
tain seasons than frequent use of physic or medicine, except 
it he grown into a custom; for dieting alters the body more, 
and troubles it less.” Dr. Abernethy very judiciously ad- 
vised his patients to allow the stomach full time for diges- 
tion. Six or eight hours between meals, five hours for diges- 
tion, the remaining time for the stomach to rest. This means 
two meals daily; especially for the sick. 
The stomach is a very delicate organ, it must have rest; 
if it does not it will surely lose its power of digestion, thereby 
causing dyspepsia, with all its untold evils, and when once 
it becomes broken down it becomes very difficult to restore ; 
almost impossible. Those who have inherited weak stom- 
achs know the value of this remark. 
Doctors should be the leaders of and examples to the peo- 
ple in all that pertains to good habits and the laws of health. 
We honor such doctors and have faith in them, because 
they endeavor to teach by precept and example. There are 
many such, yet how many are there on the other hand who 
are not what they should be, but instead are drinkers, smok- 
ers, chewers, and opium-eaters; indeed, they seem to live 
in utter disregard of all laws of health—thinking, perhaps, 
because they are doctors, they are proof against all harm 
from such. We may cry Shame 1 shame on the medical pro- 
fession ! 
The fact that men get angry when we kindly but promptly 
describe their vices furnishes incontestable proof of internal, 
though perhaps unrecognized consciousness that the truth is 
against them. 
It is as truly a sin to transgress physiological laws as to 
violate one of the Ten Commandments. These are no more 212 
TEE EO USE WE LIVE lE. 
the laws of God than are the laws of organic life. If only 
the physical character of onr posterity were affected by the 
bad physical habits of their parents, much less damage 
would accrue than now appears. 
Some articles of food have no carbon, others no nitrogen; 
all kinds of food have water or waste from 5 to 95 per cent. 
The following table shows the result of the observations of 
one of the ablest chemists of the present age on this subject: 
Solid or 
Nutritive 
One Hundred Parts. Matter. Water. Carhon. Nitrogen. 
Beef, lean and fresh. 26 74 10 8 
Mutton, loan 24>£ 8 6 
Chicken 23 77 
Eggs, the yolk 45 55 
Eggs, the white 20 80 
Fish 18 82 
Oysters 13 87 36 
Bread 66 34 31 
Potatoes 24 76 11 
Kice 78 22 
Arrowroot 82 18 36 
Batter 83 17 69 
Beef tea 4 96 
Cow’s milk 13 87 
Oatmeal 92 8 
Cornmeal 86 14 
Wheat 84 16 39 2 
Eye 80 20 37 2 
Cherries 24 76 
Peaches 20 80 
Gooseberries 18 82 
Pears 16 84 
If a man lives for the table the organs of the mouth and 
chin change their expression, the eye grows dull, the gait 
heavy, the voice takes a coarse animalized sound, and the 
higher powers of intelligence he may once have had will be 
manifested nowhere, save as purveyors to the organs of taste 
and the gastric energy. NOTES ON DIET. 
213 
Excessive eating produces ruptures on the skin, pimples, 
etc., destroys the blood, impedes circulation, dulls the brain, 
and takes away almost all our enjoyment of living. One 
abuse necessarily leads to another, and this is especially true 
of eating and drinking. 
O O 
The secrets of health are six : 1. Keep warm. 2. Eat reg- 
ularly and slowly. 3. Maintain regular daily bodily habits. 
4. Take early and very light suppers. 5. Keep a clean skin. 
6. Get plenty of sleep at night. 
The use of tolacco has made us a nation of spitters. To- 
bacco-users are not alone in violating good taste and man- 
ners, by hawking and spitting, Not only this, but they 
waste a very important fluid. Never be seen to spit. YII. 
SLEEP. 
Sleep, blest refiner of the human soul! How we lose in thy sweet embrace the 
cares, the trials of the day, and in their place gather new hopes, whose rays dawn on 
our morrow like the bright warm sun. 
The Necessity of Sleep—How to Secure Sleep—Children—Sickness and 
Sleep—Feather Beds. 
Sleep is as important to body and mind as food. Without 
it the health of the most robust would fail. Those who 
argue or practice the philosophy of little sleep are in the 
wrong. It does not economize time, it does not save money ; 
in the end it will prove a great loss of time and a great cost, 
not only of money but of life. 
Laboring men, and students especially, need much sleep, 
seven or eight hours at least, some more than this. Nine 
o’clock is the best hour for retiring. One hour’s sleep before 
midnight is worth more than two hours after that time. It 
is much better to study, or to do whatever we may have to do 
early in the day than at night. 
Children require more sleep than adults, and some indi- 
viduals more than others. The harder we labor, either with 
mind or body, the more sleep we require. To answer the 
purpose for which it was bestowed, sleep must be quiet and 
sound. Among the causes which prevent or disturb sleep 
are: indigestion (often caused by late suppers)too great 
bodily fatigue ; mental excitement; strong tea or coffee; 
disordered passions ; unsatisfied desires ; bad air ; too much, 
or two little clothing—in short, all unnatural conditions. In EOW TO SECURE SLEEP. 
215 
this connection, let me suggest one or two remedies for sleep- 
lessness. 
The great point to he gained, in order to secure sleep, is to 
escape from thought, especially from that clinging, tenacious, 
imperious thought which, in most cases of wakefulness, has 
possession of the mind. Dr. Brien, in his curious essay on the 
“Anatomy of Sleep,” thus directs how to fall asleep: “I 
turn my eyeballs as far to the right or left, or upward or 
downward, as I can without pain, and then commence rolling 
them slowly around in their sockets, until I fall asleep, which 
occurs generally within three minutes, and always within 
five. This not merely diverts thought into a new channel, 
but actually suspends it.” 
Other ways may be mentioned, but monotony is best; such 
as listening to the ticking of a watch or clock (a watch under 
the pillow, immediately under the ear, is the best) ; saying 
the multiplication table, getting up and walking or reading, 
or pouring cold water down the spine. But it is better than 
all to avoid the causes of sleeplessness. If you will drink 
strong tea, eat late suppers, overwork either mentally or 
physically, you ought to go without sleep until you learn 
better. 
It is very hurtful to allow children to sit up till 8 cr 9 
o’clock, or perhaps till their parents retire. It is pleasant to 
see their cheerful faces, .to witness their gleeful sports, and 
seemingly cruel to drive them off to bed, when perhaps it is 
the only time of the family gathering. But their health is 
of more importance than their parent’s pleasure. Late hours 
for children are destructive in many ways. Shortening life, 
promoting disease, wasting energies, taking away the ruby 
lips, the blooming cheek, the sparkling eye, and producing 
a sickly, haggard, worn countenance. “ But,” says some over- 
burdened mother, “it is so much work to get my children 
olf to bed.” Set a time for them to retire, and teach them to 
go at that hour without being driven. Teach them to love THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
to do right, and custom will certainly render it pleasant and 
easy for them and for you. 
All that live must sleep ; even the entire vegetable king- 
dom sleeps profoundly in winter, to awake with renewed 
vigor on the opening of spring. All animal life, from snail 
to man, must also rest or die. Nature compels it, nor can 
any human effort or will forego it; nor can we be better 
employed than -when thus renewing our vital energies. Na- 
ture will arouse us to consciousness when our sleep is out, 
and when thus aroused we should arise at once. To hug the 
pillow, half asleep and half awake, is most pernicious, and, 
like over-eating, only craves the more, besides often induc- 
ing impure feelings, which too often result in vice. Would 
that the importance of arising immediately on waking could 
be impressed upon all! If persons are troubled with drow- 
siness in the morning it may be remedied in this way: At 
night set a basin of water near the bed, within reach; im- 
mediately on waking, with the fingers or a sponge, put a 
little water on the face, head, and eyes—sleep will hastily 
depart. 
Those who would enjoy sleep must exercise, and thereby 
sharpen the appetite for it. Get comfortably tired before 
you retire, then go to sleep as soon as possible. Eeligious 
contemplations and devotional exercises are promotive of 
sleep. They diffuse over the soul a delightful quiet, a heav- 
enly calmness, which invites sleep. Music also has an ex- 
cellent effect to repose the mind. Avoid mental excitement, 
or great physical exertion just before retiring. 
Invalids, and the sick in particular, require much sleep. 
As a restorative means, medicines bear no comparison with 
sleep. Awakening the sick to give drugs is consummate 
folly. A day nap is most excellent for invalids, children, 
and all who do not or can not obtain sleep enough during 
the night. For those who work hard, and all the time, it 
makes two days of one; takes away fatigue, and makes the SOFT BEDS. 
217 
latter half as pleasant as the earlier. If you can not obtain 
sleep after the first few trials, continue trying until you can, 
and you will soon form the habit. Even though you do not 
lose consciousness, the rest will he beneficial. The best pos- 
ture for inducing sleep is doubtless the recumbent, lying on 
the back; because it facilitates respiration, and seems the 
most natural. Lying wdiolly on either side often causes the 
internal organs, and even the brain, to sag and remain mostly 
on one side, and represses free respiration through the lungs 
and circulation through the heart. Habituate children to 
sleep on their backs, and particularly with their mouths closed 
and head slightly elevated. 
Bed covering is generally too abundant. Do away entirely 
with those abominations, “comforters;” they allow no air to 
circulate through them, and when dirty can not be cleaned. 
Always use blankets for bed clothing. Never sleep in any 
garment worn during the day; the night dress should be well 
aired every morning. 
Above all avoid feather beds, they are relics of barbarism ; 
non-conductors of the electrical currents, which naturally 
communicate between the surface of the body and the atmos- 
phere ; they obstruct the escape of gases from the body 
given off by sensible and insensible perspiration; they check 
that part of respiration which is naturally carried on through 
the skin. Another objection to them is that they are the 
general reservoir of the various exhalations of the different 
persons who have lain upon them, and they retain the efflu- 
via and humors which may have thus been gathered. Hence, 
for those who love health more than soft beds, feather beds 
should be rejected, and husk, palm-leaf, straw, or hair mat- 
tresses adopted for all seasons in the year. 
One more caution, sleep alone ! Although it is so common 
for persons to sleep with others, it is nevertheless a very inju- 
rious practice. Especially is it bad for the young and old, the 
sick and well to sleep together. The old, the weak, and the 218 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
sick take the vitality, strength, and life of the young and 
well. I have known serious cases of decline and death from 
this cause. It is because of the electrical influence growing 
out of immediate personal contiguity. Tor man and wife to 
sleep together is unhealthful, entirely unnecessary, an ani- 
malish habit; especially so, if the man is saturated with 
liquor or tobacco. In the best society abroad and in this 
country, man and wife have separate apartments, and this is 
as it should be. Till. 
FASHION. 
Keeds not the aid of foreign ornaments, 
But is, when unadorned, adorned the most.” 
‘ ‘ Loveliness 
Fashion and Folly—Fashion’s Slavery—Clothing—Dress—The Corset— 
Nobody Laces. 
We profess to be a Christian people, and are contributing, 
very sparingly, to bo sure, to the laudable enterprise of 
sending the Grospel to those nations who are enveloped in 
darkness of idolatry; and yet we have an idol in our midst 
worshiped with a zeal worthy a Hindoo priest. No heathen 
god or goddess has ever had more zealous devotees than 
Fashion, or a more absurd and humiliating ritual, or more 
mortifying and cruel penances. Her laws, like those of the 
Medes and Persians, must be implicitly obeyed, but unlike 
them, change, as certainly, and about as often as the moon. 
They are rarely founded in reason, usually violate common 
sense, sometimes common decency, and uniformly, common 
comfort. 
Fashion, unlike custom, never looks at the past as a prece- 
dent for the present or future. She reposes unanticipated 
burdens without regard to the strength or means of her 
hoodwinked followers, cheating them out of time, fortune, 
and happiness ; repaying them with the consolation of being 
ridiculed by the wise, endangering health, and wasting means. 220 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Semblance and shade are among her attributes. It is of 
more importance for her worshipers to appear happy than 
to be so. She makes Polly originator and conductor of cere- 
monies, all based on the rickety foundation of vain show, 
each routine of which must be positively adhered to until 
the fickle goddess shapes her kaleidoscope again, and then, 
0 Jupiter, what a bustle! If she requires oblations from 
the four quarters of the globe they must be had, if wealth, 
health, and happiness are the price. If she fancies com- 
parative nakedness for winter, or five thicknesses of woolen 
for dog days, she speaks and it is done. If she orders the 
purple current of life and the organs of respiration to be 
retarded by steel, whalebone, cords, corsets, etc., it is done. 
Disease laughs, and death grins at the folly of the goddess, 
and the zeal of the worshipers. 
Fashion taxes without reason, and collects without mercy. 
She first infatuates the court and aristocracy, and then ridi- 
cules the poor if they do not follow in the wake, although 
they die in the ditch. She is faithless, fearless, uncompro- 
mising, and tyrannical. Header, if you love freedom more 
than slavery, liberty more than thraldom, happiness more 
than misery, competence more than poverty, never bow your 
knee to the goddess Fashion. 
Cxoxhixg. 
The first requisite in clothing is to have all our garments 
loose and flowing, especially about the head, neck, and vital 
organs. Clothes should be adapted, in quantity and quality, 
to the state of the weather and the nature of our emplov- 
ments. No sensible person will allow himself to be strictly 
governed by frequent change of fashion. Dress does not 
make the man; still it becomes our duty to dress substan- 
tially, and as well as our purse will allow. We should de- 
pend more upon Nature and less upon Art. Whatever is 
worn next the skin should be often changed. Cleanliness FASHION. 
221 
promotes health. Colors should always he plain, and suited 
to age, sex, or complexion. How vulgar is had taste in 
dross; and yet how few display good taste. It is, to some 
extent, an index of mind and character. We spend, as a 
general thing, too much for dress; display too much pride, 
too little sense, and a great deal of monkey hy imitating 
every foolish fashion. In clothing, as in all things else, the 
hest is the cheapest. 
In a climate so variable as ours, the importance of warm 
clothing is far from being generally appreciated. The edicts 
of fashion, always religiously observed, are issued under an 
intelligent hostility to health and comfort. 
The dress that appears uncomfortable is untasteful. Dress 
should always be considered as secondary to person, health, 
and comfort. Our errors in dressing are every day deterio- 
rating the race. In the application of clothing to the body 
and limbs, the rule should govern that it be so loose as not 
to obstruct the circulation of the blood in the smaller 
vessels. 
Wear flannel next the shin every day in the year, varying 
in thickness with the season. Nearly all, women especially, 
wear too much clothing over the vital parts and too little 
about the extremities. How many have found an untimely 
grave from sickness caused by cold and damp feet. How 1 
shudder when I see the cruel and abominable fashion that 
exposes the feet and limbs of little folk. The greatest reform 
the world is in need of, is a reform in the dress of women. 
If all women were properly clothed for a few years, we should 
see such a change as would be difficult to realize. Paces 
that are now pale and sunken, and eyes that are now lustre- 
less, would then be glowing with health, and bright with vi- 
vacity ; a light elastic step in place of the swinging, slippery 
style, and flat shrunken forms rounded out to Nature’s beau- 
tiful proportions. 
Let your dress be sober, clean, and modest; not calculated 222 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
to set off the beauty of your person, hut to declare the so- 
briety of your mind, that your outward garb may resemble 
the inward plainness and simplicity of your heart; for it is 
highly .reasonable that you should be one man, and appear 
outwardly as you are inwardly. 
The Cosset. 
Fashion is all that favors it. Eeason and common sense 
are against it; anatomy, physiology, the love of health and 
life are against it; good taste, humanity, all people of sense 
and religion are against it. Who could have been the prime 
instigator of a fashion so hostile to health and life ? Who 
will be so foolish as to follow such a wicked and destructive 
fashion ? If the Creator who formed our bodies so “ fearfully 
and wonderfully” had intended that they should have 
been the shape of an hourglass, he would have thus formed 
us. Thousands die annually, the victims of consumption pro- 
duced by tight lacing. To girt up the vital organs is to 
commit virtual suicide. A strange, cruel, deadly, and tyranni- 
cal fashion, and great fools who follow it. 
Nobody laces 1 no, indeed I Whoever saw a woman who 
laced ? At least no lady considers herself as dressing tight, 
if she knows any one who dresses tighter. So much injury 
has been done by lacing that it would be supposed ladies 
would take warning, but they do not, as we daily see the 
abominable practice. Exit fortunately, it is confined only 
to the foolish. Do young ladies know that the least com- 
pression about the vital organs is very detrimental to health ? 
For what reason do ladies lace ? Did they ever find a man 
or a woman who admired a wasp waist ? Do not sensible 
men and women look upon such things as being awful, and 
avoid such silly, brainless fools ? It is for those who lace, 
but think they do not, that I write. 
Dr. Warren, of Boston, says that one-half the women FAS 111 OK. 
among the well educated (he probably means fashionably ed- 
ucated) have crooked spines. Indeed, it is a difficult thing 
to find a straight spine among girls and women; rather an 
uncommon thing among boys and men. I need not here re- 
mark that crooked spines are hazardous and dangerous, and 
should be remedied at once. IX 
BEAUTY. 
The Beautiful is higher than the Good, for the Beautiful includes the Good within it 
as a part.— Goethe. 
Beauty of Face and Mind—Venus de Medici—How to Improve the 
Features—To Acquire a Beautiful Form—Notes on Beauty. 
“ Thebe is a continual relation,” Eenfrew truly observes, 
“ between the body and tlie mind; slavery, vice, and igno- 
rance brutalize the features; virtue, independence, and knowl- 
edge ennoble tbenx. How hideous is tbe countenance of an 
ignorant, vicious man! How admirable is that of an honest 
man, enlightened by knowledge and science.” 
To retain beauty, or to make it, you must have the mind 
chiseling away at the features. A handsome man who does 
nothing but eat and drink grows flabby, and the fine lines 
of his features are lost; but the hard thinker has an admi- 
rable sculptor at work keeping his lines in repair, and con- 
stantly going over his face to improve the original design 
The higher the culture the more varied will be the expres- 
sion of the countenance. Any face, no matter how highly 
the intellect has been cultivated, will fall short of perfect 
beauty, unless the moral feelings and the affections shall have 
received due development. 
The Venus de Medici, considered the most perfect existing 
model of the female form, has been the admiration of the 
world for ages. Alexander Walker, after minutely describing 
this celebrated statue, says ; “All these admirable charac- TO IMPROVE the features. 
225 
teristics of the female form, the mere existence of which in 
woman must, one is tempted to imagine, be, even to herself, 
a source of ineffable pleasure. These constitute a being wor- 
thy, as the personification of beauty, of occupying the tem- 
ples of Greece; present an object finer, alas ! than Nature 
even seems capable of producing; and offer to all nations 
and ages a theme of admiration and delight.” 
Well might Thompson say : 
“ So stands the statue that enchants the world, 
So, Lending, tries to vail the matchless boast, 
The unrivaled beauties of exulting Greece.” 
And Byron, in yet higher strain: 
“ There, too, the goddess lives in stone, 
And fills the air around with beauty. 
We stand, and in that form and face behold 
Within the pale 
What mind can make when Nature’s self would fail, 
And to the fond idolaters of old 
Envy the innate flash which, such a soul could mold. 
We gaze, and turn away, and know not where, 
Dazzled and drunk with beauty, till the heart 
Reels with its fullness ; there—for ever there— 
Chained to the chariot of triumphal Art, 
We stand as captives, and would not depart.” 
To Improve the Features. 
Cultivate the mind, refine the taste, cherish all the virtues, 
and every gentle and loving mood; avoid gross food and 
strong drink, and harbor no disturbing passion. Be lovable 
and you will be beautiful. 
To Acquire a Beautiful Form. 
Take abundant exercise in the open air—free, attractive, 
joyous exercise; such as young girls, w'hen not restrained by 226 
TEE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
false and artificial proprieties, are wont to take. If you are 
in the country, or can get there, ramble over the hills and 
through the woodlands ; botanize, geologize, seek rare flowers 
and plants, hunt bird’s nests, and chase butterflies; be a 
romp, although you may be no longer a little girl. If you 
are a wife and a mother, so much the better ; romp with your 
children. Attend also to your bodily positions in standing, 
sitting, lying, and walking, and employ such general or 
special gymnastics as your case may require. Live, while in- 
doors, in well-ventilated rooms; take sufficient wholesome 
and nourishing food at regular hours ; keep the mind active 
and cheerful—in short, obey all the laws of health. 
The law of beauty requires that the mouth should be small 
and expressive; the teeth small, slightly rounded, and white; 
the chin of moderate size, white, soft and gracefully rounded; 
the eye long, high opening between the eyelids, and immac- 
ulate clearness of both the white and the iris. They should 
be large, especially in woman ; the cheeks moderately plump, 
and delicately tinged ; the hair fine, soft, wavy or curling; 
the neck white, smooth, straight, and flexible ; the hand 
and arm white, soft, long, round, tapering, and delicate ; and a 
soft, smooth, transparent, and delicately tinted skin. 
The Law oe Beauty. 
Notes ok Beauty. 
Honesty, purity, and love have their lawful physiology and 
facial expression. Every love impulse, affection, and, indeed, 
every power of activity in the universe is in the constant 
effort to express itself outwardly in the true and orderly 
form. Beauty is the robe of divinity itself, the privilege of 
angels. 
Hardness of heart and purity of life cooperate with an ex- 
panded chest, wholesome air, copious breathing, and out-door 
exercise, in imparting to the fair cheek the coveted roseate NOTES ON BEAUTY. 
227 
tinge. Quiet happiness, ease and freedom from care are es- 
sential auxiliaries. 
Yiolent passions, mental or physical suffering, care and 
anxiety depress and bleach the cheek, and give a peculiarly 
haggard expression to the countenance. Whatever, then, is 
favorable to goodness and happiness is favorable to health 
and beauty. 
Intellectual and physical culture are essential to beauty. 
Beauty begets beauty always and inevitably. X. 
AMUSEMENTS AND EXCESSES. 
Amusements—Billiards—Ten-Pins—Boxing, Simple and Fancy Blows, 
Parries, etc.—Skating—Excesses—Tobacco—Tobacco-using— Smok- 
ing—Forty-four Objections to Tobacco. 
AMUSEMENTS. 
As a. people, we do not well understand how to amuse our- 
selves. What we need is a real hearty, healthful amusement, 
one which will brighten life, strengthen virtue, and ennoble 
character. God has shown by his word and works, that he 
approves of good cheer and mirth. The good, ancient 
Preacher has said that “It is comely to be merry, and 
there is nothing better than that a man enjoy good in his 
labors.” “ A merry heart maketh a cheerful countenance.” 
Amusements that separate the sexes are dangerous. God 
meant that man and woman should live together, work 
together, and, in all the functions of life—civil, social, re- 
ligious, artistic, and intellectual—cooperate with each other, 
and their mutual relations are always harmonizing and bal- 
ancing, particularly so in the seeking for and participation of 
amusement. 
Amusements are good and necessary to happiness and 
health of body and mind. Americans, as a class, have 
altogether too few recreations. The “almighty dollar” 
keeps us too steadily at work. There should be more holi- 
days, more picnics, excursions, country trips, and resting 
spells. So much work and so little amusement makes us BILLIARDS AND TEN-DINS. 
229 
stupid, and unhealthful, and deprives us of much happiness. 
Especially do these remarks apply to persons of sedentary 
hahits, in-door occupations, literary persons, and to schools and 
colleges. The mind, as well as the body, would be in a far 
better state, and accomplish a vast deal more, in a much better 
way if we took more time for amusement and rest. Ani- 
mated physical amusement is much the best, but passive 
mental amusement is also good to recreate the mind. 
Billiards. 
At the laying of the corner-stone of the Dartmouth College 
Gymnasium, one gentleman who spoke upon the occasion said 
he was suspended (or expelled, I can not recall which) from 
College for playing a game of Ten-pins. Surely, we live in a 
time of progress, and who is not thankful for it. 
It will not be long before Billiard Tables will be introduced 
into College Gymnasiums. And why not ? who will say there 
is harm in a game of billiards ? It is a beautiful pastime, 
fall of amusement, interest, profit, exhilaration, and excite- 
ment. The game itself can do no harm; harm lies only in 
the surroundings. Then why not purify it, free it from its 
evils, and take from it all its evil associations ? Place the 
billiard table in the gymnasium, and in private residences 
where it can be afforded. Young men will play, and if they 
can not find billiard halls free from temptations, they w-ill go 
where they can be tempted and will fall, though not willingly, 
nor intentionally. Then give them opportunity to play where 
they may be free from evil and contamination. Eor this rea- 
son, I uphold such a use of them, and I live in hopes of see- 
ing their early introduction into gymnasiums of all kinds, and 
in connection with Young Men’s Christian Associations. 
TeX-PIN'S. 
As I have so strongly recommended the introduction of 
bowling alleys in connection with the Gymnasium, a very 230 
THE ROUSE WE LIVE IN. 
few words regarding the game will not be out of place. The 
exhilaration, excitement, and emulation connected with this 
game make it more interesting and profitable than many 
other kinds of exercise. I strongly recommend its prac- 
tice. It is simple, interesting, profitable, and free from dan- 
ger. It will draw students to the Gymnasium, and cause 
them to exercise when nothing else would. Learn to roll 
with either hand, else much rolling with one hand alone wall 
tend to make you one-sided, and cause one shoulder to be 
higher and larger than the other. 
Set up your own pins, or for one another. Setting up is the 
best part of the exercise. Spurn the idea of assistance of 
any kind. From a College Gymnasium and bowling alleys 
small boys should be peremptorily excluded. 
Boxing. 
This manly exercise has no necessary connection with the 
brutal and disgusting exhibitions of the “ Prize Ping.” I 
treat this subject simply as a physical exercise; one which 
more than almost any other develops and brings into play 
the best qualities of our compound nature—quickness of per- 
ception in the mind, and quickness of action in the body. 
Good sparring requires the simultaneous action of almost 
every organ. The eye must be alert to detect, and even an- 
ticipate the movements of the opponent. Every nerve and 
muscle, from those of the remotest extremities to those which 
lie close to the citadel of life, are brought into simultaneous 
action at the command of the brain. Sparring is an exer- 
cise which any gentleman may take, with the assurance that 
it will be of physical benefit, and can produce no injury to 
him or to his opponent; for the blow with the gloved hand, 
no matter how well delivered, can do no harm. Every one 
should be taught this graceful and healthful exercise. The 
knowledge of sparring, independent of its uses, is a means 
of self-defense when assailed by lawless outrage or vulgar BOXING. 
231 
impertinence, and has the additional recommendation of being 
one of the most healthful exercises by which the vigor of the 
human frame can be improved. The whole body partakes 
of its beneficial consequences, when heartily pursued ; the 
muscular conformation is brought into action, and the latent 
energies of the system are gradually but effectually devel- 
oped. As the health of the mind is influenced by the health 
of the body, additional stimulants to its pursuit are offered; 
and as it can be enjoyed at all seasons and at all hours, in 
the most confined as well as the most extensive localities, by 
the old as well as by the young, by the weak as well as by 
the powerful, it is in fact one of the best athletic exercises, 
and should be universally encouraged. Instead of teaching 
one to be pugnacious it has the opposite tendency, teaching 
one to mind his own business, and to evade a quarrel as 
long as possible. 
Now there is a trite saying, no less old than true, that 
“ nothing is worth doing that is not worth doing well.” If 
self-defense be at all requisite, if it tend to the protection of 
life or property, then it is worth acquiring in its natural 
form, together with all the art it will admit of. Art is essen- 
tial and necessary in boxing. Pugilism includes nothing es- 
sentially vicious or immoral. 
There are two golden rules for a boxer, namely, hit straight 
and keep your temper. Pail in either of these requisites and 
you will probably come off second best; fail in both and you 
will certainly do so. Listen to an account of a battle where 
strength and weight and anger were over-matched by skill 
and coolness; “As the assailant rushed in he ran a prominent 
feature of his face against a fist which was traveling in an 
opposite direction, and immediately after struck the knuckles 
of the young man’s other fist a severe blow with the part of 
his person known as his ‘ bread basket.’ The second round 
closed the battle.” 
It is not easy to teach any branch of the science of arms in 232 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
a book ; and boxing is perhaps more especially difficult here 
than any other. Still, something can be done even through 
the medium of ink and paper; We all favor our own ways ; 
I by no means call the system I teach “my system,” but I 
venture to call it the best I ever saw, and because it was 
taught me by two of the best boxers in the country, Prof. 
Bailey of Boston and Prof. Molineaux of the Harvard 
Gymnasium. I have taught it to hundreds of students with 
good success. 
Remarks. 
First, position; body straight, head erect, knees stiff, feet 
eighteen inches or a natural step apart; left foot in advance 
of right. Gloves on, fists closed and, when in process of hit- 
ting, tightly clenched ; arms moving alternately across body ; 
right hand a little higher than left, and as they move, elbows 
should touch sides each time, or be kept close into sides ; let 
elbows go far back each time, shoulders and arms easy and 
loose ; arms should be kept in perpetual motion. 
Look opponent straight in eye; always keep on guard; 
bring hands back to position as soon as you have hit; parry 
and hit regularly; maintain good, easy, and light footing on 
floor; bend only from hips; cultivate quick eye ; hitting, 
bend forward; guarding, bend backward ; keep hands high; 
do not let either drop after hitting ; in moving about use toes 
and move lightly; be natural, no airs ; answer all blows im- 
mediately. 
Simple Blows. 
1. Straight out, left hand to face. 
2. Straight out, right hand to face. 
3. Straight out, right hand to pit of stomach. 
4. Bound blow to left side, right hand. 
5. Bound blow to right side, left hand. SKATING . 
233 
6. Round blow to left of bead, right band. 
7. Round blow to right of head, left hand. 
Upper cut blow made with either hand by under semi-cir- 
cle when opponent’s head is down. 
Parries for Simple Plows. 
1. Raise right arm obliquely across face. 
2. Raise left arm obliquely across face. 
3. Right hand at pit of stomach, brace arm on side. 
4. Left elbow at side. 
5. Right elbow at side. 
6. Raise left arm or forearm to right side of head. 
7. Raise right arm or forearm to right side of head. 
Upper cut forearm before face, one foot from face. 
Straight counter ; inside counter ; cross straight counter ; 
chop: cross parry; back fall, feints (deceits), 1, 2; 2, 3 ; 3, 2; 
6, 4; 4, 6 ; 7, 5; 5, 7. Counters (there is a counter for every 
blow). Blow 1, counter 6;2, 7 ; 8, 1; 4, 2; 5, 1; 6, 2 ; 7, 1. 
Always take 4 and hit 1. 
Pancy Plows. 
Practice. 
Advance and retreat; hit out 1 and retreat; hit out I, 2, 
and retreat; hit all blows standing still; hit all blows walk- 
ing about, calling off; hit 1, parry 1, alternately; hit 1, 2; 
parry 2, 1, vice versa; hit 1, 8 ; 1, 4. 
It is impossible to explain these blows through the me- 
dium of the pen. 
Skating 
Has become quite fashionable and. popular, not only as an 
exercise, but as an accomplishment. It is an exhilarating 
and invigorating exercise, and we are glad to see both sexes 234 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
take part in it with, so muck zeal. Ladies, however, should 
take this exercise with great caution, as there is great dan- 
ger of too greatly prolonging the exercise. This practice 
will give strength and flexibility to the muscles of the feet 
and ankles—in fact, all the lower limbs—with a correct and 
easy carriage of the body. This graceful accomplishment 
must be learned by practice. A few hints, however, may 
be given. 
Fasten the skates to the feet in such a manner as not to 
prevent the free circulation of the blood, or even the free 
motion of the joints of the toes, heels, or ankles. The skat- 
ing dress should be close and warm; flannel ought to be 
worn next the skin in every case ; for we all know that this 
exercise causes great perspiration, and when standing or rid- 
ing after it, a chilliness is very apt to come on unless we 
use this warm absorbant. I would recommend all who live 
within a reasonable distance to walk home after skating. 
By this means the blood will be kept in brisk circulation, 
and the liability of taking cold materially lessened. 
If you should fall through the ice, extend the arms horizon- 
tally over the edges of that which is unbroken till a plank or 
rope is passed to you. Avoid very rough or very smooth ice. 
Be self-dependent; or if you must have aid, take the hand of 
a friend. 
The beginner must bo very fearless but not violent; not 
even in a hurry. Keep the heels near together; keep the 
ankles stiff and firm. Look before you, not at the feet. 
Stand erect. All sudden and violent action should be 
avoided. 
Commence the exercise gradually, and do not overdo under 
the excitement of the moment. I)o not stand or sit when 
warm. Learn to skate easily and gracefully. Avoid skating 
against the wind. TOBACCO. 
235 
VULGAR EXCESSES. 
Tobacco. 
The use of this nauseous and filthy weed we must class 
among the worst of vulgar excesses; it was discovered 
by Sir Francis Drake, near Tobasco (Yucatan, Mexico), hence 
its name. It is one of the greatest, if not the greatest enemy 
to physical life. It is th e most potent enemy to right moral 
character. “ For what was tobacco made ?” is a question 
often asked, evidently intending to prove that because it is 
a natural production it is proper and right to use it for chew- 
ing, smoking, and snuffing. Opium, Deadly Nightshade, and 
Henbane are all natural productions ; should these therefore 
become habitual luxuries ? Tobacco is one of the very strong- 
est poisons. A single drop of the concentrated oil put upon 
the tongue of an animal will destroy its life instantly. 
It is one of the most unnatural and poisonous things that 
can be taken into the mouth. An appetite for it is entirely 
artificial, created by habit. God never made such an appe- 
tite, nor made the weed to be used as a luxury. He made 
man for more elevated enjoyments, for more dignified prac- 
tices, for more reasonable devotions. 
It as truly intoxicates the brain and nerves as does alco- 
hol. The smoking of a single cigar increases the pulse from 
fifteen to twenty beats per minute. 
It is quackery to prescribe it so often a s medicine ; when 
thus prescribed, the mouth is no place for it. 
It enters the circulation and destroys the healthful prop- 
erties of the blood. 
The very worst forms of dyspepsia, with its long train of 
attendant evils—piles, and chronic diarrhea—are produced by 
its use. 
Do not commence ! If a man begins taking it, he takes it 
eternally—he finds no leaving off place. 236 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
A crime against nature is a crime against God. The 
tobacco devotee knows his course is wrong. 
The tobacco-user is giving forth pestilential vapors from all 
the pores of his skin. He is an embodiment of perpetual 
miasma, A walking distillery of deadly essence. 
Tobacco costs, every year, five times as much as the support 
of the gospel. 
Man is quite sufficiently animal in his character without 
any such artificial promptings as tobacco, alcohol, or any 
other producer of unnatural appetites. 
Tobacco excites the nervous system, and, in time, renders 
it prostrate. It has the same effect on the mind. 
The tobacco-user must necessarily lose his moral courage, 
self-respect, and self-government. It also enslaves the mind. 
No man can be strictly a gentleman who uses tobacco in any 
form. Men are wanting in moral courage who can not give 
up the use of this destroyer. Let them combat the foe at 
every avenue, and be determined to conquer, or die. Oh the 
'power of I win*! 
Tobacco blunts the conscience. 
A writer in one of our periodicals, speaking of the effects of 
tobacco in his own case, says that “ Smoking and chewing 
produced a continual thirst for stimulating drinks ; and this 
tormenting thirst led me into the habit of drinking ale, por- 
ter, brandy, and other kinds of spirits, even to the extent of 
intoxication.” The same writer adds that after he had sub- 
dued his appetite for tobacco, he “ lost all desire for stimulat- 
ing drinks.” 
It destroys the teeth, instead of preserving them ; wears off 
the enamel, thereby causing decay, ulcers in the gums, wear- 
ing the teeth down, giving a filthy mouth. Its consumers 
are always benefited by quitting it at once and for ever, and it 
can be and must be done in this way or not at all. 
There is no foe to human society that is so enticing, en- 
slaving or so invincible. Health and longevity are Christian TOBACCO. 
237 
duties, and their abuse is a crime against nature and na- 
ture’s God. Every man who knowingly brings upon him- 
self disease and death by tobacco is a suicide ; and drunk- 
ards and suicides can not enter the kingdom of Heaven. 
Whosoever wars with nature must some time pay the forfeit, 
the penalty. 
It destroys health in many ways ; the fluids, the solids, the 
nervous system, the brain, the heart, mind, intellect, morals, 
are all affected by it. Who can deny it? 
It destroys eyesight, hearing, and circulation. Every 
minister of the Gospel, as well as every physician, ought to 
cry aloud against it; for it destroys the highest susceptibility 
of the soul. 
It is as truly a sin to transgress physiological law, as to 
violate one of the Ten Commandments. The tobacco-user’s 
judgment, reason, and common sense all conjoin their testi- 
mony that this is a sin, yet he heeds it not; it is possible to 
convince, to convict, but to convert is difficult. It greatly re- 
tards the progress of temperance, and is almost certain to load 
to intemperance. Tobacco and liquor may be called twin- 
brothers—nay, rather twin devils. 
llow 'painful to see our students—men nho are soon to lead in 
our national councils, to shape the morals and manners of 
society—making themselves downright sick, day after day, to 
form a habit 'so disgusting, so poisonous, steeping their nerves 
and their intellects in its narcotic influence, the direst ten- 
dencies of which are to impair their health, to enfeeble their 
minds, and to disqualify them for a place in cleanly and polite 
society. 
Students. 
A Einal Plea. 
Tobacco helps fill our poorhouses, hospitals, insane asy- 
lums, houses of correction and penitentiaries. It puts money 238 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
into the pockets of physicians, by increasing the prevalence 
and severity of disease. It gives business to lawyers, sheriffs 
and courts of justice; for all the knaves, vagabonds, pick- 
pockets and highway robbers are chewers and smokers 
Low, vulgar, and vicious physical habits and corresponding 
moral habits generally cluster together. Do you value your 
body, mind, and soul ? then put away for ever an enemy so 
foreign to your nature, so hurtful to your being for time and 
eternity. Put away this nerve-prostrating, mind-benumbing, 
soul-paralyzing drug; this fleshly, ungodly lust! Let every 
man break the bonds of this vile and degrading servitude, 
and no longer let his spirit lie in bondage to his flesh. Let 
the powers of his higher nature come to his rescue, and not 
flinch from the dreadful conflict till they shall gain the victory 
over th eir physical being, and the body shall yield quiet sub- 
mission to the triumph of the soul. 
Laughter and Tobacco. 
In order to keep the mind and body in good health, periods 
of recreation are necessary. There must be some amusement 
taken which will excite laughter. There are a very important 
set of muscles called the “risibles,” and they are designed for 
use as much as any other. The brain and body are both ex- 
ercised by laughter, and all who have attended to physiology 
and the laws of health declare that nothing is more produc- 
tive of good health than a full, hearty laugh. I would recom- 
mend that in every family some portion of each day should 
be devoted to social and domestic enjoyment. Then read the 
following, it will certainly serve for more than one day’s 
laughter: 
Tobacco was first brought into repute in England by Sir 
Walter Ealeigh. By the caution he took to smoke it pri- 
vately, he did not intend it should be copied. But sitting one 
day in deep meditation, with a pipe in his mouth, he inad- 
vertently called, to his servant to bring him a tankard of SM OKING. 
239 
small beer. The fellow coming into the room, threw all the 
liquor into his master’s face; and running down stairs, 
bawled out “Fire ! Fire! help! help! Sir "Walter has studied 
till his head is on fire, and the smoke bursts out of his mouth 
and nostrils!” 
SjUOKIKG. 
Smoking is a useless, expensive, selfish, and filthy practice ; 
it leads to drunkenness in many cases, for it is rare to find a 
drunkard who does not smoke; the man who smokes every 
day is never safe from the gutter, and he who deliberately 
runs this risk has not the courage to avoid any other sink 
of moral degradation, were it not for the fear of being found 
out. As to the chicken-hearted plea, “I can’t quit it,” even 
when convinced that it is wrong and unhealthful, hear the 
testimony of James Parton, who was a slave to the practice 
for thirty years, and who heroically broke from his chains on 
the instant of his resolution to do so : “I have less head- 
ache, I enjoy exercise more, and step out much more vigor- 
ously. My room is cleaner, I think lam better tempert d, 
as well as more cheerful and satisfied. I endure the inevit- 
able ills of life with more fortitude, and look forward more 
hopefully ; but it decidedly pays to stop smoking.” 
De. Gtxllt ox SnoxixG. 
The celebrated Dr. Gully has made the following remarks 
on the use of tobacco : “ Give up the deleterious stimulus 
of tobacco in the shape of snuffing and smoking. Both tell 
injuriously on the nerves of the stomach, as well as on ihe 
brain. Nay, more; I defy any one to cure a nervous disorder, 
or a shattered constitution while the patient is allowed to 
snuff or smoke tobacco. I would have no patient who re- 
fused to give it up; the physician should control, not pan- 
der to his patients.” 240 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IN. 
Uoety-eoijb Objections to Tobacco. 
1. Tobacco is a main upholder of slavery in the United States. 
2. Tobacco has cost Great Britain 10,000,000/ a year. 
3. Tobacco, when first used, deranges the whole system. 
4. Tobacco contains an oil and nicotine highly poisonous. 
5. Tobacco exerts an injurious influence on the nerves. 
6. Tobacco affects the heart’s action and circulation of blood. 
7. Tobacco prevents the due elaboration of chyle and blood. 
8. Tobacco produces morbid excitability and irritability. 
9. Tobacco arrests the growth, and lowers man’s stature. 
10. Tobacco causes boys to steal to gratify their taste for it. 
11. Tobacco often weakens the memory and tends to insanity. 
12. Tobacco loosens the silver cord and superinduces paralysis. 
13. Tobacco harms the gums and teeth, and injures the mouth 
14. Tobacco weakens every function of the human frame. 
15. Tobacco is an enfeeblement of its consumer’s posterity. 
16. Tobacco demoralizes the young of all classes. 
17. Tobacco deceives by causing delusive imaginations. 
18. Tobacco is expensive, and is a sinful waste of property. 
19. Tobacco-smoking occasions great waste of time. 
20. Tobacco is a great promoter of drinking customs. 
21. Tobacco, by its exhausting power, induces strong drink. 
22. Tobacco keeps its victims in a state of semi-intoxication. 
23. Tobacco, therefore, is a great hindrance to temperance. 
24. Tobacco defiles the breath, and unfits for refined society. 
25. Tobacco leads its victims into bad associations. 
26. Tobacco often induces habits of indolence and inactivity. 
27. Tobacco-consumers suffer increased liability to disease. 
28. Tobacco renders recovery from disease a greater difficulty. 
29. Tobacco leaves its victims an easy prey to tempters. 
30. Tobacco injures the complexion and brilliancy of the eye. 
31. Tobacco-using is opposed to politeness of gentlemen. 
32. Tobacco, as James I. said, bewitches him that useth it. 
33. Tobacco enfeebles the will, and causes irresolution. TOBACCO. 
241 
84. Tobacco circumscribes qualifications of smoking ministers 
35. Tobacco keeps many from church, and Sabbath school. 
36. Tobacco begets strife in railway car and temperance house. 
37. Tobacco clothes many poor men’s children with rags. 
38. Tobacco, in confined rooms, injures women and children. 
39. Tobacco leads to forgetfulness of God and self-denial. 
40. Tobacco has filled poorhouses and lunatic asylums. 
41. Tobacco and liquor cost enough to evangelize the world. 
42. Tobacco and liquors are the most fruitful sources of debt. 
43. Tobacco frustrates all benevolence and philanthropy. 
44. Tobacco,, we say, Touch not Tobacco, for a curse is in it. XI. 
MAN. 
“True knowledge leads to lore, 
True dignity abided with Mm alone 
Who, in the silent hour of inward thought, 
Can still suspect, and still revere himself, 
In lowliness of heart.” 
Man was made Upright--Advice to Young Men—The Gentleman- 
Hints to Young Men. 
God made man upright, in Iris own image; but man has 
sought out many inventions. He is now, through these in- 
ventions, and unnatural appetites fallen and degraded. He 
has no occasion for dissatisfaction with his natural appetites 
while they are rightly treated and kept within due indul- 
gence ; for they are right in themselves, and will contribute 
to true happiness and health. It is from this undue indul- 
gence, and the creating and fostering of those appetites foreign 
to his nature, that disease, and suffering, and premature 
death are brought on.” 
No intelligent man is possessed of such an inborn character 
that it can not be governed and modified; and no habit of 
morbid appetite can acquire such strength that a sane man 
can not overcome it. There is often a long warfare on the 
subject between the animal and the rational forces of his 
being. 
Here is a man devoted to the false and irrational indul- 
gences of alcohol or tobacco. Heason says this is a vile MAN 
243 
practice, killing to the body, enervating to the mind, and 
paralyzing to the soul—a habit which no rational or moral 
man ought to indulge for a moment. But the cravings of the 
lips cry for continual sacrifices to be laid upon the altar. 
Conscience says 11 This is a sin; let it alone !” but the defiled 
mouth says “ Give, give I” Is that vice so powerful that it 
can not be overcome ? Let that powerful agent, the will, 
dwelling in the citadel of the electric forces, send out its 
telegraphic message to each hand, commanding it never more 
to degrade the mouth and insult the soul. 
When the sordid love of gold tempts the hand to take 
from the banker’s v/mlt a pilfered treasure, let the will heed 
the monitors of moral precepts and give the hand command 
to touch it not, and it will obey. 
The unnatural pleasure of a wrong indulgence should be 
set aside for that higher and natural enjoyment which is 
always the immediate or the ultimate result of obedience to 
nature. Nature is right; the Author of nature has made wise 
and perfect arrangement; and whoever thinks of bettering his 
condition by warring with that arrangement is guilty of the 
grossest folly. Let every man, therefore, gather up moral 
courage, not only to be open to the conviction of truth, but to 
meet its demands. There is no moral being who really can 
not govern himself. 
Hold it as a maxim that you had better be alone than in 
mean company. Let your companions be such as yourself, 
or superior ; for the worth of a man will always bo ruled by 
that of his company. It is advisable for young men to seek 
the fellowship of the good, and always to aim at a higher 
standard than themselves. Francis Horner, speaking of the 
advantage to himself of direct personal intercourse with high- 
minded intelligent men, said : “ I can not hesitate to decide 
that I have derived more intellectual improvement from then] 
than from all the books I have turned over. Contact with 
the good never fails to impart good.” 244 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Young man, art tliou one o£ tire foolish, who think the 
pleasures of vicious indulgence are preferable to those of 
health? Are thy chosen companions, those who divide 
their time between brandy and gaming ? And dost thou, 
“in the twilight of evening, in the black and dark night,” 
seek tire society of the “strange woman,” whose “house is 
the way to hell, going down to the chambers of death?” 
Ask thyself, in that case, what thou wilt be two, three, or 
five years hence. What but a blasted, bloated, cast-off, 
wretched thing! 
“ Thine own soul hissing at thee 
Through the dark!” * 
Didst thou ever know one who trod that, road to arrive at 
happiness and honor ? Never; no, never! It invariably 
conducts to misery and infamy. 
Oh the dark days of vanity! when here 
How tasteless, and how terrible when gone! 
Hope not that thy experience will differ from others; vice 
issues in misery, and “ the wages of sin is death.” Here is 
the law, a law from which no power in the universe can 
absolve thee. Dost thou doubt the existence of such a law? 
Thou art already undone, and “the light that is in thee is 
darkness.” Thy soul is without any divine guidance, the 
glory is departed, and an abomination of iniquity is shut up 
therein. 
That very large class of mortals who are continually dis- 
satisfied with their ill luck will please read and remember 
what follows : 
Would you have good luck ? Then get up early, and mind 
your own business when up, not that of your neighbors; spend 
less than you earn ; keep out of debt; wait on yourself, for 
shirking is essential theft; treat other people as you would 
be treated ; display liberality of soul and charity of opinion; THE GENTLEMAN. 
245 
feed the poor; then, and not till then, you may properly 
consider your life a success. And when you read such hints 
as these, do not say it means somebody else, but take it 
home to yourself. 
The Gentleman. 
“Habit is the best magistrate,” says Lord Bacon. Apply 
yourselves, then, sedulously at once to act habitually by the 
highest standard of the gentleman, to let a truly gentle- 
manly spirit permeate your entire being. Act the part of a 
gentleman at all times, to the lowest as well as to the highest. 
Gentleman is a term which does not apply to any station. 
The man of rank who deports himself with dignity and can- 
dor, and the tradesman who discharges the duties of life with 
honor and integrity, are alike entitled to it; nay, the hum- 
blest artisan, who fulfills the obligations cast upon him with 
virtue and honor, is more entitled to the name of gentleman 
than the man who could indulge in offensive and ribald re- 
marks, however high his station. 
The quaint old Fuller sums up, in a few words, the char- 
acter of a true gentleman and man of action in describing 
that of the great Admiral Sir Francis Drake: “ Chaste in 
his life, just in his dealings, true of his word, merciful to 
those that were under him, hating nothing so much as idle- 
ness. In matters of especial moment he was never wont to 
rely on other men’s care, how trusty or skillful soever they 
might seem to be, but always contemning danger and not 
refusing to toil, he was wont himself to be one at every turn 
where courage, skill, or industry was to be employed.” 
The gentleman is always the gentleman. If you would be 
a gentleman, you must be a geiitle man. Gentleness is, in- 
deed, the best test of gentlemanliness. A consideration for 
the feelings of others, for his inferiors and his dependents, 
as well as his equals, and regard for their self-respect will 
pervade the true gentleman’s whole conduct. He will rather 246 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
himself suffer a small injury than by an uncharitable con- 
struction of another’s behavior incur the risk of committing 
a great wrong. He will be forbearant of the weaknesses, 
the failings, and the errors of those whose advantages in 
life have not been equal to his own. He will be merciful 
even to his beast. He will not boast of his wealth, his 
strength, or his gifts. He will not confer favors with a pat- 
ronizing air. 
Every effort you make in this life adds something to the 
development of the immortal man within you. Nothing of 
strife for the better, the nobler, the holier, is ever lost. Just 
so far as you go in time, so far ahead you begin in eternity. 
Therefore, lose no time in getting up, looking about you, and 
discovering what work there is for you to do. 
Hints to Young Men. 
You, young man ! be true to the divinity within you, in 
order to work yourself up into the recognition of men. 
Wherever you are, do all your present duty—no matter who 
sees you, or sees you not, no matter what it may cost you 
of self-sacrifice. Live up to yourself. Cut off your evil 
habits; if you have any, for divinity does not grow in an 
atmosphere of impurity. You can not walk upright so long 
as vice clings to you. As St. Gaull, the Apostle of Germany, 
ordered the bear who served him with bringing wood to 
kindle his fire, to retire to the farthest fastnesses of the for- 
est, and nevermore to show himself again to the injury of 
man, so do you command the sin which serves you with fuel 
for the fire of your life to depart hence and disturb you no 
more. The legend states that the bear obeyed the Saint till 
his dying day; so will the sin obey you if it discovers that 
you are in earnest—that you are really determined to get 
up and prove yourself an upright man. 
There is no disgrace in life’s failures if unlinked with sin. 
To try a thousand times and fail, only shows that you are a HINTS TO YOUNG MEN. 
247 
man with a high-toned and worthy spirit. It shows that yon 
are determined to succeed some time, and success crowns the 
brave sooner or later. “ Men want industry more than time 
or abilities,” says Sallust. Work, wop.k, WORK! is the secret 
of getting up and getting on. If you fail here,- apply there ; 
if you fail there, return here; only keep on working. No 
matter if your schemes come to naught, try others. The 
dream goes by, but the man is here. Keep on learning; 
says Goethe, “ Nature knows no pause in progress and de- 
velopment, and attaches her curse on all inaction.” XII 
WOMAN. 
“ She is a woman—one in whom 
Tho spring-time of her childish years 
Shall never lose its fresh perfume, 
Though knowing well that life hath room 
Tor many blights and tears.” 
Equality of Woman -with. Man—Woman as Woman—ltem arks for 
Young- Women. 
A woman lias said to women— 
“ Be ye to man as angels be to God,* 
Servants in pleasure, singers of delight, 
Suggesters to bis soul of higher things 
Than any of your highest. So, at last, 
He shall look round on you, with lids too straight 
To hold the grateful tears to thank yon well, 
And bless you when he prays his secret prayers, 
And praise you when he sings his opera songs; 
For the clear note ho has learned in you 
Of purifying sweetness, and extend 
Across your head his golden fantasies, 
Which glorify you into soul from sense ! 
Go, serve him for such price!” 
Yes, willingly. But do women receive even justice, as a 
general tiling, from the hands of man ? I do not speak of 
those fair, delicate daughters of wealth, surrounded by com- 
* Mrs. Browning’s “Dream of Exile.” WOMAN. 
249 
forts and luxuries which. God has sent, hut to those women 
compelled to earn a livelihood by teaching, sewing, or even 
the more public life of the stage. 
The woman’s work may be as profitable as the man’s, and 
yet her pay is not half as much. A woman who could teach 
a public school well would be paid six to ten dollars a week, 
while a man who could teach no better would be paid three 
or four times that sum. Is it not so in all departments of 
woman’s work ? 
If a woman is a human Icing, first, she has the nature of a Inman 
leing; next, she has the right of a human Icing; third, she has the 
duty of a human leing; the nature is the capacity to possess, to use, 
to develop, and to enjoy every human faculty; the right is the right 
to enjoy, develop, and use every human faculty, and the duty is to 
rnahe use of the right and make her human nature history. She 
is here to develop her nature, enjoy her rights, perform her 
duty. 
Woman is to do this for herself as much as man for him- 
self. A woman has the same nature that man has, the same 
rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness; the same 
humanities, and they are as inalienable in a woman as in a 
man. The woman has the same natural rights as man. He 
must be rather a confident professor, who thinks a woman 
can not attain to what he can! 
To every woman I say, Respect your nature as a human 
being, your nature as a woman, then respect your rights; 
then remember your duty to possess, to use, to develop, and 
to enjoy every faculty which God has given you, each in its 
normal way. 
And to man let me say, Respect, with the profoundest rev- 
erence, respect the mother who bore you, the sisters that 
bless you, the woman that you love, the woman that you 
marry. As you seek to possess your own manly rights, 
seek also by that great arm, by that powerful brain, seek to 
vindicate her rights as woman as your own as man. 250 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IH. 
Then may we see better things in the Church, better things 
in the State, in the community, in the home. Then the green 
shall show what buds it hid; the buds shall blossom, the 
flower bear fruit, and God’s blessing rest upon us all. But, 
should man prove faithful—again I speak in a woman’s 
words— 
“ Henceforward, woman, rise 
To thy peculiar and best attitudes 
Of doing good and of enduring ill ; 
Of comforting for ill, and teaching good, 
And reconciling all that ill and good 
Unto the patience of a constant hope. 
lf sin came "by thee, 
And hy sin, death, the ransom, righteousness. 
The heavenly life and compensative rest 
Shall come by means of thee. If woe by thee 
Had issue to the world, thou shalt go forth 
An angel of the woe thou didst achieve; 
' Found acceptable to the world instead 
Of others of that name, of whose bright steps 
Thy deed stripped bare the hills. Be satisfied ; 
Something thou hast to bear through womanhood— 
Peculiar suffering answering to the sin; 
Some pang paid down for each new human life, 
Some weariness in guarding such a life; 
Some coldness from the guarded ; some mistrust 
From those thou hast too well served; from those beloved 
Too loyally some treason; feebleness 
Within thy heart and cruelty without; 
And pressure of an alien tyranny, 
"With its dynastic reasons of larger bones 
And stronger sinews. But go to! thy love 
Shall chant itself its own beatitudes. 
After its own life-working. A child’s kiss 
Set on thy sighing Ups, shall make thee glad. 
A poor man served by thee, shall make thee rich; 
An old man helped by thee shall make thee strong; 
Thou shalt be served thyself by every sense 
Of service which thou renderest.” * 
* Mrs. Browning. WOMAN. 
251 
A man has said—* 
“ For -woman is not undeveloped man, 
But diverse ; could we make her as the man, 
Sweet love were plain; his dearest hond is this: 
Not like to like, hut like in difference; 
Yet in the long years likcr must they grow; 
The man he more of woman, she of man; 
lie gain in sweetness and in moral height, 
Nor lose the wrestling thews that throw the world; 
She mental breadth, nor fail in childward care, 
Nor lose the childlike in the larger mind ; 
Till at the last she set herself to man, 
Like perfect music unto noble words; 
And so these twain, upon the skirts of Time, 
Sit side by side, full-summed in all their powers. 
Dispensing harvest, sowing the To-he, 
Self-reverent each and reverencing each, 
Distinct in individualities, 
But like each other even as those who love. 
Then comes the statelier Eden hack to men ; 
Then reign the world’s great bridal, chaste and calm; 
Then springs the crowning race of human kind. 
May these things he !” 
We want the excellencies of man and woman both united : 
intellectual power, knowledge, grand ideas in literature, 
philosophy, theology, ethics, and practical shill; but we want 
something better—the moral, affectional, religious intuition, to 
put justice into ethics, love into theology, piety into science 
and letters. Everywhere in the family, the community, the 
Church and the State, we want the masculine and the femi- 
nine element cooperating and conjoined. Woman is to 
correct man’s taste, mend his morals, excite his affections, in- 
spire his religious faculties. Man is to quicken her intellect, 
to help her will, translate her sentiments to ideas, and enact 
them into righteous laws. 
Man perhaps will always lead in the affairs of intellect—of 
* Tennyson. 252 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
reason, imagination, understanding—lie has the larger brain ; 
but the woman will always lead in affairs of emotion—moral, 
affectional, religious—she has the better right, the truer in- 
tuition of the right, the lovely, the holy. 
The literature of women in this country is juster, more 
philanthropic, more religious than that of man. 
The profession of medicine seems to belong peculiarly to 
woman, part of it exclusively. By nature she is a nurse and 
half doctor. It is encouraging, to hnow that medical schools 
are beginning to instruct women, and special colleges are 
being founded for the use of women. 
Woman has been tried in every office from the throne to 
the position of the humblest servant, and where has she been 
found remiss? Give her but opportunity, her proper rights, 
and she will equal man in many things. 
All of woman’s influence should be to elevate man. 
Is it not always the purest woman who is the last to sus- 
pect impurity in other women, the most unwilling to believe 
ill of her neighbor, the first charitably to palliate the offenses 
of those who fall, and the first to give them the hand of sym- 
pathy ? Is not the Christ within them always saying; 
“ Neither do I condemn thee ; go and sin no more ?” Is it 
not always the noblest man who deals the easiest with the 
foibles of his neighbor ? Is it not always the best man who is 
busiest with looting after his own sins, and who has neither 
time nor disposition to discover and denounce those of others ? 
Is it not always the most Christ-like Christian who esteems 
others better than himself, and who modestly regards his 
own heart as altogether unworthy ? 
“ Oh, noble heart of woman ! how little thou art known to 
selfish man! How little stooping to low ends of worldly ad- 
vantage or pleasure ! Thou, fairest spirit of God’s visible uni- 
verse, knowest the sovereignty of thine own power! Be thy- 
self ! come up from the mist of worldliness that shrouds 
thee ! Let the glory of divine love shine through thy purer YOUNG women. 
image into the heart of man, and thou shalt see him rise into 
new being; thou shalt see his soul expanding, bursting its 
chains of passion and take wings; thou shalt see thine own 
true mission then begun, if not fulfilled.” 
Virtue is too amiable not to be embraced when you reveal 
her charms ; and Vice too hideous not to be avoided when 
you see her deformities. 
Femakks ron Young Women. 
“ The less your mind dwells upon love, and matrimony,” 
says Mrs. F arren, in her address to young women, “the more 
agreeable and profitable will be your intercourse with gentle- 
men. When the ruling and absorbing thought is that they 
approach you as suitors, you have not the proper use of your 
faculties. Your manners are constrained and awkward, you 
are easily embarrassed, and made to say what is ill-judged, 
silly, and out of place.” 
The sensible man and woman are often so pained at the 
waists thrust before their view, that they often wonder if 
common sense is any longer one of woman’s accomplishments. 
The finest cosmetics are those with which Nature beautifies 
her faithful followers. 
A woman would be in despair, if Nature had made her what 
Fashion disposes her. 
There is a noble dignity, a majesty in gentle and modest 
behavior, especially in woman, which never fails to command 
profound respect. 
Many a woman thinks she can do nothing without a hus- 
band, and when she gets one finds she can do nothing with 
him. XIII. 
HUSBAND AND WIFE. 
“ 0 happy they I—the, happiest of their kind, 
Whom gentle stars unite, and in one fate 
Their hearts, their fortunes, and their beings blend.” 
Honor, Respect, and Love—Be True to Each Other, and Lighten Each 
Other’s Cares—Marriage. 
The husband should never cease to be a lover, or fail in any 
of those delicate attentions and tender expressions of affec- 
tionate solicitude which marked his intercourse before mar- 
riage with his heart’s queen. All the respectful deference, 
all the self-sacrificing devotion, that can be claimed by one 
courted is certainly due to a wife, and he is no true husband, 
and no true gentleman, who withholds them. It is not 
enough that you “ honor, respect, and love” your wife. You 
must put this honor, respect, and love into the forms of speech 
and action. Let no unkind word, no seeming indifference, no 
lack of the little attentions due her, remind her sadly of the 
sweet days of courtship and the honeymoon. Surely the love 
you thought would have been cheaply purchased at the price 
of a world, is worth all your care to preserve. Is not the 
wife more, and better, and dearer than the sweetheart ? We 
venture to hint that it is probably your own fault if she is 
not. 
The chosen companion of your life, the mother of your 
children, the sharer of all your joys and sorrows, as she pos- 
sesses the highest place in your affections, should have the MARRIA GJS. 
255 
best place everywhere, the choicest morsels, the politest at- 
tentions, the softest and kindest words, the tonderest care. 
Love, duty, and good manners alike require it. 
And has the wife no duties ? Have the courteous observ- 
ances, the tender watchfulness, the pleasant words, the 
never-tiring devotion which won your smiles and thanks, 
good wife, your kisses, your very self, in days gone by, now lost 
their value ? Does not the husband rightly claim as much, 
at least, as the lover ? If you find him less observant of the 
little courtesies due you, may this not be because you some- 
times fail to reward him with the same sweet thanks and 
sweet smiles ? Ask your own heart. 
Have the comfort and happiness of your husband always 
in view, and let him see and feel that you still look up to him 
with trust and affection, that the love of other days has not 
grown cold. Dress for his eyes more scrupulously than for 
all the rest of the world ; play and sing (if you can) to please 
him; make yourself and your home beautiful for his sake ; 
try and beguile him from his cares; retain his affections in 
the same way you won them, and be polite, even to your 
husband. 
“When a man of sense,” says Hannah More, “ comes to 
marry, it is a companion he wants, not merely a creature who 
can paint and play, and dress and dance. It is a being who 
can comfort and console him ; one who can reason and re- 
flect, feel and judge, act and discourse, and discriminate ; one 
who can assist him in his affairs, lighten his cares, soothe his 
sorrows, gratify his joys, strengthen his principles and edu- 
cate his children.” 
M any a fool who has the sense to get a good wife lacks the 
wit to know it. 
“ Marriage,” says Dr. Johnson, “ is evidently the dictate 
of Nature; men and women are made to be the companions 
Mauhiage. 256 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
of each, other, and therefore I can not b© persuaded hut that 
marriage is one of the means of happiness.” It is a slate 
not suited to the condition of some few individuals only, hut 
appropriate to all persons, under all circumstances—ex- 
tended as the concave arch of heaven, and of incalculable 
duration. It will brighten Affliction’s gloomy countenance, 
and make Sorrow wear a cheerful garment. It will deck 
the humble and contented cot with almost heavenly bliss, and 
waft its fragrance even to the most remote recesses of poig- 
nant misery. If you wish to be happy yourself, be sure to 
make your wife so. XIY. 
PAEENTS AND CHILDEEN. 
Parents—lndulge Nature’s Demands—To Parents—Children—Advice 
regarding Children—Mothers and Daughters. 
Parents. 
“ Thain up a child in the way he should go, and when he 
is old he will not depart from it,” says the inspired proverb. 
This is true as a general rule, and a great practical truth, 
but if parents are accustomed to any undue indulgence in 
any of the natural propensities, such as eating, drinking, or 
any other animal appetite, their children will inherit appe- 
tites of the same kind. Parents, therefore, have a great 
responsibility in regard to their children, morally and phys- 
ically, both before and after birth. Mothers should be es- 
pecially careful during the state of pregnancy ; even unnat- 
ural desires will produce evil results in their children. What- 
ever affects the mother during pregnancy affects the 
child. Fathers are involved in this responsibility, and should 
do all in their power to render mothers happy and cheer- 
ful, and to see that every appetite, if possible, is gratified; 
even if a wrong desire, it were better gratified, than, by the 
continued longing, an indelible imprint should be put upon 
the offspring. 
The ancient Greeks used to surround their wives with 
pictures, flowers, and statues of exquisite symmetry; noth- 
ing disagreeable or deformed were allowed to approach. 258 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IH. 
This care for the unborn child, and the careful physical train- 
ing of the youth, gave to Greece a race of men renowned 
for physical daring and endurance, for mental culture, moral 
courage, and valor never surpassed. 
The idea that the Creator requires a mother to have as 
many children as can be begotten, is insulting to common 
sense. If a man would seek to live for no higher purpose 
than his own personal enjoyment, let him know and obey 
the laws of his own physical being. He *who says, “Let 
me live while I do live,” and seeks enjoyment by indulgence 
in morbid appetites, is committing a fearful mistake. He is 
practicing the very worst kind of humbuggery, deception, 
and knavery upon himself. While he expects gain he ex- 
periences loss, and one which perhaps can not be measured 
by any ordinary medium of computation. 
Whoever expects to gain by stepping out of Nature’s path 
—a path which Deity has marked out for him—into one of 
his own designing, cheats himself •egregiously. He who trios 
to be wiser than God, makes himself a fool. Nature’s path 
is wide enough for any man’s footsteps, and a benevolent 
Providence has strewed it richly with varied luxuries for his 
sustenance and enjoyment. Deity has given us natural ap- 
j>etites which, if rightly indulged, will secure physical hap- 
piness and longevity. But if we use those appetites wrongly, 
or create unnatural ones, and indulge them in any degree, 
we pervert nature, and take all the responsibility of conse- 
quences upon ourselves. We contemn the arrangement of 
Heaven for our safety and welfare, and cast ourselves upon 
the boisterous sea of life without compass or rudder, to be 
tossed and driven and dashed upon bars and reefs, which 
stand thick outside of Nature’s channel. 
To Paeexxs. 
Lord Shaftesbury recently stated in a public meeting in 
London, that, from personal observation, he had ascertained CHILDREN. 
259 
that of the adult male criminals of that city, nearly all had 
fallen into a course of crime between the ages of eight and 
sixteen years. Thus it is in the physical world. Half of all 
who are born die under twenty years of age. Moral and 
physical death are nearly one and the same thing, and 
are laid between the ages of eight and sixteen years. This 
is a fact of startling import to fathers and mothers, and shows 
a fearful responsibility. 
The Childkex. 
The copious breathing of pure air is absolutely essential, 
whether in the child or in the adult. Each house should be 
provided with a “ nursery,” where the child could feel free 
to play and make all the noise he pleased. Children should 
not sleep with parents, nor with one another. Most scru- 
pulously should the mother teach the child to sleep with the 
mouth closed. The next requirement for the young child is 
pure food, of a proper kind. For the first year the child 
needs little if any food, except milk, and this should be 
drawn, fresh and full of vitality and magnetic virtue, directly 
from the opulent bosom of a healthy and loving mother. 
After this, the greatest care is necessary in the selection of 
food. Luncheons are fatal to health, and should be es- 
chewed. The child can get along without it as well as the 
adult, and should be habituated so to do. The frequent stuf- 
fing of children is heathenish and suicidal. If parents wrould 
bring up healthy children into beautiful and robust men 
and women, allow them to eat plain food only. If you will 
place on your tables meats, condiments, pies, cakes, pastry, 
and trash of all kinds, keep it from the children. Is it 
necessary that the child should partake of all kinds set be- 
fore it ? But the worst error of all is to give the child meats. 
How unnatural to suppose that the child, or even the lad or 
girl, with such a delicate stomach is able to digest meat! 
What ignorance ! And yet how common for parents to urge 260 
TEE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
meat upon their children. If you do it, you do so at the 
risk of making a brutish, animal, sensual child and man, 
and these faculties will ever predominate. 
Cultivate regularity of habits in your children. They 
should drink cold -water only. Let them have plenty of 
sleep; the younger they are the more they require. They 
should be warmly clad. Exposing the legs and arms of chil- 
dren is a gross error, a mischievous piece of cruelty. Ac- 
custom them to the habit of a daily bath. Do not send them 
to school too young. A child three or four years old, with a 
book in its hand is an ugly sight—seven years old is suffi- 
ciently early to send them to school. All education previous 
to this age should be at home with the mother and nature. 
Constant exercise up to this age is imperious, and its sup- 
pression fatal. Muscular action does them more good than 
books. To sum up the sanitary part: Give them pure air, 
wholesome food, warmth, light, sleep, exercise, and regu- 
larity in the action of all its functions. Let them live much 
in the open air ; play, sing, shout, and laugh. Beware of 
tight dresses, constrained postures, involuntary quiet, “doc- 
tor’s stuff,” school books, enforced study, confinement, and 
ill temper. Remember that growth is now the principal 
thing. Study Nature, learn her tendencies, and aid her to 
reach the perfection at which she aims. 
The first thing to be done is to get their love ; this is done 
by loving them. A lovely little girl, when dying, was ashed 
why it was that every body loved her. Her reply was beau- 
tiful and full of meaning: “ I don’t know,” said she, “ unless 
it is because I love every body.” Children love those who love 
them. To get a child’s love is the easiest thing in the 
world. They love so easily, so readily, so universally. Get 
their love, then make them happy. The former obtained, 
the latter easily follows. They will then do any thing for 
you, and consider every thing you do for them as for their 
good. Treat them affectionately, and cultivate this noble fac- ADVICE DEG ADDING CHILD DEN. 
261 
ulty in them. Caress them ; gratify them in every thing you 
can that will not injure them. Let them see that you try and 
do all that is proper for them. Would you have them 
gentle, deal gently with them at all times. Never speak a 
cross word, never use the rod ; be kind to them. Kindness 
will melt a heart of stone, and produce kindness in return. 
Love is the great rod parents should ever hold over their 
children. Draw them at all times by the silken cords of 
love. Make few promises, few threatenings to children, and 
scrupulously fulfill them all. 
It is especially important that children and youth be 
taught true religion. Do not frighten them into it, by 
making God to be a tyrant. Children hate tyrants, and will 
thus grow up infidels. More infidels have been made in this 
way than by all infidel books. Teach them that God is all 
love. 
You must be what you wish your children to be. “ Ex- 
ample goes farther than precept.” They are just imitators. 
Scold them and they will scold others ; be gentle to them and 
they will always be gentle. Be mild, amiable, and sweet, and 
they will be the same. Be and do the opposite of these, and 
they will be the opposite. Your actions, to them, speak a 
thousand times louder than words. The children are but 
images of the parents. A single bad example will neutralize 
a thousand wholesome precepts. Hence the rapidity with 
which vices spread among youth as well as adults. Correct 
your own faults, cultivate your own virtues, and you will be 
surprised how sudden, how great a change this will produce 
among your children. “Whatsoever ye would that they 
should do unto others, do ye even so unto them.” 
Children should never be governed by punishment ; 
because all its forms and degrees constitutionally excite and 
enlarge those very propensities you would subdue. Chastise- 
ment is fuel to the very fires you vainly attempt to quench ; 
persuasion is better than compulsion. Govern them by love, 262 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IH. 
intellect, and will; if you can not by these means it is your 
own fault. 
Do not leave children wealthy unless you wish to curse them. 
To Mothers and Datjguxees. 
The uterine system is liable to derangements of various 
kinds. One is displacement. This may be brought about 
by severe liftings; jumping and striking hard upon the 
feet ; long protracted standing, severe exercise by jumping 
rope, severe exercise in dancing, tight lacing, weight of 
skirts, and other causes. Any cause, too, which tends to 
weaken, the general system will greatly promote this de- 
rangement. Irregularities of lunar periods often become 
matters of serious moment. Where davghters have leen I/ought 
up under proper plug steal training, if their discipline in respect to diet, 
open air exercise, and other things have leen what they should he, there 
will he little difficulty of this hind. But if parents have been 
guilty of neglecting these obligations, have brought up their 
daughters too delicately, have not given sufficient attention 
to the development of their physical powers, or have allowed 
them to have irregular habits of diet, by which their diges- 
tive apparatus has become disordered, serious results of this 
kind may follow. If they have not given them precautions 
against such causes as sudden colds, exposure of the feet, 
close dressing, costive bowels, and other hurtful influences, 
they may find occasion for repentance when it is too late to 
make amends. XY. 
EELIGIO N . 
Eeligion Briefly Described—Discipline of the Heart—The Conscience— 
Happiness—Prayer—The Lord’s Prayer—Sectarianism—The Bible— 
Questions of Time—Death. 
Religion Beieeet Desceieeb. 
Most persons -will acknowledge the excellence and im- 
portance of religion, yet few are its real friends. Few 
there be who find it. Many are entirely careless of it. 
Others have the form without the power. Others play the 
hypocrite’s part; they speak fair words and act foul deeds, 
lift up their eyes to Heaven, and turn their steps to Hell. 
“The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” “If ye 
love me, keep my commandments.” “ Seek ye the Lord 
while he may he found, call ye upon him while he is near. 
Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man 
his thoughts.” “ What shall it profit a man if he gain the 
whole world, and lose his own soul.” “ One thing is needful.” 
“ Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and all things else shall 
be added unto you.” “Behold what manner of love the 
Father hath bestowed upon us.” The Father will never 
leave nor forsake us, but with everlasting kindness will he 
have mercy upon us. He will withhold no good thing from 
us. “JSTo weapon formed against thee shall prosper.” For 
thee a rest remains, and eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, 
neither hath it entered into the heart of man to conceive 264 
THE ROUSE WE LIVE IH. 
what God hath prepared for them that love him. Happy is 
that people whose God is the Lord. 
Discipline oe the Heaet. 
One of the first steps to be taken, if you would have a 
character that will stand by you in prosperity and adver- 
sity, in life and in death, is to fortify your mind with fixed 
principles. The earlier in life we settle our principles the 
more mature, firmer, and influential will our characters be. 
Let it be your immediate and constant aim to make every 
event subservient to cultivating the heart; for under 
God’s government, these events are designed for our good. 
Every indulgence of vice, every neglect of duty, strengthens 
the habits and propensities to do wrong and to go astray. 
Make it a daily habit to cultivate your conscience. 
Every unholy desire that you conquer, every thought that 
you treasure up for future use, every moment that you seho 
as it flies and stamp with something good which it may 
carry to the judgment seat, every influence which you exert 
upon the wmrld for the honor of God and the good of man— 
all, all are not only connected with the approbation of God 
and the rewards of eternal ages, but all aid you to strike 
for higher and nobler efforts, till you are enabled to achieve 
that which will astonish even yourself. 
Conscience. 
A clear conscience is indispensable to success in every de- 
partment of life—how delightful its approval, how soul- 
withering its condemnation ! We should inquire touching 
every thing we say and do, and feel, “Is this right?” “Is 
that wrong ?” and utterly refuse any participation in all that 
is not. This is necessary to our complete happiness. Man 
in his present low estate can not conceive the beatific joys 
which would follow obedience to this law of his nature, nor 
the anguish and agony consequent upon its infraction. Who- II AT FIXE S S. 
265 
over ofibndeth it offendeth infinite Justice and sinneth against 
the moral constitution of the universe ! To do wrong is not 
so light a matter, nor to do right so insignificant. 
Nothing degrades and debases humanity escept doing 
wrong. Oh keep the jewel of the soul unstained by sin! Yet, 
alas, how very low in the scale of moral principle is man 
sunk ! See him, ignorant of its requirements and living in 
shameless violation of its mandates ! Behold him even jus- 
tifying falsehood, knavery, fighting, murdering, licentious- 
ness, and all manner of outrages, on the ground of expe- 
diency / Hear that tying merchant and dishonest trader pro- 
claim his own shame—“ an honest business man would 
starve !” Hear that war-captain and j)olitical stock-jobber 
urge the necessity of human slaughter, though life is most 
inviolate 1 Behold that young libertine arguing the neces- 
sity on the score of health; as though right clashed with 
interest; as though Heaven’s laws conflicted! Does God 
punish us for dealing justly, for obeying his laws ? as 
though honesty was not policy; whereas, the more rigid one’s 
integrity the greater his success—the reward of obeying 
moral rectitude. Dishonesty may make its dollars to-day, but 
will prevent the acquirement of hundreds hereafter. “ Burnt 
children dread the fire.” With a business man who over- 
reaches you once you never deal again, or if you do you are 
worse than a simpleton, and encourage dishonesty. Let a 
man or a firm once obtain a reputation for strict integrity 
—for selling as cheap as if the purchaser were watching 
them—and all who know them would deal exclusively with 
them. Let Conscience be king, and Propensity subject. “Let 
justice reign though the heavens fall.” Bather starve than 
live on the wages of sin. 
Happiness. 
It is a proposition admitted by all that happiness is the 
pursuit of man. It is a truth equallv plain that riches, 
12 THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
only in rare instances, produce happiness, but generally the 
reverse. It is not a paradox that independence without 
wealth is more common and pure than with it. It is a trait in 
human nature that those who have much, want more ; cares 
and perplexities increase with wealth; peace of mind is dis- 
turbed, an avaricious disposition is engendered, temptations 
to do wrong accumulate, the better passions are blunted, and 
well did our great Teacher say, that it was hard for a rich 
man to enter the kingdom of heaven. Wealth is often a 
snare to ourselves, and a temptation for others to dons harm. 
If another too common course is pursued by the rich—luxu- 
rious living, and an indulgence of the baser passions—their 
happiness is destroyed by a round of satiety and fatigue, 
want of rest, contracted disease, and premature death, and 
perhaps a ruined estate. 
The good old prayer—“ Give me neither poverty nor 
riches”—with contentment, contains the true secret of tem- 
poral happiness. 
How beautiful is prayer ! How solemn, how refining, how 
elevating ! Is it not a duty ? nay, is it not a great privilege ? 
How miserable we would be without it, if we had no Father 
to whom to pray! To think that that divine, all-wise, all- 
powerful all-good, all-merciful Presence who ruleth the 
universe promises to be our Father, and to lend a willing 
ear to our feeble siipplications ! Are we not dependent upon 
that Source of all Good for life, breath, food, raiment, friends, 
hope of Heaven even, every thing that we have and are ! Then 
is not prayer a duty and a privilege ? Do we not all have an 
intuitive sense that we ought to pray ? Most, in some form, 
do say prayers, but how few pray ! 
Prayer, 
Prayer is aspiration, a putting out of the soul’s fullness, a 
sweet gratitude for favors and blessings—upwelling desires 
for the fellowship and communion with the good, the true, FRA TER. 
267 
the divine. These prayers and aspirations—these deep, si- 
lent, soul prayers —do not effect God or his infinite laws. The 
change is in us, for we gradually become like to that which 
we aspire by the law of assimilation. It is the effectual work 
of a righteous man that availeth much—his head work and 
hand work. Gossiping before God, tattling mere words, 
asking him to do my duty, that is not prayer. I believe in 
prayer from the innermost of my heart, else I must renounce 
my manhood and the Godhood above me. It is the aspiring 
of my soul to meet the Eternal, and thereby I seek to alter 
and improve myself, not thee, 0 thou Unchangeable, who 
art perfect from the beginning. Then I mingle my soul 
with the Infinite Presence. lam ashamed of my wickedness, 
my cowardice, sloth, and fear. New strength comes into me 
of its own accord, as the sunlight to the flowers which open 
their little cups. Then I find that he that goeth forth even 
weeping, bearing this precious seed of prayer, shall doubtless 
come again rejoicing, and bring his sheathes with him. 
Is it not a beautiful sight to see a family who put their 
trust in God meet together for praise and prayer; for the 
adoration of Him from whom they receive all they have and 
are, and the acknowledgment of the same. Is there not 
•something ennobling in it? What could so unite them? 
What could so inspire the children with a love for home and 
parents? What so good a shield to them when they leave 
the social fireside, the parental roof? Let every household 
be induced to have some form of family worship, and prove 
how sweet and good it is. How sad, how blighting, how 
cold, how heathenish is that household where there is no 
prayer, no family worship I 
Prayer is merely the dialect of helplessness, the expression 
of want. 
No matter where the storm has driven, a saving anchor 
lies in prayer. 
No true prayer is lost, though we may have forgotten it. 268 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
We lose many prayers for tire want of two things which 
support each other, specificness of object, and intensity of 
desire. 
:t There are briars besetting every path, 
That call for patient care ; 
There is a cross in every lot, 
And an earnest need for prayer, 
But the lowly heart that trusts in Thoe 
Prayer is hnowing work, believing work, thinking work, 
searching work, humbling work, and nothing -worth if heart 
and hand do not join in. 
Is happy every where.” 
When we pray, let us do it with simplicity, innocence, 
trust, hope, truth, feeling, effect. Let our hearts be engaged ; 
let us be reverent in every word we say, remembering whom 
we are addressing. 
“Father of light and love! Thou good Supreme! 
Teach me what is good, teach me thyself: 
Save me from folly, vanity, and vice ; 
From every low pursuit, and feed my soul 
With knowledge, conscious peace, and virtue pure, 
Sacred, substantial, never-fading bliss.” 
Ask and it shall be given ; I ask, therefore it is given me. 
The consequence is infallible, only let God choose the time 
and manner of giving. 
The Loud’s Pkayee. 
Our Lather which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. 
Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in 
heaven. 
Give us this day our daily bread. 
And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: 
For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, 
for ever. Amen. 
And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. SECTARIANISM. 
269 
These petitions are brief in the wording, but great in the 
meaning; and can scarce be completely expounded by any 
theologian. In these brief petitions are asked al] the things 
which are needful to us in the present life, and in that to 
come. Nearly every system of theology written has incor- 
porated into its text, a minute and regular analysis of this 
brief but most comprehensive supplication. 
Sectarianism. 
By all parties in politics, all schools in medicine, all sects 
in religion, is sectarianism disclaimed, and sometimes de- 
nounced as a very great evil. No one owns it, no one knows 
it, no one pleads guilty to the implication of sectarianism, 
for the more any sect becomes infected with this malady, the 
less, of course, they are willing to own it. It is supreme 
selfishness on a large scale. It is the ingestive efforts which 
all associated bodies make for their own conservatism and 
enlargement. It is, therefore, a singular subject to con- 
template. It travels in a circle ; it does not ascend ; it is the 
quintessence of conservatism; it can not be improved; it 
can not progress. Hear it discourse : Come to me; be like 
me ; think as I think ;doasl do : come unto me; become a 
part of me. I will tell you how to address God in prayer; 
how to be married, or whether you shall be or not; bow to 
dispose of your money, and all of your earthly substance. 
You shall see through my eyes ; hear through my ears. As 
to the Bible, you shall entertain the same views of it as I 
do; you shall receive and interpret it as I do. You have 
nothing to do with any other sect but me ; we shall not at- 
tend their meetings; you shall not commune with them ; you 
shall not aid and abet them at all. I am the real, the true 
sect, and those that are not of me are not as good as I am. 
There may be said to be three general elements, wdiich 
tend to make up sectarianism, and which we should avoid: 
hirst, exclusiveness—withholding justice or privileges from an 270 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IJST. 
individual, merely on account of a difference in opinion. Sec- 
ondly, dogmatism—asserting our own opinion with undue 
severity and positiveness ; not allowing room for a modest 
doubt of one’s infallibility. Thirdly, censoriousness—how 
much of what is called “ Gospel preaching” is made up of 
nothing, but answer merely on account of difference of 
opinion. Sectarianism is unfriendly to science, and is op- 
posed to freedom. 
Religion is on the increase, just as sure as the Divine Orig- 
inal, its Author, is eternal and progressive in his laws. And 
in proportion as Religion is developed in man sectarianism 
decreases, just as we see the puerilities of youth vanish as 
the child advances into manhood. 
We deprecate not merely the form, the outward organi- 
zation, but the spirit of exclusiveness; that spirit which sets 
up tests, and requires the pronunciation of a party Shibbo- 
leth which says, “ Stand aside, I am holier than thou !” Let 
us indulge in enlarged benevolence, a noble, generous, fra- 
ternal fellowship with all. 
It is not what man honestly believes, or disbelieves that 
vitiates his character, it is what he loves; his higher volitions 
make him truthful and honest, or false and impure. 
My Creed is a very short one : Individual sovereignty the 
true doctrine of mankind, and eternal progression the destiny 
of the race. If I love God, God will love me; and this love 
will so expand my soul as to give me all the graces and 
virtues of religion ; make me love all mankind and observe 
the “ golden rule.” 
No Sect in Heaven. 
The following poem has been published elsewhere, but 
it is a matter of no consequence, so long as its truths are 
appreciated: NO SECT IN HEAVEN. 
271 
Talking of sects till late one eve, 
Of the various doctrines the saints believe, 
That night I stood in a troubled dream, 
By the side of a darkly flowing stream. 
And a “ Churchman” down to the river came, 
"When I heard a strange voice call his name: 
“ Good Father, stop ! when you cross this tide, 
You must leave your robes on the other side.” 
But the aged father did not mind, 
And his long gown floated out behind, 
And down to the stream his way he took, 
His pale hands clasping a gilt-edged book. 
“I’m bound for Heaven, and when I’m there, 
I shall want my book of Common Prayer; 
And though I put on a starry crown, 
I should feel quite lost without my gown.” 
Then he fixed his eyes on the shining track, 
But his gown was heavy, and held him back. 
And the poor old father tried in vain 
A single step in the tide to gain. 
I saw him again on the other side, 
But his silk gown floated on the tide; 
And no one asked in that blissful spot 
“Whether he belonged to “ the church” or not. 
Then down the river a Quaker strayed, 
His dress of a somber hue was made; 
“ My coat and hat must he all of gray, 
I can not go any other way.” 
Then he buttoned his coat straight up to his chin, 
And steadily, solemnly waded in. 
And his broad brimmed hat he pulled down tight 
Over his forehead so cold and white; 
But a strong wind carried away his hat. 
A moment he silently sighed over that, 
And then, as he gazed to the farther shore, 
The coat slipped off and was seen no more. 272 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IH. 
As he entered Heaven his suit of gray 
Went quietly sailing away—away; 
And none of the angels questioned him 
About the width of his heaver’s hrim. 
Next came Dr. Watts, with a bundle of psalms, 
Tied nicely up, in his aged arms, 
And hymns as many—a very nice thing, 
That the people in Heaven, “all round,” might sing. 
But I thought that he heaved an anxious sigh, 
As he saw that the river ran broad and high, 
And looked rather surprised, as one by one, 
The psalms and hymns in the waves went down. 
After him, with his MSS., 
Came Wesley, the pattern of godliness, 
But he cried, “ Dear me, what shall I do ? 
The water has soaked them through and through.” 
And there on the river, far and wide, 
Away they went down the swollen tide, 
And the saint, astonished, passed through alone, 
Without his manuscript, up to the throne. 
Then, gravely walking, two saints by name, 
Down to the stream together came; 
But as they stopped at the river’s brink, 
I saw one saint from the other shrink. 
“ Sprinkled or plunged? may I ask you, friend, 
How yon attained to life’s great end?” 
“Thus, with a few drops on my brow,” 
“ But I have been dipped as you T1 see now 
“ And I really think it will hardly do. 
As I’m * close communion,’ to cross with you; 
You’re bound, I know, to the realms of bliss, 
But you must go that way, and I ’ll go this. 
Then straightway plunging with all his might, 
Away to the loft—his friend to the right; 
Apart they went from this world of sin, 
And at last together they entered in. NO SECT IN HEAVEN. 
273 
And now, when the river was rolling on, 
A Presbyterian church went down ; 
Of women there seemed an innumerable throng, 
But the men I could count as they passed along. 
And concerning the road they could never agree. 
The old or the new way, which it could be, 
Nor ever for a moment paused to think 
That both would lead to the river’s brink. 
And a constant murmuring, long and loud, 
Come ever up from the moving crowd, 
“ You ’re in the old way, and I’m in the new, 
That is the false, and this is the true.” 
Or, “ I’m in the old way, and you ’re in the new, 
That is the false, and this is the true,” 
But the brethren only seemed to speak— 
Modest the sisters walked, and meek. 
But if ever one of them chanced to say 
What troubles she met with on the way, 
How she longed to pass on the other side. 
Nor feared to cross over the swelling tide. 
A voice arose from the brethren then, 
“ Let no one speak but the holy men ; 
For have you not hoard the words of Paul; 
“ Oh, let the women keep silence, all ?” 
I watched them long in my curious dream, 
Till they stood by the borders of the stream; 
Then, just as I thought, the two ways met. 
But all the brethren were talking yet. 
And would talk on ; till the heaving tide 
Carried them over side by side ; 
Side by side, for the way was one. 
The toilsome journey of life was done. 
And priest and Quaker, all who died, 
Come out alike on the other side— 
No forms, or crosses, or books had they ; 
No gowns of silk, or suits of gray : 
10* 274 
TEE EOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
No creeds to guide them, or MSS. 
For all had put on Christ’s righteousness. 
The Bible. 
Be in the daily practice of reading the Bible. Herein is 
plainly opened the way to Heaven, the plan of salvation, and 
in so simple a manner that he who runs may read. The plan 
of salvation is as clear as the light of day. Scripture is the 
best expositor of Scripture. The Bible is preeminently a 
practical book. 
“ Within this awful volume lies 
The mystery of mysteries. 
Happiest those of human race 
To whom their God has given grace 
To re'ad, to fear, to hope, to pray, 
To lift the latch, to force the way; 
And better had they ne’er been horn 
Than read to doubt, or read to scorn. 
The Scriptures contain, independently of divine origin, more 
true sublimity, more exquisite beauty, purer morality, more 
important history, and finer strains both of poetry and elo- 
quence, than could be collected within the same compass 
from all other books that were ever composed, in any age, or 
in any idiom. 
The Bible resembles an extensive and highly cultivated 
garden, containing a vast variety and profusion of fruits and 
flowers ; some of which are more essential or more superb 
than others; but there is not a blade suffered to grow in it, 
which has not its use and beauty in the system. 
The pure in heart see therein a thousand traits of the Divine 
character, learn much of themselves and of the world. 
Queen Elizabeth is said to have acquired a decided taste 
for the Holy Scriptures, “ I walk,” she says, “many times 
in the pleasant fields of the Holy Scripture, where I pluck THE BIBLE. 
275 
up the goodlisome herbs of sentences by pruning, eat them 
by reading, digest them by nursing, and lay them up at 
length, in the high seat of memory, by gathering them 
together; so that, having tasted their sweetness, I may per- 
ceive the bitterness of life.” 
No taste is so much improved by habit and cultivation as 
the taste for the word of God. There is a condensation in 
language, a power in its poetry and eloquence, aside from its 
moral influence, which brings the taste of the reader to its 
own standard with astonishing rapidity. 
The Bible should be read with an humble, teachable dis- 
position ; even the same spirit with which it was written. 
Humility will teach us to sit at the feet of Revelation, and re- 
ceive her instruction without caviling. Reverence toward 
the author, regard for its contents, and cur own everlasting- 
welfare demand that we read in this spirit. We are ignor- 
ant, and need instruction ; we are in the dark, and need il- 
lumination; we are abased by our passions and sins, and 
need elevating. The torch of reason can not enlighten what 
hangs beyond the grave ; the conjectures of the imagination 
only bewilder, and unless you receive the Bible with the spirit 
of a child, you will conjecture, and theorise, and bewilder, 
till you find yourself on an ocean of uncertainty, without a 
chart to guide you, a compass by which to steer, or a haven 
which you can hope to make. We should read the Bible 
under a constant sense of high responsibility. The two 
grand lessons we are to learn therefrom are to know God 
and ourselves. The more we read the Bible, the plainer it 
will become to us ; it is our best wealth. Let us stick to it; 
if we lose it, we are lost. 
I assume that the Bible communicates a correct knowledge 
of God and human duty and destiny, or that nothing what- 
ever is known of them. I assert that in the degree in which 
the Bible has been received as a whole, and in particular as 
the infallible rule of faith and duty, have those thus receiv- 276 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IH. 
ing it found rest, peace, fearlessness of the future, and hope 
of everlasting happiness. I affirm that, in the degree in 
which men have wandered away from the Bible into skep- 
ticism, or taken it into their hands to cheapen the character 
of its inspiration—to cut, and cull, and criticise—have they 
made themselves and others unhappy. All that has been 
done to weaken an implicit faith in the Bible, as a whole, 
ha? been at the expense of the sense of religious obligation, 
and at the cost of human happiness. 
Suppose it could be proved that the Bible is all a fable, 
in what would the demonstration benefit us ? It is all we 
have. If it does not infallibly teach ns the truth concerning 
future life, and instruct us in the way of making that future 
life a happy one, then there is nothing that does. I believe 
it to be demonstrable that no greater calamity could befall 
the human race than either the general loosening up, or the 
entire destruction of faith in the Bible, even were the whole 
of it a cunning invention of the brain of man. Better an 
ass that carries us than a horse that throws us. Better faith 
in a fable which inspires to good deeds and conducts our 
powers to noble ends; makes us loving, gentle, and heroic; 
establishes within us the principle of benevolence, and ena- 
bles us to meet death with equanimity, if not with triumph, 
in the hope of a glorious resurrection and a happy immor- 
tality, than the skepticism of a kingly reason which only 
needs to be carried to its legitimate issues to bestialize the 
human race and drape the earth in the blackness of Tarta- 
rus ! Then I say, let us stick to the Bible—the whole of it! 
from Genesis to Revelation. 
All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profit- 
able for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, and for instruc- 
tion in righteousness, that the man of God may be 
thoroughly furnished unto all good works. 
Behold how good and joyful a thing it is for brethren to 
dwell in unity together ! QUESTIONS OF TIME. 
277 
Blessed is the man that endureth temptation; for when 
he is tried he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord 
hath promised to them who love him. 
If the wicked man turn from his sin, and doeth that which 
is lawful and right, none of his sins which he hath com- 
mitted shall be mentioned unto him. If he hath done that 
which is lawful and right, he shall live. 
The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit; a broken and 
a contrite heart, O God, thou wilt not despise. 
He is a sun and a shield; he giveth grace and glory, and 
will withhold no good thing from those who walk uprightly. 
Blessed is that man that provideth for the sick and the 
needy; the Lord will deliver him in the day of trouble. 
Godliness is great riches, if a man be content with what 
he hath; for we brought nothing into this world, neither 
can we carry any thing’ out. 
Questions oe Time. 
"What flowers on the pathway of life have you planted ? 
How many hearts have been turned to richer melodies by 
your gentleness and love ? 
What golden anchors have you fastened to floating barks 
out on the troubled waters ? 
What victories over self and sin have you won ? 
What sacrifices has your soul laid on the altar, when your 
Bather called for incense? 
What use have you made of the gift of life ? 
Hoes your soul lie down each day amid a halo of joys ? 
Hoes night bring sweet repose, and peaceful, pleasant 
dreams ? 
Have the years been filled with noble deeds, or have the 
days which should have been spent in sowing seeds of haj>- 
piness been idled away ? 
Look closely to thy heart, O soul! Place the light of 
truth on thy brow, and walk homeward in its rays. 278 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
Oh keep thy soul for over absorbent to the revolving glo- 
ries of time ! Keep thy spirit in sweetest adaptation to the 
moment and the hour. Be for ever mantled for emergency. 
Life, bright life is the glowing theme, and all creation’s joys 
are ours to gather. 
Death. 
Death is to life exactly what retiring to sleep is to the 
day. The analogy between them is perfect, only that the 
repose of the grave is as much more agreeable than evening 
rest as the day and twilight of life are longer and more 
eventful than that of earthly day. Nor does death supervene 
till this grateful decline has consumed every remaining 
power to enjoy in life and suffer in death; so that to die a 
natural death is simply to fall asleep “without a struggle 
or a groan.” Then why contemplate death wdth horror ? 
As we do not dread sunset, and as twilight is the most de- 
lightful portion of the day, besides inviting that rest which 
is still more agreeable, shall we not look forward to the close 
of life with pleasure, not with pain ? We should even thank 
God for its institution. Yet mark! while we should not 
dread death itself, we should look with perfect horror upon 
all those violations of the laws of health which hasten it. 
Obey these laws, and you completely disarm death of all its 
horrors, and clothe it in garments of loveliness. 
Death is but a kind and welcome servant, who unlocks 
with noiseless hand life’s flower-encircled door to show us 
those we love. Mourn not the living dead, they who have 
passed from this life to one of higher activity. They who 
walk with us day and night, calling us away from sordid 
cares to things that perish not; they are not “dead,” but 
they are dead whose aimless souls reflect no glory on their 
path. Our Father waits to greet us beyond the sea of death- 
When the waves break on the shores of the life eternal, He 
will come to bear us in his arms safe to our home. THE SHORE OF ETERNITY. 
279 
The Shoes oe Eteehity. 
Alone! to Land alone upon that shore! 
With no one sight that we have seen before, 
Things of a different hue 
And the sounds all new, 
And fragrance so sweet that the soul may faint. 
Alone ! oh that first hour of being a saint! 
Alone! to land alone upon that shore 
On which no wavelets lisp, no billows roar. 
Perhaps no shape of ground, 
Perhaps no sight or sound, 
No forms of earth our fancies to arrange. 
But to begin alone that mighty change. 
Alone! to land alone upon that shore! 
Knowing so well we can return no more, 
No voice or face of friend, 
Our disembarking on that awful strand, 
But to arrive alone in such a land! 
None with us to attend 
Alone! to land'alone upon that shore I 
To begin alone to live for evermore, 
To have no one to teach 
The manners or the speech 
Of that new life, or put us at our ease, 
Oh, that we might die in pairs or companies ! 
Alone ! No ! God has been there long before, 
Eternally hath waited on that shore 
For us who were to come 
And He hath taught His angels to prepare 
In what way we are to be welcomed there. 
To our eternal home, 
Like one that waits and watches, He hath sate, 
As if there were none else for whom to wait, 
Waiting for us, for us 
Who keep Him waiting thus, 
And who bring less to satisfy His love 
Than any other of the souls above. 280 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
Alone! the God we know is on that shore, 
The God of whose attraction we know more 
Than of those who may appear 
Oh is He not the life-long friend we know 
More privately than any friend below ? 
Nearest and dearest here. 
Alone! the God we trust is on that shore, 
The Faithful One, when we have trusted more 
In trials and in woes, 
On whom we leaned most in our earthly strife. 
Ah, we shall trust Him more in that new life ! 
Than we have trusted those 
Alone! the God we love is on that shore 
Love not enough, yet whom we love far more, 
And whom we’ve loved all through 
And with a love more true 
Than other loves, yet now shall love Him more. 
True love for Him begins upon that shore. 
Lo! not alone we land upon that shore, 
’T will be as though we had been there before; 
We shall meet more we know 
Than we can meet below, 
And find our rest like some returning dove, 
And be at home at once with our Eternal Love.—Faber. XY I. 
EDUCATION. 
Education Improperly Conducted—School Culture—Self-Culture—Ad- 
vice to Youth—Books and Eeading—Conversation—Eules for Con- 
versation—Genius and Labor—literary Institutions, etc. 
Education, perhaps, is not conducted as it should he, the 
too great attention paid to the development of the mental 
faculties, to the almost total disregard of the’ physical, dwarfs 
the intellect and undermines the constitution. Children 
at school work very mechanically, and severe studies are 
too often crowded upon them. Their vigorous minds try to 
grasp the novelties opened before their mental vision, yet 
those novelties they can not understand though their memory 
strives to retain, the words. The difficult task, too frequently 
repeated, becomes wearisome; books lose, the charm of 
novelty, and the • poor child longs for green fields, sunny 
skies, a ramble among the hills, or a play at games where 
studies are forgotten and the body is pleasantly wearied by 
exercise. Not until physical and mental culture are com- 
bined will this difficulty be removed, or will children grow 
UP with sound minds and bodies. 
Some one has said there are three kinds of education: 
that which we receive from books, that which the world 
gives us, and that which we give ourselves. Nature’s great 
college is the best college in the world. God, Nature, the 
World, and Observation are the greatest and best teachers. 282 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IK. 
School Cxjlxube. 
The culture which children get in the public and private 
schools of our country is mainly a hot-house culture—a sys- 
tem of mental forcing which is fast destroying the vital 
stamina of the rising generation. 
Every body ought to know that even the most vigorous 
child can not be confined to a schoolroom, and be subjected 
to the forcing process for six hours a day, without the most 
serious injury to its health, and a direct contravention of the 
organic laws. No one, and especially no parent or teacher, 
ought to be ignorant of the fact that the principal business 
of childhood is to grow—to develop, not the brain merely, 
but the whole being in symmetry and beauty. 
The highest and most effective culture of all resolves itself 
into self-culture. The education received at school and col- 
lege is but a beginning, and is mainly valuable so far as it 
trains us in the habit of continued application, and facili- 
tates self-education after a definite plan and system. The 
best education of a man is that which he gives himself while 
engaged in the active pursuits of practical life. 
Sele-Culieee. 
The object of knowledge should be to mature wisdom and 
improve character, to render us better, happier, more useful, 
more benevolent, more energetic, and more efficient in the 
pursidt of every high purpose in life. We must le and do, 
and not rest satisfied merely with reading and meditating 
over what other men have beenani done. 
Self-discipline and self-control are the beginnings of prac- 
tical wisdom, and these must have root in self-respect. Hope 
springs from it; Hope, which is the companion of Power and 
the mother of Success. BOOKS AND HEADING. 
283 
Advice to Youth. 
Open your eyes upon the houndless expanse before you, 
and keep them open through life. Think perpetually, med- 
itate upon all you see and know. Make vigorous and per- 
petual search into the causes, connections, and dependencies 
of things. Wherever you go, whatever you do, whenever you 
see any thing you do not comprehend in Nature or Art, ferret 
out its cause, and contemplate its various bearings and rela- 
tions. Never be ashamed to expose your ignorance, if you 
can gain knowledge. You can make it a pleasure for all 
whom you meet to communicate to you what they know. You 
can be modest, yet interested to learn; and this interest will 
always secure you teachers in abundance. The great error 
of youth, and a great many past the age of youth, is in sup- 
posing they already know it all. No surer sign of ignor- 
ance exists than a conceited idea of great attainments. 
The more we know, the less we think we know. Learning 
humlJes. Plead ignorance wherever you can learn. No one 
is too old to learn. Preserve health and you can learn faster 
after thirty, even fifty, than before, if you keep the brain in 
exercise all the time. Every human being should study daily. 
It requires habitual study to acquire and retain mental dis- 
cipline. Men make provision for physical provender, then 
why not for mental ? Mind is the great function of hu- 
manity, so that its daily cultivation becomes as important as 
our daily food. 
Books axd Eeadixg. 
“ A book is often a better physician than a doctor; a better- 
preacher than a minister, a better instructor than a teacher, 
a better counselor than a lawyer, better company than a 
companion/’ 
If you would have your mind continually expanding—read ! 284 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
What food is to the blood, reading is to the mind. “ Head- 
ing makes a full man,” saith Lord Bacon. 
Heading should be performed slowly and deliberately; if 
we would improve, we must give it study and thought. 
Choose good, but eschew bad books. 
Head a solid book, and one for recreation at the same time. 
Horm the habit of daily reading. Often review what you 
read. A book that is worth reading at all, is worth twice 
reading. Comment upon it, underscore, add, or reject. 
In this age of rapid and numberless book makings it is 
worth while to know how to read a book. A few hints thereto. 
Always look into a book and taste it before you begin to 
eat. As you sit down, examine the title page ; see who wrote 
the book ; wdiere he lives; do you know any thing of the 
author? Head the Preface (always read the Preface of a 
book); see what kind of a bow the author makes, how he in- 
troduces himself, see what he thinks of himself and his work, 
why he has the boldness to challenge the public to hear him. 
Then turn to the Contents ; see what are the great diversions 
of his subject, glance at his general plan. Take a single 
chapter or section, and see how he has divided and filled that 
up. If after a few trials you should find your author ob- 
scure, dull, pedantic or shallow, you need not fish any longer 
in those waters. It will be hard to catch fish there, and when 
caught they will be too small for use. But if you find the 
author valuable, and worth your attention, then go back to 
the Contents ; examine them chapter by chapter, then close 
the book and see if you have the plan of the whole work dis- 
tinctly and fully before your mind. Do not proceed till this 
is done. After you have this map all distinctly drawn in the 
mind, then get the first chapter vividly before you as far as 
the Contents will enable you to do it. Now proceed to read. 
At the close of each sentence, ask yourself, “ Do I understand 
that ? is it true or important, or to the point ? is it any thing 
valuable which I ought to retain ?” At the close of each CONVERSATION. 
285 
paragraph, ask the same question ; leave no paragraph till 
you have the substance of it in your mind. Proceed in this 
manner through the chapter, and, at the close of the chapter, 
look back, and see what the author tried to accomplish hy it, 
and what he really has accomplished. As you proceed, mark 
with your pencil in the margin what, according to your view, 
is the character of each paragraph, or, of this or that sen- 
tence. 
This mode of reading will he slow, hut very vah able. A 
single book read in this way will he worth a score run over. 
It will compel you to think as well as read, to judge, to 
discriminate, to sift out the wheat from the chaff. It will 
make thought your own, and will so fix it in your mind that 
it will probably be at your command at any future time. The 
first thing to he done, in order to make what you read your 
own, is to think as you read, think while you read, and 
think when you have closed the book. Also, to make what 
you read your own, review and re-review. 
Novels are good just so far as they stimulate the intel- 
lect, the conscience, the affections and the soul to healthful 
action, and set one to work; but just so far as they make 
one content with mere feeling, and constrain the feeling to 
be nothing but feeling, they are pernicious. Such reading is 
mental dissipation. To excite the devotional feelings, to 
produce a great love of God and not allow them to become 
work, is likewise dissipation, all the more pernicious because 
dissipation of the conscience, of the soul. 
CoxvrnsA'iiox. 
Chesterfield has truly said that good conversational pow- 
ers are an open and universal letter of recommendation. 
They charm all who listen. They embody the most perfect 
of all means of communicating instruction, ideas, feelings, 
and all the operations of mind. They persuade, at the pleasure 286 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
of him who wields them, and thus become the highest in- 
strumentality of success. They also give their possessor com- 
mand over mind, enable him to mold character, control 
opinion, and determine conduct. This is the highest power 
bestowed upon mortals, because instrumental of the most 
happiness. Would you have this gift, this talent ? Then 
talk, drive out your ideas well or ill, give them utterance. 
Join debating and sjDeaking societies. Seek and make op- 
portunities for engaging in conversation and public speak- 
ing. Do not quake before an audience ; they are only men. 
Let us have vastly more speaking on Temperance, Science, 
[Religion, and all moral and intellectual subjects. Exorcise 
is its increase, just as inaction is its decline. Use words, 
oral and written, in public and jorivate. This will discipline 
language, and augment its power. Action, exercise, this 
is the sovereign mental panacea, the universal cultivation of 
mind. 
Man was made to talk much. One boon my soul desires— 
frequent and protracted conversations with those choice spirits 
occasionally met in our journey through life. Few men know 
how to converse, or attempt to improve. Most conversation 
is tedious. Eew talk ideas, and fewer still take pains to 
express them well. But whenever w*e do meet kindred souls, 
or those highly gifted in conversation, hours become min- 
utes ; so much more do we enjoy and live in their society 
than in ordinary life. Oh for an eternity of such enchant- 
ing converse ! Let us cultivate this glorious gift, and im- 
prove those conversational faculties urged upon us by our 
bountiful Creator. Their assiduous improvement will ena- 
ble us to diminish existing blemishes, and add many strokes 
of beauty and impressiveness; perhaps enable us literally 
to charm mankind by the perfection of our diction and com- 
position, and contribute more to the happiness of ourselves, 
and fellow men, than if we possessed fortunes. 
Naturalness, or simplicity, is the most important rule in RULES FOR CONVERSATION. 
287 
conversation. "Whatever is natural is therefore agreeable, 
even if not perfect; it takes soul to speak to the purpose. 
He who sedulously listens, calmly speaks, pointedly ques- 
tions, coolly answers, and stops when he has no more to say, 
is in possession of some of the best requisites of true wis- 
dom. Those who study their own characters with most care, 
and who best understand themselves, are apt to say least 
of the characters of their neighbors ; they find too much to 
do within themselves, in curing their own defects, to have 
time or inclination to sit in judgment upon the defects of 
others. 
Exiles eoe Cojxvebsatioix. 
The following rules, much abridged, the judicious Mason 
gave to his students in regard to conversation : 
Choose your company for profit, just as you do your books. 
The best company and the best books are those which are 
the most improving and entertaining. If you can receive 
neither improvement nor entertainment from your company, 
furnish one or both for them. If you can neither receive 
nor bestow benefit, leave that company at once. 
Study the characters of your company. If they are your 
superiors, ask them questions, and be an attentive hearer ; 
if your inferiors, do them good. 
When the conversation droops, revive it by introducing 
some topic so general that all can say something about it. 
Perhaps it will not be amiss to stock your mind beforehand 
■with suitable topics. 
Never be a cipher in company. Try to please, and yon 
will find something to say that will be acceptable. It is ill 
manners to be silent. A common remark will sometimes 
lead to something that is valuable. Break a dead silence 
at any rate, and all will feel relieved and grateful to you. 
The man who knows how to converse well has an instrument 288 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
in liis possession with which he can do great good, and 
which will make him welcome in all circles. Yarillea has said 
that “ Of ten things which he knew he had learned, nine were 
from conversation.” We should make the art of conversation 
a part of our education. 
This constant, direct contact of mind with mind invaria- 
bly tends to soften and refine the feelings. Do not waste your 
time and that of the company, by talking upon trifles. Do 
not strive to monopolize the conversation, to shine and show 
yourself and your attainments. Do nothing which has the 
appearance of superiority. 
Beware of disparagements and severe speaking; you may 
be sure that what you say of the absent wall reach him 
or her. You can not speak disparagingly of the absent 
without giving Conscience the right to call you to account, 
and tell you in language which can not be misunderstood : 
You have done wrong, and not as you would be done by. 
Never indulge in levity upon what is sacred. He that 
can speak lightly of God, his Maker and his best Friend, or 
of any thing that pertains to him, will always be known to 
carry a heart that will yield easily to temptation and treat an 
earthly friend in the same way. Fie who treats religion, 
or any of the ordinances of his God with lightness and irrev- 
erence carries a selfish heart, and is not fit to be your bosom 
friend. 
When you hear any one use profane language you will 
not wrong him if you conclude that this is only one of a nest 
of vipers which he carries in his heart, and although this is 
the only one which now hisses, yet each in his turn is mas- 
ter of the poor wretch who is giving his life-blood to feed 
them. 
Be careful in introducing topics of conversation. It is 
sometimes well to make use of your last reading in conver- 
sation. Never speak a good thing in company twice. If 
the company slander, or are profane, reprove it; if that will 
not do, be silent, and if that fails, withdraw. GENIUS AND LABOR. 
289 
Do not get out of temper, if you enter into disputes, quar- 
rels, or discussions in company. If you are insulted, or have 
your feelings injured by some boor, keep perfectly cool; the 
company always respect a cool man. 
The power of communicating our thoughts and feelings 
by conversation is one of the greatest blessings bestowed on 
man ; it is a perpetual source of comfort and of usefulness. 
The tongue is an instrument for doing good or mischief. The 
emotions of the soul when expressed in language will always 
affect others, more or less. If they are rightly affected, good 
is done; if improperly, evil is the result. With a culti- 
vated mind, with a fund of knowledge, with manners and 
habits that make him welcome wherever he goes, with an 
influence which cultivation always gives, one can do much 
for the good of man, the honor of his God, and his own fu- 
ture peace, by the powers of his conversation alone. His 
words, his tones will pour delight into the soul of friend- 
ship ; they will form the character of the little prattler who 
listens to him, and pave his way to high and glorious scenes 
of usefulness, or they will fall heavily on the ear of affection 
and roll back a great weight of sorrow upon his own soul. 
Genius and Ladou. 
The genius of success is the genius of labor. If hard work 
is not another name for talent, it is the best possible substi- 
tute for it. The chief difference in men will be found in the 
amount of work they do. Do not trust to what lazy men call 
the “ spur of the occasion.” If you wish to wear spurs in the 
tournament of life, you must buckle them to your own heels 
before you enter the lists. 
Men look with admiring wonder upon a great intellectual 
effort, like Webster’s reply to Hague, and seem to think it 
leaped into life by the inspiration of a moment. But if by 
some intellectual chemistry we could resolve that masterly 290 
THE ROUSE IFE LIVE IR. 
speech into its several elements of power, and trace each to 
its source, we should find that every constituent force had 
been elaborated twenty years before, it may be in some hour 
of intellectual labor. 
Occasion may be the bugle-call that summons an army to 
battle, but the blast of a bugle can never make soldiers or 
win victory. 
Learn to cultivate a wise self-reliance, based only on what 
you perform; go you forth with a brave, true heart, knowing 
that fortune dwells in your brain and muscle, and that labor 
is the only symbol of omnipotence. 
Lit Eli Ait. y Institutions. 
There is no class of persons who are under higher obli- 
gations to observe the laws of health than those who are 
connected, whether as teachers or pupils, with literary insti- 
tutions. Young men and young ladies enter uj>on a course 
of education with good health, and long before that course 
is finished their constitutions give way, and they are obliged 
to retire from study; or, if able to finish, they have scarcely 
enough physical energy left to apply their mental resources 
to any practical purpose. To effect a change which will ob- 
viate this evil, will require the attention both of teachers and 
students. 
We make brilliant mathematicians, and miserable dyspep- 
tics; fine linguists, with bronchial throats; good writers, 
with narrow chests ; high foreheads, with pale complexions ; 
smart scholars, but not that union which the ancients prized 
so highly—a sound mind in a sound body. The brain be- 
comes the chief working muscle of the system. We refine 
and re-refine the intellectual powers down to a diamond’s 
point and brilliancy, as if they were the sole or reign- 
ing faculties ; as if we had not a physical nature binding us 
to the earth, and a spiritual nature binding us to the heav- LITERARY INSTITUTIONS. 
291 
ens and the God who inhabits them. Thus the universities 
become splendid hospitals, with the difference that the hos- 
pitals cure, and the universities create disease. Most of them 
are indictable at the bar of public opinion for taking the 
finest young brains and blood of the country and returning 
them shilled, indeed, to perform certain linguistic and mathe- 
matical dexterities, but physically demoralized. XYII. 
MANNERS. 
Gentleness and Morality in Manners—Politeness—Washington’s Code 
of Manners—Notes on Manners. 
Gentleness in society is like the silent influence of light, 
which gives color to all nature ; it is far more powerful than 
noise or force, and far more fruitful. It pushes its way 
quietly and persistently, like the tiniest daffodil in spring 
which raises the clod and thrusts it aside by the simple per- 
sistency of growing. 
Morals and manners, which give color to life, are of greater 
importance than laws, which are but one of their manifesta- 
tions. The law touches us here and there, but manners are 
about us everywhere, pervading society like the air we 
breathe. Good manners, as we call them, are neither more 
nor less than good behavior, consisting of courtesy and kind- 
ness ; for benevolence is the preponderating element in all 
kinds of mutually beneficial and pleasant intercourse among 
human beings. “Civility,” said Lady Montague, “costs 
nothing and buys every thing.” The cheapest of all things 
is kindness, its exercise requiring the least possible trouble 
and self-sacrifice. “Win hearts,” said Burleigh to Queen 
Elizabeth, “ and you have all men’s brains and purses.” If 
we would only let nature act kindly, free from affectation 
and artifice, the results on good social humor and happiness 
would be incalculable. Those little courtesies which form 
the small change of life may separately appear of little in* POLITENESS. 
293 
trinsic value, but they acquire their importance from repe- 
tition and accumulation. They are lihe the spare minutes, 
or the groat a day, which proverbially produce such mo- 
mentous results in the course of a twelvemonth, or a life- 
time. 
Manners are the ornament of action; and there is a way 
of speaking a kind word, or of doing a kind deed, which 
greatly enhances their value. What seems to be done with 
a grudge, or as an act of condescension, is scarcely accepted 
as a favor. 
Politeness. 
In politeness, as in every thing else connected with the 
formation of character, we are apt to begin on the outside, 
Instead of the inside. The golden rule contains the very 
life and soul of politeness: “Do unto others as you would 
that they should do unto you.” Unless children and youth 
are taught by precept and example to abhor what is selfish, 
and prefer another’s pleasure and comfort to their own, 
their politeness will be entirely artificial, and used only 
when interest and policy dictate. True politeness is perfect 
natural freedom and ease, treating others just as you love to 
be treated. Nature is always graceful, and Affection, with all 
her art, can never produce any thing half so pleasing. The 
very perfection of elegance is to imitate nature—how 
niuch better to have the reality than the imitation! Anxiety 
about the opinions of others fetters the freedom of nature, 
and tends to awkwardness—all would appear well, if they 
never tried to assume what they do not possess. 
Politeness is a desire to make those around you happy. 
Every action ought to be made with some sign of respect to 
those present. Be no flatterer ; neither play with any one 
who delights not to be played with. Head no paper or book 
Washington’s Code op Manners. 294 
TSE SOUSE TEE LIVE IS. 
in company. Come not near the papers or books of another 
when he is reading or writing. Let your countenance be 
cheerful; but in serious matters be grave. Let your dis- 
course with others, on matters of business, be short. It is 
good manners to let others speak first. "When a man does 
all he can, do not blame him, though he succeeds not well. 
Take admonitions thankfully. Be not hasty to receive re- 
ports to the injury of another. Let your dress be modest, 
and consult your condition. Play not the peacock by looking 
vainly at yourself. It is better to be alone than in bad com- 
pany. Let your conversation be without malice or envy. 
Urge not your friend to discover a secret. Break not a jest 
where none take pleasure in mirth. Gaze not on the blem- 
ishes of others. When another speaks, be attentive. Mind 
your own business. 
Notes on Mannees. 
The true gentleTnan or lady is a gentleman or lady at all 
times and in all places—at home as well as abroad ; in the 
field, or workshop, or in the kitchen as well as in the parlor. 
A snob is a snob always and everywhere. 
Young man be polite to your sister. She is a woman and 
all women have claims on you for courteous attentions, and 
the affection which exists between you adds tenfold to the 
sacredness of the claims she has upon you, not only for pro- 
tection, but for the exercise toward her for all the sweet 
amenities of life. 
Truly some are naturally more gifted with urbanity, ease, 
and grace of manner and speech, but politeness is as trulv 
an acquisition to be gained by study and effort, as is the 
ability to produce good music. 
Never indulge in ridiculing others in company. It is a 
vulgar and ungenerous practice, and indicates a narrow, un- 
cultivated mind. All Lave their weaknesses, and imperfec- 
tions ; even those who possess the most shining talents have 31 ANN EES. 
295 
their blemishes. Persons addicted to ridicule are not usually 
distinguished for their own wisdom or good sense. 
Courtesy is due from all men to all men ; it is the beautiful 
part of morality, justice carried to the utmost rectitude de- 
fined, magnanimity in trifles. 
Simple and unaffected language and manners are always 
pleasing. We should aim to say what seems fitting to the 
time and place, in the easiest, simplest way, selecting the best 
and most delicate words in use ; or, if any thing is to be done, 
to do it in the readiest, quietest, and most unobserved 
manner. 
Never attempt to appear any thing more nor better than 
you are. Mate it a rule to be as decorous toward friends 
and home companions as you desire to be to strangers and 
guests. 
It is unobtrusive worth, not glitter, that wins lasting 
esteem. X Ylll. 
CHAEACTEE. 
The Glory of Life is Character—Rule of Action—Resolution—The 
Three Angels—Charity—Love—Truth—Honesty—Hope—Persever- 
ance —Prudence Punctuality— Habit—Brevity—Generosity—Con- 
tentment—Cheerfulness—Friendship—Adversity—Calumny—Slander 
—Jealousy—Meanness—Duelling, etc. 
Whoever lias left behind him the record of a noble life 
has bequeathed to posterity an enduring source of good, for 
it lives as a model for others in all time to come; it breathes 
fresh life into us and helps him to reproduce his life anew, 
to illustrate his character in other forms. Hence a book 
containing the life of a true man is full of precious seed; 
to use Milton’s words: “It is the precious life-blood of a 
master spirit, embalmed and treasured up on purpose to 
show a life beyond life.” Such a book, such a character, 
never ceases to exercise an elevating influence and a power 
for good. 
Character is the noblest passion of a man, constituting a 
rank in itself, and an estate in the general good will; dig- 
nifying every station and exalting every position in society. 
It exercises a greater power than wealth, and secures all 
the honor without the jealousy of fame. It carries with it 
an influence which always tells, for it is the result of proved 
honor, rectitude, and consistency—qualities which, perhaps, 
more than any other, command the general confidence and 
respect of mankind. RESOLUTION. 
297 
Character is hum an nature in its best form. It is moral 
order embodied in the individual. Men of character are not 
only the conscience of society, but in every well-governed 
state they are its best motive power, for it is moral worth 
in the main which rules the world. 
Every man is bound to aim at the possession of a good 
character as one of the highest objects of life. The very 
effort to secure it by worthy means will furnish him. with a 
motive for exertion; and his idea of manhood, in proportion 
as it is elevated, will steady and animate his motive. It is 
well to have a high standard of life, although we may not 
be able altogether to realize it. He who does not look up 
will look down. The spirit that does not soar is destined, 
perhaps, to grovel. Yice, virtue, and time never stand still. 
Better lose all else and save character, for character is itself 
a fortune. A man’s character is seen in small matters. Al- 
ways endeavor to be really what you would wish to appear. 
Huie oe Actiox. 
“Wouldst thou know,” says Quarles, “ the lawfulness of 
the action which thou desirest to undertake ? Let thy devo- 
tion recommend it to divine blessing. If it be lawful, thou 
shalt perceive thy heart encouraged by thy prayer; if un- 
lawful, thou shalt find thy prayer discouraged by thy heart. 
That action is not at all warrantable which blushes to beg a 
blessing, or, having succeeded, dares not present a thanks- 
giving.” 
Resolution. 
Resolution is omnipotent; and if we will but solemnly de- 
termine to make the most and the best of all our powers and 
capacities, and if, to this end, with Wilberforce, we will but 
seize and improve even the shortest intervals of possible 
action and effort, we shall find that there is no limit to our 
advancement. Without this resolute and earnest purpose, 298 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
the best aid and means are of little worth, but with it, even 
the weakest are mighty. Without it, we accomplish nothing; 
with it, every thing. 
A man who is deeply in earnest, acts upon the moto of the 
pickaxe on the old seal: “ Either I will find a way or make 
one.” He has somewhat the spirit of Napoleon, who, when 
told on the eve of battle that circumstances were against him, 
replied: “Circumstances! I make and control circumstances, 
not bow to them 1” 
In self-cultivation, as in every thing else, to think we are 
able, is almost to be so ; to resolve to attain, is often almost 
attainment. Everywhere are the means of progress, if we 
have but the fixed purpose to use them. And if, like the old 
philosopher, we will but take as our motto, “ Higher, for ever 
higher!” we may rise by those means. He that resolves 
upon any great end, by that very resolution has sealed the 
chief barrier to it. And he who desires the grand idea of 
self-cultivation, and solemnly resolves upon it, will find that 
resolute idea burning like a living fire within, and ever 
putting him upon his own improvement. He will find it re- 
moving difficulties, searching out or making means, giving- 
courage and strength, and, like the Star in the East to the 
wise men of old, guiding him nearer and still nearer to the 
Sun of all Perfection. 
If we are but fixed and resolute on self-improvement, we 
shall find means to aid us on every side at all times, and ob- 
stacles and oppositions will ever make us like the fabled spec- 
tre-ships, which sail the-fastest in the very teeth of the wind* 
Resolution is the youngest and dearest daughter of Destiny, 
and may win from her fond mother almost any favor she 
chooses to ask. 
The Three Angels. 
Three beautiful angels walk the earth each day, and carry 
to their heavenly home the record they have kept of human CHARITY. 
299 
hearts. Faith, Hope, and Charity are their names. Faith 
takes the hand of weary ones when the night-clouds gather 
around their heads, and leads them unto Hope, who crowns 
them with a wreath of flowers immortal. And when their 
wayward feet turn from the heavenly path, lured by false at- 
tractions, and they go on until their feet are torn and bleed- 
ing, and their garments soiled and stained, sweet Charity 
walks close beside, and throws her pure white mantle on their 
forms, covering all the stains and rags, that the passers by 
may not see how soiled and tattered they are. 
Chahitx. 
“Fair charity, ho thou my guest, 
This golden chain, that reaches from heaven to earth, is 
much more admired than used, more preached about than 
practiced. It has been remarked by some writer: “Did 
universal charity prevail, earth would be Heaven, and Hell 
a fable.” 
And he thy constant couch, my breast.” 
Charity is but another name for disinterested, lofty, un- 
adulterated love, the attribute of Deity, which moved him to 
provide a city of refuge for our fallen, ruined race, when ex- 
posed to the vengeance and penalty imposed by the holy law 
of God, violated by our federal head. It is placed at the 
head of all the Christian virtues by St. Paul, the ablest di- 
vine that ever graced a pulpit or wielded a pen. It is the 
substratum of philantrophy, the brightest star in the Chris- 
tian’s diadem. It spurns the scrofula of green-eyed Jealousy, 
the canker of tormenting Envy, the tortures of burning Malice, 
the typhoid of foaming Revenge. It is an impartial mirror, 
set in the frame of love, resting on equity and justice. 
Charity is the foundation and capstone, the climax of all 
the Christian graces. Without it, our religion is like a body 
without a soul; our friendships, shadow of a shadow ; pur 300 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
alms, the offspring of pride, or, what is more detestable, the 
offerings of hypocrisy ; our humanity a mere iceberg on the 
ocean of time—we are unfit to discharge the duties of life, and 
derange the design of creation. 
Were this heaven-born, soul-cheering principle—the main- 
spring of human action, the all-pervading motive-power that 
impelled mankind in their onward course to eternity—the 
polar star to guide them through this world of sin and woe, 
the ills that flesh is heir to wrould be softened in its melting 
sunbeams, a new and blissful era would dawn auspiciously 
upon our race, and Satan would become bankrupt for want 
of business. Wars and rumors of wars would cease; Envy, 
Jealousy, and Eevenge would hide their diminished heads ; 
falsehood, slander, and persecution would be unknown; sec- 
tarian walls in matters of religion would crumble in the dust; 
the household of faith would become what it should be, one 
united, harmonious family in Christ; infidelity, vice, and im- 
morality would recede, and boundless happiness, would become 
the crowning glory of man. Pure and undefiled religion 
would then be honored and glorified ; primitive Christianity 
would stand forth divested of the inventions of men, in all the 
majesty of its native loveliness; the victories of the cross 
would be rapidly achieved, and the bright day be ushered in 
when Jesus shall rule King of Nations, as he now does King 
of Saints. 
Love. 
Love is of God. Love is the piety of the affections. Love 
is its own satisfaction; it is the love of loving, not merely 
of enjoying another. 
Men trust the heart more than the head. The mass of 
men have more confidence in the man of great affection than 
in one of great thought; pardon is commonly popular, mercy 
better loved than severity. Men rejoice when the murderer 
js arrested, but shout at his acquittal of the crime. The Z 0 VE 
301 
happiness of the greater part of men comes more from af- 
feetional than intellectual or moral sources. Hence the 
abundant interest felt in talking about persons, the popular 
fondness for personal anecdotes, biographies, ballads, love 
stories, and the like. The mass of men love the person of 
their great man, not his opinions, and care more to see his 
face and hear his voice than to know his ideas of truth and 
justice. It is so with religious teachers. Men sympathize 
with the person before they take his doctrine. 
We never love our fellow-creatures too much. We love 
them selfishly, craving to engross their whole hearts to our- 
selves ; love them sensually, seeking from them unlawful 
gratifications; love them immorally, making their smiles 
the goal of our virtue ; love them idolatrously, keeping down 
our moral ideas to the level of their defects; but never do 
we truly love them too much. The selfishness, the sensu- 
ality, the idolatry are not love, but the parasites which dwarf 
and wither love, and which must be cleared away from it 
to restore its native vigor and beauty. 
Of pure, true, tender, unselfish love there is never too 
much in any human heart. Nay, there is no possibility 
that any creature in the universe will ever feel too strongly 
that holy sentiment which swells in its utmost fullness the 
infinite heart of God. Millenniums hence, among the stars, 
so far from having outgrown love, as if it were a part of the 
weakness of mortality, we shall find it rises in our souls to 
a majestic power, an ineffable beauty, of which wo can form 
no vision now. It is more love for our fellows that we want, 
not. one shadow of a shade less. 
Without culture of the affections, life is poor and unsatis- 
factory ; truth seems cold and justice stern. Let a man 
have the piety of the body, of the mind and conscience, it is 
not satisfactory without the piety of the heart. Let him 
have this also, and what a world of delight it opens to him. 
When a new child is born into some noble and half-starved 302 
THE HOUSE TEE LIVE lE. 
family it diminishes their comforts, it multiplies their toil, it 
divides their loaf, it crowds their bed, and shares the unre- 
plenished fire ; but with what joy is it welcomed there ! We 
would imagine that a mother who had given birth to a 
large family of children would find her love divided among 
them, and thereby lessened; but is it so ? Ask her, and 
the language of her heart will be, “ Each one brings lots of 
love,” and the more there are the more love each succeeding 
one brings. Oh, who can conceive of the depths of a mother’s 
love ! Eor long months she carries you under her heart, 
and then with a mother’s love, so tenderly, so anxiously, so 
affectionately watches over you, guides and guards you 
through infancy, childhood, youth, even up to and into man- 
hood I In every man who lives a true life the affections 
grow continually. 
•One day there shall be no fear before men, no fear before 
God, no tyrant in society, no devil in theology, no hell in the 
mythology of men, love, and the God of Love shall take 
their place. Man is a babe yet, the time for the development 
of conscious love has not yet arrived. 
Love is promotive of manly and womanly beauty. It 
makes one “twice a man,” and equal to any thing that man 
may do or dare. It makes him strong and brave as wTell as 
gentle and tender, gives firmness to his figure, grace to his 
carriage, and character to his face. It gives roundness to the 
form, fullness to the bosom, grace to the movements, light to 
the eye, sweetness to the mouth, color to the c]ieek, and ani- 
mation to the whole figure. Every organ of the body seems 
imbued by it with new life, and every function to be rendered 
more efficient. This fine spiritual stimulus is in the highest 
degree favorable to health and beauty. 
Love is an affair of the heart, but the head should be its 
privy counselor. As a man should be manly, so should a 
woman be womanly in her love. L 0 VE 
303 
“ Learn to win a lady’s faith 
Nobly, as the thing is high; 
Bravely, as for life and death, 
With a loyal gravity. 
Lead her from the festive hoards; 
Point her to the starry skies; 
Guard her hy your truthful words, 
Pure from courtship’s flatteries.” 
Love opens the seal of a new and incalculably delightful 
fountain of happiness, as well in anticipation as fruition, 
which increases as love strengthens, till it ripens into the 
very tenderest emotions and the sweetest pleasures of our 
natures. 
“ Love is divine, unselfish, asking naught, 
But winning it by attractive force 
Of generous trust and sweet unfearing, fraught 
With the grace of tenderness to make its course. 
Harshness and doubt can not abide with love. 
Doubt is from selfishness, and that can ne’er 
Yoke with the sentiment that from above 
Was sent, which Scripture sayeth cast out fear. 
Love has no limit—’t is the god in man, 
Broad, universal, deep, and evermore 
The same as when the stars their song began 
Of sweet accord, when Time creation bore. 
Oh, could we feel what Love is, passion free, 
Then God, the good, indeed with us would throndd he !” 
Slowly vengeance fades out of human institutions, slowly 
love steals in. The wounded soldier must be healed and 
paid, his widow and children fed and comforted; the slaves 
are set free, the yohe of kings and nobles must be made 
lighter, be broken and thrown away; all men must have 
their rights made sure ; the poor must be fed, must have the 
right to vote, to justice, truth and love ; the ignorant must be 
educated, the State looking to it that no one struggles in the 
rear and is so lost; the criminals, I mean the little criminals 304 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
committing petty crimes, must be instructed, healed andman- 
lijfied; the lunatic must be restored to his intellect; the blind, 
the deaf, the dumb, the idiot, must be taught, and all mankind 
be blessed. 
The attempt to banish war out of the world, odium from 
theology, capital punishment out of the State, the efforts to 
expunge hate from the popular notion of God, and fear from 
our religious consciousness, all show the growth of love in 
the spirit of men. 
“ Serene will he our clays, and bright 
And happy will our nature he, 
When love is an unerring light, 
And joy its own security. 
And they a blissful course may hold 
Even now, who not unwisely hold, 
Live in the spirit of their creed, 
Yet find that other strength according to their need.’ 
It is more fatal to neglect the heart than the head. 
Tuxjth. 
Truth is the first law in the government of speech. It is 
to your tongue what the polar star and the magnetic needle 
are to the mariner, without them his ship had better never 
leave its port, and without truth your tongue had better 
rest in eternal silence. Without truth there can be little 
room for other virtues. 
People do not speak truth for the want of not knowing 
and preferring it, but because they have not the organ to 
speak it. It requires a high-toned spirit to battle with false- 
hood and overcome it. If I must suffer for speaking the 
truth I would rather suffer than let truth suffer in conse- 
quence of my not speaking it. F ERSEVERAN CE. 
305 
Honesty. 
The truth of the good old maxim, that “Honesty is the 
best policy,” is upheld by the daily experience of life; up- 
rightness and integrity being found as successful in busi- 
ness pursuits as in every thing else. As Hugh Miller’s wor- 
thy uncle used to advise him: “In all your dealings give 
your neighbor the east of the bank—‘good measure, heaped 
up and running over,’ and you will not lose by it in the 
end.” Put your character, your conscience, your self-re- 
spect and probity in every transaction of life. You may suc- 
ceed for a time by fraud, by petty dishonesty, by violence, 
but you can never succeed permanently except by directly 
opposite means. 
Hope. 
Nothing can compensate a man for the loss of hope; it 
entirely changes the character. “How can I work ? how 
can I be happy ?” exclaimed a great, but miserable thinker; 
“ I have lost all hope.” Hope is like the sun, which, as we 
journey toward it, casts the shadow of our burden behind us. 
Peesevebance. 
Perseverance, purpose, and a good stout heart are what 
enable us to achieve whatever we undertake. In many walks 
of life, drudgery and toil must be cheerfully endured as the 
necessary discipline of life. Hugh Miller says the only 
school in which he was properly taught was “ that world- 
wide school in which toil and hardship are the severe but 
noble teachers.” 
He who allows his application to falter, or shirks his work 
on frivolous pretests, is on the sure road to ultimate failure. 
Let any task be undertaken as a thing not possible to be 
evaded, and it will soon come to be performed with alacrity 306 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
and cheerfulness. Thus, persons with the commonest brains 
and the most slender powers will accomplish much, if they 
apply themselves wholly and indefatigably to one thing at 
a time. Be a whole man to one thing at one time. “ What- 
soever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might.” 
Nothing that is of real worth can be achieved without 
courageous working. There is no excellence without labor. 
The timid and hesitating find every thing impossible, be- 
cause it seems so. It is not the men of genius who move 
the world, who take the lead in it, but men of steadfastness, 
purpose, perseverance, and indefatigable industry. Said 
John Hunter : “Is there one whom difficulties dishearten— 
who bends to the storm ? He will do little. Is there one 
who will conquer ? That kind of man never fails.” 
Peedexce. 
Prudence is the combination of wisdom, reason, discretion, 
and common sense; the offspring of a clear head, a correct 
judgment, and a good heart. It regards the past, the pres- 
ent, and the future, time and eternity; never shrinks from 
known duty ; acts with coolness and decision; investigates 
impartially, reasons correctly, and condemns reluctantly. 
The prudent man meets the dispensation of Providence 
calmly ; views mankind in the clear sunshine of charity; is 
guided by the golden rule in his dealings; cherishes uni- 
versal philanthropy, and soars in peerless majesty above the 
trifling vanities and corrupting vices of the world, and lives 
in constant readiness to enter the mansions of bliss beyond 
the vale of tears. 
It is not the consequent result of shining talents, brilliant 
genius, or great learning. It has been truly said by Hr. 
Young, and demonstrated by thousands, With the talents of an 
angel, a man may he a fool! 
“How empty learning, and how vain is art; 
Save when it guides the life, and mends the heart.” FE ÜBENCE. 
307 
One grain of prudence is of more value than a cranium 
crowded with unbridled genius, or a flowing stream of vain 
wit. Without it, dangers gather thick and fast around the 
frail bark of man and hurry him on to destruction. The 
shores of time are lined with wrecks, driven before the gale 
of imprudence. It is not prudent to contract sudden in- 
timacies with strangers. You can extend the hand of charity 
without mingling souls. 
Hasty and compulsory marriages are seldom prudent, and 
rarely happy. After the blissful knot is tied, it is prudence 
for the twain to do all in their power to render each other 
happy, to both pull the same way, carefully avoiding cold in- 
difference, cruel neglect, angry words, discordant views, and 
unnecessary crosses ; for love, like china, once broken, is 
hard to be repaired—like the caged bird, once fled, it is hard 
to be regained. 
S'lander is very imprudent. It is more to be dreaded than 
the cholera. It is like sulphurous fire or a charcoal gas, that 
suffocates as we slumber—a scorpion in the grass, inflicting 
an unsuspected, but deadly sting. 
It is not prudent, but cruel, to trifle with the feelings of 
others, by inspiring hopes only to be blasted, and making 
promises only to be broken ; more especially if a female heart 
is concerned. Such are the vilest and most brutal promise- 
breakers—those demons of men, who promise marriage to an 
innocent and unsuspecting girl and then desert, if not ruin 
her. Such brutes should be caged with scorpions, fed on 
aquafortis, and drenched with prussic acid—a mild punish- 
ment compared with the enormity of the crime. It is not 
prudent to become involved in debt. It is not prudent to 
leave a certain business because its gains are slow ; “ slow and 
sure” is an old and sound adage. 
It is not prudent to pine under misfortunes or disappoint- 
ments. Never give up the ship while a plank floats within 
your reach. Industry and perseverance have, and ever can, 308 
THE ROUSE WE LIVE IN. 
perform wonders. It is not prudent to indulge in pro- 
crastination, and crowding to-morrow with the business of 
to-day. 
It is not prudent to take for granted all we hear, or tell 
it to others. Nor is it prudent to be blown about by every 
wind of doctrine, or fresh breeze that passes over society. 
We should be wise in design, firm in purpose, and decisive 
in action. 
It is not prudent to wrangle about disputed points in 
modern theology—the Bible is plain, simple, sublime, com- 
plete ; it is so easily understood, so far as the salvation of the 
soul is concerned, that the wayfaring man, though a fool, 
need not err. 
In short, to be prudent, is to shun all evil, practice virtue, 
live in constant communion with God, and ever be in readi- 
ness to throw off our mortal coil, and take our exit, calmly 
and peacefully, “to that country from whose bourne no 
traveler returns.” 
PIIXCTUALITr. 
“Punctuality,” said Louis the Fourteenth, “is the polite- 
ness of kings.” It is also the duty of gentlemen, and the 
necessity of men of business. Nothing begets confidence in 
a man sooner than the practice of this virtue, nothing shakes 
confidence sooner than the want of it. 
A very wealthy and honorable man who had risen to 
great distinction once said of himself, that he “had lodged 
with beggars and had the honor of royal society,” and he 
attributed his success in life mainly to three things ; punc- 
tuality as to time, self-reliance, and integrity in wrord and 
deed. Successful conduct in business consists, to a great ex 
tent, in attention to matters of detail; in short, to “rou- 
tine” and “red tape.” HABIT. 
309 
Habit. 
The force of habit is very great. We are bigots from 
habit, inebriates from habit, gluttons from habit, swearers 
from habit. How subtly habit steals upon us ! We laugh 
at the caution which would save us, and take the first step 
in sin that leads to the abyss from which there is scarcely 
an escape. How we pet our habits, palliate them, justify 
them ! They get their hold upon us through our inefficient 
will, which in itself is a habit. The will should be culti- 
vated and strengthened, as much as the body and mind; but 
Habit, at the very outset, says the will of the child must be 
crushed out. It should be encouraged rather, and directed 
to its proper end. With stout will and resolution we may 
throw off or resist habit; but without it, it holds us with 
hooks of steel. It is unfortunate to know' that more than 
half our time is spent in repenting of habits contracted dur- 
ing the other half; and more unfortunate to think that our 
habits have, by example, involved others in the same. 
It is scarcely possible to over-estimate the value of training 
the young to virtuous habits. In the young they are easiest 
formed, and when formed they last for life; like letters cut 
on the bark of a tree, they grow and widen with age. “ Train 
up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old he 
will not depart from it.” The beginning holds within it 
the end; the first start on the road of life determines the 
direction and the termination of the journey. “ Eemember,” 
said Lord Collingwrood to a young man whom he loved, 
“before you are five-and-twenty you must establish a char- 
acter that will serve you all your life.” As habit strengthens 
with age, and character becomes formed, any turning into a 
new path is difficult. 
No drunkard ever reformed by gradually relinquishing 
his dram. All depends upon breaking through a pernicious 
habit resolutely and at once. Make sobriety a habit, and 310 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
intemperance will be hateful; make prudence a habit, and 
reckless profligacy will become revolting to every principle 
of conduct which regulates the life of the individual. Hence 
the necessity for the greatest care and watchfulness against 
the inroad of any evil habit; for the character is always 
weakest at the point at which it has once given way; and it 
is long before a principle restored can become so Him as one 
that has never been moved. It is a fine remark of a Rus- 
sian writer, that “ Habits are a necklace of pearls—untie 
the knot, and the whole unthreads.” 
Even happiness itself may become habitual. There is a 
habit of looking at the bright side of things, as well as at the 
dark side. Hr. Johnson has said that the habit of looking at 
the best side of a thing is worth more to a man than a thou- 
sand pounds a year. And we possess the power, to a great 
extent, of so exercising the will as to direct the thoughts 
upon objects calculated to yield happiness. The habit of 
happy thought may be made to spring up like any other 
habit. To bring up man and woman with genial habits, a 
good temper, and a happy frame of mind, is perhaps of more 
importance than to perfect them in much knowledge and 
every accomplishment. 
Brevity: 
Dr. Cotton Mather placed over the door of his office, “Be 
Short.” These two words should be placed over the speaker’s 
chairs in our legislative halls, the benches of judges, the 
tables of authors, and over the clocks of some churches. 
In business, punctuality and dispatch make short work. 
Let friendly calls be short. 
Let your communications to those who are busy be short. 
Hold no man by the button in the street or in the door, be 
short. 
Let your anecdotes and stories be short. 
Let your credits, if you have any, be short. GENEROSITY. 
311 
Let your speeches be short, and be sure and stop when 
done. 
If you have any bad habits, vicious practices, or bad com- 
panions, cut them short, or your happiness, reputation, and 
money may fall short. 
Let the prayers, exhortations, and admonitions of every 
Christian be humble, meek, fervent, sincere, earnest, affec- 
tionate, and short. 
Let the impenitent sinner turn from his sins at once—no 
delay, life is uncertain and short. This night thy soul may 
be required of thee— a notice dreadfully short. 
GeXEROSITY. 
We are told to give, even as we receive. We believe we 
receive according as we give. We are told that we are 
stewards of the Lord, that is, that all our gifts are held in 
trust from him, and we must use them in such a way that at 
his coming he may find his own with interest. 
True charity never impoverishes. In outward possession 
it would be difficult to find a man who had made himself poor 
by acts of benevolence, for a just and wise benevolence is 
almost sure to be accompanied by an orderly development of 
the faculties, such as in our country makes prosperity almost 
certain. In intellectual attainments most persons are familiar 
with the fact that there is no way by which we can so 
thoroughly confirm and make clear in our own minds any 
thing that we know, as by imparting it to others. In all 
that relates to the affectional part of our being, none can 
doubt but that we grow by giving. The more we love, the 
more we find that is lovely, and it is only in proportion as we 
love that we can learn to comprehend that God is infinitely 
powerful, by reason of his infinite love. If we would make 
our one talent two, or our five talents ten, the best way to do 
it is by giving of all that we have to those who are poorer 
than ourselves. 312 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
Contentment. 
“Do you know what the people of Cape Ann do wlien it 
rains ? They let it rain !” This is the true philosophy. It 
is best not to fret at evils which we can not help, or even for 
those which we might help; for fretting does not better a 
thing any. There is an old saying, that has come down to 
us from very remote antiquity, that “It is of no use to cry 
for spilled milk.” “Uncle Ned,” when his teeth failed him, 
“let the hoe cake be.” Fretting wrinkles the skin like a 
baked apple, turns the aspect to a glum sourness, makes 
the finest eyes look wicked, and places personal beauty at a 
risk. The Sage of Thorndike was one hundred and ten 
years old when he died, and at that age his face was as fair 
as an infant’s. When asked the secret of-this his reply was, 
“ I never allowed my face to pucker with the wrinkles of 
fretfulness and ill temper.” 
This state of the mind has much to do with the healthy 
action of the physical system. A cheerful and happy mind 
gives a free and easy circulation in the nervous system, and 
by its effect contributes much toward a healthy and free cir- 
culation of the blood. Especially should we be cheerful at 
and after our meals. Whatever our condition or circum- 
stances in life, it is economy and duty to make ourselves 
cheerful and happy. However bitter our troubles, our griefs, 
let us cultivate a spirit of resignation ; however painful our 
condition in life, let us be content with such things as we 
have; however dark our prospects, let us hope for good, for 
the best. While nothing is gained by despondency, much 
is lost. While cheerfulness helps others to be healthy and 
happy, it is of great benefit to ourselves. 
Cheeeeuiness. ADVERSITY. 
313 
Friendship. 
What examples do we all know of friendship and of 
charity ! Here is a woman of large intellect, well disci- 
plined, well stored, gifted with mind and graces with its 
specific piety, whose chief delight is to do kind deeds to 
those beloved. Her light is poured out, like the fair light 
of heaven, around the bedside of the sick; she comes life a 
last sacrament to the dying man, bringing back a reminis- 
cence of the best things of mortal life, and giving a fore- 
tasted prophecy of the joys of heaven, her very presence an 
alabaster box of ointment, exceeding precious, filling the 
house with the balm of its thousand flowers. Her love 
adorns the paths wherein she teaches youthful feet to tread, 
and blooms in amax anthine loveliness above the head laid 
low in earth. 
She would feel insulted by gratitude; God can give no 
greater joy to mortal man than the consciousness whence 
such a life wells out. Not content with blessing the few 
whom friendship joins to her, her love enlarges and runs 
over the side of the private cup and fills the bowl of many 
a needy and forsaken one. In the presence of such affec- 
tion as this, the intellect of a Plato would be abashed, and 
the moral sense of a saint would shrink and say to itself, 
“ Stand back, my soul! for here is somewdiat far holier than 
thou.” In sight of such excellence lam ashamed of intel- 
lect ; I -would not look upon the greatest mind that ever 
lived. 
Adversity. 
“Sweet indeed are the uses of adversity.” They reveal to 
us our powers, and call forth our energies. If there be real 
worth in the character, like sweet herbs, it will give forth its 
finest fragrance when pressed. “Crosses,” says an old pro- 
verb, “are the ladders that lead to heaven.” 314 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
“ What is even poverty itself,” asks Pitcher, “ that a man 
should murmur under it ? It is but as the pain in piercing 
a maiden’s ear, and you hang jewels in the wound.” In the 
experiences of life, it is found that the wholesome discipline 
of adversity in strong natures usually carries with it a strong 
self-preserving influence. 
Too much facility, ease, and prosperity is not good for a 
man ; it removes that wholesome stimulus to exertion which 
is so essential to sound discipline. On the contrary, to use 
the words of Burke “ Difficulty is a severe instructor set 
over us by the supreme ordinance of a parental Guardian and 
Instructor who knows us better than we know ourselves, as 
he loves us better too. He that wrestles with us strengthens 
our nerves, and sharpens our skill—our antagonist is thus 
our helper.” 
In heads replete with thoughts of other men; 
"Wisdom in minds attentive to their own. 
Knowledge, a rude, unprofitable mass, 
The mere materials with which wisdom huiids 
Till smoothed, and squared, and fitted to its place, 
Does but encumber whom it seems to enrich.” 
“Knowledge dwells 
Calumet. 
“ ’T is calumny 
Whose edge is sharper than the sword; whose tongue 
Outvenoms all the worms of Kile; whose breath 
Rides on the posting winds, and doth belie 
All corners of the world ! Kings, Queens, and States, 
Maids, matrons ; nay, the secrets of the grave 
This picture of Shakspeare’s, whose body has moldered in 
the tomb over two hundred years, has lost none of its strong 
features by modern improvements in human society. Cal- 
umny is the same blighting Sirocco, the same envenomed 
This viperous slander enters.” CALUMNY. 
scorpion, the same damning miasma, as it was when his 
master hand delineated its dark and fiendish physiognomy. 
As then, its pestiferous breath pollutes with each respiration; 
its forked tongue is charged with the same poison ; it searches 
all corners of the world for victims ; it sacrifices the high and 
the low, the king and the peasant, the rich and the poor, the 
matron and the maid, the living and the dead; but, cursed 
propensity, it delights most in destroying worth and immo- 
lating innocence. 
Lacon has justly remarked, “ Calumny crosses oceans, 
scales mountains, and traverses deserts, with greater ease 
than the Scythian Abaris, and, like him, rides upon a pois- 
oned arrow.” As the Samiel wind of the Arabian desert not 
only produces death, but causes the most rapid decomposition 
of the body; so calumny affects fame, honor, integrity, worth, 
and virtue. 
The base, black-hearted, triple-tongued, Janus-faced, clo- 
ven-footed calumniator, like the loathsome worm, leaves 
his path marked with the filth of malice and scum of false- 
hood, and pollutes the fairest flowers, the choicest fruits, the 
most delicate plants in the greenhouse of character. Living, 
he is a traveling pest-house ; dying, impenitent, his soul is 
too deeply stained for hell, and should be driven to that im- 
aginary, elementless blank, beyond the confines of all 
Worlds, shrouded in the darkness of nonentity ; there to roam 
alone, through the ceaseless ages of eternity, without a pain 
or pleasure to relieve the awful monotony of that dreadful 
vacuum. 
0 reader, never calumniate the name of another ; sooner 
plunge a dagger through his or her heart I So deep does the 
calumniator sink in the murky waters of degradation and in- 
famy, that, could an angel apply an Arehimedian moral lever 
to him, with Heaven for a fulcrum, ho could not in a thousand 
years raise him to the grade of a convicted felon. (See 
“Virgil,” Book 111, line 176.) 316 
THE HOUSE TEE LIVE IH. 
SIAUDEE. 
Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth.; 
neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting. 
“Either he silent,” said Pythagoras to his disciples, “or 
say something that is better than silence.” And a greater 
than Pythagoras has said, “In the multitude of words there 
wanteth not sin, but he that refraineth his lips is wise. 
When the absent are spoken of, some will speak gold of 
them, some silver, some iron, some lead, and some always 
speak dirt, for they have a natural attraction toward what 
is evil, and think it shows penetration in them. As a cat 
watching for mice does not look up though an elephant goes 
by, so they are so busy mousing for defects that they let 
great excellences pass them unnoticed. 
I will not say it is not Christian to make beads of others’ 
faults, and tell them over every day ; I say it is infernal. If 
you want to know how the devil feels, you do Icnoiv, if you are 
such an one.—Henry Ward Beecher. 
Jeaioust. 
Jealousy has plucked roses from the damsel’s cheek, driven 
the young man to desperation, embittered the joys of a faith- 
ful wife, and administered to the fond husband the potion 
of poison. It is an enemy to human happiness, the father 
of crime, the hot-bed of fell revenge, the prime-mover of 
dissensions, the soul of anarchy, the fuel of party spirit, the 
instigator of revolution, the bane of public good, the incu- 
bus of religion, the jrarent of wars, and an earthquake in 
the body politic—setting nations in commotion, sometimes 
sinking them in the dark abyss of irrevocable ruin. It has 
been justly remarked by a close observer of human nature, 
that “Jealousy, of all the passions, is that which exacts the 
hardest service, and pays the bitterest wages. Let all who 
desire peace of mind, the respect of those around them, and MEANNESS. 
317 
the welfare of our race, banish this fell monster from their 
hearts for ever. 
Meanness. 
The following is an extract from Dow Jr.’s Sermon on 
“ Meanness 
“ My friends, too many of you are ever inclined to mean- 
ness. I know some who are so vastly little (if I may be al- 
lowed to use the term) that when they are brushed from the 
earth into the Devil’s dustpan, the old chap will have to put 
on a pair of double-magnifying spectacles, and poke a long 
■'vhile among the rubbish of immortality before he can find 
them. 
“ There is neighbor Tightest, in some respects a worthy 
member of my congregation, and yet I regret to say is 
mean enough to chase a mosquito through a five-mile swamp 
for the sake of his suet. To his credit, however, he once 
made a sacrifice to the good cause, by putting an unfortu- 
nate-looking penny into the box, and going supperless to 
bed. 
“And neighbor Stick-in-the-mud, too, if he had the power, 
and could enrich himself thereby, would brush the silver 
stars from the firmament, and snatch the golden sun from 
the sky, and sell the moon for brass; and if sixpence was 
required at the gate of Heaven, rather than pay the fee, I 
Verily believe he would rise from his resting place at mid- 
night and pick the lock with a tenpenny nail.” 
Dueling. 
“ Am I to set my life upon a throw, 
Because a hear is rude and surly ? No! ” 
False honor, like false religion, is worse than none. They 
both lead to destruction, and are deprecated by all good 
men. The one is a relic of the barbarous age; the other THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
is somewhat older, having first been imposed on Mother 
Eve by the wicked one. 
That cool, deliberate murder should be tolerated in the 
land of Gospel light and moral reform, is as astonishing as 
it is humiliating and disgraceful. And that the murderer 
should afterward be countenanced, and even caressed with 
places of public trust and emolument, is shocking to every 
man who has a proper sense of moral obligation. He who 
can calmly make up his mind to take the life of his fellow 
man on the field of false honor is an enemy to God and the 
human race, and if he succeeds in his cowardly purpose, 
should be treated as an outlaw, and have the mark of 
Cain branded in blazing capitals on his blood-stained fore- 
head. 
The man who has not genuine courage enough to refuse 
a challenge forfeits his native dignity, insults Deity, violates 
reason, betrays the trust imposed in him by his great Crea- 
tor, and is guilty of prolonging the barbarous practice. By 
refusing, he punishes him who seeks his life, in the severest 
manner. The man who refuses the first challenge is seldom 
annoyed with the second. Those who are known to be op- 
posed to this hellish practice are not interfered with by the 
gentlemen “bears” of false honor. Let public opinion uni- 
formly and universally point the finger of withering scorn 
at the duelist, and it would do more to cure him of his 
fighting mania than any other thing, except the want of 
subjects. 
1 recollect many cutting answers to challenges that inflicted 
severer wounds than to be shot with the blue pill. Here is 
one ; “ Sir—Your desire to have me shoot you can not be com- 
plied with. My father taught me, when a boy, never to 
waste powder on game not worth bringing home.” 
Another: u Sir—l am opposed to murder in any form. Of 
course, I can not consent to shoot you, or volunteer to be shot 
myself. To gratify your strong desire for burning powder, D TIE LING. 
319 
mark out my full-length, portrait on a barn ; if you can hit 
that, consider me shot and your honor vindicated.” 
Another ; “ JSir—I fear not your sword, but the sword of 
God’s anger. I dare venture my life in a good cause, but 
can not venture my soul in a bad one. I will charge upon 
the cannon’s mouth for my country, but I want courage to 
storm hell.” 
No ijian who is engaged in dueling, can be a Christian or a 
philosopher. XIX. 
THE PHYSICIAN AND MEDICINAL 
The True Physician—"Woman the Best Physician—Sickness a Sin— 
Medicine. 
Tee Physician. 
Tee Physician and the Lawyer! have as little to do with 
them, in a jn’ofessional way, as possible; but when it is 
necessary, employ the best. It is better, safer, and cheaper. 
It would be well if the Grovernment should allow no man 
to practice till he had completed a collegiate course, a medi- 
cal course, and had experience with an able physician or in a 
hospital, and be able to show his credentials for all these re- 
quirements. It would be better still if the Chinese system was 
adopted. The Chinese doctor has his regular salary for each 
family, and for each case of sickness, according to the time that 
the sickness lasts, he pays the family instead of the family 
paying. The consequence is there is but little sickness, and 
when there is any, it is of very short duration. 
It would be well if there were more women physicians. 
In every way she is better adapted to become the nurse and 
physician to the sick. I am heartily glad to see medical 
schools and colleges opening their doors to women. It is a 
sign of progress and enlightenment. Would that women 
could take this matter in hand ! Shame upon you great, 
coarse, rude, vulgar, selfish men—medical students—for trying 
to keep women from entering the medical school! Well may THE PHYSICIAN. 
321 
you be jealous and envious, for you know she is sure to take 
tbe matter out of your hands. The sooner the better. I heart- 
ily wish God-speed to all those noble institutions in our land 
that are educating women to become our nurses and phy- 
sicians, she is sure to be successful. 
There must be a radical change in medical schools and in 
medical education. Within a few years there has been a 
wonderful change for the better, and there will be a still 
greater. 
We think the Homoeopathic school a great improvement on 
the Allopathic, but a greater improvement on both is the 
Therapeutic—or depending upon good nursing, and nature, 
without the aid of medicine. The physicians of this school 
affirm that any and all diseases can be cured without the 
aid of medicine. 
The business of curing or attempting to cure disease is but 
a very small part of the legitimate province of the medical 
man. His great business should be the prevention of pain, 
disease, and suffering. In other words, his great business is 
to teach the Creator’s natural laws, especially the laws ol the 
human frame and those by which it is related to its Creator, 
itself, and the world around it. 
Physicians should be considered, as it were, inmates of the 
family, and should have the right to go where they please, 
make inquiries, observations and give directions. 
As soon as a person who has been sick is sufficiently well 
to render it safe, the true physician ought to converse with 
him and his friends about the probable causes of disease in 
order to avoid them thereafter, and to show him that he has vio- 
lated the Creator’s laws, and that his sickness is the penalty. 
Once establish a firm conviction in the human mind that dis- 
ease is the punishment of transgression, voluntary or invol- 
untary, and you have done a great work. 
Anatomy and Physiology should be made requirements in 
every school in the land, they can easily be rated for every 322 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
school, and they are of more importance than all studies com- 
bined, and yet they are most neglected. Shame upon heads 
of institutions that it is so. 
There is perhaps not a more angelic office on earth, the 
ministerial office alone excepted—than of an enlightened, 
high minded, benevolent, and pious physician; one, we mean, 
who is highly imbued with the love of improvement and the 
spirit of doing good. Let us have a sufficient number of this 
sort of domestic missionaries among us, and let them use 
their utmost endeavors to inspirit society with their own love 
and zeal for improvement, and not many years would elapse 
before the moral wilderness would begin to rejoice, and the 
desert of the human mind begin to blossom as the rose. The 
glad day of the universal jirevalence of Christianity would 
soon break upon us with its morning splendor and glory to 
God in the highest, no less than peace on earth and good 
will to men would be everywhere sung in more than mortal 
strains. 
Sickness. 
Who will deny that sickness is sin? The day is long 
since past when it was attributed to Providence. Those were 
days of impiety and ignorance. Does God violate his own 
laws ? Preposterous ! We kill ourselves, we kill our chil- 
dren—with kindness often—and then throw the blame upon 
“Providence.” Consummate ignorance, downright blas- 
phemy ! All can escape disease, and it is our duty so to do. 
Sickness is costly; it keeps us from our friends and busi- 
ness, it necessitates care and anxiety from our friends. Let 
us enlighten ourselves upon health and disease, that we may 
avoid this dread calamity. 
Medicine. 
Nature requires no aid from medicinal agents, and will 
perform her work of cure better without than with them. MEDICINE. 
323 
Medicines are not needed; all medicinal agents are unnat- 
ural to the laws of life. 
Dr. Johnson says : “ I declare my conscientious opinion, 
formed on long observation and reflection, that if there were 
not a single physician, surgeon, apothecary, chemist, drug- 
gist or drug on the face of the earth there would be less 
sickness and mortality than now.” 
Observance of the laws of health are vastly the most ef- 
fectual restoratives. Must we poison the system in order to 
cure it ? Shall we destroy life to enhance it ? Does that 
which is constitutionally hostile to life promote it ? Perfect 
nonsense ! Nature is our great physician. Our systems 
crave what we need; there is curative medicine sufficient 
in the food craved. If we crave no food, fasting is the best 
medicine. Many chronic invalids can be cured simply by 
rest and recreation. XX. 
VOICE CULTUEE. 
The Vocal Apparatus and Importance of its Culture—Elocution- 
Singing—Music, etc. 
The importance of tliis branch of self-culture is too apt 
to be overlooked, certainly neglected. Ido not mean vocal 
cultivation, training the voice to all the intonations of the 
finished singer, but the proper management of the voice 
controlled by the organs of respiration, the proper adapta- 
tion of the air column coming from the lungs, thrown for- 
ward to the mouth, where the lips, teeth, and tongue form it 
into words. 
At the base of the vocal apparatus are the human bel- 
lows, the lungs. The air is forced by the lungs through the 
bronchial tubes into the windpipe. At the upjrer point of 
the windpipe is a little bundle of mechanism, called the lar- 
ynx. Through the center of the larynx is a hollow pas- 
sage, a continuation of the air-tube; this tube forms into a 
triangular shape by the vocal cords, and is called the glot- 
tis. Above this opening is a valve called epiglottis; it pro- 
tects the air-tube in swallowing, the food passing down be- 
hind at the back of the throat. Above the epiglottis, and 
leading into the mouth and nose is the pharynx. The walls 
of the pharynx have the power of contracting or acting upon 
the column of air, thus modifying the tone. 
The lungs furnish the air and send it up to the larynx 
(Adam’s apple), at which point the tone is produced, then ELOCUTION. 
325 
passing up tlie pharynx, modified at will, arrives at the 
mouth and lips, where organs of articulation shape the tones 
into words. There are cavities in the frontal hone, between 
and over the eyes, and in the cheek bones, which are in 
connection with the back part of the throat or pharynx, and 
serve as sounding boards for the tone. 
Professor Carlo Bassini, one of the most distinguished 
vocal teachers in this country, has given, in the Introduc- 
tion to his admirable “Art of Singing,” the best and most 
comprehensive physiological and scientific treatise on this 
subject ever before published in America. Dr. Bush, in his 
book on the voice, gives admirable suggestions of what ought 
to be done, while Bassini’s method shows hmc to do it. Mrs. 
Emma Seiler’s “Yoice in Singing” is another admirable 
Work, but Bassini is more concise. 
After voice culture, Elocution is the simplest art, and to 
many the most useful. Eine reading can be understood and 
appreciated by all, but few understand the labor and study 
required to make a finished elocutionist. It takes heart and 
brain. A genuine love for patient study, persevering prac- 
tice and keen appreciation of the author’s meaning are re- 
quisite. Imitation, or mimicry will not avail a finished 
reader, absolute self-reliance and self-control are required. 
Elocution. 
Prof. J. W. S. Hows has done much to fling aside the 
miserable artificial tones and mannerisms of many systems of 
elocution. “Bely on yourself” is the best of his instruc- 
tions; “Nature and habit will show you how.” 
But brains and heart are the requisites most needed in a 
good reader. Unless you have both, don’t attempt the 
science of elocution; train your voice as you will, j'ou’ll be- 
come an admirable ape or a consummate donkey, better sat- 
isfied with your bray than your friends are to hear you. 
Elocution—literally, .E (Latin) “from” or “out;” loqnor, 326 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
“to speak”—is an admirable art to study ; merely for your 
own comfort and bodily health, practice the exercises it of- 
fers, and when you have mastered them, it will be time enough 
to decide upon studying to become an elocntionist. 
Singing. 
The study and practice of vocalization requires peculiar 
physical organization and quality of voice tone, to become 
perfect and finished as a vocalist. So many musical works 
have been written upon this subject, that it is useless here to 
enter upon requirements and methods. We only suggest 
that every child, maiden, and youth be taught to sing. 
Nothing so cheers the family circle, nothing so unites sisters 
and brothers, parents and children, as blending voice and 
heart in hymns of praise around the family altar. Nor in 
hymns alone is pleasure found. The many sweet melodies 
ringing so familiarly throughout the land are a constant 
theme for happy hours. Take the Yolksleid of the Germans ; 
how many pictures of home and childhood they recall to the 
old man, or the stranger, toil worn, and travel stained ! 
The songs of childhood and youth are never lost, they echo 
on in the soul through scenes of joy or w7oe. The cold river 
of death can not silence them ; once sung beside the mother’s 
knee, they rise on wings of melody to the angel home and 
there await the child in the Great Father’s mansion. 
Music. 
The cultivation of this heaven-ordained science is one of 
the most important parts of our self-culture. Not only is 
‘ voice” to be improved and strengthened, but the ear as 
well. True, there are those who have “no ear for music,” and 
“ can’t turn a tune.” It is double work for those to learn 
musical notes and the rules of time and rhythm, but they can 
be mastered, and, as a mere branch of self-culture, ought to 
be studied. MUSIC 
The pleasure derived from perseverance in this branch of 
study is two-fold. Not only do we satisfy our intellectual na- 
ture by a sense of having overcome a difficulty, but we are 
pleased with the exquisite system and completeness of har- 
mony. 
This is merely the selfish view, but we should reflect on 
the joy it gives others to hear even the simplest melody, and 
even if we play according to “ rule” only, we shall delight 
some music-loving heart. 
There is something so elevating, so refining in this branch 
of culture. The nervous organization is so affected by sound, 
that when we study and practice the higher examples of har- 
mony, it seems to raise us into a region where soul is lost to 
sense, and is wafted nearer the Infinite on wings of seraph 
melody. 
The child is never too young to listen to this glorious 
science. The sooner the better, for taste and appreciation 
can be early trained, one can “ grow in music” as easily as 
the Christian is said to “ grow in grace,” and if music is the 
only science carried on in heaven, surely, part of our religion 
on earth should be to begin to fit ourselves for the heavenly 
land. XXI. 
HINTS AND EXILES. 
The Morning Hour—Early Rising—Close your Mouth—How to Save 
your Teeth—Maxims for Guidance through Life—Buxton’s Motto— 
Inconsistency in Human Desires—Backward Boys—Popular Errors—■ 
Rules for Good Habits—Jefferson’s Ten Rules—Rules for Living— 
An Appeal—Moral Agriculture, etc. 
The Mor.siEGr Horn. 
The air is tranquil, and its temperature is mild. It is 
morning; and a morningl sweet, and fresh, and delightful. 
Every body knows that the morning, in its metaphorical sense 
applies to so many objects and on so many occasions. The 
health, strength, and beauty of early years lead us to call 
that period the “morning of life,” and of a lovely young- 
woman we say, she is “bright as the morning.” But the 
morning itself, few people who inhabit the cities know any 
thing about. Among all our good people, not one in a thou- 
sand sees the sun rise once during the year. They know 
nothing of the morning. Their idea seems to be that 
it is that part of the day which comes along after a 
cup of coffee and a beefsteak, or a piece of toast. 
With them, morning is not a new issuing of light, a 
new bursting forth of the sun, a new waking up of 
all that has life from a sort of temporary death to behold 
again the work of God, the heavens and the earth ; it is only 
part of the domestic day, belonging to breakfast, to reading 
the newspapers, answering notes, sending the children to EARLY RISING. 
329 
school, and giving orders for dinner. The first streak of 
light, the earliest purpling of the east, which the lark springs 
up to greet, and the deeper coloring into orange and red, till 
at length the “ glorious sun is seen, regent of day,” this 
they never enjoy, for they never see it. 
Beautiful descriptions of the morning abound in all lan- 
guages, but they are the strongest, perhaps, in those of the 
East, where the sun is often an object of worship. King 
David speaks of taking to himself the “ wings of the morn- 
ing.” The wings of the morning are the beams of the rising 
sun. Kays of light are wings. It is thus said that the Sun 
of Righteousness shall arise, “ with healing in his wings,” a 
rising sun which shall scatter life, health, and joy, through- 
out the universe. M ilton has fine descriptions of morning ; 
but not so many as Shakspeare, from whose writings pages 
might be filled of the most beautiful imagery, all founded 
on the glory of the morning. 
Eaely Rxsikg. 
Whatever may be the quantity of sleep required, early 
rising is essential to health and promotes longevity. Almost 
all men who have distinguished themselves in science, litera- 
ture, and the arts, have been early risers. The industrious, 
the active minded, the enthusiasts in pursuit of knowledge or 
gain are up betimes, at their respective occupations and while 
the sluggard wastes the most beautiful period of his life in 
pernicious slumber. 
Homer, Yirgil, and Horace, are all represented as early 
risers; the same is the case with Raley, Priestly, and Buffon ; 
the last of whom ordered his servants to awaken him every 
morning and compel him to get up by force, if he evinced 
any reluctance, for which service he was rewarded with a 
crown each day, which recompense he forfeited if he did not 
oblige his master to get out of bed before 6 o’clock. THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN, 
Bishop Jewell and Burnett rose every morning at 4 o’clock. 
Sir Thomas More did the same thing. 
Napoleon was an early riser ; so were Frederick the Great, 
Charles the Twelfth, and Washington. Sir Walter Scott 
during the greater part of his life rose by 5 o’clock, and his 
literary work was accomplished chiefly before breakfast. 
Franklin, and nearly all the great men of the Fevolution 
were early risers, so were Daniel Webster; and John Quincy 
Adams. That early rising tends to prolong life, appears to 
be clearly proved. 
Falsely luxurious, will not man awake, 
And spring from the bed of sloth, enjoy 
The cool, the fragrant, and the silent hour, 
To meditation due and sacred song ! 
’Wildered and tossing through distempered dreams, 
Who would in such a gloomy state remain 
Longer than nature craves, when every muse 
And every blooming pleasure wait without 
To bless the wildly devious morning walk ? 
Spring up from bed at the first moment of waking. In 
this, as in all other virtuous resolves, to act upon the first 
impulse is the only policy. It is said of women and of gar- 
rison commanders, that if they pause upon a proposition, il 
they suffer themselves to be brought to parley, they are 
surely lost. We should realize by act the words, “Awake ! 
arise ! ” in as quick and immediate succession as they were 
uttered by the poet. The man who springs from his bed 
at once on waking is the only conqueror; he shakes off the 
heaviness of his chain, the dullness of his slumber, the con- 
fusedness of his dreams, and so 
“ Rickard is kimself again.” 
The first touch of light is like that of Ithuriel’s spear, it 
strikes him and he starts up in his proper likeness. And 
oh, the happiness of the vindication ! It is then only that CLOSE FOUL MOUTH. 
we quaff the first flowings into our cup, the briskness, the 
spirit, the sparkling liveliness of the young clay. The early 
rising man has the same conscious comfort through the day 
as the prudent, thrifty householder has through life ; he is 
beforehand with the world, he has laid up something in ad- 
vance, and that of no ordinary worth, hut an inestimable 
thing, the most precious of all treasures, time. He takes 
the day by the forelock ; he drives it, instead of being driven, 
or rather, dragged along by it. For my whole life through, 
this difficulty of early rising has been a quicksand in my 
course. I have set my buoy upon it at last; let others make 
profit of my experience if they will. 
Though the majority of civilized people are more or less 
addicted to the habit of sleeping with the mouth open, com- 
paratively few will admit that they are subject to it. They 
go to sleep and wake up with their mouths shut, not know- 
ing that the insidious enemy gently steals upon them in 
their sleep, and does its injurious work while they are un- 
conscious of the evil. 
Close your Mouth. 
Few people can be convinced that they snore in their 
sleep, for their snoring is stopped when they awake ; and 
so with breathing through the mouth, which is generally 
the cause of snoring ; the moment that consciousness arrives 
the mouth is closed, and Nature assumes her usual course. 
In natural and refreshing sleep man breathes but little 
air ; his pulse is low, and, in the most perfect state of repose, 
he almost ceases to exist. This is necessary and most wisely 
ordered, that his lungs as well as his limbs may rest from 
the labors and excitement of the day. 
We are told that “ the breath of life was breathed into 
men’s nostrilsthen why should we not continue to live by 
breathing it in the same manner ? 
The nostrils, with their delicate and fibrous linings for pu- THE HOUSE WE LIVE IH. 
rifying and warming the air in its j)assage, have been myste- 
riously constructed, and designed to stand guard over the 
lungs—to measure the air and equalize its draughts, during 
the hours of repose. 
The atmosphere is nowhere pure enough for man’s breath- 
ing until it has passed this mysterious refining process ; and 
therefore the imprudence and danger of admitting it in an 
unnatural way, in double quantities upon the lungs, and. 
charged with the surrounding epidemic or contagious infec- 
tions of the moment. 
Uneven, projecting, and decayed teeth are caused by open 
mouths. The natural expression is lost, the voice is effected, 
polypus takes possession of the nose, the teeth decay, tainted 
breath ensues, and the lungs are destroyed. The whole fea- 
tures of the face are changed ; the under jaw, unhinged, falls 
and retires ; the cheeks are hollowed; the cheek bones and 
upper jaw advance, and the brow and upper eyelids are nat- 
urally lifted, presenting at once the leading features and 
expression of idiocy. 
Good advice is never too late ; keep your mouth shut when 
you read, when you write, when you listen, when you are in 
pain when you are walking, when you are running, when 
you are riding, and, by all means, when you are angry. 
There is no person but who will find, and acknowledge, im- 
provement in health and enjoyment from even a temporary 
attention to this advice. There is no animal in all nature, 
excepting man, that sleeps with the mouth open. 
How to Save your Teeth. 
Mr. Beecher, who is something of a physician, as well as 
theologist, farmer, editor, author, lecturer and reformer 
generally, says: “Our teeth decay, hence bad breath, un- 
seemly mouths, imperfect mastication. Every body regrets it. 
What is the cause ? It is a want of cleanliness. A clean 
tooth never decays. The mouth is a warm place—ninety- MAXIMS. 
eight degrees. Particles of meat between the teeth decom- 
pose. Gums and teeth must suffer. Cleanliness will pre- 
serve the teeth to an old age. Use a quill pick, and rinse the 
mouth after eating ; brush and castile soap every morning; 
the brush with pure water on retiring Bestow this trifling 
care upon your precious teeth, and you will keep them and 
ruin the dentists. Neglect it, and you will be sorry all your 
lives. Children forget. Watch them. The first teeth deter- 
mine the character of the second set. Give them equal care. 
Backward Boys. 
Let your first labor be to acquire a strong constitution ; lay 
in as large a supply of physical energy as possible. I)o not 
despair of your intellect. Long lived persons mature late, 
and our most talented men were backward boys. Adam 
Clarke was a very blockhead at school, an eyesore to his 
teacher and a butt among his mates. And what was young 
Patrick Henry ? The dullest of the dull. 
Maxims foe. Guidance through Life. 
Never affect to be other than you really are. 
Never be ashamed to say “ I do not know.” Men will 
then believe you when you say “ I do know.” 
Never be ashamed to say, whether as applied to time or 
money, “I can not afford it.” “I can not afford to waste an 
hour in the idleness to which you invite me.” “ I can not 
afford the dollar you ask me to throw away.” 
Once establish yourself and your mode of life as to what they 
really are, and your foot is on solid ground, whether for the 
gradual step onward, or for the sudden spring over a preci- 
pice. 
Learn to say, “ No,” with decision whenever it meets a temp- 
tation ; “ Yes,” with caution whenever it implies a promise. A 
promise once given is a bond inviolable. A man is already 334 
THE HOUSE WE LITE IN. 
of consequence in the world when it is hnown we may im- 
plicitly rely upon him. I have frequently seen in life a per- 
son preferred to a long list of applicants for some important 
charge which lifted him at once into station and position, 
purely because he had this reputation; that when he said lie 
knew' a thing he knew it, and when he said he would do a 
thing he would do it. 
“ Give thy thoughts no tongue, 
Nor any unproportioned thought his act. 
Be, though familiar, by no means vulgar; 
The friends thou hast, and their adoption tried, 
Grapple them to thy soul with hooks of steel. 
But do not dull thy palm with entertainment 
Of each new-hatch’d, unfledged comrade. 
Beware of entrance into quarrel, but being in 
Bear it, that the opposer may beware of thee. 
Give every man thine ear, but few thy voice; 
Take each man’s censure hut reserve thy judgment. 
Costly thy habit as tby purse can buy 
But not express’d in fancy, rich, not gaudy. 
For the apparel oft proclaims the man. 
Neither a borrower nor a lender be ; 
For loan oft loses both itself and friends, 
And borrowing dulls the edge of husbandry. 
This above all—to thine ownself bo true, 
And it must follow as the night the day, 
Thou canst not then be false to any man ” 
Folwell Buxton’s Motto. 
“ The longer I live the more I am certain that the great 
difference between men, between the feeble, and the power- 
ful, the great and the insignificant is energy, invincible de- 
termination, a purpose once fixed and then death or victory. 
That quality will do any thing that can be done in this 
world ; and no talents, no circumstances, no opportunities, 
will make a two-legged creature a man without it.” There, 
write that upon your souls, young men! Let it be text on INCONSISTENCY OF HUMAN DESIRES. 
335 
■which you may preach to yourselves, and take care to pay the 
preacher the best compliment that preachers can receive—let 
your conduct, by embodying the text, do credit to the sermon. 
IxcoxsisTKxcr of lltjjuax Desires. 
Everything is marked at a settled price. Our time, our 
labor, our ingenuity, is so much ready money which we are 
to lay out to the best advantage. Examine, compare, choose, 
reject; but stand to your own judgment, and do not, like 
children, when you have purchased one thing repine that 
you do not possess another which you would not purchase. 
Do you think wealth the single point worth sacrificing every 
thing else to ? You may then be rich. Thousands have 
become so from the lowest beginnings, by toil and diligence, 
and attention to the minutest articles of expense and profit. 
But you must give up the pleasures of leisure, of an unem- 
barrassed mind, and of a free, unsuspicious temper. You 
must learn to do hard if not unjust things, and as for the 
embarrassment of a delicate and ingenuous spirit, it is neces- 
sary for you to get rid of it as fast as possible. You must 
not stop to enlarge your mind, polish your- taste, or refine 
your sentiments; but must keep on in one unbeaten track, 
without turning aside to the right hand or the left. “ But,” 
you say, “lean not submit to drudging like this; I feel a 
spirit about it.” It is well. Be above it, then—only, do not 
repine because you are not rich. Is knowledge the pearl of 
price in your estimation ? That, too, may be purchased by 
steady application and long, solitary hours of study and re- 
flection. 
“But,” says the man of letters, “what a hardship it is, 
that many an illiterate fellow who can not construe the 
niotto on his coach shall raise a fortune, while I possess 
merely the common conveniences of life !” Was it for for- 
tune that you grew pale over the midnight lamp, and gave 
the sprightly years of your youth to study and reflection ? 336 
TILE HOUSE WE LIVE lE. 
You have, then, mistaken your path, and ill employed 
your industry. “ What reward have I, then, for all my la- 
bor ?” What reward ? a large, comprehensive soul, purged 
from vulgar fears and prejudices, able to interpret the works 
of man and God ; a perpetual spring of fresh ideas, and 
the conscious dignity of superior intelligence. The most 
characteristic mark of a great mind is to choose some one 
object which it considers important, and pursue that object 
through life. If we expect the purchase, we must pay the 
price. 
Populaii Enrons. 
To think that the more a man eats the fatter and stronger 
he will become. To believe that the more hours children 
study the faster they will learn. To conclude that, if exer- 
cise is good, the more violent it is the more good is done. 
To imagine that every hour taken from sleep is an hour 
gained. To act on the presumption that the smallest room 
in the house is large enough to sleep in. To argue that 
whatever remedy causes one to feel immediately better is 
good for the system, without regard to more ulterior effects. 
To eat without an appetite, or to continue to eat after it has 
been satisfied, merely to gratify the taste. To eat a hearty 
supper for the pleasure experienced during the brief time it 
is passing down the throat, at the expense of a whole night 
of disturbed sleep and a weary waking in the morning. 
A Hixt to Ladies. 
Do not make your rooms look gloomy. Furnish them for 
light and let them have it. Daylight is very cheap and 
candles or gaslight you need not use often. If your rooms 
are dark, all the effect of furniture, pictures, walls, and car- 
pets will be lost. Finally, if you have beautiful things make 
them useful. The fashion of having a nice parlor and then 
shutting it up, all but three or four days in the year, when GOOD HABITS. 
you have company, spending your own life in a mean room, 
shabbily furnished, or an unhealthy basement, to save your 
things, is the meanest possible economy. Go a little further, 
shut up your house and live in a pig pen ! The use of fine 
and beautiful things is to act upon your spirit, to educate you 
and make you beautiful. 
Rules eoh Goon Habits. 
Have a plan beforehand for every day. 
Acquire the habit of untiring industry. 
Cultivate perseverance. 
Be an early riser. 
Cultivate the habit of punctuality. 
Learn something from every one with whom you meet. 
Form fixed principles on which to think and act. 
Be simple and neat in your personal habits. 
Acquire the taste of doing every thing well. 
Make constant effort to be master of your temper. 
Cultivate soundness of judgment. 
Observe a proper treatment of parents, friends, and com- 
panions. 
Nobility and necessity dwell near each other. 
Fortify your mind with fixed principles. 
There is no weight in infidel arguments. Every pang of 
grief tells a man that he needs a helper, but infidelity pro- 
vides none. And what can its schemes do for you in death ? 
Examine your conscience ; why is it that you listen to in- 
fidelity ? Is not infidelity a low, carnal, wicked game ? Is 
it not sensual ? Is it not the very picture of the prodigal, 
“Father, give me the portion of goods which falleth to me?” 
Why, why will a man be an infidel ? Draw out the map of 
the road of infidelity ; it wall lead you to such stages at 
length as you could never suspect. 
Every indulgence of vice, every neglect of duty, strengthens 
the habit and propensities to do wrong and to go astray. 338 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IE7.' 
Mate it a part of your daily habits to cultivate your con- 
science, your heart, your morals. 
We are accountable to God for all that we accomplish. 
Every unholy desire that you conquer, every thought that 
you treasure up for future use, every moment that you seize 
as it flies and stamp with something good which it may 
carry to the judgment seat, every influence that you exert 
upon the world for the honor of God or the good of man, all, 
all is not only connected with the approbation of God and 
the reward of eternal ages, but all aid you to strike for 
higher efforts still, till you are enabled to achieve what will 
astonish even yourself. What is it to be judged by men, in 
comparison to being judged by God? 
Jefferson’s Ten Edxes. 
1. Never put off till to-morrow what you can do to-day. 
2. Never trouble another for what you can do yourself. 
3. Never spend your money before you have it. 
4. Never buy what you do not want because it is cheap. 
5. Pride costs us more than hunger, thirst, and cold. 
6. We seldom repent of having eaten too little. 
7. Nothing is troublesome that we do willingly. 
8. How much pain the evils have cost us that have never 
happened. 
9. Take things always by the smoother handle. 
10. When angry, count ten before you speak; if very 
angry, a hundred. 
Pules for Living. 
Hugh Peters, an English preacher of the seventeenth cen- 
tury, left as a legacy to his daughter, in the year 1660, some 
rules for living, from which others might reap benefit, would 
they but conform to his excellent standard. Whosoever 
would live long and blessedly, let him observe these follow- LOTTERIES. 
339 
ing rules, by which, he shall attain to that which he desir- 
eth. 
Let thy thoughts be divine, careful, godly. 
Talk little—honest, true. 
Words—profitable, holy, charitable. 
Manners—grave, courteous, cheerful. 
Diet—temperate, convenient, frugal. 
Apparel—sober, neat, comely. 
Will—confident, obedient, ready. 
Sleep—moderate, quiet, seasonable. 
Recreation—lawful, regular. 
Prayers—short, devout, often, fervent. 
Memory—of death, punishment, glory. 
Avoid Lotteries. 
A man has ten chances to be killed by lightning before he 
has one to draw a capital prize in a lottery or “gift enterprise;” 
they have ruined many a family. No species of gambling 
can be worse ; they are the most ingenious and most fatal 
gull traps ever invented by man or devil. Shun the mon- 
ster under all his borrowed and deceptive forms. If you re- 
gard your own, and the happiness of your family and friends, 
and the salvation of your immortal soul, recoil from even the 
shadow of a shade reflected by this heaven-daring, heart- 
breaking, soul-destroying fashionable but ruinous vice. 
An Appeal. 
Consider, 0 my soul, that thou art an immortal spirit! 
Thy body dies, but thou must live for ever, and thine eter- 
nity will take its tincture from the manner of thy behavior 
and the habits thou contractest during this thy short copart- 
nership with flesh and blood. Oh do nothing now but what 
thou mayest look back upon a million of ages hence. Por, 
know, 0 my soul! that thy self- consciousness and reflect- 340 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
mg faculties will not leave thee with, thy body, but will fol- 
low thee after death, and be the instrument of unspeakable 
pleasure or suffering. 
Modal Agiucultuee. 
“ Take the spade of Perseverance, 
Dig the field of Progress wide ; 
Every har to true Instruction, 
Carry out and cast aside. 
Feed the plant whose fruit is Wisdom, 
Cleanse from crime the common sod, 
So that from the throne of Heaven 
It may bear the glance of God.” 
God is Love. 
“ Love is the key to knowledge, to true power; 
And he who loveth all things, knoweth all. 
Eeligion is the true philosophy! 
Faith is the last great link :twixt God and Man. 
There is more reason in a whispered prayer 
Than in the ancient lore of all the schools; 
The soul upon its knees holds God by the hand. 
Worship is wisdom as it is in Heaven. 
‘I do believe! help thou rny unbelief!’ 
Is the last greatest utterance of the soul. 
God came to me as Truth, I saw him not; 
He came to me as Love, and my heart brake ; 
And from its inmost depths there came a cry, 
•' My Father! 0 my Father, smile on me!’ 
And the great Father smiled.” PART IV, 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE I. GENEEAL EEADINGS. 
11. PEOYEEBS AND WISE SAYINGS. 1. 
G-ENEE AL READINGS. 
Genius and Learning—Facts in Human Life—Planetary Facts—Mean- 
ness and Generosity—A Text for a Life-time—A Modern Dictionary 
—Ancient History—Physiognomy among the Ancient Greeks—Prince 
Eugene’s Prayer—Short Paragraphs on Happiness, Envy, Malice, 
Evil, Vice, Virtue, the Affections—Mottoes, Maxims, etc. etc. 
There are two prominent objects in reading, namely, amuse- 
ment and the acquisition of knowledge. No volume should 
be perused for amusement which does not instruct as well 
as delight. The habit acquired by youth of both sexes for 
reading will soon become one of their highest sources of 
enjoyment; but it must be acquired young. If it is not 
established before the age of twenty-five or thirty the prob- 
ability is that it will not be at all, and the individual in this 
condition will be cut off from one of the most valuable re- 
sources of knowledge and improvement. We should read 
not only for the pleasure it affords, but to enlarge and en- 
lighten our views on those subjects intimately connected 
with our welfare and the interests of our race. We should 
read to multiply our ideas, correct our errors, erase our preju- 
dices, purify our principles, and that we may settle down 
on the everlasting foundation of truth in all things. 
Genius and Learning. 
The three foundations of genius—the gift of God, human 
exertion, and the events of life. 344 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
The three first requisites of genius—an eye to see Na- 
ture, a heart to feel, and a resolution that dares follow it. 
The three things indispensable to genius—understanding, 
perseverance, and meditation. 
The three things that improve genius—proper exertion, 
frequent exertion, and successful exertion. 
The three qualifications of poetry—endowment of genius, 
judgment from experience, and felicity of thought. 
The three pillars of judgment—bold design, frequent 
practice, and frequent mistakes. 
The three pillars of learning—seeing much, suffering much, 
and studying much. 
The number of languages and dialects spoken in the world 
amounts to 3,064. The inhabitants of the globe profess 
more than 1,000 different religions. The number of men 
is about equal to the number of women. The average of 
human life is about 33 years. One-quarter die previous to 
the age of 7 years; one-half before reaching 17; and those 
who pass this age enjoy a felicity refused to one-half the 
human species. To every 1,000 persons only one reaches 
100 years of life ; to every 100 only six reaches the age of 
65, and not more than one in 500 lives to 80 years of age. 
There are on the earth 1,000,000,000 inhabitants, and of 
these 33,333,333 die every year, 91,822 every day, 3,730 
every hour, and 60 every minute, or one every second. These 
losses are about balanced by an equal number of births. 
The married are longer lived than the single, and, above all, 
those who observe a sober and industrious conduct. Tall 
men live longer than short ones. Women have more chances 
of life in their favor previous to being 50 years of age than 
men, but fewer afterward. The number of marriages is in 
proportion of 75 to every 100 individuals. Marriages are 
most frequent after the equinoxes; that is, during the 
Facts in Human Live. FACTS 
345 
months of June and December. Those born in the spring 
are generally more robust than others. Births and deaths 
are more frequent by night than by day. The number of 
men capable of bearing arms is calculated at one-fourth of 
the population. 
It is said that three-fourths, by weight, of the human 
body consists of water. Thus, if a man weighs 120 pounds, 
90 pounds consists of water, and this subtracted leaves 
only 30 pounds of solid matter. A cubic foot of air weighs 
523 grains, or little more than an ounce. A cubic foot of 
water weighs 1,000 ounces. 
The liquid of the blood is colorless, and its red appearance 
is due to the presence of innumerable little bodies floating in 
it, which are so small that three millions of them are con- 
tained in a drop which may be suspended on the point of a 
needle. These corpuscles are sacs filled with a compound 
substance, and it has been ascertained what both the film of 
the sacs and their contents are composed of. Each one of 
these little bodies has its own life. They are formed and 
grow, and die ; and it is calculated that nearly twenty millions 
perish at every pulsation of the heart. 
PIANETABT PACTS. 
The sun is 95,000,000 of miles distant from the earth ; it 
travels at the rate of 192,000 miles in a second; its light 
is 8 minutes, 13 seconds in reaching our earth; it is a spher- 
ical body, 1,384,472 times larger than the earth, and is 500 
times larger than our earth and all the other planets and 
their satellites together. 
The earth has a circumference of 25,000 miles, and is es- 
timated to weigh 1,256,195,670,000,000,000,000,000 tons; 
it moves at the inconceivable velocity of more than a million 
and a half miles in a day. 
There are stars so far distant from the earth that the light 
of them would be hundreds of years in reaching the earth. 346 
MENTAL AND MODAL CULTURE. 
Meanness and Generosity. 
I wonder that any man can he mean. I take it that no 
man, no woman, would prefer disease to health, ugliness to 
beauty, or weakness before strength. What would you 
think of a man who had his choice of clean health, of active 
limbs and senses, which at five portals let in the handsome 
world of strength and beauty, and yet preferred disease—by 
his own choice became coated with leprosy, and was ugly as 
sin? Yet I would take disease, the foulest leprosy - the 
loss of limbs—these hands, these feet; the loss of every sense— 
these eyes, these ears that listen to man’s voice or woman’s 
speech of love, rather than be dismembered by such mean- 
ness as I sometimes see. Look at that man I He is mean in 
his pocket; mean in his opinions ; mean in his behavior ; 
mean in his shop ; mean in the street, afraid of a charity ; 
mean in his house, a mean husband and swindles his wife ; 
a mean father, and wrongs his children ; he is mean every- 
where. Pass him by ; he is too pitiful to look upon ! Mean- 
ness has three degrees : it is earthly, sensual, devilish. 
Oh, young man ! oh, young woman I it may be you can not 
practice generosity of the dollar ; you may not have it, though 
you must have this power to some extent. If you are rich, 
by all means lay largely out here, remembering that what is 
generously spent in this way for another, God pays back to 
you in blessings you never asked nor thought of. God is 
your debtor; he is never bankrupt; he pays not merely 
cent for cent, but manifoldly. 
Practice, by all means, generosity of the body, which is in 
the power of all; and likewise generosity of the soul, which 
is spread over the whole life ; in every department of human 
action there is daily opportunity for the exhibition of that 
virtue. Let us abhor the vice of meanness ; let us practice 
generosity, not profligately but in a manly and womanly 
fashion—at any rate, with human nobleness. A TEXT 
347 
It is a religious duty, for God has been generous toward us, 
in the nature in which he has created us, in the world he has 
given us, in the flowers that adorn its ground, in the stars 
that spangle its sky. He has sent us that prince of generosity, 
the dear Jesus, who never used his noble gifts with meanness, 
but always with generosity, setting us an example how we 
ought to act. 
One word for humanity. One word for those who dwell 
in want around us. Oh, ye who know not what it is to hun- 
ger and have naught to meet your desires ; ye who never are 
cold, with naught to warm your chilled blood, forget not 
those who endure all these things. They are your brethren. 
They are of the same family as yourself, and have a claim 
upon your love ; your sympathy, and your kindness. 
A Text fob, a Life-time 
Live not for yourselves. The world needs to learn this 
lesson. Mankind have to learn that only as they bless others 
are they themselves blest. It was a fine thought of the good 
Indian Warn-pan-nah that man should not pile up his dol- 
lars—they might fall down and crush him—but spread them 
out. “ There be a dark spot on your brother’s path; go, lay 
a dollar there, and make it bright!” said he. Yes, place the 
bright dollar in the poor man’s hand, and the good you will 
do will be reflected in rays of gratitude from a smiling face, 
and fall on you like the warm sunshine, to cheer and refresh 
and strengthen your own soul. 
There are in this world too many dollars “piled up,” and 
on the surface we see but the brightness of one. Were 
these all spread out, what a wide field of radiant beauty 
would greet our vision ! Instead of being a useless encum- 
brance, a care, a constant source of perplexity to one man, 
wealth would make every man comfortable and happy. It 
would do its legitimate work were it not claimed by avarice, 
that canker-worm that destroys the fairest portion of our 348 
MENTAL AND MOEAL CULTURE. 
social system. And there is a joy in doing good, and in dis- 
pensing the bounties with which we are blest, that hath no 
equal in the household of man.. To know that we have fed 
the hungry, clothed the naked, wiped away one tear, bathed 
in the sun-light of hope one desponding spirit, gives to us a 
happiness that hoarded wealth, though broad as earth and 
high as heaven, can not impart. 
This is the true wealth. This is the wealth that rust can 
not corrupt. There is no other real wealth in the universe. 
Gold and silver, houses and lands are not wealth to the long- 
ing, aspiring soul of man. The joy of the spirit, which is 
the reward of a good deed, comes a gift from God, a treas- 
ure worthy of being garnered into the storehouse of an 
immortal being. 
A Modem Dictionary. 
Water—A clear liquid, once used as a drink. 
Honesty—An excellent joke. 
Tongue—A little horse that is continually running away. 
Policeman—A man employed by the corporation to sleep 
in the open air. 
Bargain—A ludicrous transaction, in which each party 
thinks he cheated the other. 
Doctor—A man who kills you to-day, to save you from 
dying to-morrow. 
O 
Editor—A poor wretch, who empties his brain to fill his 
stomach. 
Lawyer—A learned gentleman, who rescues your estate 
from your enemy and keeps it himself. 
Money—The god of the nineteenth century. 
Ancient History. 
Adam, the first of the human race. 
Eve, the first woman. 
Cain, the earliest born of human kind, and first murderer. A N CIEN T JUS TORY. 
349 
Jubal, the first musician. 
Tubal Cain, the first instructor in the mechanical arts. 
Enoch, translated to Heaven on account of his piety 
Methusaleh, the oldest man that ever lived, being 999 
years old when he died. 
Orpheus, the father of poetry. 
Hesiod, an eminent Greek poet, who wrote much on agri- 
culture. 
Homer, the greatest of the Grecian poets. 
Isaiah, the greatest of the prophetic writers. 
Pomulus, founder and first king of Home. 
Sappho, a Greek poetess. 
Confucius, the great Chinese philosopher. 
Herodotus, a Greek, the father of profane history. 
Socrates, the greatest of Heathen moralists. 
Hippocrates, the father of Medicine. 
Appelles, the greatest of the painters of antiquity. 
Demosthenes, the prince of orators. 
Theocritus, the father of pastoral poetry. 
Zeno, the founder of the Stoic School of Philosophy. 
Archimedes, a famous geometrician of Syracuse. 
Julius Caesar, a successful warrior, and an elegant writer. 
Cicero, the prince of Homan orators, and a philosopher. 
Yirgil, the prince of Eoman poets. 
Ossian, the Caledonian bard. 
Isaac Newton, the great philosopher and astronomer. 
Basil the Great, an eminent father of the Church. 
Mahomet, an Arabian impostor, and founder of the relig- 
ion that bears his name. 
Shakspeare, the greatest of dramatic poets. 
Milton, the greatest epic poet. 
Corneille, the prince of the Drench dramatic poets. 
Dryden, an eminent English poet. 
Addison, an elegant English essayist and poet. 
Pope, an eminent English poet. 350 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Swift, a distinguished wit, poet, and prose writer. 
Yoltaire, a French poet and writer of great celebrity. 
Linnaeus, an eminent Swede, the father of Botany. 
Pitt, a distinguished statesman and orator. 
Johnson, an eminent lexicographer, critic, and essayist. 
Burns, a great Scotch poet and untaught genius. 
"Washington, an eminent statesman and warrior, father 
of his country. 
Cowper, a celebrated English poet. 
Kdopstock, a German poet of great repute. 
Buonaparte, a renowned warrior, conqueror and states- 
man. 
Physiognomy among the Ancient Gkeeks. 
Aristotle anticipated, to a considerable extent, the modern 
science of Physiognomy, showing in this branch of knowledge, 
as everywhere else, his profoundly philosophical spirit. A 
summary of his observations may give some new and valua- 
ble hints to a few readers, and be of interest to all. Pie 
took, as a fundamental principle, that the entire corporeal or- 
ganization constitutes a perfect whole, all the parts of which 
are in keeping. He observed that a thick neck indicates a 
strong character; a thin one, a weak character. A well-sized 
neck, not too thick, shows high-mindedness; a long, slender 
neck, cowardice; a very short one, cunning. The animal 
types these follow are, respectively, the lion, the stag, and the 
wolf. Thin lips, loose at the ends, and the upper overlap- 
ping, also show high-mindedness ; and this, too, belongs to 
the leonine type, and to that of high-spirited dogs. Thick 
lips, the upper projecting, show folly, and belong to the type 
of the ass and the monkey. People with projecting upper 
lips and prominent gums are apt to bo abusive. A nose 
with thick extremity shows indolence—the bovine type. An 
aquiline nose, well cleared from the forehead, shows high- 
mindedness. The same indication is afforded by a round PHYSIOGNOMY. 
351 
nose, flattened at tlie end. A nose turning up rapidly from 
tire forehead shows impudence. Nostrils wide open show a 
passionate character. Fleshy faces show indolence and 
cowardice ; lean faces, diligence; little faces, small-minded- 
ness ; large faces, slowness and stupidity. The middle size 
is the best. If there are baggy formations about the eyes, 
the subject is fond of drink. Little eyes are a sign of a little 
mind; great or prominent eyes, of stupidity; concave eyes, 
of a mischievous disposition. As to their color, very black 
eyes show cowardice, as also gray and pale-colored eyes; 
those of the blonde type, and bright, gleaming eyes, indicate 
courage; glittering eyes, a sensual character. The forehead, 
if little, shows inaptitude to learning; if very large, stupid- 
ity ; if round insensibility ; if square and symmetrical, high- 
mindedness ; if heavy and projecting, self-will. A large 
head shows insensibility; a little head, lively perception ; 
a peaked head, impudence. Little ears belong to the monkey 
type, and great ears to the donkey. One may observe, re- 
marks the philosopher, that even the best kind of dogs have 
moderate-sized ears. As to complexion, very dark persons 
are cowardly. This inference he draws from the character of 
the Egyptian and Ethiopian races. Such, too, are extremely 
fair persons, as partaking of the feminine type. The blonde 
complexion shows courage ; the red, cunning ; the sanguine, 
a passionate character ; the color resembling that of honey, 
coldness of disposition. Eyebrows drawn down toward the 
nose, and up toward the forehead, indicate silliness; hair ris- 
ing straight from the head, cowardice (arguing from the 
effect of extreme fear in causing the hair to bristle) ; so, too, 
does very crisp hair. Prominence of the forehead, near the 
head, generosity (the leonine type); hair growing on the 
forehead, near the nose, shows meanness. He very justly 
includes the voice among the means of judging by physiog- 
nomy. A deep, grave voice shows an insolent disposition, 
and this Aristotle infers from the braying of asses. A voice 352 
MENTAL AND 31 ORAL CULTURE. 
■That begins with a grave note and ends -with, an acute one, a 
despondent, melancholy character; a deep voice, with many 
undulations, courage ; a sharp, screaming voice betrays a 
passionate temper. In forming a judgment from the signs 
in general, he pronounces that the clearest indications are af- 
forded by the eyes, forehead, head, and face ; the next best, 
by the chest and shoulders, and then come the legs and feet. 
A New Hutu. 
When I am Pope, I propose to promulgate some new arti- 
cles of faith, viz. : 
1. Every man shall be married by the age of 25, or show 
good cause for neglect of duty. 
2. Every man shall annually tax himself one-tenth of his 
income to procure books, journals, and newspapers. 
3. Wedding gifts shall never consist of luxuries, jewels, 
plate, etc., but of books ; and with the birth of every child a 
number of volumes shall be put into the library in his 
name. 
4. It shall be the duty of every young married man to 
read aloud to his wife, at least one hour a day. But this 
shall not be construed to the prejudice of the wife’s right to 
read, speak, lecture, etc. 
5. All men who live by their books in a self-indulgent and 
hidden manner, absorbing knowledge without benefit to 
their fellows, shall be treated as bees are that hide their 
nests, smoked out and their nests broken up!—Henry Ward 
Beecher. , 
Peixce Eugene’s Prayer. 
I believe in thee, 0 my God ! do thou strengthen my faith. 
I hope in thee; conform my hopes. I love thee ; influence 
my love, more and more. 1 repent of all my sins, but do 
thou increase my repentance. As my first beginning, I 
worship thee ; as my last end, I long for thee; as my eter- EUGENE’S PRAYER. 
353 
nal benefactor, I praise tliee ; as my supreme benefactor, I 
pray unto thee, that it may please thee, 0 Lord, to guide and 
lead me by thy providence, to keep me in obedience to thy 
justice, to comfort me by thy mercy, and protect me by thy 
almighty power. 
I submit to thee all my thoughts, words, and actions, as 
Well as my affections, pains, and sufferings; and I desire to 
have thee always in my mind, to do all my works in thy 
name, and for thy sake to bear all adversity with patience. 1 
will what thou wilt, 0 God, because it is agreeable to thee. 
Oh give me grace, that I may be attentive in my prayer, 
temperate in my diet, vigilant in my conduct, and unmovable 
m all good purposes. Grant, most merciful Lord, that I may 
be true and faithful to those who have intrusted me with 
their secrets ; that I may be cautious and kind toward all 
men, and that both in my words and actions I may show 
unto them a good example. 
Dispose my heart to admire and praise thy goodness, to hate 
all error and evil works, to love my neighbor. Assist me, 
good Lord, in subduing lust by mortification, covetousness 
l)y liberality, anger, by mildness, and lukewarmness by zeal 
and fervency. Enable me to conduct myself with prudence 
in all transactions, and to show courage in danger, patience 
in adversity, and in prosperity an humble mind. Let thy 
grace illuminate my understanding, direct my will, sanctify 
*ny body, and bless my soul. M ake me diligent in curbing 
all irregular affections, zealous in imploring thy grace,' care- 
ful in keeping thy commandments, and constant in working 
°nt my salvation; finally, 0 Lord, make me sensible how little 
18 the world, how great the heavens, how short time, and how 
long a blessed eternity. Oh that I may well prepare myself 
ior death, that I may dread thy judgments, and obtain of 
thee, 0 Lord, eternal life, through the merits of Jesus Christ, 
our Lord. Amex. MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Elements oe Success. 
Could you stand upon the pyramid of the Cheops—rising 
out of the sands, a cold and massive monument to the 
memory of kings, -which for nearly forty centuries has defied 
the crumbling touch of time—and view the desolation of 
ages, the outlines of empires long since extinct, the tombs 
where millions of mummied forms repose, once pregnant 
with life and action ; the ruins of mighty cities, the barren 
and lonely desert, stretching away beyond your line of vision, 
the weary eye would bend its gaze to the spot upon which 
you stood, and with a thousand strange emotions crowding1 
upon your mind, you would ask : “ What reared this princely 
wonder of the world ?” And echoing faintly down through 
the aisles of four thousand years, would come this answer: 
“Enthusiastic toil”—the leading element of success. 
Mountains of difficulty will melt and fade away before it. 
The wilderness has bowed at its bidding, and proud cities 
stand as magnificent monuments of its strength. All over 
the earth we find its trophies. Every age has had its mas- 
ters. To the student it has brought success, to the states- 
man power, to the inventor fame, and to the warrior victory. 
By it nations have stamped their history upon the records of 
the past in characters as undying as the mind itself. Toil is 
a resistless conqueror. Even the elements yield to its de- 
mands. It is as necessary as air and food, to the existence 
of a people. In every condition in life it is an aid and orna- 
ment. It is the handmaid of Virtue, the enemy of Vice, 
and is as useful in the intellectual as it is in the physical or 
moral world. 
The second element of success is decision of character. 
Thousands who have ignominiously failed might have shone 
as brilliant lights in the intellectual world, had this been 
properly cultivated. Without it, our course through life 
would be vacillating and aimless; with it, we may “seize SUCCESS. 
the tide at its full and be borne on to fortune.” The man of 
decision is the man of strength. His position is positive if 
not infallible. If he believes himself right, he will hold to 
truth without fear of the result. No brighter page can be 
found in history than that on which are written the names of 
myriad martyrs, who have died to teach mankind the power 
of principle. Every mind exerts an influence in the world 
and for this it is accountable to its Maker. The vilest out- 
cast and the noblest monarch are alike amenable. We are 
not companions of the moth and worm, whose destiny is but 
the span of a summer’s day, whose fountain of life is the 
fleeting sunbeam, but we are joint heirs of immortality, 
images after God’s own fashioning. He designed that our 
days should be spent in honest toil, and in harmony with this 
plan placed us in a world of beauty, and left us to determine 
our own level in the strata of life. We must become the ar- 
chitects of our own success. There is no golden road to vic- 
tory. He who conquers must fight. With us, birthrights 
are obsolete. Liberty is our aristocracy, royal labor our 
king. 
The third element of success is purity of purpose. This is 
to us what a knowledge of navigation is to the mariner. 
While he might steer boldly out to sea, ignorant of the 
winds and currents—it would only be to drift about with 
every passing breeze, until cast a helpless wreck upon the 
shore. So we may venture into the wide world of action, de- 
void of this element, but only to find ourselves, at last, 
stranded upon the quicksands of error. Those things are 
alone desirable which elevate us in the scale of being, which 
lead us up to God. Knowledge, unless it is used to dignify 
and ennoble man, is an element of evil; but when purity of 
purpose is joined with intellectual or physical strength, then 
man takes the position his Maker designed him to fill, only a 
little lower than the angels. To be sure we are right and then 
to do right, to hold to truth, no matter what trials we may be 356 
MENTAL AND MODAL CULTURE. 
forced to face, this will stamp our names upon the records of 
life, as having been men who fully felt the claims of man- 
hood. With enthusiastic toil as the motive power, decision 
of character as the chart and compass, purity of purpose as 
the guiding star, we may safely cross the troubled ocean of 
time. We may be mere drift logs upon the current of hu- 
manity, and be borne by the tide of ease into the vortex of 
forgetfulness, or we may breast the billows—brave the dan- 
gers, meet the difficulties and win life’s laurels. There are 
pearls for each in the great realm of thought. To win and 
wear them should be our work. Nothing is so high and 
honorable as success, nothing so ignominious as indifferent 
failure. Let us prove our appreciation of the sacred privi- 
leges vouchsafed us, by a correct and noble life, bending 
every power God has given us to the accomplishment of some 
good work, touching life all around, thus fitting ourselves as 
“living stones for that building not made with hands eternal 
in the heavens.” 
The following beautiful sentiment is from the pen of 
George S. Hillard: 
A Beaettieiil Sentiment. 
“ I confess that increasing years bring with them a respect 
for men who do not succeed in life, as those words are com- 
monly used. Heaven is said to be a place for those who 
have not succeeded on earth, and it is sure that celestial 
grace does not thrive and bloom in the hot blaze of worldly 
prosperity. 11l success sometimes arises from a superabun- 
dance of qualities in themselves—from a conscience too sensi- 
tive, a taste too fastidious, a self-forgetfulness too romantic, 
a modesty too retiring. I will not go so far as to say with a 
living poet, ‘ the world knows nothing of its greatest men,’ 
but there are forms of greatness, at least excellence which 
die and make no sign ; 'there are martyrs that miss the palm 
but not the stalle, heroes without the laurel, and conquerors 
without the triumph.” DIFFICULTIES. 
357 
Success. 
“ It is not lie who strives to meet a selfish aim’ 
Whom God crowns with, the noble word Success ; 
’T is he, who, freely from his own pure life and name 
Gives most his brother man to cheer and bless. 
’T is he who struggles boldly, manfully through life, 
Who rules that one strong city ; his own heart 
Who nobly stands amid the tempest, toil, and strife. 
Taking bis Master’s word for guide and chart.” 
Our success in life depends in a great measure on our own 
persevering efforts, though, only as secondary counsel. Self- 
reliance is only the instrument, God is the moving power. 
Our highest wisdom, therefore, as well as our highest duty is 
to do all things with an eye to his will. “ Commit thy way 
unto the Lord, and he will direct thy path.” 
Confidence is the companion of success. 
Those who succeed are the men who think they can suc- 
ceed ; those who fail are those to whom success would have 
been a surprise. 
Deserve success and you shall command it. 
Difficulties and Troubles. 
Almost every thing in the beginning is difficult, but it is 
glorious to undertake the beginning of a great action; and 
as the glory increases proportionably as the difficulties are 
more considerable, we ought upon this account to surmount 
bravely all obstacles which might hinder us in the practice 
of Christian virtue. 
There is no system, no religion, no trade, no profession, 
no calling, no any thing without its difficulties. 
The greater the difficulty, the more glory in surmounting 
it. Troubles are often the tools by which God fashioned us 
for better things. 
All difficulties are overcome by assiduity and diligence. 358 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
If a boy is not trained to endure and to bear troubles he 
will grow up a girl, and a boy that is a girl has all a girl’s 
weaknesses without any of her regal qualities. A woman 
made out of a woman is God’s noblest work; a woman 
made out of a man is his meanest. A child rightly brought 
up will be like a willow branch, which, broken off and touch- 
ing the ground, at once takes root. Bring up your children 
so that they will root easily in their own soil, and not for 
ever be grafted into your old trunk and boughs. 
Why should you carry troubles and sorrows unhealed ? 
There is no bodily wound for which some herb doth not 
grow, and heavenly plants are more medicinal. Bind up 
your hearts in them, and they shall give you not only heal- 
ing, but leave with you the perfume of the blessed gardens 
where they grow. Thus it may be that sorrows shall turn 
to riches ; . for heart troubles, in God’s husbandry, are not 
wounds, but the putting in of the spade before the planting 
of seeds. 
Many things are not dared because they seem to be diffi- 
cult, many more are only difficult because they are not 
dared. 
Add not trouble to the grief-worn heart. 
Selfishness and Conceit. 
No man should live to himself; his fellow men have a 
claim on his energies of mind and powers of body; and he 
whose impelling motive is entirely self, whether it be directed 
toward the acquisition of wealth or in the pursuit of pleas- 
ure, or fame, or any other subject, is unworthy of esteem, 
let him rise to what elevation he may. 
As soon as it is seen that you are unselfish, and that you 
are free to act rightly and justly with relation to whatever 
comes before you, a place in the world will be made for 
you, and work will be given you to do. 
God has made selfishness unlovable, and shaped the uni- AMBITION, TEMP EE. 
359 
versal human head to despise it, and he has made unselfish- 
ness so lovable that we can not withhold from it our ad- 
miration. 
Selfishness produces selfishness; indolence increases with 
every hour of indulgence ; and what is left undone because 
it is difficult to-day, will be doubly difficult to-morrow. 
The more self is indulged the more it demands, and there- 
fore, of all men, the selfish are the most discontented. 
Sinking our own happiness by selfish aims and pleasures, 
we sink in vain; seek others good and you will ever be 
happy. 
Selfishness is the monster evil of the world. 
Presumption and self-conceit will overshadow the bright- 
est attainments. 
Ambition, Temper, Envy. 
The road ambition travels is too narrow for friendship, too 
crooked for love, too rugged for honesty, too dark for science, 
and too hilly for happiness. 
The pursuits of ambition are successions of jealous dis- 
quietudes of corroding fears, of high hopes, of restless de- 
sires, and of bitter disappointment. There is ever a void in 
the soul, a reaching forth toward the empty air, and a light- 
ing up of new desires in the heart. 
Eight against a hasty temper; a spark may set a house 
on fire; a fit of passion may cause you to mourn long and 
bitterly. Govern your passions or they will govern you. 
Conquer your enemies by kindness, preserve your friends 
by prudence, deserve the esteem of all by goodness. 
If we would consider how much the comfort or uneasiness 
of all around depends on the state of our temper, we would 
surely endeavor to render it sweet and accommodating. 
Every evil temper darkens the soul; every evil passion 
clouds the understanding. 
The tongue is the medium of the bad passions of the heart. 360 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
If any man offend not in word, the same is a perfect man 
and able to bridle the whole body. 
Revenge, however sweet, always costs more than it is 
Avorth. 
Envy shoots at others, and wounds herself. 
Envy is the rack of the soul, and the torture of the body. 
Riches aed Moeet. 
Riches are apt to slacken virtue, bring dangers, troubles, 
cares and sleepless nights. He who reigns within himself 
and rules passions, desires, and fears is rich and wise. 
No man can tell whether he is rich or poor by turning to 
his ledger. It is the heart that makes a man rich. He is 
rich or poor according to what he is, not according to what 
he has. 
He is richest who is content with what God has allotted 
to him. 
Wealth is only one among the many gifts of God, and 
there are gifts more valuable than riches. 
When shall we learn that “ a man’s life consisteth not in 
the abundance that he possesseth ?” 
Abundance is trouble, but competency brings delight. 
Debt is the worst kind of poverty. 
He that borrows binds himself with his neighbor’s rope. 
Ask thy purse what thou shouldst buy. 
“If a man,” says Eranklin, “empties his purse into his 
head, no man can take it from him.” 
He that gives to a grateful man puts his money at com- 
pound interest. 
It is not the amount of money we handle, but what we 
save that makes us rich. 
If you make money your object, you will be unhappy. 
Let him that would move the world first move himself. 
He that would do good to man begins with what tools God 
gives him, and gets more as the world goes on. It asks BUSINESS, IDLENESS. 
neither -wealth or fame to live a noble life. Make thy light 
thy life ; thy thought, action. Reform thy little self, and 
thou hast begun to reform the world. 
Business. 
Remember that brevity is the soul of wit, business the 
salt of life, punctuality the life of business, and discretion 
the safety-valve of action. 
If you have not learned your business perfectly you can 
not give satisfaction to your employer; your art can not rec- 
ommend you, and you can not render yourself satisfied and 
happy if you are conscious of your imperfect acquirements. 
If we do not learn that which we attempt, or what is given 
us, thoroughly, it does us little good, and is a source of con- 
stant annoyance to us ; whereas, should we learn it well, it 
would bring constant peace and happiness. 
If you want your business done, go and do it; if you don’t 
want it done, send some one else. 
Dispatch is the soul of business, and method the soul of 
dispatch. 
It is better to wear out than to rust out; hard work kills 
less than ten, where idleness kills a hundred. Don’t stop 
to bother a busy man, his time may be worth something if 
yours is not. Have you a just and sensitive appreciation of 
time ? 
It is amazing to see how much time may be gained by 
proper economy. 
Idleness and Fortune. 
There is no greater enemy to body and soul than idle- 
ness, unless it is that public sentiment which compels to 
idleness. Thousands and tens of thousands have fallen vic- 
tims to it. The woman who will not labor, rich or honored 
though she be, bends her head to the inevitable curse of 
Heaven. This curse works in failing health, fading beauty, 362 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULT ERE. 
broken temper, and weary days. Let her never fancy that, 
being neither wife nor mother, she is exempt from the law. 
She can not balance that decree of God by the foolish cus- 
toms of society, or the weak objections of kindred. Disease, 
depression, moral idiocy or inertia follow an idle life. He 
who never rests has made woman in his image; health, 
beauty, force, and influence follow in the steps of labor 
alone. 
He who does nothing is good for nothing, and has no 
business to live. 
Let a man be what ho will, it is the mind and heart that 
makes a man poor or rich, miserable or happy; for these 
are always stronger than fortune. 
I do not believe in fortunes; a man’s best wealth consists 
in his personal labors, personal life. Silver and gold have 
I none, but wherever I am I can give myself, my labors, my 
life. 
Do not be disheartened if you make enemies, for if you 
are really a good power in the world, you will be sure to 
make them. It is well for every man to have enemies, to 
hear what they say about him, and to experience the weight 
of their opposition. 
Exemies. 
All have enemies ; every man of worth has enemies, but 
the darts thrown at him make him shine. A celebrated 
character once said of his calumniators, they are only sparks 
which if left alone will go out of themselves. 
Those who can not but feel that they are deficient in ability 
always look with a mixture of fear and aversion on people 
who are cleverer than themselves; regarding them as born 
their natural enemies. If ever, then, you feel yourself flat- 
tered by the reputation of superiority, remember that to be 
the object of suspicion, jealousy, and a secret dislike, is the 
sure price you must pay for it. E VIIS 
We ought not to blame any public man for denouncing tbe 
opinions be bad avowed, if be discovers be was in error. A 
pertinacity in maintaining what is known to be erroneous, 
from tbe dread of incurring the charge of inconsistency, is 
cowardice. 
Errors, Eollies, and Faults. 
There is no greater folly than making one’s self miserable 
about that which one can not alter, except that of making 
one’s self miserable about that which one can alter. 
By six qualities may a fool be known: anger -without 
cause, speech without profit, change without motive, inquiry 
without an object, putting trust in a stranger, and wanting 
capacity to discriminate between a friend and a foe. 
Conceal not thy faults nor gloss them over, but obliterate 
them by repentance. 
Physician’s faults are covered with earth, and rich men’s 
with money. 
Evils. 
I have learned that life is a great gift, and that the greatest 
treasure we can carry to “ Our Father” is a heart unsullied 
by the evils of the world. 
Think no evil and you will do no evil. Nothing enlarges 
the heart of a man more than a generous faith in others. 
Faith in man is next to faith in God. 
Many things which are good in themselves, become evil in 
their excess. 
By the approval of evil you become guilty of it. 
By a timely resistance the greatest evils may be overcome. 
Resolve that -when you hear any ill spoken of any one 
you-will say something good about him; there is no one 
concerning whom you can not honestly do this if you try. 
This habit will sweeten your owrn spirit and that of the 
company. 364 
MENTAL AND 3IORAL CULTURE. 
Vice. 
Vice is infamous, though in a prince ; and virtue honorable, 
though in a peasant. 
Vice does not lose its nature, though it become ever so 
fashionable. 
Vice stings us even in our pleasures, but virtue consoles us 
even in our pains. 
He that hath energy enough to root out a vice, should go 
a little further and plant a virtue there. 
“ What’s Tice? mere want of compass incur thoughts. 
Religion what ? the proof of common sense.” 
Cheap is the service of virtue, and yet how dearly we pay 
for vices. 
Vice is nourished by being concealed. 
One vice is more expensive than ten virtues. 
Vice is its own punishment, and sometimes its own curs. 
Who has not, when he has made a resolution either to do 
a good action or to leave off faults or vices, seemed to have 
gained new strength, to have made a mastery; to have ac- 
complished some thing of worth. And who, on leaving off a 
bad habit, having fully and deliberately made up his mini 
to it has had a desire to continue in vice ? Dare to resolve ! 
Dare to do right! God will help you; and you will respect 
yourself more, and be respected of men more. 
Avpectatiox axd Vanity. 
Affectation in dress implies a flaw in the understanding 
Be neither affected nor embarrassed, nor absent in society. 
Do not make an excessive display of politeness, but do not 
on the other hand neglect it. 
Vanity makes beauty contemptible. 
Vanity makes men ridiculous ; pride, odious. KNOWLEDGE. 
365 
Education. 
Education is the perpetuity of the nation. It is the na- 
tional life insurance. And if we can secure education to 
the common people throughout this land, we secure our fu- 
ture ; have a grant, as it were, and take God’s pledge of our 
continued existence and prosperity. I urge the cause of 
education because it has no State line, no party line, no sec- 
tional line—the education of every man without ashing his 
complexion or nationality, because he is a man. You should 
educate men to bring out their duties and powers. I plead 
the cause of education for the sake of the manhood of our 
people. Education is the great mill wherein men, being 
ground up, come out fit to eat. I plead the cause of edu- 
cation because it is the indispensable condition of national 
existence, perpetuity, and power. I plead the cause of edu- 
cation because it is our salvation. It is the right hand of 
religion at this day,—Henry Ward Beecher. 
Education polishes good dispositions, and corrects bad 
ones. 
Knowledge. 
The acquisition of knowledge, without using it as a means 
for the accomplishment of useful ends, is but a barren glory 
for the student. 
Knowledge is the treasure of the mind, and discretion the 
the key to it. 
Montaigne says, “All other knowledge is hurtful to him 
who has not the science of honesty and good nature. 
Much is due to those who first broke the way to knowl- 
edge, and left only to their successors the task of smoothing 
it.—Dr. Johnson. 
Let true knowledge and virtue tell the lower world thou 
art a part of the higher.—Sir T. Browne. 366 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Learning. 
The great end of philosophy, both natural and moral, is to 
know ourselves and to know God. The highest learning is 
to be wise, and the greatest wisdom to be good. 
Lew persons realize how much their children may be 
taught at home by devoting a few minutes to their instruc- 
tion each day. 
Learning refines the human mind. 
Studies. 
It is better to chain the attention down closely, and study 
hard a few hours, than to try to keep it moderately fixed 
and engaged for a greater length of time. But it must be 
study, as intense as the soul can bear. Get as much study 
in the morning as possible—the mind is then in the best 
condition. Have regard to the position of the body while 
studying. Keep as straight as. possible ; a bending in the 
chest is by all means to be avoided. Have no conversation 
or reading in the hours of study. Be thorough in every 
study. Master every thing you take in hand. 
The mind, as well as the body, has need of rest, and hence 
relaxation must be intermingled with application. When- 
ever there is a sense of weariness, study should be laid 
aside for a few minutes for bodily exercise and rest. Study 
an hour, exercise five minutes, then with vigor study again. 
Avoid all late hours of study. When the student consumes 
the midnight oil he is also consuming the best part of his in- 
tellectual and physical force. Study after nightfall is gen- 
erally of little value; the morning hours are the best for 
intellectual effort. Eely chiefly upon yourself. Take stud- 
ies not in advance of your years, and then work your own 
way. Call upon an instructor only when, after repeated, 
faithful, and earnest trials, you find you can not comprehend 
the subject. Eomember, that when you have mastered a INTELLECTUAL IMPROVEMENT. 
367 
difficulty or solved a problem unaided, you have gained in- 
tellectual strength as veil as victory. 
Mathematical studies have a strange influence in fixing 
the attention and giving steadiness to a wandering disposi- 
tion, because they deal much in lines, figures, and numbers, 
which affect and please the sense and imagination. 
Studies are useful only as they tend to some practical pur- 
pose in life and consolation in death. They should tend to 
the expansion and government of our minds, to the benefit 
and pleasure of our fellow creatures, and entirely to the glory 
of Grod. 
Nature meant that every human soul should study at least 
half of every day of life. This will improve health and 
prolong life, both of which the admixture of labor and study 
tends to promote. 
Be studious, have an intelligent ear, and a comprehensive 
and intelligent mind. 
Study wisdom and you will reap pleasure. 
It was the observation of a great divine and reformer : 
“ That he who acquires his learning at the expense of his 
morals is the worse for his education.” And, we may add, 
that he who does not improve his temper, together with his 
understanding, is not much the better for his acquirements. 
A young man, especially, ought to measure his progress in 
science by the improvement of his morals, and remember that 
he is no further a learned man than he is a wise and good 
man, and that he can not be a finished philosopher till he 
is a Christian. 
Intellectual IjirnovEMENT. 
It is not by mere study, by the mere accumulation of knowl- 
edge, that you can hope for eminence. Mental discipline, the 
exercise of the faculties of the mind, the quickening of your 
apprehension, the strengthening of your memory, the forming 
of a sound, rapid, discriminating judgment, are of even more 368 
MENTAL AEE MORAL CULTURE. 
importance than a store of learning. Practice the economy 
of time. Consider, time like the faculties of your mind, pre- 
cious estate, that every moment of it, well applied, is put to an 
exorbitant interest. 
Bring not to God’s sacred altar an empty life. Pestore to 
him, with usury, each talent he has given thee. Train high 
every faculty he has endowed thee with; culture it to the 
highest point of thy capacity; reflect not on his wdsdom by 
leaving them uncultured, for it is his love that has placed 
them there. 
The chief means of intellectual improvement are five ; Ob- 
servation, Conversation, Beading, Memory, and Reflection. 
Observation. 
Observation and instruction, reading and conversation 
may furnish us with ideas, but it is the labor and medita- 
tion of our own thoughts which must render them either 
useful or valuable. 
With his usual weight of words, Bacon observes that stud- 
ies teach not their own use ; but that there is a wisdom 
without them and above them won by observation—a remark 
that holds true of actual life as well as of the cultivation of 
the intellect itself; for all observation serves to illustrate and 
enforce the lesson that a man perfects himself by work much 
more than by reading—that it is life rather than literature, 
action rather than study, and character rather than biography 
which tends perpetually to renovate mankind. 
Judgment is the child of observation. 
Conversation. 
How full of interest is the conversation of a truly intelli- 
gent man or woman! How eagerly do we seek the company 
of such, and how we enjoy it! Great are the charms which 
the cultivated intellect has for its companions. HEADING, MEMORY. 
369 
To know how to say what other people only think make 
men poets and sages, and to dare to say what other people 
only think makes men martyrs or reformers, or both. 
To speak well supposes a habit of attention, which shows 
itself in the thought; by language we learn to think, and, 
above all things, to develop thought. 
Conversation, however light, should never approach the 
bounds of impurity. 
The first ingredient in conversation is truth; the next, 
good sense ; the third, good humor ; the last, wit. 
Converse so as to please others, not in order to please 
yourself. 
Freedom in conversation must be reciprocal, or it can not 
be agreeable. 
We please some men, some women, some children, much 
more by listening than by talking. 
Converse not on subjects which lead to impure ideas. 
Good words are silver, good deeds are golden. 
Reading. 
Lord Bacon says : “ Read regularly and carefully; write 
frequently and polish what you write; practice, assiduously 
how to entertain your friends, viva voce, with the fruit of your 
studies.” 
No entertainment is so cheap as reading, and no pleasure 
so lasting. 
By reading we enrich the mind, by conversation we polish 
There is no music like that of the human voice. 
Memos?, 
Ghosts are within us, not without. Memory will take shape, 
sympathy will project itself into visible forms, even as thought 
embodies itself and becomes a thing in words. What men 370 
MENTAL ANJ) MORAL CULTURE. 
call a ghost is but the trail of light thrown off and left behind 
in passionate conflicts of the human heart. 
One good head is better than several hands. 
Ketxecttok. 
It is meditation and studious thought, it is the exercise of 
your own reason and judgment upon all you read that gives 
good sense even to the best genius, and affords your under- 
standing the truest improvement. 
To acquire a thorough knowledge of our own hearts; to 
restrain every irregular inclination ; to subdue every rebel- 
lious passion; to purify the motives of our conduct; to form 
ourselves to that temperance which no pleasure can seduce ; 
to that meekness which no provocation can raffle ; to that pa- 
tience which no affliction can overwhelm, and to that integrity 
which no interest can shake, this isthe task assigned to us— 
a task which can not be performed without the utmost dili- 
gence and care and reflection. 
If there is one train of thinking more desirable than 
another, it is that which regards the phenomena of nature 
with a constant reference to a supreme intelligent Author. 
To have made this the ruling, the habitual sentiment of our 
mind is to have laid the foundation of every thing that is re- 
ligious. The world from henceforth becomes a temple, and 
life itself one continued act of adoration. 
Accustom yourself to clear and distinct ideas in every thing 
you think of. 
Think wrongly, if you please, but think for yourself. 
Keep the mind constantly filial with pure thoughts, and 
there will be no room for impure ones to come in; so long 
as the measure is full of something good, it will hold nothing 
lad. Never think of any thing lad. 
Thought. JiHS 0 L TIT lON. 
371 
Go into the wide world ; travel the mountains of thought; 
be a pilgrim in the land of beauty and perception; catch 
every sun-ray peculiar to each soul—-so shalt thou gather all 
the beams that shine through the hearts of men. 
“ “Words are things, and a small drop of ink 
Falling- like dew upon a thought produces 
That which makes thousands, perhaps millions, think 
Choate said of Webster’s eloquence, we could “look 
through the crystal water of the style down to the golden 
sands of the thought.” 
The mild sentiments have their eloquence as well as the 
stormy passions.—Choate. 
Beautiful thoughts are the flowers of the mind 
Sflf-Ei-toet. 
“ Heaven helps those who help themselves,” is a well-tried 
maxim, embodying in a small compass the results of vast hu- 
man experience. The spirit of self-help is the root of all 
genuine growth in the individual; and, exhibited in the lives 
of many, it constitutes the true source of national vigor and 
strength. Help from without is often enfeebling in its 
effects, but help from within invariably invigorates. 
Personal effort is indispensable to intellectual attainments 
and greatness. All must be self-made, or not made at all. 
Original capabilities are indeed conferred by Nature, yet, 
however great, produce very little unless assiduously culti- 
vated. Nature confers on us all seven-fold more talent than 
we develop by culture; bestows a vast amount of mentality, 
which lies dormant for want of a true system of education— 
one founded in the nature of the mind. 
Pesoltjtion. 
When you rise in the morning, form a resolution to make 
the day a happy one to a fellow creature. It is easily done; MENTAL ANN MORAL CULTURE. 
a left-off garment to the man who needs it, a kind word to 
the sorrowful, an encouraging expression to the striving—■ 
trifles in themselves light as air—will do it at least for the 
twenty-four hours; and if you are young, depend upon if, 
it will tell when you are old; and if you are old, rest as- 
sured it will send you gently and happily down the stream 
of time to a happy eternity. By the most simple arithmetic, 
look at the results. You send one person, only one, happy 
through the day, that is, three hundred and sixty-five in the 
course of the year, and suppose you live forty years after 
you commence that course of medicine, you have made four- 
teen thousand six hundred human beings happy—at all 
events, for a time. Now, worthy reader, is not this simple ? 
It is too short, for a sermon, too homely for ethics, and too 
easily accomplished for you to say, “ I would if I could.” 
The great essential to our happiness is the resolution to 
perform our duty to God as well as we are able, and when 
this resolution is deeply infixed, every action and every pur- 
suit brings satisfaction to the mind. 
A Eew Resolutions. 
The following are a few of the seventy resolutions of Presi- 
dent Edwards: 
Resolved, To do whatever I think to be my duty and most 
for the good and advantage of mankind in general. 
Resolved, Never to lose one moment of time, but to improve 
it in the most profitable way. 
Resolved, To live with all my might while I do lire. 
Resolved, To maintain the strictest temperance in eating 
and drinking. 
Resolved, Never to speak any thing but the pure and simple 
verity. GOOD BREEDING. 
373 
Woke. 
It is not work that kills folks ; it is worry, debasing toil, 
and bad habits of living. The hardest workers live the 
longest, and particularly those who have an honorable, useful, 
and remunerative employment. 
Even in the lowliest calling, the true worker may win the 
very loftiest results. 
An honest employment is a most excellent patrimony. 
Never despair in adversity. Work and persevere. 
Neither the naked hand nor the understanding, left to 
itself, can do muchthe work is accomplished by instru- 
ments and helps, of which the need is not less for the un- 
derstanding than the hand. 
Effeminacy ruins more constitutions than labor. 
Oppoutuxixy. 
One needs only to know the twenty-six letters of the al- 
phabet in order to learn every thing else that one wishes. 
Application, perseverance, and diligent improvement of op- 
portunities will do the rest. 
Opportunity has hair in front, behind she is bald, if you 
seize her by the forelock you may hold her, but if suffered to 
escape, not Jupiter himself can catch her again. 
Opportunities fall in the way of every man who is resolved 
to take advantage of them. 
Goon Biieedixg. 
The laws of politeness should be observed, not only be- 
tween intimate friends but between members of the same 
family; and those households are the most peaceful and 
happy where the courtesies of good society are observed. 
There need not, and ought not, to be formality, but little at- 
tentions between brothers and sisters, marking mutual es- 374 
MENTAL AND M ORAL CULTURE. 
teem, prevent that carelessness and hardness which is most 
apt to creep into the family, and which grow out of inti- 
macy. It is good manners and consideration for each oth- 
ers’ feeling that prevent familiarity engendering contempt. 
Good breeding is a guard iq3on the tongue. The trouble 
is, we put it off and on with our fine clothes and visiting 
faces, and do not wear it where it is most wanted—at home. 
The man of truly good breeding is not egotistical; he sel- 
dom speaks of himself; his object is to put others at their 
ease and to make them satisfied and happy. 
Strive to obtain the approbation of the good, and if even 
you can not serve all men, show at least by a gentle, kind, 
courteous, and so far as duty will permit, a conciliatory 
bearing, that you are not unworthy of the esteem and honor 
of all your fellow creatures. 
It takes four things to make a thorough gentleman. You 
must be a gentleman in your principles, a gentleman in your 
tastes, a gentleman in your manners, and a gentleman in 
your person. 
Observe modesty in your dress, gait, attitudes, gestures, 
looks, words, and actions; and let this pious feeling be 
seated in the deepest recess of your heart. 
True worth is modest. It retires to the corner, and shuns 
the open center. It comes out only when pressed out by 
duty. It has a quiet manner, a low, guarded voice. 
The plainest row of books that cloth or paper ever cov- 
ered is more significant of refinement than the most ele- 
gantly carved sideboard. 
Be reverential to the aged and courteous to the young. 
Be obliging toward acquaintances, kind and hospitable to 
all men. 
We tarnish the luster of our most beautiful actions when 
we applaud ourselves. 
Civility is a kind of charm that attracts the love of all men. 
Praise, to be valuable, should come from a good judge. JOY 
375 
Love. 
The dearest word in onr language is Love. The greatest 
is God. The word expressing the shortest time is Now. The 
three mate the greatest and sweetest duty of man—Love 
God Now I 
The secret of being' loved is in being lovely, and the se- 
cret of being lovely is in being unselfish. No man liveth to 
himself, and no man was made to live to himself. 
Love is like honesty, much talked of but little understood. 
Love will fill up all our time and sweeten all our trials. 
God loves man better than man loves himself. 
Love is a wonderful incitement to action. 
Love is of a truth the bread of life. 
M AEEIAGE. 
Though fools spurn Hymen’s gentle powers, 
They who improve his golden hours, 
sweet experience know 
That marriage, rightly understood, 
Gives to the tender and the good 
A paradise helow.—Dr. Cotton. 
Never marry without love, nor love without reason. 
Joy. 
The Twenty-third Psalm is the nightingale of the Psalms. 
It is small, of a homely feather, singing shyly out of obscu- 
rity ; but, oh, it has filled the air of the whole world with 
melodious joy, greater than the heart can conceive ! Blessed 
be the day on which that psalm was born ! 
Most men, even the mature and the conscious, live out 
their joys like children. They are madly extravagant; they 
jest, they banter, and jump about till their merriment, sati- 
ated, turns into the opposite of joy. 376 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
What a delightful thought it is to feel that one’s life is a 
joy and blessing toothers! Such a feeling makes one 
very happy. Is not this a beautiful world ? And life, though 
earnest, though laborious, may it not be made very bright ? 
This life is closely packed with joy. Sweet harmonies flow 
through the world and all the elements of heaven are here. 
Sotjece oe Tree Happiness. 
The happiness of human kind 
Consists in rectitude of mind, 
A will subdued to reason’s sway 
And passion practiced to obey; 
An open and a generous heart, 
Refined from selfishness and art; 
Patience, which mocks at fortune’s power, 
And wisdom neither sad nor sour.” 
Happiness. 
Though you may look to your understanding for amuse- 
ment, it is to the affections that we must trust for happiness. 
These imply a spirit of self sacrifice ; and often our virtues, 
like our children, are endeared to us by what we suffer for 
them. Conscience, even when it fails to govern conduct, can 
disturb our peace of mind. Yet it is neither paradoxical nor 
merely poetical to say, 
“ That, seeking other’s good, we find our own.” 
This solid yet romantic maxim is found in no less a wri- 
ter than Plato ; who sometimes in his moral lessons, as well 
as in his theological, is almost, though not altogether, a Chris- 
tian. 
No mental faculty was created in vain, and the cultivation 
and right exercise of each one confers a great amount of 
happiness, so also of the physical. 
Who is happy ? He who hoped for better things, hopes 
that the world will wiser grow, and works to make it thus. HAT FIX ESS. 
377 
The amount of happiness which a man experiences in this 
life depends more upon the condition of his mind than upon 
his outward circumstances. Happiness can exist only in a 
contented mind; and contentment comes neither of wealth 
nor poverty, but with the ability to be satisfied with what 
we have. 
When the summer of our youth is slowly waning into 
the nightfall of age, and the shadows of the past grow deeper, 
as if life were on its close, it is pleasant to look back through 
the vista of time upon the sorrows and felicities of years. 
If we have a home to shelter us, and friends have been 
gathered by our fireside, then the rough places of the way- 
faring will be worn and smoothed away in the twilight of 
life, while the sunny spots we have passed through will 
grow brighter and more beautiful. Happy are those, indeed, 
whose intercourse with the world has not changed the tone 
of their holier feelings. 
No man is so happy as he who does not aim at happiness. 
The only true and lasting happiness is that which is attained 
by the practice of virtue. 
Every wish which leads us to expect happiness somewhere 
else than where we are, only lays a foundation for uneasi- 
ness. 
Three things are essential to happiness, something to do, 
something to love, and something to hope for. 
We may be happy if we choose, let us ; and then let us try 
and make every one as happy as we are ourselves. 
The happiness of life, like the light of day, consists not in 
one brilliant flash, but a series of mild, serene rays. 
Happiness can be made quite as' well of cheap materials 
as of dear ones. 
Happiness does not depend on a man’s circumstances, 
however splendid, but upon the frame and state of his heart. 
I can not relish a happiness of which no one partakes but 
myself. 378 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Happiness is nothing but that inward sweet delight that 
will arise from the harmonious agreement between our will 
and God’s will. 
Kindness. 
A more glorious victory can not be gained over another 
man than this, that where the injury began on his part, the 
kindness should begin on ours. 
Show to thy parents as long as they live the most rever- 
ential tenderness, becoming obedience, and effective grati- 
tude. 
Kindness, like grain, increases by sowing 
Good Natfee. 
They who tread life’s pathway, ever bearing on their faces 
an expression of cheerfulness, are radiant ministers of good 
to mankind. They scatter sunshine on all they meet; de- 
pression and gloom fade away in their presence. 
Good nature is like a glow-worm, it sheds light in the 
darkest place. 
Let us be concerned to answer the great end of living—to 
get good and to do good. 
By good nature half the misery of human life might be 
assuaged. 
The world has a right to our smiles. It needs all our 
cheerful rays to warm it into life. 
Good, the more communicated, the more abundant grows. 
To give brilliancy to the eyes shut them early at night, 
and open them early in the morning, let the mind be con- 
stantly intent on the acquisition of knowledge, or in the ex- 
ercise of benevolent feelings ; this will scarcely ever fail to 
impart to the eyes an intelligent and amiable expression. 
Benevoxence. C 0 N TEN TMENT. 
379 
“ Love is of a truth the bread of life, 
And from the prayer of want and plaint of woe 
Oh never, never turn away thine ear. 
Forlorn, in this bleak wilderness below, 
Callous hearts, that are insensible to other’s misery, are 
susceptible of no true delight. 
Ah! what were man, should Heaven refuse to hear ?” 
The best way to expand the chest is to keep a large heart 
in it. 
CoXTEXTMEXT. 
Remember that contentment is the real philosopher’s 
stone. Shun idleness, it is the parent of poverty ; the idle 
man’s brain is the Devil’s workshop. Avoid intemperance. 
Bear misfortunes with fortitude, prosperity with meekness. 
Betray no trust, divulge no secret. Confine your tongue 
within jJroper limits, or it may confine you within the cells. 
Command your temper, or it may place you under the com- 
mand of the police. Curb every unholy passion and pro- 
pensity. 
“ A competence is vital to content. 
Much wealth is corpulence, if not disease: 
Sick or encumbered is our happiness 
A competence is all we can enjoy. 
Oh be content, where Heav’n can give no more 
A great philosopher says in one of his letters : “ I have 
told you of the Spaniard who always put on his spectacles 
when about to eat cherries, that they might look the bigger 
and the more tempting. In like manner 1 make the most 
of my enjoyments, and though I do not cast my cares away, 
I put them in as little compass as I can for myself, and never 
let them annoy others.” 
The way to contentment is not to increase our substance, 
but to lessen our desires. Lessen desire and you will find 
peace. 380 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Content in the humble dwelling is better than care in the 
most splendid palace. 
Contentment is of so great a value that it can never be 
dearly purchased. 
Pleasure is a delicate plant, and can not be cultivated 
without much study and practice. Any excess of it is fol- 
lowed by a reaction of disgust, and by a diminution in the 
power of entertaining it. If you would be in the constant 
enjoyment of pleasure, you must be careful to ascertain the 
quantity it will be safe to take at a time, as well as its qual- 
ity, and then you must drill yourself by a constant disci- 
pline never to exceed that amount. 
Pleasure. 
A pleasure is well paid for that is long expected. 
Defixitioxs. 
A fine eye-water, benevolence ; best white paint, innocence; 
a mixture giving sweetness to the voice, mildness and truth ; 
a wash to prevent wrinkles, contentment; best rouge, mod- 
esty ; a pair of the most valuable ear-rings, attention; a uni- 
versal beautifier, good humor ; a lip salve, cheerfulness. 
Peiends. 
What a blessing it is to have a friend to whom one can 
speak fearlessly on any subject, with whom one’s deepest as 
well as one’s most foolish thoughts come out simply and 
safely. Oh ! the comfort, the inexpressible comfort of feel- 
ing safe with a person—having neither to weigh thoughts 
nor measure words, but pouring them all right out just as 
they are, chaff and grain together, certain that a faithful 
hand will take and sift them, keep what is worth keeping, 
and then with the breath of kindness blow away the rest. 
Choose your friends, with foresight, from among the hon- GEEATXESS, philosophy. 
381 
est, and do all yon can to retain them. Anticipate their de- 
sires and be courteous toward them, but do no wrong for the 
sahe of pleasing them. Reprove them in kindness when 
they do wrong, and overlook readily any little offenses which 
are committed against you. 
Civilly glance at the imperfections of friends, but never 
rudely stare at them. 
True friendship is like sound health, the value of it is sel- 
dom known until it is lost. 
There is nothing so great but we should do it for a friend. 
Be slow in choosing a friend, but slower in changing him. 
I am compassionate whenever I see any thing like nature 
and originality. Ido not demand the strength of a Hercules 
from every man; let me have an humble love of and a sin- 
cere aspiration after what is great, and I am satisfied. 
Geeatness. 
A truly great man borrows no luster from splendid an- 
cestry. 
He who is really a scholar will make but little noise 
about it. 
True Philosophy. 
True philosophy consisteth in doing all the good that we 
can, in learning all the good we can, in teaching all the good 
to others wre can, in bearing to the best of our ability the va- 
rious ills of life and in enjoying with gratitude every honest 
pleasure that comes in our way. 
According to the precepts of universal philanthropy, we 
should endeavor to remove ignorance, error, and immorality; 
and try to promote a regard for religion, gcod morals, and 
the laws of the State ; to advance a correct mode of indepen- 
dent thinking, vindicate human rights, establish religious MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
conduct, permit freedom of conscience, defend the innocent, 
help the needy, and to combat all injurious prejudices. 
Omxipeesence oe the Deity. 
“ All are but parts of one stupendous whole, 
Whose body nature is, and God the soul; 
That, changed through all, and yet in all the same, 
Great in the earth as in th’ ethereal frame: 
Warms in the sun, refreshes in the breeze, 
Glows in the stars and blossoms in the trees; 
Lives through all life, extends through all extent; 
Spreads undivided, operates unspent; 
Breathes in our soul, informs our mortal part, 
As full, as perfect, in vile man that mourns 
As the rapt Seraph that adorns and burns; 
To Him, no high, no low, no great, no small; 
He fills, he bounds, connects, and equals all.” 
Wisdom. 
"Wisdom can best exercise guidance when she does not as- 
sert a claim that implies conscious superiority. 
Affectation of wisdom often prevents our becoming wise. 
The man is wise who sjieaks little. 
He that knows useful things, and not he that knows many 
things is the wise man. 
Wisdom does not always speak in Latin or Greek. 
The Bible. 
What a blessed, what an abundant library the poor have 
in the Bible, lam confident that they find in that one book 
more enjoyment, more awakening truth, more lofty and 
beautiful imagery, more culture to the whole soul, than thou- 
sands of the educated find in their general studies, and vastly 
more than mill it) ns among the rich find in that superficial, 
transitory literature which consumes all their reading hours. PIETY, RELIGION. 
383 
Piety. 
Piety may be called the act of right growing. It is mov- 
ing toward true attainment that constitutes it. 
We touch not a wire but vibrates in eternity, a voice but 
reports at the throne of God. Let every one remember that 
in this world character is in its formation state; it is a se- 
rious thing to think, to speak, to act. 
Give me the eye that can see God in all; and the hand 
which can serve God with all, and the heart which can bless 
him for all. 
Eeeigiox. 
The call to religion is not a call to be better than your fol- 
lows, but to be better than yourself. Religion is relative to 
the individual. 
A man without some sort of religion is at best a poor 
reprobate—the football of destiny, with no tie linking him 
to infinity and the wondrous eternity that is begun with 
him; but a woman without it is even worse—a flame without 
heat, a rainbow without color, a flower without perfume, a 
heart without feeling, cold ! 
He who would make his countenance intelligent must so 
first make his mind. He who would impart to the face its 
most fascinating charms, must store the mind with religion 
and virtue, which will diffuse over it every expression of sub- 
lime content. 
I envy no quality of the mind and intellect in others, be it 
genius, power, wit, or fancy; but if I could choose what 
would be most delightful, and, I believe, most useful to me, 
I should prefer a true religious belief to every other blessing, 
for it creates new hopes when all earthly hopes vanish, and 
throws over decay, the destruction of existence, the most 
gorgeous of all lights, where the sensualist and the sceptic 
view only gloom, decay, annihilation, and despair. MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Kindness and compassion, to answer any desirable end, 
must one be practical, tlie other delicate in its nature ; affec- 
tion must be kept alive by ministering to its necessities ; and 
above all, religion must be recommended by consistency of 
character and conduct.—Ellis. 
Keligion inspires sincerity in all men, hence its advantage 
to society. 
Here is the very pithiest sermon ever preached ; “ Our 
ingress in life is naked and bare; our progress through 
life is trouble and care; our egress out of it—we do not 
know where ; but doing well here, we shall do well there. I 
could not tell more by preaching a year.” 
Sermons and Preaching 
What a grand thing it is to preach, not merely with 
one’s own natural breath and brain power, but with the 
tongue of a life-time of faithful living. 
Truth. 
For my part, I should think a man who spent his time in 
a painful, impartial search after truth, a better friend to man- 
kind than the greatest statesman or hero, the advantage of 
whose labors is confined to a little part of the world and a 
short space of time ; whereas, a ray of truth may enlighten 
the whole world and live to after ages. 
Man was created to search for truth, to love the beautiful, 
to desire what is good, and to do the best. 
“ Earth is sick 
And Heav’n is weary of the hollow words 
Which States and kingdoms utter when they speak 
Of truth and justice.”—Wadsworth. 
Truth is the body of God. Light is his shadow.—Plato. 
The love of truth is the root to all charities. SEA YEN. 
Sin. 
If we would put down sin, let us put it down in ourselves 
first. 
If the wicked forsake his ways and turn from his wicked- 
ness, his sins, all that he has ever committed, shall bo for- 
given him and blotted out. And if the righteous man turn 
from his righteousness and commit sin, all his good works 
shall be forgotten, and he shall surely die. 
Custom and practice may countenance guilt, but they can 
not lessen it. 
When Socrates was asked what a man gained by telling 
lies: “Not to be believed,” said he, “when he speaks 
truth.” 
IvEPENTAN CE. 
When a man undertakes to repent toward his fellow men, 
it is repenting straight up a precipice ; when he repents 
toward law, it is repenting into the crocodile’s jaws; when 
he repents toward public sentiment, it is throwing himself 
into a thicket of brambles and thorns ; but when he repents 
toward God, he repents toward all love and delicacy. God 
receives the soul as the sea the bather, to return it again 
purer and whiter than he took it. 
Heaven and Hekeaexeu. 
The more our spirits are enlarged on earth the deeper 
draughts shall they receive in heaven. 
We are all building a soul-house for eternity; yet with 
what different architecture and what various care. 
“ Heaven! how rich the prospect, and for ever near, 
And nearest to the man who views it most.” 
I am as fully impressed as any one with the fact that this 
World is not our permanent abiding pi ace; but that is no 386 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
reason why w'e should underrate, abuse, and malign it. 
There is such a thing as being too other worldly. The grand 
truths and beautiful teachings of (rod’s gospel do not conflict 
with the grandeur, the beauty, and the mystery of God’s 
handiwork, the world; and we can no more afford to despise 
and dispense with the one than the other. And it seems to 
me that we can not better prepare for enjoying the life here- 
after, than by a healthy, hearty, rational enjoyment of the 
one that is here. 
“ 0 Soul! work, watch, and wait, 
For we shall find 
The eternal city and pearly gate, 
If pure and kind. 
O Soul! toil, hope, and pray, 
For rest is ours 
After we’ve gained the high ascent 
Through sun and showers. 
O Soul! have faith and look 
Through clouds at even, 
For the eternal sun will shed its rays 
On us in heaven.” 
Would we realize heaven, let us begin now. The paradise 
of our aspiration has its foundations here, and the capacities 
of the future are grounded on those of the present life. 
Humility. 
Men and women get more humility when they get more 
wisdom. Pomposity of intellect is the best proof of its 
shallowness. When a truly sublime idea comes to you, then 
expressive silence is alone natural and worthy. Words are 
an impertinence. 
Says Feltham, “I have never yet found pride in a noble 
nature, nor humility in an unworthy mind.” 
Humility is the high road to honor. CHRISTIANITY. 
387 
PxJJEUTT. 
The man of pure and simple heart 
Through life disdains a double part; 
He never needs the screen of lies, 
His inward bosom to disguise. 
In vain malicious tongues assail, 
Let envy snarl, let slander rail, 
From virtue’s shield (secure from wound). 
Their blunted venomed shafts rebound. 
So shines his light before mankind, 
His actions prove his honest mind. 
If in his country’s cause he rise, 
Debating senates to advise, 
IJnbribed, unawed, he dares impart 
The honest dictates of his heart; 
Ho ministerial frown he fears, 
But in his virtue perseveres.—Gay. 
Christianity. 
Christians should be messengers of sweetness and glad- 
ness ; they should aim to become a joy to all; they should 
be full of sunshine, they should be so cheerful as to really 
tempt others to become Christians. The world is too full of 
gloom and vinegar. 
A Christian merchant should so act that his customers 
shall see and know that he is a Christian ; not merely that he 
conducts his business on great maxims of honesty, but that 
business itself is subordinate and instrumental to the great 
purposes of life. Is it so with you? How far does the 
difference between you and the worldly man lie in the fact 
that on the seventh day you have a little tabernacle of relig- 
ious experience into which you run ? What wonder that 
truth makes such slow advances in the world, with one 
Christian to tell what is true for two hours on Sunday, and 
hundreds to deny it all the week by their lives!—Henry 
Ward Beecher. MENTAL AND MO UAL CULTURE. 
Remember, earth has one privilege above Heaven. It is 
the privilege of beneficence. The privilege of passing by a 
transgression, of relieving the distressed, of spreading the 
Scriptures, of evangelizing the heathen, of instructing the 
ignorant, of reclaiming the vicious, of seeking and saving 
them that are lost. 
Virtue. 
Virtue never consists in mere knowing, but rather in the 
use we make of our knowledge. 
■Search others for their virtues, thyself for thy vices. Vir- 
tue is its own reward. 
Yield once, and a portion of virtue has gone; resist man- 
fully, and the first decision will give strength for life. 
Many of the brightest virtues are like stars, there must 
be night or they can’t shine. 
The power of a man’s virtue should not be measured by 
his special efforts, but by his ordinary doing.—Pascal. 
Virtue is the only treasure that can give us joy and rest. 
Conscience. 
Apologies are not heard at the great tribunal. “The soul 
that sinneth it shall die.” This principle grasps every hu- 
man being, for all have consciences that arraign, condemn, 
and execute. “ Thou art the man /” 
In matters of conscience first thoughts are best. 
Conscience is never dilatory in her warnings. 
Conscience is not controllable by human laws. 
Conscience is the chamber of justice. 
Duty. 
Our lives should not be measured by the years, months, 
days or hours that exist, but by our brave thoughts, noble 
purposes, and heroic deeds. We should count time by heart 
throbs, when they beat for God, for man, for duty. FAITH, II OIF, CHARITY. 
389 
To persevere in one’s duty, and to bo silent is tbe last 
answer to calumny. 
“ I slept and dreamed that life was beauty, 
I woke and found that life was duty. 
Was my dream then a shadowy lie ? 
Toil on, sad heart, courageously, 
And thou shalt find thy dream to he 
A noon-day light and truth to thee.” 
Ply from every violation of duty as from a serpent; if 
you approach it, you shall be wounded. 
Prayer should be the key of the day, and the lock of the 
night. 
Peayee. 
Every prayer put forth has its effects on the one who ut- 
ters it, and so of every curse. 
Faith. 
“We know that our peace is brought by strife ; 
That every haven of rest lies o’er a billowy life; 
We know that darkest hours precede the light; 
That anchors, sure and firm, are out of sight.” 
Hope. 
Hpoe is a telescope which brings objects witbin our reach 
that are, in reality, as far distant as ever. 
Were it not for hope, the heart would break. 
Hope is a poor man’s bread. 
CIIAEITY, 
Charity obliges us not to mistrust a man, prudence not to 
trust before we know him. 
Charity loses its benign influence when heralded by osten- 
tation. 390 
MENTAL AND MODAL CEL TUBE. 
Hon on. 
True honor can be purchased only by worthy actions. 
Let us so order our lives that we may live, when we are 
dead, in the affections of the best, and leave an honorable 
testimony in the consciences of the worst. 
Candor and open-dealing are the honor of man’s nature. 
Peace and honor are the sheaves of virtue’s harvest. 
Eight and Wrong. 
A man in the right, with God on his side, is in the ma- 
jority though he be alone, for God is multitudinous above 
all populations of the earth. 
If our hearts are right with God, we do not complain of 
his providences, however severe. 
“ The earth is full of lessons. 
The shy is full of light; 
And if wo wish for blessings 
We gain them doing right. 
The pea contains the vine, and the flower, and the pod, in 
embryo, and I am sure, when I plant it, that it will produce 
them and nothing else. Now, every action of our lives is em- 
bryonic, and according as it is right or wrong, it will surely 
bring forth the sweet flowers of joy, or the poison fruits of 
sorrow. Such is the constitution of this world, and the Bible 
assures us that the next only carries it forward. Here and 
hereafter, “ whatsoever a man seweth, that shall he also 
reap.” 
One wrong act is sure to lead to others. 
StJtTFJBING. 
Suffering is a part of the divine idea. Let us think it is 
a part of our happiness. SYMPATHY. 
Axoee. 
In anger do nothing, say nothing, make no resolution. 
Hold your mind in a state of inaction until it is restored to 
its wonted placidity. Let your inflexible rule be never to 
make a reply under provocation or excitement. 
Anger opens the flood-gates of many evils. 
Sonnow asd Sadness. 
Think sometimes of the sorrows of human life, of the 
wretched poor, of the down-trodden, of the outcast, of the 
afflicted, of the conscience-burdened—of the unwarmed, un- 
furnished apartments of the dying parent, the weeping or- 
phan. 
The gayest smiles are often from the saddest weepers. 
Eegeets and Teaes. 
There is a sacredness in tears." They are not the mark 
of weakness, but of power. They speak more eloquently 
than ten thousand tongues, they are the messengers of over- 
whelming grief, of deep contrition, and of unspeakable love. 
“ Far more than half oar troubles here 
Are borrowed, that is plain ; 
In vain regrets waste not an hour— 
Time lost ne’er comes again.” 
God washes the eyes by tears, until they can behold the 
invisible land where tears shall come no more. 
Do not murmur about things you can not mend. 
Stmpatht. 
It is that which you keep that can never do any good to 
yourselves or others. It is that which you give away that 
you keep. It is that which you give away that bounds back 
and makes you stronger and richer. 392 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Be true, if you would be loved. Let a man speak forth, 
with genuine earnestness, the thought, the emotion, the ac- 
tual condition of his own heart, and all men—so strongly 
are we knit together by the tie of sympathy—must and will 
give heed to him. In culture, in extent of view, we may 
stand above the speaker, or below him, but in either case, 
his words, if they are earnest and sincere, will find some 
response within us ; for, in spite of all carnal varieties of 
outward rank or inward, as face answers to face, so does the 
heart of man to man. 
Keep the stream of good deeds agitated. Never allow the 
waters to stagnate. If thou hast no earthly goods to give, 
let the kind word, the loving glance, the tender pressure of 
the hand repeal the flow of sympathy within. 
It is wisdom to say little of the injuries we receive, of 
our troubles, aches, and pains ; by saying much we often in- 
crease the difficulty, show our weakness, and seldom get 
any sympathy. 
Humanity. 
Humanity was never so honored as when Christ allied 
his divinity to it, when the divine “Word became flesh and 
dwelt among us.” Think of a human form on earth filled 
with all the splendor of the Shekinah ; a tabernacle of clay, 
with all the fullness of the Godhead! It is strange, when 
dust has thus been honored by being knit to divinity, that 
it shall be honored again; that, as our Lord’s earthly body 
was like man’s present body, man’s resurrection body shall 
be “ fashioned like Christ’s” glorious body—be as immortal, 
as incorruptible, as glorious! Every feature beauty, every 
motion grace, every thought praise, and every movement ec- 
stacy! 
A rich blessing is the sure pay of every effort put forth 
in the cause of God and humanity. 
What task among the many labors of mankind can bo AD VICE. 
more full of sweetest satisfaction, more akin to the earthly 
labors of the Divine Exemplar, than the task of vindicating 
the intrinsic dignity of human nature—humanity I 
Actions. 
Brave actions are the substance of life, and good sayings 
the ornament of it. 
Admit not sleep to thine eyes till thou hast thrice ex- 
amined in thy soul the actions of the day. Ask thyself, 
Where have I been ? What have I done ? What ought I 
to have done ? 
The merit of our actions consists not in doing extraordi- 
nary actions, but in doing ordinary actions extraordinarily 
well. 
As voices upon the shore are heard afar over the water, so 
our words and deeds are wafted upon the waves of time, and 
heard upon the eternal seas. 
In worthy action and healthy enjoyment we may find a 
cure for all our imaginary woes, and all our maudlin fine 
feelings. 
We should not speak ill or injuriously of any body, nor 
impute bad motives to his actions, nor deny his good quali- 
ties, and less than all, rejoice over his faults, but we should 
pity the vicious and endeavor to improve them. 
Advice. 
Advice is like snow : the softer it falls the longer it dwells 
upon and the deeper it sinks into the mind. 
It was an Apostle who said : “Add to your faith virtue, and 
to virtue knowledge, and to knowledge temperance ; add to 
temperance patience, and to patience godliness, and to godli- 
ness brotherly kindness, and to brotherly kindness charity.” 
Had he lived in our time is it any shame to think he might 
have gone on saying, “ and to your charity common sense, and 394 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
to your common sense culture, and to your culture manliness, 
and to manliness a love of beauty, and to your love of beauty a 
practical talent for business, and to your talent for business a 
taste for the fresh air and out-door sports, and to your taste 
for out door-sports a good digestion, and to a good digestion 
rich red blood, firm muscles, and strong nerves ?” 
As a master, be just, equitable, mild, grateful, and careful 
of the well being of your inferiors; remember that you, too, 
have a Father in Heaven. As a servant, obey any proper 
order that is given you; participate in the sorrow and joy 
of your employers; be modest in your requests, respectful 
in word and deed, and sincere in your promises. 
The best thing to give to your enemy is forgiveness ; to 
your opponent, toleration ; to a friend, your heart; to your 
playmate, a good example; to a father, deference; to your 
mother, conduct that will make her proud of you; to yourself, 
respect; to all men, charity. 
Keep out of debt. Buy nothing except the money is in 
your pocket. Have no account current at the grocer’s or 
butcher’s. Go without new clothes until you can pay for 
them. Give your note of hand to nobody. Eschew credit. 
Deal for cash only. 
Practice the golden rule, do not be content with the silver 
one—do as you are done by ; and most scrupulously avoid the 
iron rule—to gain the end regardless of means. 
Let him have the key of thy heart who has the lock of his 
own, which no temptation can open. 
To “ train up a child in the way he should go,” walk in it 
yourself. 
The shortest way to do many things is to do one thing at 
a time. 
Appoint a time for every thing, and do every thing in its 
time. 
Avoid that which you blame in others. 
Do not hurt what God has made. INFIRMITIES. 
Be Thyself. 
‘ Be thyself! a nobler gospel never preached the Nazarcne. 
Be thyself! ’t is as good Scripture as the world has ever seen. 
Dare to shape the thought in language that is lying in thy brain; 
Dare to launch the banners flying on the bosom of the main; 
What though pirate knaves surround thee, nail thy colors to the mast; 
Flinch not, flee not, boldly sailing thou shalt reach the port at last. 
True, the coward world may scorn thee—friend will scorn, and friend 
Heaven may grow dark above thee, God in anger thence look down; 
Heed not, there’s a world more potent, carried in thy manly heart. 
Be thyself, and do thy duty, it will always take thy part. 
If the God within say * well done,’ what are other gods to thee ? 
Hell’s his frown, hut where His smile is, there is Heaven for the free. 
Be no parrot, idly prating thoughts the spirit never knew, 
Be a prophet of the God-sent, telling all the message true.” 
will frown, 
Infirmities. 
Little aclies, well nursed, soon grow to big pains. Of 
some nervous invalids we can truly say : 
“ Their griefs are great 
Because they are so small, 
And would he greater, 
Were they none at all.” 
There is nothing which expands so much by thought as 
our own infirmities. Talking about them helps them to 
grow wonderfully. Add to these, affectionate attention 
and constant solicitude on the part of an attendant or friends, 
and we have a sure recipe for making a confirmed chronic 
invalid. 
We must bear with the infirmities of others. It has a 
purifying power, it strikes a blow at self-love. It makes us 
better. 396 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Changes. 
We need changes, not only of localities but of minds, from 
which to derive strength and life. Occupations too long con- 
tinued in one direction deprive the mind of an elasticity 
which is necessary for an even development of the soul. 
In long-continued mental exertions we become warped, the 
mind loses half its powers, and we forget that there is an- 
other world beyond the line which bounds our vision. 
Silence. 
Two things are indicative of a weak mind : to speak when 
it is proper to be silent, and to be silent when it is proper 
to speak. 
Deep rivers move with silent majesty; shallow brooks 
are noisy. 
A beautiful eye makes silence eloquent. 
A judicious silence is always better than truth spoken 
without charity. 
Seceect. 
God hath put the vail of secrecy before the soul for its 
preservation, and to thrust it rudely aside without reason 
would be suicidal. Neither here or, as I think, hereafter, will 
all our thoughts and feelings lie open to the world. 
Beware to whom you commit the secrets of your mind. 
Little Things. 
Be assured that no effort in the right direction is lost, for 
life is made up of little things. Do not be discontented, then, 
if the beginning is very small. Even if your influence is 
never felt outside of your friends and home, let it be appa- 
rent there. You are still working for the same lofty end, 
as if it reached to the uttermost parts of the earth. TRIFLES. 
397 
“We want but little here below, 
Nor want that little long.” 
True greatness consists in being great in little things. 
Tuiixes. 
“ Since trifles make the sum of human things, 
And half our misery from our foibles springs; 
Since life’s best joys consist in peace and ease. 
And few can love' or serve, but all may please, 
Oh let the gentle spirit learn from hence, 
A small unkindness is a great offense! 
Large bounties to bestow we wish in vain, 
But all may shun the guilt of giving pain. 
Never be cast down by trifles. If a spider breaks his 
thread twenty times in a day, he patiently mends it each 
time. Make up your mind to do a good thing, and it will be 
done. Fear not troubles, keep up your spirits, the dark- 
ness will pass away. If the sun is going down, look at 
the stars ; if they are hid by clouds, still look up to Heaven; 
rely upon the promises of God, and be cheerful. Never yield 
to misfortunes. Mind what you run after; avoid bubbles 
that will burst, and fireworks that end in smoke; get that 
which is worth keeping and can be kept. 
Be satisfied with what you have, and be economical and 
make good use of every trifle. Shun parsimony and avarice 
on the one hand, and carelessness and extravagance on the 
other. 
It is a miserable thing to offend any one we love and 
respect; a wicked, ungenerous, and foolish thing to lose or 
quarrel with a friend for a trifle. 
Trifles make perfection, but perfection is no trifle. 
Lying. 
A lie is an intentional uttering of an untruth in express- 
ing our thoughts. Lying annihilates the dignity of man, 398 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
and consequently is a gross crime, whether it is against jus- 
tice or prudence, against the liar himself, or others ; whether 
it is the result of inadvertency, complaisance, or good in- 
tentions, and whether great or small. 
The Gentle Wold. 
A gentle word hath a magical power 
The weary breast to beguile, 
It gladdens tbe eye, it lightens the brow, 
And changes the tear to a smile. 
In the genial sunshine it sheds around 
The shadows of care depart, 
And we feel, in its soothing and friendly tone, 
There’s a balm for the wounded heart. 
Oh watch thou then that thy lips ne’er breathe 
A bitter, ungentle word; 
For that which is lightly and idly said 
Is often too deeply heard. 
And though for the moment it leaves no trace. 
For pride will its woes conceal, 
Eemember the spirit that’s calm and still 
Is always the first to feel. 
It may not be in thy power, perchance, 
To secure a lofty place, 
And blazon thy name upon history’s page 
Asa friend to the human race; 
But, oft in the daily tasks of life, 
Though the world behold thee not, 
Thy gentle and kindly words may soothe 
’Tis well to walk with a cheerful heart 
"Wherever our fortunes call, 
A desponding brother’s lot. 
With a kindly glance, and an open hand, 
And a gentle word for all. 
Since life is a thorny and difficult path, 
Where toil is the portion of man, 
We all should endeavor while passing along 
To make it as smooth as we can. LIFE 
399 
Time. 
It is a calamity to lose tiie smallest portion of time; the 
hours perish and are laid to our charge. 
The "body was never made to engross nineteen-twentieths 
of human time and money. Our higher faculties are the 
superiors, and, if either must he slighted, neglect the body. 
Yet there is time for both; let us tahe it. 
Human life is a drama, and mankind the actors, who have 
their several parts assigned them by the master of the thea- 
ter, who stands behind the scenes and observes in what man- 
ner every one acts. Some have a short part allotted them, 
and some a Jong one, some a low and some a high one ; it 
is not he that acts the highest or most shining part on the 
stage that comes otf with the greatest applause, but he that 
acts his part best, wherever it be. To take care, then, to 
act our respective parts well in life is ours, but to choose 
what part in life we shall act is not ours but God’s. 
Life. 
Life is a book, and we write in it something, be it much or 
little, sense or nonsense. What we write we can not un- 
write. Our pen is Time, our ink is indelible. What we 
write we write, and do it for eternity. Life is not mean, it 
is grand. If it is mean to any one, he makes it so. God 
makes it glorious. What is the purpose of life ? It is the 
formation of a genuine character. 
It is well to pause on the threshold of life and ask our- 
selves why we live. Life means something; it is charged 
with eternal significance. It is big with sublime realities. 
Every step is a word ; every day is a sentence; every week 
is an oration; every year a book as full of meaning as the 
sun of light. 
Every thought and feeling is a painting stroke in the 400 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
darkness of our likeness that is to be ; and our 'whole life is 
but a chamber which we are frescoing with colors which do 
not appear while being laid on wet, but which will shine 
forth afterward, when finished and dry. 
Nature inspires us with a love of life, but can never teach 
us how to die. God would win us into death as the sun 
wins buds into blossoms. 
Strive to lead not a shining but a useful life. Think of- 
tener and more of your weakness and imperfections than of 
any advantages you may possess. 
Life is a flower-garden, in which new blossoms are ever 
opening as fast as others fall. 
Equity is the bond of social order, truth the basis of all 
excellence; let them guide you through life. 
Complain not of the shortness of life, but employ thy time 
usefully. 
That life is long which answers life’s great end. 
Life is half spent before -we know its use and value. 
A Cueioxjs Live Poem. 
Mrs. H. A. Doming, of San Francisco, is said to have oc- 
cupied a year in hunting up and fitting together the follow- 
ing thirty-eight lines from thirty-eight English poets. The 
names of the authors are given below ‘. 
1. Why all this toil for triumphs of an hour ? 
2. Life’s a short summer—man a flower; 
3. By turns we catch the vital breath and die— 
4. The cradle and the tomb, alas ! so nigh. 
5. To he is better far than not to be, 
6. ’Though all man’s life may seem a tragedy; 
7. But light cares speak when mighty griefs are dumb, 
8. The bottom is hut shallow whence they come. 
9. Your fate is but the common fate of all; 
10. Unmingled joys, hero, to no man befall. LIFE 
401 
11. Nature to each allots his proper sphere, 
12. Fortune makes folly her peculiar care; 
13. Custom does often reason overrule, 
14. And throw a cruel sunshine on a fool. 
15. Live well, how long or short permit to heaven; 
16. They who forgive most shall be most forgiven. 
17. Sin may be clasped so close we cannot see its face— 
-18. Yile intercourse whore virtue has not place; 
19. Then keep each passion down, however dear, 
20. Thou pendulum, betwixt a smile and tear: 
21. Her sensual snares let faithless pleasure lay; 
22. With craft and skill—to ruin and betray. 
23. Soar not too high to fall, but stoop to rise, 
24. We masters grow of all that we despise. 
25. Oh then renounce that impious self-esteem; 
26. Riches have wings, and grandeur is a dream. 
27. Think not ambition wise because’t is brave, 
28. The paths of glory lead but to the grave. 
29. What is ambition? ’tis a glorious cheat, 
30. Only destructive to the brave and great. 
31. What’s all the gaudy glitter of a crown? 
32. The way to bliss lies not on beds of down. 
33. How long we live, not years, but actions tell; 
34. That man lives twice who lives the first life well. 
35. Make, then, while yet ye may, your God your friend; 
36. Whom Christians worship, yet not comprehend. 
37. The trust that’s given guard, and to yourself be just; 
38. For, live how we can, yet die we must. 
1 Young, 2 Dr. Johnson, 3 Pope, 4 Prior, 5 Sewell, 6 Spenser, 7 Daniel, 8 Sir 
IValter Baleigh, 9 Longfellow, 10 Southwell, 11 Congreve, 12 Churchill, 13 Rochester, 
14 Armstrong, 15 Milton, 16 Bailey, 17 Trench, 18 Somerville, 19 Thompson, 20 
Pyron, 21 Smollett, 22 Crahhe, 23 Massinger, 24 Crowley, 25 Beattie, 26 Cowper, 
27 Sir Walter Davenant, 28 Grey, 29 Willis, 30 Addison, 31 Dryden, 32 Prancis 
Quarles, 33 Watkins, 34 Herrick, 35 William Mason, 36 Hill, 37 Dana, 38 Shak- 
speare. 402 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Death and Lvimoetality. 
Harriet Martineau, in her book entitled “ Health, Hus- 
bandry, and Handicraft,” says: 
“If half the thought and sentiment that are spent on the 
subject of Death were bestowed on the practical duty of 
strengthening, lengthening, and ennobling life, we should be 
more fit to live worthily and die contentedly.” 
It is natural for us to idealize, and speak tenderly, lov- 
ingly of those men call the dead. It is refining to our souls to 
do so, but let us remember that the kind word and deed to 
the living to-day are better than any eulogy we may place 
upon the tombstone we rear for them to-morrow. 
Death is simply the soul’s change of residence. 
“ At thirty, man suspects himself a fool; 
Knows it at forty, and reforms his plan; 
At fifty, chides his infamous delay, 
Pushes his prudent purpose to resolves ; 
In all the magnanimity of thought 
Resolves, and re-resolves ; then dies the same, 
And why ? Because he thinks himself immortal. All men 
think all men mortal but themselves. 
Thoughts, Pkecepts, etc. 
It has been truly said that “the good are never as good, nor 
the bad never as bad as they appear to be,” and this we 
should always consider, if we would give men their true 
places. 
We are often afraid of people whom either we think we 
have used ill, or to whom we feel too much obliged.—De 
Clifford. 
By examining the tongue of the patient, physicians find 
out the diseases of the body, and philosophers the diseases of 
the mind. TIIO UGUTS. 
There is scarcely a better motto for life’s guidance than 
the brave old exhortation, “ Whatever thine hand findeth to 
do, do it with all thy might!” 
In the affairs of this world, as husbandry, trade, etc., men 
know little and believe much ; in the affairs of another 
world, they would know every thing and believe nothing. 
A man proves himself fit to go higher, who shows him- 
self faithful where he is. 
Divine is the power of giving, with the power to give op - 
portunely. 
The green grass is the poor man’s carpet, and God weaves 
the colors. 
So live with men as if God saw you; so pray to God as if 
men heard you. 
Society, like silk, must be viewed in all situations, or its 
colors may deceive us. 
It is in our weakest moments that our Father holds us 
most tenderly to his breast. 
Spare when you are young, that you may spend when you 
are old. 
As a bird is known by his note, so is a man by his dis- 
course. 
Tell me with whom thou goest, and I’ll tell thee what thou 
doest. 
Our greatest courage consists not in never falling, but in 
rising every time we fall. 
“ The hravest are the tenderest, 
The loving are the daring.” 
A meek and gentle spirit is a jewel, an incorruptible orna- 
ment. 
Deflection is a flower of the mind giving out wholesome 
fragrance. 404 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Character is mainly molded by the cast of minds that 
surround it. 
Contracts should never be undertaken unless they can be 
strictly performed. 
Application and industry are the best preservatives of in- 
nocence. 
Nature, once crushed, recovers slowly and with great effort. 
Emulation is one of the greatest incitements to application. 
Create not imaginary wants, lest you fail to satisfy them. 
God entrusted every man with the care of his own soul. 
Slight not good counsel, come from what quarter it may. 
An honest employment is a most excellent patrimony. 
He who would catch fish must not mind getting wet. 
Wine is a turncoat, first a friend and last an enemy. 
Before you attempt, consider what you can perform. 
Better face a danger once than be always in fear. 
Care not for that which you can never possess. 
A smart reproof is better than smooth deceit. 
He that always complains is never pitied. 
Bacchus has drowned more than Nature. 
Affected simplicity is refined imposture. 
That is well spoken which is well taken. 
Chide not severely, nor punish hastily. 
At a great bargain pause awhile. 
Never wade in unknown waters. 
Business is the salt of life. 
The Cost of Ministers. 
Some people talk a great deal about ministers and the cost 
of keeping them, paying their house rent, table expenses, 
and other items of salary. Did such croakers ever think that MA N AND W0 MA JV. 
405 
it costs $35,000,000 to pay the salaries of American lawyers ; 
that $12,000,000 are paid annually to keep our criminals, and 
$10,000,000 to keep the dogs in the midst of us alive, while 
only $6,000,000 are spent annually to keep 6000 preachers in 
the United States ? These are facts, and statistics will show 
them to be facts. No other thing exerts such a mighty in- 
fluence in keeping this republic from falling to pieces as the 
Bible and the ministers. 
Mast and Womak, 
Homo sum, et humani ame nil alienum puto. “I am a man, 
and hold nothing foreign to me that relates to mankind.” 
This noble sentiment of the Homan poet Terrence will live 
for ever. 
Sir Walter Scott thus describes man : “ The man whom I 
call deserving the name is one whose thoughts and exertions 
are for others, rather than himself; whose high purpose is 
adopted on just principles, and never abandoned while heaven 
and earth can afford means of accomplishing it. He is one 
who will neither seek an indirect advantage by a specious 
road, nor take an evil path to gain a real good purpose.” 
The heart is the seat of all that adorns our race, as well 
as of all that deforms it. We are enraptured to meet a 
man with an open, bold, noble, and generous heart, full of 
the milk of human kindness, natural affection beaming in 
his face and exhibited in his actions. We are pained to 
meet one with his heart overflowing with wickedness and 
vice, a brute in human form. Still more are we pained to 
meet a man who is heartless, wrapped up in self, no feeling 
for the pleasures or woes of his fellow men—a snail in em- 
bryo, ossified by meanness. 
Every man and woman should consider themselves indi- 
vidual sovereigns, to think and act as best pleases them- 
selves, if they do not infringe on the rights of others. There 
should be no conformity, except to nature. The thoughts 406 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
of yesterday, if they can not bear the light of to-day, should 
be cast aside. 
Women are the poetry of the world, in the same sense 
that the stars are the poetry of heaven—clear, light giving, 
harmonious—they are the terrestrial planets that rule the 
destiny of mankind. 
I would not be a woman, for then I could not love her. 
What Makes a Man ? 
“ A thoughtful soul, a loving mind, 
Full of affection for its kind ; 
A spirit firm, erect, and free, 
That never hasely hends the knee; 
That will not hear a feather’s weight 
Of slavery’s chain, for small, or great; 
That truly speaks from God within, 
That never makes a league with sin, 
That snaps the fetter despots make, 
And loves the truth for its own sake; 
That worships God, and Him alone. 
And hows no more than at his throne; 
And trembles at no tyrant’s nod— 
A soul that fears no one but God, 
And thus can smile at curse or ban; 
This is the soul that makes a man.” 
Music. 
Mozart and Raphael! As long as the winds make the air 
give forth sounds, and the sun paints the earth with colors, 
so long shall the world not let these names die. 
The universe is a musical instrument, on which the Di- 
vinity is perpetually expressing the infinitely diversified har- 
monies of his nature, which is immeasurably deep and al- 
together unchangeable. BOW TO LIVE. 
407 
How to Live. 
“ So should we live that every hour 
Should die, as dies a natural flower, 
A self-reviving thing of power: 
That every thought and every deed 
May hold within itself the seed 
Of future good and future need.” 11. 
PEOYEEBS OE ALL NATIONS. 
“A proverb is the wisdom of many expressed by the wit of one.” 
“ A good proverb is never out of season.” 
It is not easy to straighten in the oak the crook that grew 
in the sapling. 
It is always in our power to make friends by smiles—why 
should we make enemies by frowns ? 
Be not averse to steady or continuous labor, nor ambitious 
to gather the fruits before thou hast planted the tree. 
If every person knew what every other person said of 
him, there would not be four friends in the world. 
The grave is but a covered bridge, which leads from light 
to light through a brief darkness. 
Adversity brings to light the merit in a man. 
A man’s manners may be pleasing, though his morals are 
bad. 
Blowers are the alphabet of the angels. 
It is easier to keep the Devil out than to turn him out 
While ten men are waiting for chances, one man makes a 
chance. 
Truth is mighty and will prevail. 
Beware when God lets loose a thinker upon earth. 
Humility never seeks the first place nor the last word. PROVERBS. 
409 
To know one’s own position, and the position of those with 
whom we stand in relationship, is one of the greatest lessons 
of life, and we are daily taught it. 
There are some natures like water lilies, firmly rooted deep 
under the wave, but swaying in every summer breeze of the 
lake. 
We are more prone to persecute others for their faith than 
we are to make sacrifices to prove our own. 
We talk of choosing our friends, but friends are self- 
elected. Ifeverence is the greater part of it. 
Not the professions, but the practices, are the true indices 
of men’s characters. 
A great teacher has defined genius to be the power of 
making efforts. 
Tell me with whom thou goest, and I will tell thee what 
thou doest. 
His is a happy memory who forgets nothing so soon as his 
injuries. 
Man’s knowledge is like a rivulet, his ignorance like the 
ocean. 
Tor every friend we lose for truth’s sake, we gain a 
better. 
Trust your instinct to the last, though you can give no 
reason. 
Abundance, like want, ruins many. 
Beware of the fury of a patient man. 
A young man idle, an old man needy. 
A good word is as easily spoken as a bad. 
A man may talk like a wise man, yet play like a fool. 
Patience, perseverance, and industry conquer the world. 
Eiches are but ciphers, it is the mind that makes the man. 410 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
Aspiration is not inspiration, nor a desire to be great, 
greatness. 
Art and science have no enemies but those who are ignor- 
ant. 
Sobriety, temperance, and tranquillity, are Nature’s best 
physicians. 
Never measure another man’s corn out of your own 
bushel. 
If you play with a fool at home, he will play with you 
abroad. 
It is much less what we do than what we think which 
makes the future. 
A lazy man takes a hundred steps because he would not 
take one in time. 
Custom and practice may countenance guilt, but they can 
not lessen it. 
Some people are so full of themselves that they are very 
empty. 
Leisure is a pleasant garment to look at, but a bad one to 
wear. 
A kind “No” is often more agreeable than a rough 
“Yes.” 
There is no fence to fortune. 
Change of fortune is the lot of life. 
Every straight stick is crooked in water. 
Three may keep counsel, if two be away. 
Order and method render all things easy. 
Honor to a great heart is dearer than life. 
Night brings out its stars, as sorrow shows us truths. 
In some feelings there is all the divinity of knowledge. 
Do good with what thou hast, or it will do thee no good IRQ VERBS. 
411 
What sculpture is to the block of marble, so is education 
to the human soul. 
Carry the radiance of your soul in your face ; let the 
world have the benefit of it. 
If you must boast at all, boast rather of your ascent than 
your descent. 
Strive to elevate yourself, but never by pulling others 
down. 
A little wrong done to another, is a great wrong done to 
ourselves. 
He who is always useful, will have no leisure to complain 
or to be unhappy. 
True merit, like a river, the deeper it is the less noise it 
makes. 
A smile is the sunbeam of the heart playing on the out- 
side. 
Most of the shadows that cross our path are caused by 
our standing in our own light. 
One foolish act may undo a man, while a timely one may 
make his fortune. 
Knowledge is the treasure of the mind, discretion is the 
key to it. 
Love overcomes every thing. 
In all your trials look upward. 
Patience is bitter, but its fruit is sweet. 
Virtue, like a rich jewel, is best plain set. 
A friend to every body is nobody’s friend. 
Never sign a writing till you have read it. 
He who can not paint, must be content to grind the colors. 
Gratitude is beautifully styled “ the memory of the heart.” 
Sloth makes all things difficult, industry all things easy. 412 
MENTAL ANN MORAL CULTURE. 
A man of the best native inclinations may degenerate, and 
another with the worst may become good. The noblest tal- 
ents may rust in indolence, and the most moderate, by in- 
dustry, be astonishingly improved. 
You may johe when you please, if you are always careful 
to please when you joke. 
Flowers are the poetry of earth, as stars are the poetry 
of heaven. 
The love of gain has never made a painter, but has spoiled 
many. 
A man’s words are leaves, and a man’s deeds are like 
fruits. 
When you pay what you owe, you will know what you are 
worth. 
Nature suffers nothing to remain in her kingdom that 
will not help itself. 
He who waits to do a great deal of good at once will not 
do any. 
Man doubles all the evils of his fate by brooding over 
them. 
God knows what sackcloth and ashes hide in the purple 
of power. 
Genius finds its own road and carries its own lamp. 
Happy is he who limits his wants to his necessities. 
Business sweetens pleasure, as labor sweetens rest. 
Laziness is a worse thief than a pickpocket. 
’T is easier to blame others than one’s self. 
We should not bid defiance to a fool. 
Stars are the Scriptures of the sides. 
Example teaches more than precept. 
Threatened folks live long. PROVERBS. 
413 
We deceive ourselves when we think we can do without 
the world, and very much when we think the world can not 
do without us. 
Much of a person’s usefulness on earth consists in doing 
the right thing at the right time and in the right way. 
Happy is he who apprehends the better part <and holds 
to it, though his heart be torn in the struggle. 
The largest room in the world is the room for improve- 
ment. 
Man doubles all the evils of his fate by pondering over 
them. 
Better deserve honor and not have it, than to have it and 
not deserve it. 
Every day is a little life, and our whole life is a day re- 
peated. 
Great men undertake great things because they are great; 
and fools, because they think them easy. 
A handsome woman pleases the eye, a good woman the 
heart; one is a jewel, the other a treasure. 
There are three things to govern ; the temper, the tongue, 
and the conduct. 
He who cries the loudest has generally the least to sell. 
Industry is fortune’s right hand, and frugality her left. 
Let pleasures be ever so innocent, the excess is criminal. 
Quarrels require two persons, and both are to blame. 
Beware of him who hates the laugh of a child. 
If the counsel be good, no matter who gave it. 
Every man has need to thank his faults. 
The best word in many books is “ Einis.” 
Human blood is all of one color. 
Manners often make fortunes. 414 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
He who sees ever so accurately, ever so finely into the 
motives of others, may possibly be entirely ignorant of his 
own. 
Friendship, like phosphorus, shines brightest when all 
around is dark. 
Common sense is no common thing, though every one 
thinks he has enough of it. 
Have a benevolent eye, a modest spirit, and an humble 
mind. 
In every material action of your life, consider well of its 
probable result. 
Fear God and keep his commandments; for this is the 
whole duty of man. 
He who hath good health is young, and he is rich who 
owes nothing. 
He is a wise man who is willing to receive instruction 
from all men. 
Drunkenness is an egg, from which all vices may be 
hatched. 
The man who drinks for the sake of drink is a drunkard, 
whether he reels or not. 
Be just before you are generous. 
Where there is a will there is a way. 
The hardest workers are the happiest. 
Deserve success and you shall command it. 
It is good to begin well, but better to end well. 
Birds are the poor man’s music, flowers his poetry. 
Deliver your words not by number, but by weight. 
High brows are calm, great thoughts are still as stars. 
Gratitude is the sweetest as well as the holiest of duties. 
The wisest man without moral courage may become a fool. PROVERBS. 
415 
Neither talents nor wealth should be laid away in a nap- 
kin by those who are fortunate enough to possess them. 
Deem every day of your life a leaf in your history, setting 
down nothing’ therein which you would wish to erase. 
Great designs and small means have been the ruination 
of many. 
He should be commended who does all he can, though it 
be but little. 
Beware of flatterers; it is better to fall among thieves than 
among them. 
Flowers are the sweetest things that God ever made and 
forgot to put a soul into. 
The elect are whosoever will, and the non-elect whosoever 
won’t. 
God’s least thought is more prolific than man’s greatest 
abundance. 
There is not an experience in life by whose side God has 
not fixed a promise. 
Every one has naturally the power of excelling in some 
one thing. 
Music is the mother of refinement. 
Diligence is the mistress of success. 
Let not the tongue forerun the thought. 
The mother’s heart is the child’s school. 
Young twigs are easier bent than boughs. 
Keep your mouth shut and your eyes open. 
He who avoids the temptation avoids the sin. 
By the approval of evil you become guilty of it. 
Men are more mindful of wrongs than of benefits. 
Contentment gives a crown where fortune denies it. 
Questions are more easily proposed than answered rightly. 416 
MENTAL ANN MORAL CULTURE. 
A Chickering piano, with a fool playing a jig on it, is 
not worth half as much as an old harpsicord with Beethoven 
at the keys. 
He that can please nobody is not so much to be pitied as 
he whom nobody can please. 
The value of true friendship, like good health, is never 
known until lost. 
We learn much by simply observing and remembering 
what we see. 
Every true artist dips his brush in his own soul, and 
paints his picture. 
To please the greatest number, it is not so necessary to 
say as to leave unsaid. 
He who can prevent a moment’s anger may suppress many 
days of sorrow. 
Highest clouds seem to move slowest, and so, too, every 
thing great. 
A pleasure of which we have to repent can never be a 
peaceful one. 
No flowery path to heaven. 
Work, and therein have well-being. 
A contented mind is a continual feast. 
Never make your physician your heir. 
He is rich who is delighted with his lot 
Constant occupation prevents temptation 
Never buy what you do not need because it is cheap. 
The purest pearl is often found in the roughest oyster. 
A wise man changes his opinion often, but a fool never. 
Wishing for impossible things is a disease of the mind. 
A fire that seems extinct is often smothered under ashes. 
Of all the laws which wo should follow, the first is honor. PRO VERBS. 
417 
If thou art to have a wife of thy youth, she is now living 
on the face of the earth; therefore, think of her and pray 
for her weal. 
Language is the amber in which thousands of thoughts 
have been safely imbedded and preserved. 
The best way to gain love is to give love: love every 
body and every body will love you. 
Misfortune manfully borne adds a new luster to the glory 
of great men. 
He who loses any thing and gets wisdom by it is a gainer 
by the loss. 
The fault that you can not bear to be spoken to about is 
the fault that is destroying you. 
An ounce of good humor is worth a pound of logic, and 
a grain of charity is worth a ton of doctrine. 
Do good to him who does you evil, and by this means you 
will gain the victory over him. 
He that by the plow would thrive, himself must either 
hold or drive. 
What a gift it is to make people happier and better with- 
out knowing it. 
Make hay while the sun shines. 
Obey the voice within, not those without. 
Never rejoice at the misfortunes of another. 
Let every to-morrow be an improvement of to-day. 
The smile is the brightest which has a tear upon it. 
One half of mankind live at the expense of the other. 
Good-nature, like the sun, sheds a light on all around. 
God bless the good-natured, for they bless every one else. 
Strong drink leads to the debasement of mind and body. 
True fortitude is the distinguishing mark of a great mind. 418 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
The pleasantest things in the world are pleasant thoughts, 
and the greatest art in life is to have as many of them as 
possible. 
Reading makes a full man, writing makes a correct man, 
conversation makes a ready man, and thinking makes a 
great man. 
In the morning ask yourself what you have to do, and at 
night ask yourself what you have done. 
Great souls have always trusted themselves ; in truth, that 
is what makes them great. 
No man should expect to have friends unless he acts the 
part of a friend to others. 
The best method of making ourselves happy is to try and 
make others so. 
Dost thou love life ? then waste not time, for time is the 
stuff that life is made of. 
When men speak ill of you. live so that nobody will be- 
lieve them. 
What sculpture is to the block of marble, education is to 
the mind. 
Practice flows from principle, so, as a man thinks will he 
act. 
Love the lovely, aid the lowly. 
Mildness governs better than anger. 
Pardon others often; thyself seldom. 
Much is expected where much is given. 
Want of punctuality is a species of falsehood. 
If you will not take pains, pains will take you. 
“ I’ll try” has done wonders ; “ I can’t,” nothing. 
Much coin, much care ; much meat, much malady. 
An investment in knowledge always pays the best interest. FRO VERBS. 
419 
If you are disturbed with any thing, you should considei’, 
with yourself, is the thing of that worth that I should so 
'disturb myself as to lose my peace and tranquillity. 
There are three safe guides to Eternity, first a sound head 
secondly an honest heart, thirdly an humble spirit. 
’T is wise to talk with one's past hours and ask them what 
report will go to Heaven. 
We ’ll bind our friendship with a golden chain and give 
the clasp to God. 
Every flower that springs in the sunlight has a shadow 
beneath it. 
Poets are the chemists of sentiment, they analyze it and 
purify it. 
Study most those sciences which lead to a knowledge ol 
thyself. 
Great designs require great consideration. 
It is no small conquest to overcome yourself. 
Truth is simple, it requires neither study nor art. 
Not our actions but our sentiments are immortal. 
Every man is a volume, if you know how to read him. 
There are minds as well as streets that want draining. 
Have a place for every thing, and every thing in its place. 
At Last. 
At last we shall rest our weary heads from this world, 
where no blight and no storms come. 
At last the golden gate will swing open, and we shall enter 
into peace and rest. 
At last we shall go out to join the Host above, and give 
back to Nature the garment she hath loaned us. 
At last the weary heart and mind shall repose in a diviner 420 
MENTAL AND MORAL CULTURE. 
life; where, on the bosom of the Infinite, all tempest-tossed 
souls shall lie. 
At last we shall bid adieu to earth and its cares, to hear 
the welcome of angel voices. 
At last our heavy cross shall be taken from us, and the 
starry crown of life eternal placed upon our brows. It will 
be morning then, and the years of earth will roll away like 
a scroll. There will be no night there, for God himself will 
light the world. 
At last we shall be known as we are: all earthly glare 
will fade away, and the soul stand out in its native worth. 
At last the Celestial City will burst upon our enraptured 
vision, just as the feet grow weary in life’s ascent. 
At last, from heavenly domes, will familiar faces gleam, 
and the years of our parting seem but a day. 
At last, 0 weary one! at last shall rest, and peace, and 
joy abide with thee Fob Evee. 
The End. INDEX 
PART I 
THE GYMNASIUM. 
I. How to Build a Gymnasium. 
Remarks concerning the Gymnasium, 3 ; How to build a Gymnasium or 
Gymnastic Hall, Bath Rooms, Bowling Alley, Lighting, 4; Heat- 
ing, Supply of Apparatus, How to Manufacture and put up Parallel 
Bars, 6; Rowing Weights, Spring Board, 6; Chest Weights, Sta- 
tionary Horse, Horizontal Ladder, Oblique Ladder, Perpendicular 
Bars, 7; Spools, Side Rings, Single Rings, Single Trapeze, Double 
Trapeze, Single Swing, Sand Bag, 8; Spirometers, Tight Rope, 
Double Parallel Bars, Horizontal Bar, Indian Clubs, Lifting Ma- 
chine, 9; Mats, 10. 
11. The Gymnasium. 
Remarks, 11; Rules for the Gymnasium, 12; Suggestions regarding 
the use of the Gymnasium, 12-15. 
111. Parallel Bars. 
First Series—Straight Arm Movements, 16. Second Series—Leg Move- 
ments, 17. Third Series—Dips, 17. Fourth Series—Promiscuous 
Exercises, 18. Fifth Series—Somersaults, 20. 422 
INDEX 
IY. Exercises ox Horizontal Bar. 
First Series—Bar Low, 22 ; Encircling, Second Series—Bar High, 23. 
Y. Exercises with Kings, Ladders, etc. 
Single Rings, 27; Spring Board, Horse, 29 ; Dumb Bell, Horizontal and 
Oblique Ladders, 30. 
YI. Exercises with Weights, Ropes, etc. 
Chest Weights, 32. General Exercises—Perpendicular Tight Rope, 
Peg Post, Slack Rope, Perpendicular Bars, Spring Board, 33; 
French Wrestle, 34. 
YII, Forty Weeks Exercises. 
Remarks, 35; Exercises for Forty Weeks, systematically arranged for 
each Week 35-49. 
VIII. The Home Gymnasium. 
Twenty-five Exercises, performed without the aid of any Apparatus, 
50-52. 
Remarks, 63; The Old and New Method, 54; Rules for Correct Train- 
IX. Training. 
ing, 55-57. 
X. Indian Club Exercises. 
General Remarks, 68 ; Holding the Club, 59; Position, Principles, 
Single Club Exercises, 60 ; Alternate Exercises, 61; Double Club 
Exercises, thirteen sets, 61-66; Further Directions, 67. 
PART 11. 
THE DIO LEWIS SYSTEM OF GYMNASTICS. 
I. Gymnastics. 
The Different Systems, 71 ; their Relative Values, 72-74. IN DUX 
423 
General Principles, Time, 75. Free Gymnastics—First Series, Hand 
Movements, 76; Foot, Body, Head and Miscellaneous Movements, 
77. Second Series—Hand and Foot Movements, 78 ; Arm, Shoul- 
der and Miscellaneous Movements, 79. Third Series—Attitudes and 
Percussion., Hand and Shoulder Movements, 80; Arm Movements, 
Attitudes, Chorus, 81. Bean Bag Exercises, 82; Wand Exer- 
cises, 83-86. Dumb Bell Exercises—First Series, four sets, 80-88 ; 
Second Series, ten sets, 88-90; Anvil Chorus, 91. Eing Exercises— 
First Series, seven sets, 91-93; Second Series, five sets, 93—94. Quar- 
tettes, 94 ; Club Exercises, 94-95. 
II. The Dio Lewis System. 
Free Gymnastics—First and Second Series, 96; Third Series, Wands, 
ten sets, 97. Dumb Bells—First Series, four sets, Second Series, 
ten sets, 98 ; Anvil Chorus, 99. Bings—First Series, nine sets, 99; 
Second Series, seven sets, 100. 
111. Shorthand. 
IV. Marches. 
Eegular Marches, slow and rapid, 101; Combination March, slow and 
quick together, Sicilian Circle March, 102; Egyptian Pyramid, 
Balance, and Virginia Eeel Marches, 103 ; Coquette, and Auld 
Lang Syne Marches, 104 ; Indian War Dance, Introduction, and 
Diagonal Marches, 105; Basket, Diagonal Platoon, Mainspring, 
Landers’, and Wheel Marches, 106; Eing, Single Wand, and 
Double Wand Marches, 107. 
Y. Percussion. 
Eemarks, Mutual Help—Couplets, 109; Triplets, three series, 110-111 
VI. Miscellaneous Exercises. 
Bean Bags again, four exercises, 112-113. TheEings again, Quartettes, 
114; Exercises for Strengthening the Back, 114; Various Exor- 
cises—Laughable, Eunning after Clubs, Warming Hands, 115; 
Changes and Hints, Amusement, 116 ; Variety, Double Free Gym- 
nastics, 117. 424 
INDEX 
Remarks, 118; Polkas, Schottisches, Quicksteps, etc., for Pree Gym- 
nastics, Bags, and Percussion; Waltzes for Rings, Bells, and Wands ; 
Marches for Bells, Wands, etc., 119 ; General Music, 120. 
YIT. Music. 
YIII. Address to Teachers. 
Advice, Physiology, Anatomy, Hygiene ; Cultivation of Good Habits 
and Manners, 121-125; The Hall, 125; The Piano, Musician, Les- 
sons, 126; Monthly Reception, 128; Gymnastic Apparatus, 129; 
General Remarks, 130. 
IX. Hints and Suggestions to Teachers and Pupils. 
The Care of Teachers and Attention of Pupils, General Advice, Elevat- 
ing Influence of Gymnastics, 131-133 ; The Ladies’ Gymnastic 
Costume—How to Make it, 134-135. 
PART 111. 
THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN. 
'I. Health. 
The Healthy Man is the Happy Man, 139 ; 111 Health, 140; Milton’s 
Lazar House, 141; Miscellaneous Health "Notes, Recreation, 142; 
Study and Health, 143 ; Half-a dozen Rules, Simple Diet, and 
Healthy Children, Continued Health, 144; Constant Change, Colds 
and Coughs, 145 ; Fainting, Nostrums and Dosing, Pure Air, Ex- 
ercise, etc., 146; Early Rising, Nightcaps, Bed Linen, Sensual and 
Spiritual Appetites, Free Living, 147; Bread and Milk, Large Feed- 
ing, Pies, Cakes, and Sweetmeats, etc., 148 ; The Devil sends Cooks, 
Temperance and Physical Culture, Alcohol, Cholera, 149; Worn- 
out Two Armies, Best Medicine, Treat Nature well, 150 ; Great Se- 
cret of Health, Fanny Fern on Health, A Good Story, 151—152. 
Recklessness in Bodily Habits, The Heart, The Human Skeleton, Lungs, 
Brain, Skin, etc., 153-155 ; Physiology, 156 ; Position of the Body, 
11. Tub Body. INDEX 
425 
College Students and Graduates, 157 ; The Nerves, Head and Feet, 
158; The Hair, Brain, The Lungs, 159; The Stomach, 160; Weight 
of the Body, Best, 161; Bodily Deformities, 162; Intermarriage, 
Notes on the Body, 163 ; Air-Cells, Clear Skin, the Pores, Throat, 
Light, 164 ; Mortality, God and Man, 165. 
Physical Perfection, 166; General Remarks, 167-170; Theodora Til- 
ton’s Address, 171-173; Lifting to gain Strength, 174; Walking, 
175; Punning, 176; Dancing, Swimming, 177; Exercise, remarks 
on, 178-181; Labor, 182; Longevity, 183. 
III. Physical Culture. 
Cleanliness increases a Man’s Self-respect, 184 ; Advice, Sponge Bath, 
IY. Bathing. 
Best Method of Bathing, 185 ; Time, 186. 
Y, Aik and Ventilation. 
Air, 187; Poisoned Air, 188; Ventilation, 189-191. 
YI. Food—Eating and Drinking. 
Animal Food, 192 ; Slaughtering of Animals, 193 ; Vegetarianism, 194 ; 
Vegetarian Experiences, 195; Fruit, 197; Pules for Eating, 198; 
Plain Food, Improper Food, Dining after Dark, Unnatural Appe- 
tite, 199 ; Two Meals a Day, Mastication and Digestion, 200 ; Ta- 
ble, showing length of time required in the Digestion of Food, 201; 
Nutrition—Table showing amount of Nutrition contained in Ani- 
mal and Vegetable Food, Temperance, 202; Abstemiousness, Glut- 
tony, 203 ; Dyspepsia, Cure for it, Food and Generosity, 204; Stim- 
ulating Drinks, 205 ; Drunkenness, 207 ; One Year’s Eumselling, 
Tea and Coffee, 208; Water, Dr. James Johnson on use of Wa- 
ter, 209; Simple Diet, Milk, Chestnuts, Bread and Water, 210; 
Notes on Diet, Dr. Abernethy’s Advice, Doctors, etc., 211 ; Chem- 
ical Analysis of Food, Living for the Table, 212; Excessive Eat- 
ing, Secrets of Health, A Nation of Spittcrs, 213. 
VII. Sleep. 
Necessity of Sleep, Insufficient Sleep, Sleep for Children, 214; How to 
go to Sleep, Monotony produces Sleep, Teach Children to Retire 
Early, 215 ; Enjoyment of Sleep, Sleep a Great Restorer, Day Nap, 
216; Sleeping in Day Garments, Feather Beds, 217; Sleep Alone, 
218. 426 
INDEX 
Fashion a Tyrant, 219 ; Her Slavery, Clothing, 220, Quality and Quan- 
tity ol Clothing, 221; Dress o£ Women, the Corset, 222 ; Crooked 
Spines, 223. 
YIII. Fashion. 
IX. Beauty. 
Beauty of Face and Mind, Culture, Study and Thinking, Venus de Me- 
dici, 224 ; Quotations from Thompson and Byron, To Improve the 
Features, To Acquire a Beautiful Form, 225 ; The Law of Beauty, 
Notes on Beauty, 226. 
X. Amusements and Excesses. 
Amusements, 228 ; Billiards, Ten-Pins, 229 ; Boxing, 230 ; Advice to 
Boxers, 231; Remarks, Simple Blows, 232; Parries for Blows, 
Fancy Blows, Practice, Skating, 233; Advice to Skaters, 234; Vul- 
gar Excesses, Tobacco and its Train of Evils, 235; Students, A 
Final Plea, 237 ; Laughter and Tobacco, 238; Smoking, Dr. Gully 
on Smoking, 239 ; Forty-four Objections to Tobacco, 240. 
XI. Man. 
Man, 242; Question to Young Men, Application to Business, 244; The 
Gentleman, 245 ; Hints to Young Men, 246; Work and Duty, 247. 
XII. Woman. 
Equality of Woman writh Man, Quotation from Mrs. Browning, 248: 
Woman’s Work and Nature, 249 ;, Quotation from Tennyson, 251; 
Woman as Nurse and Physician, Her Influence, 252; Remarks for 
Young Women, 253. 
XIII. Husband and W'xfe. 
Honor, Respect, and Love, 254 ; The Wife’s Duties, Man wants a Com- 
panion, not a Creature, 255; Marriage, 256. 
XIV. Parents and Children. 
Parents, Influence of the Mother on the Child, 257; Responsibility of 
Parents, 258 ; Children and their Requirements, 259; Aids and 
Regularity of Habits, 260 ; Rule them by Love, 261; To Mothers 
and Daughters. 262. INDJSX 
427 
XY. Religion. 
Religion Briefly Described, 263; Discipline of the Heart, Conscience, 
264; Happiness, 265; Prayer, 266; Family Prayer, 267; Tbe Lord’s 
Prayer, 268; Sectarianism, 269 ; A Short Creed, No Sect in Heaven 
(A Poem), 270; The Bible, 274; its Teachings, 275; Questions of 
Time, 277; Death, 278 ; Faber’s Shore of Eternity, 279. 
XYI. Education. 
Education Improperly Conducted, its Disregard of Physical Culture, 
281; School Culture, Self-Culture, 282; Advice to Youth, Books 
and Reading, 283 ; How to Read a Book, 284; Novels, Conversa- 
tion, 285 ; Kindred Talkers, 286; Rules for Conversation, 287; Dis- 
paragements, Levity, Profanity, Topics, 288; Disputes, Genius and 
Labor, 289 ; Literary Institutions, Laws of Health for Teachers and 
Students, What our Institutions of Learning Produce, 290; Our 
Universities as Hospitals, 291. 
XYII. Manners. 
Good Manners and Morals, 292 ; Politeness, Washington’s Code of Man- 
ners, 293; Notes on Manners, 294 ; Courtesy, Simple and Unaf- 
fected Language, etc., 295. 
XVIII. Character. 
Nobility of Character, 296; Rule of Action, Resolution, 297; The Three 
Angels, 298; Charity," 299 ; Love, 300 ; its attendant Blessings, 
301; A New Fountain of Happiness, 303; Truth, 304; Honesty, 
Hope, Perseverance, 305; Prudence, 306 ; Imprudence of Hast}’ 
Marriages, 307 ; Punctuality, 308 ; Habit, 309 ; Brevity, 310 ; Gen- 
erosity, 311; Contentment, Cheerfulness, 312; Friendship, Adver- 
sity, 313; Calumny, 314; Henry Ward Beecher on Slander, Jeal- 
ousy, 316 ; Dow Jr.’s Sermon on Meanness, Dueling, 317 ; Answers 
to Challenges, 318. 
The Physician, the Chinese System, Medical Schools for Women, 320; 
Homoeopathic and Therapeutic Schools, the True Medical Man, 
321; Sickness, Medicine, 322 ; Dr. Johnson on Drugging, 323. 
XIX. The Physician and Medicine. 428 
INDEX 
XX. Voice Culture. 
The Vocal Apparatus, Method of securing Voice Culture, 324; Elocu- 
tion, 325 ; Singing, Music, Songs of Childhood, 326 ; Music as a Re- 
fining Influence, 327. 
XXI. Hints and Rules. 
The Morning Hour, 328 ; Early Rising, Habits of Great Men, 329; How 
to rise Early, 330 ; Close your Mouth, Snoring, Natural Sleep, 331; 
Breathing, Decayed Teeth and Unnatural Expression Caused by 
Open Mouths, 332 ; How to Save your Teeth, Backward Boys, Max- 
ims for Guidance through Life, 333 ; Folwell Buxton’s Motto, 334; 
Inconsistency of Human Desires, 835 ; Popular Errors, A Hint to 
Ladies, 336 ; Rules for Good Habits, 337; Jefferson’s Ten Rules, 
Rules for Living, 338; Avoid Lotteries, An Appeal, 339; Moral 
Agriculture, God is Love, 340. 
PART IY. 
MENTAL AND MOEAL CULTUEE. 
I. General Readings. 
Reading, Genius and Learning, 343 ; Facts in Human Life, 344 ; Plan- 
etary Facts, 345 ; Meanness and Generosity, 346 ; A Text for a Life- 
time, 347 ; A Modern Dictionary, Ancient History, 348; Physiog- 
nomy among the Ancient Greeks, 350; New Articles of Faith, 
Prince Eugene’s Prayer, 352; Elements of Success, 354 ; A Beau- 
tiful Sentiment, 356 ; Success, Difficulties and Troubles, 357 ; Sel- 
fishness and Conceit, 258 ; Ambition, Temper, Envy, 359; Riches 
and Money, 360; Business, Idleness and Fortune, 361; Enemies, 
362 ; Errors, Follies and Faults, Evils, 363; Vice, Affectation and 
Vanity, 364; Henry Ward Beecher on Education, Knowledge, 365 ; 
Learning, Studies, 366; Intellectual Improvement, 367; Obser- 
vation, Conversation, 868; Reading, Memory, 369; Reflection, 
Thought, 370 ; Self-Effort, Resolution, 371; President Edwards’s 
Resolutions, 372 ; Work, Opportunity, Good Breeding, 373 ; Love, 
Marriage, Joy, 375; Source of True Happiness, 376; Kindness, nr dux 
429 
Good Nature, Benevolence, 378 ; Contentment, 379; Pleasure, Defi- 
nitions, Friends, 380; Greatness, True Philosophy, 381; Omni- 
presence of the Deity, Wisdom, The Bible, 382; Piety, Religion, 
*383 ; Sermons and Preaching, Truth, 384; Sin, Repentance, Heaven 
and Hereafter, 385 ; Humility, 386 ; Purity, Christianity, 387 ; Vir- 
tue, Conscience, Duty, 388; Prayer, Faith, Hope, Charity, 389; 
Honor, Right and Wrong, Suffering, 390 ; Anger, Sorrow and Sad- 
ness, Regrets and Tears, Sympathy, 391 ; Humanity, 392; Actions, 
Advice, 393; Be Thyself, Infirmities, 395; Changes, Silence, Se- 
crecy, Little Things, 396; Trifles, Lying, 397 ; The Gentle Word, 
398; Time, Life, 399 ; Mrs. Demings’s Curious Life Poem, 400; 
Death and Immortality, Thoughts, Precepts, etc., 402; The Cost 
of Ministers, 404; Man and Woman, Sir Walter Scott’s Descrip- 
tion of a Man, 405 ; What Makes a Man, Music, 406 ; How to 
Live, 407- 
11. Proverbs of All Nations. 
Proverbs, 408- 419; At Last, 419